ae tea en tee Gall cee precteerne rr 3 ote < Sead oe s, BBs = Z : A ° : S Digitized by the Internet Archive in 2010 with funding from University of Toronto http://www.archive.org/details/bulletinofmuseu5O0harv fe vv Pe ies a Hi) ayy, ah C4 ut /' uv ty ay) ‘Oo j iy Fh ¥ to) talk ee Pe 1 He Me 7 ry ' . o / fo " 7 y Va , ; rf h\y~/ 4) BULLETIN OF THE MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY AT HARVARD COLLEGE, IN CAMBRIDGE. VOE.. 1. CAMBRIDGE, MASS. U.S.A. 1906-1907. UNIVERSITY PRESS: ° Joun WiLson anp Son, Camprince, U.S.A. CONTENTS. PAGE No. 1. — Structure and Relations of Mylostoma. By C. R. Eastman. (5 plates.) SREP URN G LENT RO IAN ho gia nat ahora LOUIE a NL cay oa RR too ce 1 No. 2. — Fossil Hymenoptera from Florissant, Colorado.. By T. D. A. Cock- ERELL. June, 1906 Bay Sait ae EASTMAN: SHARKS’ TEETH AND CETACEAN BONES. 93 up the reflected inner wall of the bulla. The walls are thickest where the surface is rough, and thinnest over the smooth outer lip. Posterior end (Fig. E).— Viewed from behind, the most marked features are the bilobed form of the bulla, the large size and spongy texture of the posterior processes (4, 11) of the tympanic and periotic, the continuity of the narrow tympano-periotic fissure (17), the large canal for the egress of the facial nerve already referred to (20), and the large opening in the posterior wall of the promontory known as the Fenestra cochleae (21). Anterior end (Fig. F). — Above is seen the obtuse forward extremity of the periotic, below the produced and spout-like termination of the Eustachian canal (19). The opening of the latter is not completely en- Fic. £.— Left tympano-periotic of Del- Fic. F.— Left tympano-periotic of Del- phinapterus leueas Pallas. Posterior end, phinapterus leucas Pallas. Anterior end, xh vee closed, as in other Mammals, but drawn out into a long slit-like canal, which is confluent above the superior margin of the inner lip with the fissura tympano-periotica (17). A portion of the knob-like “ accessory ossicle” (6) of the tympanic is plainly visible below the overhanging anterior process of the periotic (10). Having now examined different aspects of the periphery, our next pro- cedure would be to separate the two elements of the tympano-periotic, and observe those surfaces which are presented towards each other, and hence remain concealed when the bones are in natural apposition. These inner faces, however, are precisely the ones which have been oftenest figured and described in the case of fossil forms, and as regards the recent Delphinapterus, the general resemblance to Phocaena is such that the 94 BULLETIN: MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. same description will apply to both. We may therefore content our- selves with reproducing one of Denker’s illustrations of the latter genus (Fig. G), and referring to his descriptions, as well as those by Beauregard and Boenninghaus, of its auditory organs. The modifications certain Sa Ae hate el i ea a Face eee ao : : : oe 5 1 Torre oy Li fp, sae UH. 2 Sy ; : ae tect ot. os pees ALOE’ Epit ee Bock Fic. G. — Tympanic aspect of right periotic of Phocaena communis Linn. xX } (after Denker). A.t. C. F., Apertura tympanica canalis Fallopiae; A. e. A.c., Apertura externa aquaeductus cochleae; C. F., Semi-enclosed canal for the nervus facialis, with groove for the musc. stapedius; F.c., Fenestra cochleae; F.p.m., Pit for head of the hammer; P., Promontory, or capsule containing the semicircular canals; P.t. 0. p., Processus tympani- cus ossis petrosi; St., Stapes, immovably seated in the fenestra ovalis, but not anchylosed with it by bony union. parts have undergone for the better perception of sound waves trans- mitted through the walls of the skull are clearly pointed out by these authors. DISTINCTIVE CHARACTERS OF CETACEAN EaR—BoNnsgs. A brief recapitulation of the more general characteristics of Cetacean ear-bones is here given, by way of directing attention to those features which are available for the distinction of groups of greater or lesser rank. How important these characters really are seems to have been first appreciated by Van Beneden, who remarked in 1885: “ Qui aurait pu se douter que la caisse tympanique et la surface articulaire de la mandi- bule des Mystacocétes auraient pu fournir les caractéres les plus impor- tants pour distinguer des genres et méme les espéces?” * 1 Ann. Mus. Roy. d’Hist. Nat. Belg. (1885), 9, p. 2. Emphasis is here laid upon the tympanic, because this is the more characteristic bone amongst the Balaenidae, EASTMAN: SHARKS’ TEETH AND CETACEAN BONES, "95 MYSTACOCRETI. Balaenidae. A. Balaenine Section. — The tympanic is deep and more or less rhombic, its inflation comparatively slight, the involucrum (7. e., the reflected superior portion of the inner wall of the bone) not fig-shaped, and frequently with no well marked depression at the anterior extremity of the superior border of the inner surface for the Eustachian canal. B. Balaenopterine Section. —The tympanic is long, much inflated, rounded, with the involucrum much thickened and more distinctly pyri- form, and the notch for the Eustachian canal always well marked. The tympanic varies in different individuals of the same species much less than in the Balaenine section. ODONTOCHTI. Physeteridae. The anterior facette of the periotic for articulation with the tympanic is quite smooth ; the posterior tympanic surface of the former is broad, and carries a median longitudinal ridge. Tympano-periotic rigidly united with the cranium by a bony process. Hyperoodon. The posterior portion of the periotic is shortened, the median ridge on the tympanic aspect of the same very strongly developed, the accessory ossicle (processus tubarius) large and rounded, and the anterior tympanic facette slightly concave. Kogia. Tympanic and periotic firmly united with each other by their anterior processes only, the posterior processes being widely separated and em- bracing between them a portion of the mastoid bone. Tympanic bulla scarcely inflated, aperture for Eustachian canal vertically constricted, sigmoidal process knob-like and prominent. The apertures seen on the inner aspect of the periotic (that which is turned away from the tym- of which the author is speaking, and the one most commonly occurring in the fossil state. Amongst Odontocete whales and Delphinoids, on the other hand, the more important distinctive characters are furnished by the periotic. The analysis here given for the family divisions is taken chiefly from Dr. R. Lydekker’s Catalogue of the Fossil Mammalia in the British Museum (1887). 96 BULLETIN: MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. panic) are round, relatively small, and distinct, characters which readily distinguish this element from Delphinoid periotics. Delphinidae. The anterior facette of the periotic for articulation with the tympanic is deeply grooved, the posterior tympanic surface of the former is com- paratively narrow, and its ridge for articulation with the free border of the tympanic is ill-defined and situated close to one edge. The attach- ment of the two elements to the cranium is secured by ligaments only, not by bony union. Porus acusticus relatively large and of oval outline. Delphinus. Although the ear-bones of the type species, D. delphis Linné present easily recognized peculiarities, yet, owing to the restricted sense in which the generic term is now employed,’ it does not appear possible to formu- late a diagnosis from such minor details which will enable us to distin- guish this genus from all other Dolphins by means of ear-bones alone. It is to be noted that some of the ‘‘ Albatross” ear-bones agree very closely with the existing D. delphis, the resemblance being closer than with any known fossil species ; yet we cannot be sure of absolute specific identity. Comparisons with recent forms. —The remark just made with refer- ence to Delphinus applies also to Kogia, a genus which has not been recognized with certainty in the fossil state, and is represented by at least three well-characterized living species. The few deep-sea ear-bones which have been obtained do not differ in any material degree from those of the supposed nearest ally of Physeter, Koga breviceps. Three examples are shown in Plate 3, Figs. 24-26, and one very perfect spec- imen has been figured in an earlier Report. These may all be assumed to belong either to the pygmy sperm whale or to a closely allied species. The case of Hyperoodon is somewhat different, inasmuch as the deep- sea ear-bones referred to this genus cannot be identified either with the existing H. rostratus or with any known fossil form. Although it is clear that a distinct species is represented, no necessity appears for designating it by a new name, for the simple reason that no satisfactory diagnosis can be framed upon the evidence of ear-bones alone. The principal differences to be noted between the “ Albatross” material 1 True, F. W., Review of the Family Delphinidae. Bull. 36, U. S. Nat. Mus., (1889), 191 pp., pl. 46. — On Species of South American Delphinidae described by Dr. R. A Philippi in 1893 and 1896. Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. (1903), 16, p. 183-144. EASTMAN: SHARKS’ TEETH AND CETACEAN BONES. 97 and the existing H. rostratus are as follows: The posterior articular facette of the periotic is more deeply concave in the deep-sea specimens, the “accessory ossicle” (proc. tubarius) is relatively smaller and scarcely inflated, the channel for the Fallopian canal on the tympanic aspect is less distinctly marked, and the promontory, or capsule con- taining the semicircular canals, is less expanded. Some minor differ- ences are also to be observed in the relative size, arrangement, and direction of the apertures seen on the cerebral side of the periotic. The involucrum of the tympanic is not serrated, although the corres- ponding part in the living species displays as many as six or seven prominent denticles. Two specimens each of the periotic and tympanic, dredged from three different stations, are represented in Plate 2, Figs. 33-36. Peculiar markings of certain deep-sea ear-bones. It deserves mention, in conclusion, that none of the ear-bones dredged by either of the * Albatross” Expeditions show any indications of surface markings comparable to those observed in two specimens, belonging respectively to the right and left sides, of Balaenine tympanic bullae brought up from one of the “ Challenger ” stations (No. 286) in the South Pacific. As the bullae are of corresponding form and proportions, and are stated to exhibit similar markings, it is extremely probable that they belonged to a single individual, and that their incised lines are a natural feature, rather than the result of post-mortem injuries. A certain amount of regularity is to be observed in the disposition of the grooves. They are not distributed at haphazard, nor do they intersect) one another at varying angles, as we should expect them to were they of accidental origin. Furthermore, the bone substance is so exceedingly hard and dense that a knife-blade makes no impression upon it ; only with the file is an incision possible. Yet it has been suggested that the inden- tations noticed in the ‘‘Challenger ” ear-bones were caused by sharks’ teeth. This conjecture was first advanced by J. Thoulet,t and an attempt to lend some color of probability to it was made later by A. Portis.” The authors of the volume on Deep Sea Deposits of the “ Challenger ” 1 Thoulet, J., Les depots sous-marins. Rev. Scient., (1892), 50, p. 105. 2 Portis, A., Un Dioplodonte nel pliocene astigiano. Rev. Ital. di Paleont., (1897), 3, p. 34-89. Consult also the earlier memoir of the same author entitled “ Nuovi studi’ sulle traccie attribuite all’ uomo pliocenico.” Mem. R. Acc. Sci. Torino, ser. 2 (1884), 35, p. 327-354. In Plate 1. Fig. 1 of this memoir is shown a tooth of Carcharodon angustidens actually embedded in a vertebra of Halitherium, VoL. L.— No. 4 7 98 BULLETIN: MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. Reports do not undertake to account for the incised condition of the pair of ear-bones from Station 286, and show the grooved aspect of only one of them in Plate 7, Fig. 5, of their Report. In the explanatory legends, however, it is stated that “‘the markings shown in Fig. 5 were found on both of the bones, and are of the same character ; these are the only bones taken during the cruise with such marks, and they differ from all the other ear-bones in other respects as well as in the markings.” Professor Thoulet’s interpretation is expressed in such positive terms, aud is accepted with such readiness by Dr. Portis, that his views may best be set forth in his own words, as follows : Une figure de MM. Murray et Renard représente un os de baleine sur lequel sont indiquées des marques arrondies, se coupant mutuellement et ressemblant a s’y méprendre aux incisions couvrant une omoplate de Balaenotus tertiare trouvée a Monte-Aperto, en Italie, par M. Capellini. M. de Quatrefages s’était justement basé sur ces dernieres pour admettre l’existence de l’homme tertiare, car 11 se déclarait dans l’impossibilité de les attribuer 4 une autre cause qu’ al’action d’un instrument tranchant. L’ échantillon du Challenger, autant qu’il est permis d’en juger sur des dessins, parait résoudre la question de la maniere la plus nette et contrairement aux conclusions de M. de Quatrefages ; les incisions ne peuvent étre que la trace des dents de Squales. The above explanation would undoubtedly answer for any other por- tion of the skeleton except dental tissue and bones of the auditory region. Its inapplicability to the latter may be demonstrated by a simple experiment. One may take any kind of shark’s tooth whatso- ever, recent or fossil, and try to obtain similar channelings and indenta- tions on Cetacean ear-bones by forcible rubbing of the parts together. It will be found that the surface of the ear-bone is barely scratched by the apex of the enameled crown; and that, as between the two bodies, the shark’s tooth is the more easily worn away. thus confirming a conjecture made fifteen years earlier by Delfortrie. The latter’s publications are to be found in the Actes de la Société Linnéenne de Bordeaux, (1869-72), 27, 28. TT OTE ree nae’ EAstTMAN. — Shark’s teeth and Cetacean bones. EXPLANATION OF PLATES. PLATE l. Chart showing position of the stations occupied by the “ Albatross” during her cruise in the Eastern Pacific in 1904-1908. __ SHARKS’ TeeTH~Cer Eastman. — Shark’s teeth and Cetacean bones. PLATE la. Chart showing tracts of the “ Albatross” and “ Challenger” Expeditions in the Pacific. Stations yielding vertebrate remains indicated by round dots; the so- called barren region by oblique lines. ‘‘Albatross” E. Pacific Ex. Sharks’ Teeth:—Cet. Bones. Plate 1A. | | | calle gd i am | LS | te Z : ae Te A Sec SAE ae per Seu uarea ance ee on heed ys aie bet RPP Besl Peete eseet til EEE fy” Li” EaAsTMAN. — Shark’s teeth and Cetacean bones. PLATE 2. (All figures are of the natural size.) Fics. 1-3. Oxyrhina crassa Ag., Station 4658. Small postero-lateral teeth seen from the inner or convex face. Fies. 4,5. Oxyrhina crassa Ag., Station 4656. Small postero-lateral teeth. Fics. 6,7. Lamna sp. ind., Station 4656. Two anterior teeth of a small species seen from the inner or posterior aspect. Fies. 8,9. Oxyrhina crassa Ag., Station 4701. Small postero-lateral teeth. Figs. 10-12. Oxyrhina crassa Ag., Station 4685. One anterior and two lateral teeth, all seen from the inner, convex face. Fie. 13. Carcharodon lanciformis Gibbes, Station 4685. Small posterior tooth hav- ing manganese concretions attached to it. Fies. 14-16. Oxyrhina crassa Ag., Station 4685. Anterior teeth, seen from differ- ent faces,and having small nodular masses of manganese attached to them. ; Fic. 17. Oxyrhina crassa Ag., Station 4685. Small posterior tooth having the interior filled with concretionary manganese. Fie. 18. Oxyrhina sp. ind., Station 4701. Finely preserved tooth of less robust form than the preceding, not unlike O. hastalis in some respects, and with scarcely any incrustation. Fies. 19-22. Carcharodon lanciformis Gibbes, from following stations in consecu- tive order: 4685, 4732, 4656, and 4685. All seen from the inner face, which is but slightly convex. The original of Fig. 20 has several worm tubes attached to it. Fie. 23. Carcharodon megalodon Ag., Station 4740. Very large and well preserved lateral tooth, seen from flattened external face. ‘The interior is filled with a deposit of manganese. ‘‘Albatross” E. Pacific Ex. Sharks’ Teeth :—Cet. Bones. Plate 2. HELIOTYPE CO., BOSTON. Eastman. — Shark’s teeth and Cetacean bones. PLATE 3. (All figures are of the natural size.) Fies. 24, 25. Kogia sp., very similar to K. breviceps. Left and right periotics, re- spectively, the former from Station 4740, the latter from Station 4721. Fie. 26. Imperfect right tympanic belonging to same species as the preceding, from Station 4721. Fias. 27,28. Delphinus sp., somewhat resembling D. de/phis. Left and right peri- otics respectively, from Stations 4701 and 4740. The right periotic is seen from the tympanic aspect, and has the stapes still seated in the fenestra ovalis. The longitudinal extent of the porus acusticus, as compared with that in Fig. 25, is noteworthy. Fic. 29. Same as Fig. 26, but more perfect, and heavily encrusted. Station 4721. Fie. 80. Right periotic of unknown Delphinoid species, somewhat encrusted. Station 4685. Fie. 31. Imperfect right tympanic of unknown Delphinoid species, considerably encrusted. Station 4721. Fic. 32. Delphinus sp., somewhat resembling D. delphis. Inferior aspect of left tympanic, Station 4740. Figs. 338-34. Hyperoodon sp.ind., Station 4666. Tympanic and periotic belonging to the left side of a single individual. Fics. 35-36. Hyperoodon sp. ind., Stations 4656 and 4676. Right tympanic and left periotic, more or less encrusted, turned to show opposite aspects from Figs. 33 and 34. Plate 3: —Cet. Bones. . . Sharks’ Teeth — 4 PP. ‘‘Albatross” E...Pacific HELIOTYPE CO., BOSTON. Bulletin of the Museum of Comparative Zodlogy AT HARVARD COLLEGE. Vou. lL... No.5. VERTEBRATA FROM YUCATAN. INTRODUCTION. AVES. By Leon J. Coue. MAMMALIA. By Guover M. ALLEN. REPTILIA ; AMPHIBIA; PISCES. By Leon J. Cote anp Tuomas BaRBOuR. Witn Two PuatsEs. CAMBRIDGE, MASS., U.S. A.: PRINTED FOR THE MUSEUM. NoveEMBER, 1906. No. 5. — Vertebrata from Yucatan. CONTENTS. PAGE icuurodouenon. By Leon do. Colet) wrt wire ws ee ey ee te we ee LOR 2 Mamimelia.--.oy- Glover. Mi-Allen:._ .cg: inde pe ec ele ee a eee L0G 8. Aves. By Leon J. Cole SPR ae ere ath ee: fess tei Gh ey eek eee BOG! 4. Reptilia, Amphibia, and Pisces. By Thomas Barbour and Leon J. Cole . 146 1. INTRODUCTION. By Leon J. Cote. Tue following papers upon the vertebrates of Yucatan are based upon collections and notes made by the writer during a visit to that country in the early part of 1904. In addition there have been included several smaller collections from other sources. The trip was made, through the generosity of Mr. Alexander Agassiz, in the interest of the Museum of Comparative Zodlogy. Its primary object was a study of the animal life of certain deep water-holes, or cenotes, in the vicinity of the ancient ruined city of Chichen-Itza. The present papers, however, deal almost entirely with collections made independently of that work, since the vetebrate fauna properly belonging to the cenotes is very small, comprising only three or four species of fish, two or three anurans that lay their eggs in the water, and a single species of turtle. Iguanas and other lizards, it is true, find convenient habitations in the rocky walls, while the presence of an abundant supply of water, together with the more luxuriant foli- age, attracts to the vicinity numerous birds and other animals which are scattered throughout the forests. By far the larger part of the collections were made at Chichen-Itza, but some collecting was also done at other places, notably at Progreso. All of the fishes, with the exception of three species, are from the latter locality. In reporting upon the birds, the list for Chichen-Itza has been kept separate, but in the case of the other groups all the specimens obtained have been listed together. A brief notice of the itinerary may be of interest as showing the periods spent at the different places. The places mentioned are indicated upon the accompanying sketch map of northern Yucatan. 102 BULLETIN: MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. I arrived at Progreso on January 27, where I was kindly received by Mr. E. H. Thompson, the United States consul. Mr. Thompson now owns the large plantation upon which the ruins of Chichen-Itza are situ- ated, and I enjoyed his hospitality while there. As Mr. Thompson was unable to leave Progreso until February 11, I collected during the inter- val in its vicinity. One day, February 9, was spent ati San Ignacio, a small station about ten or twelve miles from the coast, and half way to Merida. On February 11 we went to Merida, and the following morn- ing took the train to Oitas, some ninety or one hundred miles to the . Sse VALLADOLID @GCHICHEN-ITZA @ Cave OF LOLTUN PENINSULA or YUCATAN NORTHERN PORTION © © 20 30 #0 50 ae ae eS ee ee MILES 89 Fie. A. eastward. The railroad is a narrow-gauge line, poorly equipped with modern appliances and conveniences ; furthermore, it takes a roundabout course through the principal henequen (so-called ‘Sisal hemp ”’) grow- ing districts, so that the trip takes nearly a day. Some of Mr. Thomp- son’s Indian servants met us at Oitas with horses, and on the morning of the 13th we rode to Chichen, fifteen or more miles to the southward. I remained at Chichen-Itza from February 13 to April 9. I then returned to Merida, and from there went to Izamal, where I was cordially entertained by Dr. George F. Gaumer, the veteran collector in Yucatan. JI had no opportunity to collect at Merida or Izamal. Lo Pa a 7 aoe Y COLE: VERTEBRATA FROM YUCATAN. 103 Further collections were made at Progreso and vicinity from April i2: to 17. A word should be added as to the general character of the country.’ The northern part of the peninsula is a soft limestone plain, which slopes gently up to the southward from the Gulf. The rock, in many places bare, is at best covered with only a scanty soil, not capable under the existing conditions of supporting a very luxuriant vegeta- tion. There are no surface rivers, at least none of any permanence, the water sinking quickly into the porous limestone rock and finding its way to the sea by underground courses. There are, however, numerous caves and openings down to the water, which, in the north- ern part of the peninsula at least, appears to maintain a fairly constant level but little above that of the sea. These water-holes are known locally as cenotes. The western part of the country, in the region of Merida, is largely cleared of the forests and given over to the growing of henequen, the plantations of which sometimes stretch away as far as the eye can reach. To the eastward the land is uniformly forested, except for occasional clearings for the growth of corn or sugar cane. Such is the country about Chichen-Itza, where from the top of one of the ancient ruins which rises above the forest one may look in all directions to the horizon over an almost level and unbroken sea of tree tops. Only here and there is the general level interrupted by a growth of taller trees about a cenote, or where the forest mounts over the crumbled pile of a prehistoric building. Owing to the porosity of the rock and the scarcity of surface water, the conditions in northern Yucatan are much more arid than would at first thought be expected, and, as might be supposed, this has a notice- able effect upon the fauna. Many of the birds, for example, are distin- guished as geographical races, and in nearly all cases this distinction 1s based upon their being smaller in size and paler in coloration than the representatives of the same species which live in the more humid regions of Mexico and the countries to the southward. Progreso is situated upon a low-lying strip of sand between the Gulf on one side and an extensive mangrove marsh on the other. This marshy strip, spoken of as Ja cienaga, el rio, or la laguna, extends along 1 A good description of the physiographic and climatic conditions of Yucatan may be found in a recent paper by David Casares, A notice of Yucatan, with some remarks on its water supply. Proc. Amer. Antiquarian Soc. for 1905, new ser., 1906, 17, p. 207-230. 104 BULLETIN: MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. nearly the whole northern coast of Yucatan.’ It is fed in large part by springs through which the underground water of the interior reaches the surface. Its breadth varies greatly with the season, being much greater during the period of rains. Its waters, which are brackish, abound with small fish, some of which are, however, large enough to be of food value ; while birds, especially herons and water fowl, are abundant among the mangroves and on the open stretches. On the sandy costal strip the vegetation is low and scrubby, scarcely higher than one’s head, and here small lizards constitute the characteristic faunal element. At San Ignacio the “ brush” is higher, but is not dense. Extensive areas are devoted to henequen growing, and it was in these open places that the Burrowing Owl was found. In many places the rock is bare and weathered, so that the numerous fossil shells imbedded in it stand out at the surface in bold relief. The country about Merida is practi- cally the same. At Chichen-Itza the forested condition prevails. In general the soil is somewhat thicker, but even here it only thinly covers the underlying rock, which crops out everywhere. The general topography is very flat and level, but is broken up somewhat by the unequal weathering of the rock and the erosion of temporary streams during times of heavy rains. Chapman ? describes the forest as ‘“‘a dense scrub of trees and saplings, averaging one and a half to three and a half inches in diameter and fifteen to thirty feet in height.” There are, however, not infrequently trees of greater size. Here and there are clearings a few acres in extent where the Indians have established their mz/pas or corn fields. These are made by cutting down the larger trees and leaving them to dry. The place is then burned over at the end of the dry season, and the corn planted upon the approach of the rains. This process is very exhaustive to the soil, and the mzlpas consequently have to be changed frequently to new locations. A dense, scrubby growth, however, immediately springs up on the deserted area. The cenotes deserve a word of special mention. There are two of these in the immediate neighborhood of the ruins of Chichen-Itza. The Sacred or Sacrificial Cenote is nearly circular in outline, with a diameter of one hundred and ninety feet, while its walls are vertical, and sixty- 1 For a discussion of the nature and origin of the sandy costal strip and the cienaga, see Die Kiistenbildung des nérdlichen Yukatan, by Arthur Schott. Peter- mann’s Geogr. Mittheilungen, 1886, 12, p. 127-130. 2 Chapman, Frank M. Notes on birds observed in Yucatan. Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 1896, 8, p. 271-290. COLE: VERTEBRATA FROM YUCATAN. 105 five feet high from the level of the water to the general surface of the ground. ‘The surrounding forest crowds to the very edge of the cenote, and a scanty vegetation clings to the irregularities of its walls. The water is fresh, is about thirty feet deep, and of a greenish color. The color appears to be due to algal plankton, and not to the depth as many authors have stated. The so-called Great Cenote in reality has a smaller diameter at the water surface than the other, but it appears larger by reason of its sloping walls. These afford lodgement for a vegetation which maintains a luxuriant growth in consequence of the never-failing supply of water. The cenotes offer an interesting problem in connection with faunal distribution. Although it is maintained by many that they are all a part of a great underground river system, it seems fairly certain that many of them are not connected with the others by definite subterra- nean streams of any size, but that the general level is maintained rather by “seepage” through the loose, porous rock. Our knowledge of the fauna is as yet too limited to afford much evidence for either view, but such as there is appears to indicate a lack of underground connections of a size sufficient for fish to pass from one cenote to another. This matter is more fully discussed in the introductory remarks to the report on the fishes, and applies to the cenotes at Chichen-Itza ; at other places, as at Izamal, there appears to be conclu- sive evidence of the connection of neighboring cenotes by passages of considerable size. Although the period of my visit fell in what is the dry season in Yucatan, there was considerable rain, especially during the earlier part of the time. In the latter part of February and early March, heavy showers, frequently accompanied with thunder and lightning, were very common in the middle of the afternoon. During this period the air was usually clear, but on February 19, 20, and 21 there was a considerable fog in the early morning. Except when there were showers, there was nearly always a clear sky with bright sunshine; only a few days during the whole eight weeks were what could be called cloudy. In the latter part of March the weather became considerably warmer and much more typical of the dry season. Nearly every day there was a strong hot wind which seemed to dry up everything it struck. Previously one could always be comfortable when in the shade, so long as there was a breeze ; now the hot wind added to one’s discomforts. There was also a noticeable change in the animal life, especially the insects. Certain forms which I had not seen before, —such as a large species of fly which was very 106 BULLETIN: MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. troublesome to the horses and cattle, — became common, and the call of Cicadas became a characteristic sound in the forests, whereas not one had been heard before. This is the kind of weather the Indians depend upon for drying their m/pas, and early in April they began burning them on all sides. The air soon became hazy with smoke, and from the summit of the Castillo great ascending columns could be seen in all directions as far as the eye could see. Field work in Yucatan is made extremely uncomfortable by the abundance, especially in regions where cattle are allowed to run in the woods, of small ticks, locally known as garrapatas. These hang in clusters on the bushes and become brushed upon the clothes in count- less thousands. Even with the greatest precaution great numbers of them find their way beneath the clothes, where they bury their heads in the skin and cause an irritation which at times becomes almost unbear- able. Furthermore, nearly all the mammals and larger birds are covered with them, so that in making up the skins of these animals one receives a further supply of the ticks. The only remedy that was found to be at all efficacious was the free application of kerosene oil. It is said that during the summer months these pests almost, or even completely, disappear. In conclusion, I cannot express too strongly my sense of indebtedness to both Mr. and Mrs. Thompson for their kindness and_ hospitality during my stay at Chichen-Itza, and in fact during the whole time that I was in Yucatan. A large room was placed entirely at my disposal, and everything was done that could be to aid my work. Only one who has gone into a strange country where an unfamiliar tongue is spoken can appreciate the advantage of having the constant aid and advice of those familiar with the country and its inhabitants, 2. MAMMALIA. By Guover M. ALLEN. Specimens representing twenty species of mammals were obtained by Mr. Cole during his stay in Yucatan. Although none of these appears to be undescribed, several are of considerable interest on account of their rarity in collections. The list follows :— DIDELPHIDAE. 1. Didelphis yucatanensis ALLEN. The single specimen, a male, obtained March 31, 1905, is from the type locality, Chichen-Itza. The measurements taken by Mr. Cole from the fresh specimen are: length, 690 mm.; tail, 315 mm.; hind foot, 56 mm. Ate aie ie Baie hai ALLEN: MAMMALIA FROM YUCATAN. 107 DASYPODIDAE. 2. Tatu novemcinctum (Linnz). A single male was secured at Progreso. TAY ASSUIDAE. 38. Tayassu angulatum yucatanense Merriam. The skin and skull of a male from Chichen-Itza are in the collection, taken March 16, 1905. The measurements from the fresh specimen are: length, 795 mm.; tail, 190 mm. CERVIDAE. 4. Odocoileus toltecus (Saussure). Three skulls from Chichen-Itza seem to be referable to this species. 5. Hippocamelus pandora Merriam. Two skins, one of them accompanied by a skull, were taken at Chichen-Itza. The total length of the female specimen is noted as 1020 mm. The male example measured : length, 970 mm. ; tail, 85 mm.; hind foot, 265 mm. SCIURIDAE. 6. Sciurus yucatanicus (ALLEN). A single female was taken, and Mr. Cole notes that but few others were seen, in contrast to Mr. F. M. Chapman’s experience in 1896, who found them “common at Chichen-Itza.” MURIDAHE. 7. Mus rattus Linne. A single specimen from Chichen-Itza was preserved. 8. Mus alexandrinus I. Greorrrey. Two skins with skulls, from Chichen-Itza, are in the collection. 9. Mus musculus Line. The house mouse was abundant at Chichen-Itza. Several specimens trapped in the fields were preserved. GEHEOMYIDAE. 10. Heterogeomys torridus Merriam. A skin and skull in the collection, from Xbac, southeast of Izamal, seem referable to this species, though more specimens might show that the peninsular animal is distinct from those of Mexico proper. The specimen was obtained in 1901 by Dr. George F. Gaumer’s collector. 108 BULLETIN: MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. HETHROMYIDAE. 11. Heteromys gaumeri ALLEN AND CHAPMAN. A head of this species, with skull, taken at Chichen-Itza, was preserved. AGOUTIDAE. 12. Agouti paca virgata Bayes. A paca’s skull was dredged from the Cenote at Chichen-Itza. LEPORIDAHE. 13. Lepus truii ALLEN. A female specimen, taken at Chichen-Itza, seems referable to this species. 14. Lepus floridanus yucatanicus MILLER. A male was captured at Chichen-Itza. CANIDAE. 15. Urocyon cinereoargenteus parvidens MILter. The type of this subspecies was obtained at Merida, and the specimen secured by Mr. Cole at Chichen-Itza seems referable toit. Undoubtedly this is a small race peculiar to the arid portion of the Yucatan peninsula. The following measurements were taken from the fresh specimen: length, 740 mm.; tail, 281mm. It wasa female, and contained five embryos, March 6, 1904. Another fox, probably of this subspecies, was seen Feb. 9, 1904, at San Ignacio. VESPERTILIONIDAE. 16. Rhogeéssa tumida H. Aten. A single female was obtained at Chichen-Itza. I have found no other pub- lished records for this species from Yucatan, though its occurrence was to be expected. MOLOSSIDAE. 17. Molossus nigricans MItter. Seven specimens, all females, were taken at Chichen-Itza, where they were found in the roofs of dwellings. Miller, in his original description of the species, also records specimens from this locality. 18. Nyctinomops yucatanicus MILLER. A single female was obtained at Chichen-Itza, the type locality of the species. PHYLLOSTOMATIDAE. 19. Otopterus pygmaeus (Reuny). An adult male, captured March 5, 1904, at Chichen-Itza, appears to be the second recorded specimen of this very distinct dwarfed species. The type was | COLE: AVES FROM YUCATAN. 109 from Izamal, Yucatan, and probably represents a species characteristic of this arid portion of the peninsula. The following measurements in millimeters were taken from this specimen, and for comparison, those of the type are added in parentheses, as given in the original description (Rehn, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila., 1904, p. 445): ear, 17 (17.2); greatest width of ear, 12.5 (13) ; tragus, 5 (7); forearm, 35.3 (35.5); thumb, 9.6 (10); third digit, 62.4 (65.5) ; tibia, 14.1 (14.9); caleaneum, 9.1 (9); foot, 8 (10.5) ; nose-leaf and pad, 8.3 (7.2); greatest zygomatic width of skull, 9.1 (9.2); extreme length of skull, 19 (—). 20. Artibeus yucatanicus ALLEn. A male, taken at Chichen-Itza, the type locality, March 14, 1904, represents this recently recognized species. 3. AVES. By Lon J. Cots. Mr. Frank M. Chapman, in his Notes on Birds observed in Yuca- tan,’ published an excellent list of the birds observed by him at Chichen-Itza, Yucatan, during the month of March (3-21) of the same year. Although much collecting had been done in a general way in the peninsula for many years, so that the bird fauna was comparatively well known, this was the first strictly local list for any part of the country. Until recent years, when the railroads have been much extended, Chichen-Itza was rather inaccessible and difficult to reach; and as a consequence, with a few exceptions, most of the naturalists and collect- ors who have visited Yucatan have confined their operations to within a comparatively short radius of Merida. As early as 1841 and 1842 Dr. Samuel Cabot, Jr., in company with the explorer Stephens, journeyed over much of the northern part of Yucatan, including in his travels a visit to Chichen-Itza, and even to the island of Cozumel off the eastern coast. Stephens published a brief “‘ Memorandum” of Cabot’s results in the second volume of his Incidents of Travel in Yucatan (Harper Brothers, 1843), but with a few exceptions definite localities are not given. The most extensive collecting in the peninsula was done from twenty to thirty years ago by Dr. Geo. F. Gaumer, who is still living at Izamal. Many of his notes were published by Boucard in the Proceed- ings of the Zoological Society of London, 1883: and in many cases exact localities are mentioned, so that the records have value from a distributional standpoint. His collections, however, went to various persons, though many of them finally came into the hands of Salvin and 1 Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 1896, 8, p.271-290. This article includes a good bibliography of the principal papers relating to birds published before 1896. 110 BULLETIN: MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. Godman, and formed the principal material for the notes on Yucatan birds in the Biologia Centralia-Americana. So far as I am aware, there is no specific record of birds collected at Chichen-Itza by Gaumer. Since Chapman’s visit, and previous to my own, Messrs. E. W. Nelson and E. A. Goldman, of the United States Biological Survey, spent a short time at Chichen-Itza, and Nelson has published a number of notes and descriptions of new or rare forms procured by them. In spite of the remarkable uniformity of the greater portion of the northern part of the peninsula of Yucatan, there is a marked difference in the bird fauna of the costal belt and the interior; and apparently also between those parts of the country where the forests have been very largely cleared away to give room to henequen plantations, and the wilder portions to the eastward, which are stili densely wooded. For this reason, as Chapman says, as well as for the information to be obtained regarding migrations and the more casual wanderings of the birds, local lists seem desirable. The present paper is an attempt to make more complete the list of winter birds of Chichen-Itza. As has been mentioned, my stay at Chichen-Itza covered a period of eight weeks — from February 13 to April 9, 1904. Only a small portion of this time, however, was given to the observation and collection of birds, which was rather incidental to the other collecting. I have already expressed my deep gratitude to Mr. E. H. Thompson for his hospi- - tality, and it gives me pleasure to add that I owe fully as much to him for his interest in my work with the birds. Not only did he give me every information at his command, but by furnishing them with powder and shot, he arranged it so that the Indians on his plantation brought me many birds which I should otherwise probably have been unable to procure. I am also indebted to Mr. Thompson for assistance in obtain- ing the Maya names of the birds and for the translation and explanation of the meanings of some of these. Chapman in his paper has given a good description of the character of the country, and something has been added in my general introduction, so that little more need be said here. It is doubtful, however, if the portion to the eastward of the henequen belt has ever been so com- pletely deforested as Chapman believes. It is probable rather that the general low, “scrubby ” character of the vegetation is due to the arid conditions of the peninsula — to the thinness of the soil and the porosity of the underlying rock. There are, however, as Chapman says, trees of certain species which attain a considerable size, and especially is this true in the immediate vicinity of the cenotes. ek ee COLE: AVES FROM YUCATAN. Lit Chapman has also given a discussion of the origin of the Yucatan avifauna, and later researches only tend to confirm his conclusion that it is essentially Central American in its character. Recent explorations have not done much in the way of adding new species, but a number of forms have been split off as varietal. As is to be expected in an arid country, these are in nearly all cases distinguished from their relatives of Mexico, Guatemala, Honduras, and neighboring regions to the southward by their smaller size and paler color. The weather during the period I spent at Chichen was more rainy than is usual for the dry season, and this may have had some influence on the bird life. But the general aspect was one of winter, or early spring, in spite of the warmth and the occasional flowers. This was emphasized -by the fact that many of the birds were to be found in droves or flocks made up of a number of species, much as they are in our own woods in the autumn and winter months. Thus one would often meet with droves of warblers of various species, or of wood hewers, ant thrushes, and the like. The jays, cowbirds, ground doves, parrots, and even flycatchers, were usually in flocks of their own kind, while the hawks, wrens, tanagers, cardinals, and other finches were usually to he found singly or in pairs. Baker apparently found this peculiarity even more marked in the vicinity of Tekanto, for he writes (A Naturalist in Mexico, 1895, p. 32): “While hunting along the narrow path-ways through the forest in the neighborhood of the camp, we would pass sey- eral hours without seeing many birds ; but now and then the surround- ing bushes and trees appeared suddenly to swarm with them. There were scores of birds, all moving about with the greatest activity — Crotophaga, woodpeckers, tanagers, flycatchers, and thrushes, flitting about the lower leaves and branches. The bustling crowd lost no time, but hurried along, each bird occupied on its account in scanning bark, leaf, or twig in search of insects. In a few minutes the host was gone, and the forest remained as silent as before.” The attempt has been made in the present list to include every species of bird known to have been definitely reported from Chichen-Itza, bring- ing the total number to one hundred and twenty-eight species and sub- species. This is an increase of fifty-four over Chapman’s list, which enumerated seventy-four forms. The additions are from four sources: (1) Birds collected or observed by myself; (2) Easily recognizable birds added on the authority of Mr. Thompson; (3) A collection of skins made by Mr. Thompson in the early nineties; (4) Records from other sources. My own collections were made with the idea of obtaining as 112 BULLETIN: MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. representative a series of the birds as possible, so that in most cases only one or two of a species were taken. These are now in the Museum of Comparative Zodlogy. Two birds which seemed unmistakable are included on Mr. Thompson’s authority as being at times found at Chichen. These are the Barn Owl (Strix pratincola) and the Mexican Road Runner (Geococcyx affinis). Others, concerning which there was less certainty, have not been included. The collection of skins men- tioned as having been made by Mr. Thompson (with the aid of a native, under his direction) in the early nineties, comprised eighty-four speci- mens, representing fifty-three species, among which were nine not otherwise known for the locality. Many of these are also, through his generosity, now in the Museum of Comparative Zoology. And, finally, there is a single addition depending upon a record found elsewhere — that for the Central American Boatbill collected by Cabot, and mentioned by Stephens. Chapman lists ten forms for which I have no other records; these are included here for the sake of completeness, but have been enclosed in brackets so that they may be distinguished. All species recorded by Chapman are preceded by an asterisk in order to facilitate comparison of the two lists. It must be borne in mind that this is essentially a list of the winter birds at Chichen-Itza. As has been stated by Chapman, Gaumer, and Baker, there is probably a considerable migration to the southward from northern Yucatan at this time of year, but concerning such migration there is comparatively littie definite information at hand. The birds from Mr. Thompson unfortunately, in most cases, bear no data as to the time of year they were collected ; but it is not improbable that some of them are to be found at Chichen-Itza only during the summer months, which include the rainy season. In the case of Columba speciosa I obtained direct information that it was common in the summer, but was not there in the winter, and it is possible that the same is true of Claravis pretiosa, Pteroglossus torquatus, and other birds which were not obtained by either Chapman or myself during our visits in the winter months. In fact, I am under the impression that certain species, such as Merula grayt and Megaquisculus major macrourus, which I saw only during the latter part of my stay, may have been the returning vanguard of these southern migrants. No systematic effort at collecting or observing birds was made except at Chichen; but in many cases such incidental notes as were made at other places have been added, the locality being given in each case. A COLE: AVES FROM YUCATAN. iia series of fifteen skins, kindly given me by Dr. Gaumer when I had the pleasure of visiting him at Izamal, is included. Most of these, Dr. Gaumer states, were taken at Xbac, his plantation, some distance to the southeast of Izamal; but as no localities were given on the labels, it has seemed best to record them in nearly all cases as from ‘‘ Yucatan,” the more so as several of the records would be very unexpected so far from the coast. In this connection it is worth while, however, to call atten- tion to the relatively large list of water birds now known from Chichen. These birds are apparently casual wanderers there, attracted by the water of the cenotes, and undoubtedly with continued observation over a longer period the list would be greatly extended. A short additional list has been added, giving a few incidental notes on birds not as yet recorded from Chichen-Itza. An attempt was made to obtain, so far as possible, the native Maya names of the birds, and these are given for each species for which they could be learned.1 In the case of the larger forms there was little difficulty, but as might be expected, the smaller and less conspicuous birds were not so well known, and very often the natives appeared not to have different names for distinguishing them, but applied a common name to the whole lot.? 1 For the system of phonetics used in representing the Maya sounds I am indebted to Dr. Alfred M. Tozzer, Instructor in Anthropology in Harvard Univer- sity, who has spent portions of the past four winters among the Maya Indians in a study of their language and customs. The following “key” will aid in giving an idea of the pronunciation of the words. The equivalent letters given by Beltran de Santa Rosa in his Maya grammar are indicated for the purpose of com- parison, since his symbols have usually been employed in part by those who have published Maya names of birds, and are used in the names of many of the Yucatan cities. Key to the pronunciation of Maya words. The vowels and consonants have their continental sounds, with the following exceptions : a& like win hut, § (Beltran z) like sh in hush. ai like z in ‘sland, tS (Beltran ch) like ch in church, k (Beltran c) ordinary palatal 4, tS (Beltran ch) t§ explosive, q (Beltran k) velar x (explosive), P (Beltran pp) p explosive, 9 (Beltran 9) ts, explosive or fortis, t (Beltran th) t explosive. 2 (Beltran ¢z) ts non explosive, Doubled vowels should be doubled in pronunciation. 2 Some of the Maya dictionaries and vocabularies give the names of a few of the birds, but it is usually difficult, and often impossible, to determine the species meant. Gaumer gave a number of the Maya names in the notes published by Boucard (Proc. Zool. Soc., Lond., 1883), and a few are given also by Norman in his VOL. L.— No. 5 8 114 BULLETIN: MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY, The “stomach contents” of a considerable number of birds were pre- served with the idea of gaining some knowledge of their food. Mr. F.S. Millspaugh, of the Field Columbian Museum, who is probably more familiar with the Yucatan flora than any other botanist, kindly under- took for me the identification, in so far as possible, of the seeds and other parts of plants included in these collections, and his determinations have been inserted in each case under the notes on the species in question. Although they are of interest now only in a general way, it is hoped these observations may be of use when a study of the economic value of these birds is made. In the identification of the specimens obtained I am-very deeply indebted to Mr. O. Bangs, who has also given me much assistance in other ways. Furthermore, I wish to express my thanks to Messrs. E. W. Nelson, Robert Ridgway, and Witner Stone for the examination and comparison of certain of the birds. LIST OF THE BIRDS OF CHICHEN-ITZA, YUCATAN. TINAMIDAE. 1. Crypturus sallaei goldmani Nexson. Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., 1901, 14, p. 169. Yucatan Tinamou. Maya name, nom ; Spanish, perdzz. A single specimen was brought me by the Indians (March 12, 1904). It was so badly mutilated that its sex could not be determined. The species appears to be common over the whole of the northern part of the peninsula (Biol. Centr.-Amer., 3, p. 456). The type specimen is from Chichen-Itza. Legs, when fresh, orange. With regard to the food, as determined from this specimen, Mr. Millspaugh reports : “This bird is a very heterogeneous seed-eater, with an evident tendency towards selecting those of a euphorbiaceous character. It is particularly noticeable that so few seeds occur of many species that seed largely, the bird strangely selecting but a few of each. The craw contained the following euphorbiaceous seeds: 1 Tragia nepetaefolia ; 1 Croton cortezianus: 1 Dale- champia species ; 4 Croton lobatus ; 2 capsules Euphorbia astroites (with ripe Rambles in Yucatan (New York, 1843). It is very common for the Indians in giving the names of the birds to attach to them the feminine prefix 5 (Beltran x). Thus pu-hui (p. 127) becomes Spu-hui ; tuut (p. 125) becomes Stuut ; ku-sam! (p. 184) becomes Skit-sam’; ta-pin (p. 142) becomes Sta-pin, etc. COLE: AVES FROM YUCATAN. 115 seeds) ; 1 capsule Tragia nepetaefolia (with ripe seeds) ; 7 seeds Croton species ; 54 seeds Croton species; 3 unknown species of seeds (one seed each). “1 bit of leaf of Peperomia species; 1 whole wasp. “The following verbenaceous species: 1 seed Tamonea scabra,; 4 seeds Stachy- tarpheta jamaicensis ; 1 nutlet, unknown species. “1 fruiting calyx of some unknown mint; 4 capsules containing 2 seeds of Henrya costata ; 24 seeds of some unknown acanthaceous species ; 3 seeds of Cedrela ororata ; 1 ripe fruit Morinda roioc ; 6 seeds some unknown euphor- biaceous plant; 5 seeds some unknown legume ; 4 seeds Heliotropium indicum.” CRACIDAE. 2. *Ortalis vetula pallidiventris! Ripeway. Yucatan Chachalacca. Maya name, baats. One specimen : 9, March 15, 1904. Chapman mentions hearing these birds calling only in the morning. I heard them more often just at dusk, and only once, when the sky was overcast just before a shower, did I hear one in the middle of the day. A native in Progreso, the proprietor of a chocolate shop, had two of these birds alive about his place. They were as tame as domestic fowls, and ate bread, cakes, and similar food. I succeeded in purchasing these two birds, intending to take them to the New York Zodlogical Park, but unfortunately only one of them lived to reach there. MELEAGRIDAE. 3. * Agriocharis ocellata (Cuvizr). Ocellated Turkey. Maya name, ku. One specimen: @, March 30, 1904. Not infrequently brought in by the Indians, who cook it as they do most of their meat. They place it in a hole in the ground where they have had a fire, and cover it over with banana leaves, then with palm leaves and earth. Even when thus cooked the flesh is delicious. ODONTOPHORIDAE. 4. *Hupsychortyx nigrogularis (Goutp). Colinus nigrogularis (Gould). Chapman, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 1896, 8, p. 289. Yucatan Bob-white. Maya name, bets. Two specimens: a. @, March 4, 1904. b. 9, Progreso, Feb. 8, 1904. 1 All species recorded from Chichen-Itza in Chapman’s list are preceded by an asterisk. 116 BULLETIN: MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. This bird occurred in flocks in the clearings of Chichen-Itza, where its call, resembling very closely that of Colinus virginianus, was often heard. |i | COLE: AVES FROM YUCATAN. 5 0 Not common; Gaumer (Boucard, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1883, p. 452) gives it as “very rare” in Yucatan. In the specimen taken by me the under side of the wings is unspotted, a condition which Mr. Nelson thinks is due to immaturity. 58. *Ceophloeus scapularis (Vicors). Delattre’s Woodpecker. Maya name, ko-lon-te’. Means “ master carpenter”; so called because the largest. One specimen: @, March 23, 1904. Not uncommon. Iris white. FORMICARIIDAE. 59. * Thamnophilus doliatus mexicanus Atuen. Mexican Ant-thrush. Maya name, ta-ta-tsél. This name appears to be applied only to the female; the same name is given to Sittasomus and Dendrornis. Three specimens : a. @, March 11, 1904. b. 9, March 12, 1904. c. sex ?, Yucatan (Xbac 2), 1901, G. F. Gaumer. Like Chapman I found this bird not common. Iris of male yellowish; not noted in the female. DENDROCOLAPTIDAE. 60. Synallaxis erythrothorax Scrater. One specimen: Chichen-Itza, 189-, E. H. Thompson. Gaumer (Boucard, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1883, p. 449) gives the Maya name of this bird as ‘* Tzapatan ’’ (oa-pa-tan). 61. *Dendrocincla anabatina typhla Oserunotser Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1904, p. 452. Wood Hewer. One specimen : Chichen-Itza, 189-, E. H. Thompson. The marked paleness of this specimen was noticed before it was compared with Oberholser’s description of the subspecies. It would appear to be a characteristic condition of the Yucatan birds. 62. *Dendrocincla homochroa (SctaTER). Wood Hewer. 63. Sittasomus sylvoides LarresnarYE. Maya name, ta-ta-tsél. Refers to its working about wood; the ta-ta is in imitation of the tapping sound made with the bill. Ey BULLETIN: MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. Two specimens : a. 9, March 23, 1904. b. Chichen-Itza, Feb. 5, 1890, E. H. Thompson (Pablo Perera). Not common. The specimen taken by me appeared to be rather small and pale, but Mr. Nelson, who examined it, writes: ‘¢ A number of specimens of Sittosomus in our collection from Yucatan show that the birds from that region are not distinguishable from those from elsewhere in Mexico.” Specimen 6 agrees with my specimen in coloration, but is a little larger. 64. * Dendrornis flavigastra (Swainson). Wood Hewer. Maya name, ta-ta-tsél. Five specimens: a. &, Feb. 18, 1904. b-e. Chichen-Itza, 189-, E. H. Thompson. Chapman reports this bird as ‘‘tolerably common,” but I found it rather scarce. TYRANNIDAE. 65. Rhynchocyclus cinereiceps (ScraTer). One specimen: 9, March 28, 1904. 66. *Myiozetetes similis superciliosus (Bonaparte). Myiozetetes texensis (Giraud). Chapman, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 1896, 8, p. 283. Maya name, ta-kav’. Two specimens: "a. @,-March 13, 1904. b. @, March 23, 1904. 67. *Megarhynchus pitangua mexicanus (LAFRESNAYE). Megarhynchus pitangua (Linné). Chapman, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 1896, 8, p. 283. Mexican Large-billed Tyrant. . Maya name: Boucard (Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1883, p. 448) gives the Maya name of this bird as “ Stachi.” Without the feminine prefix it should prob- ably be written ta-téae’ or ta-kav’. Two specimens : a. @, March 14, 1904. b. Chichen-Itza, 189-, E. H. Thompson Rather common near the Sacred Cenote. COLE: AVES FROM YUCATAN. 133 68. *Empidonax minimus ( W. M. and S. F. Barrp). Least Flycatcher. Two specimens : a. g, Feb. 16, 1904. b. $, April 5, 1904. Frequently seen and occasionally heard. 69. [*Contopus brachytarsus (Sciater). Short-legged Pewee.] 70. Blacicus depressirostris ( Ripeway). One specimen: @, April 5, 1904. 71. [*Myiarchus cinerascens (Lawrence). Ash-throated Flycatcher.] 72. *Myiarchus yucatanensis LawRENCcE. Yucatan Crested Flycatcher. Maya name, 7’-a. Two specimens : a. @, Feb. 18, 1904. b. sex ?, March 9, 1904. 73. *Tyrannus melancholicus couchi ( Barrp). Tyrannus melancholicus VreE1LL. Chapman, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 1896, 8, p. 284. Couch’s Kingbird. Maya name, ta-kaz’. Givenas ‘‘ Stachi’’ by Boucard (Proce. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1883, p. 448.) Two specimens: a. g, Feb. 22, 1904. b. Chichen-Itza, 189-, E. H. Thompson. This bird has a note which reminds one somewhat of the chep, chap of a song- sparrow, but it is not so harsh. COTINGIDAHE. 74. *Tityra semifasciata (Sprix). Tityra personata Jardine & Selby. Chapman, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 1896, 8, p. 284. Mexican Tityra. Maya name, pé-lan-qé-wel. 134 BULLETIN: MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY, Four specimens : a. @, Feb. 26, 1904. b. (alcoholic), 1904. ce, d. Chichen-Itza, 189-, E. H. Thompson. Rather common in the large trees in the clearing near the house. 75. Platypsaris aglaiae (LarrEsnaYe). Rose-throated Becard. Maya name, 7’-a. Two specimens : a. 9 (?), March 12, 1904. b. g, March 14, 1904. 76. Pachyrhamphus major itzensis NEtson. Proc, Biol. Soc. Wash., 1901, 14, p. 178. Yucatan Pachyrhamphus. Two specimens : a. &, March 13, 1904. b. @, Feb. 5, 1890, E. H. Thompson (Pablo Perera). Apparently rare; but the one specimen seen by me. The subspecies was described from a female taken at Chichen-Itza by Nelson and Goldman. HIRUNDINIDAE. 77. Progne chalybea chalybea ( Gmetin). Gray-breasted Martin. Maya name, ka-sam’; also i-ya’. ‘When anything comes near them they circle about it crying ‘7-ya’, i-ya’,’ meaning ‘ Look out! Look out!’ ”’ Two specimens : a. &, March 4, 1904. b. 9, March 4, 1904. A few of these birds were seen about in the neighborhood of the honse in the early part of March. They often flew into holes under the veranda roof to roost. 78. *Stelgidopteryx ridgwayi NEtson. Stelgidopteryx serripennis (Aud.). Chapman, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 1896, 8, p. 278. Maya name, ka-sam’. One specimen: sex ?, Feb. 22, 1904. Like Chapman, I found these birds abundant about the ruins. ‘ $ 5 | COLE: AVES FROM YUCATAN. 135 MUSCICAPIDAE. 79. *Polioptila caerulea mexicana (Bonaparte), Polioptila caerulea (Linné). Chapman, Bull. Amer. Mus, Nat. Hist., 1896, 8, p. 276. Mexican Gnatcatcher. Maya name: I did not learn any native name for the Gnatcatcher at Chichen- Itza. Mr. Thompson tells me that at Ticul it is called 97-97/. The gnatcatchers which were heard and seen commonly during the whole of my stay at Chichen are probably to be referred to this subspecies. Mr. Bangs states, however, that he believes both P. caerulea mexicana and P. caerulea caerulea may occur in Yucatan. He has in his collection a fine skin of true P. c. caerulea from there identified by Mr. Nelson. Such being the case, it is possible that Chapman’s record should not be included under the subspecies mexicana. TROGLODYTIDAE. 80. *Pheugopedius maculipectus cano-brunneus (Ripeway). Yucatan Spotted-breasted Wren. Maya name, pd-kim’. Two specimens: a. gf, Feb. 26, 1904. b. Chichen-Itza, 189-, E. H. Thompson. Rather common. 81. *Thryomanes albinucha (Cazo7). Cabot’s Wren. Maya name, pé-kim’ ; also yam-ké-til’. This second name was also applied to warblers and other inconspicuous small birds. One specimen: sex ?, Feb. 28, 1904. Common. 82. *Nannorchilus leucogaster brachyurus (Lawrence). Hemiura brevicauda (Lawr.). Chapman, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 1896, 8, p. 277. Temax Wren. Maya name, ts-hdt’. One specimen: 9, Feb. 18, 1904. Common. I occasionally heard a song much like that of Troglodytes aédon, which, from Chapman’s remarks, I attribute to this bird. . TURDIDAE. 83. Merula grayi (Bonaparte). Gray’s Thrush. Maya name, q6q. Spanish name, Ruzsenor. 136 BULLETIN: MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. Two specimens : a. @, March 31, 1904. b. Chichen-Itza, 189-, E. H. Thompson. Tris reddish brown. The only specimen of this bird observed was taken at about sunset, when it was singing a varied song, somewhat resembling that of the Brown Thrasher ; not loud, but very pretty. Gaumer stated in his notes published by Boucard (Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1883, p. 439): “It utters no cry when approached, and is said to sing only in June. Though I have spent the summer in Yuca- tan, I have never had the pleasure of hearing this bird sing.”” Mr. Thompson confirms his statement that it is often kept as a cage-bird, and adds that it tames easily and breeds in confinement. VIREONIDAE. 84. Vireosylva olivacea (Linné). Red-eyed Vireo. One heard singing on April 3. 85. Vireosylva flavoviridis flavoviridis Cassin. Yellow-green Vireo. One specimen: g, April 3, 1904. Tris red. 86. *Lanivireo flavifrons (V1£IL107). Yellow-throated Vireo. One specimen: 9, Feb. 18, 1904. This was the only example of this species noted. 87. *Vireo noveboracensis noveboracensis (GmeELIn). White-eyed Vireo. Three specimens: a. &, March 6, 1904. b. (alcoholic), 1904. ‘ c. Chichen-Itza, 189-, E. H. Thompson. The male taken on March 6 was singing. 88. *Vireo ochraceus Savin. Ochraceus Vireo. Two specimens : a. Q, March 23, 1904. b. @, April 7, 1904. Iris brown. An Indian working about the yard brought me, on April 7, the male bird recorded above, which he had caught on the nest. The latter, which is deeply COLE: AVES FROM YUCATAN. 137 cupped, was situated about 0.5 m. from the ground in a lime hedge, hung in a small crotch. It much resembles in appearance the nest of Vireosylva olivacea ; rather compactly constructed of small dead leaves, dried grass, and other vege- table fibres, and lined with very fine grass. There are also in the outer part a few pieces of moss and one or two small fungi, while some web-like material appears to have been used to bind the other constituents together. Internal diameter at top 4 cm. X 4.5 cm., somewhat larger below ; depth of cup 4 cm. ; thickness of walls nearly 1 cm. This nest contained three egys, which were saved, but cannot now be found. My remembrance of them is that they were white with brownish markings, much resembling the eggs of Vireo noveboracen- sis. Small embryos were already formed at the time they were taken. 89. *Cyclarhis flaviventris yucatanensis Ripeway. Yucatan Pepper-shrike. One specimen: @, March 30, 1904. The beautiful clear song of this bird was quite frequently heard. CORVIDAE. 90. *Cissolopha yucatanica (Dusors). Yucatan Jay. Maya name, fseel (“‘ Chel,” Boucard, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1883, p. 446). Six specimens : a. Q, Feb. 15, 1904. b..@, April 3, 1904. e-f. Chichen-Itza, 189-, E. H. Thompson. Abundant, usually in large flocks. Their habits, when approached, are well described by Gaumer (Boucard, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1883, p. 446). 91. *Xanthoura luxuosa guatemalensis (Bonaparte). Guatemalan Green Jay. Maya name, sé-stp’. “The natives call this bird ‘jisip’ (tzee-seep), which with the Maya pronunciation is exactly the word articulated by the bird.” — Boucard, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1883, p. 447. Four specimens : a. @, March 7, 1904. b, c. (alcoholic), 1904. d. Chichen-Itza, 189-, E. H. Thompson. Rather common. Iris, yellow; inside of mouth, black. 92. *Psilorhinus mexicanus vociferus (Casor). Yucatan Brown Jay. Maya name, paap. From call note. 138 BULLETIN: MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. Two specimens : a. 9, March 8, 1904. b. Chichen-Itza, 189-, E. H. Thompson. My observations on the occurrence of this bird agree with Chapman’s, viz., “ Rather uncommon. It was found in pairs and trios in the woods, and was rather shy and suspicious.” MNIOTILTIDAE. 93. *Setophaga ruticilla (Line). American Redstart. Two specimens: a, b. Chichen-Itza, 189-, E. H. Thompson. One seen February 18 in a flock of warblers along the road to Kmakaba. 94. *Wilsonia mitrata (GMELIN). Sylvania mitrata (Gmel.). Chapman, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 1896, 8, p. 278. Hooded Warbler. Four specimens: a. (alcoholic), 1904. b-d. Chichen-Itza, 189-, E. H. Thompson. 95. *Granatellus sallaei boucardi Ripeway. Boucard’s Red-breasted Chat. Maya name, tsak-sin-kin: Means “red sun bird.” Three specimens : a. @, March 14, 1904. b. Chichen-Itza, 1890, E. H. Thompson (Pablo Perera). ce. Chichen-Itza, 189-, E. H. Thompson. Apparently rare, as only one specimen was observed. 96. *Icteria virens virens (Linnz). Yellow-breasted Chat. Two specimens: a. (alcoholic), 1904. b. g@, Chichen-Itza, 1890, E. H. Thompson (Pablo Perera). 97. *Geothlypsis trichas brachidactyla (Swarnsoy). Geothlypsis trichas (Linné). Chapman, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 1896, 8, p. 277. Northern Yellow-throat. One seen in a milpa near the Sacred Cenote on February 27, and another along the Xmakaba road on February 28. No specimen was taken, but it is probable that these birds belonged to this subspecies (cf. Ridgway, Bull. 50, U.S. Nat. Mus., 1902, 2, p. 665). COLE: AVES FROM YUCATAN. 139 98. [*Seiurus aurocapillus (Linn£.) Ovenbird]. 99. Dendroica palmarum palmarum (GMELIN). Palm Warbler. One specimen: @, Feb. 22, 1904. Gaumer reported this bird from Progreso (Boucard, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1883, p. 441), and in a note Salvin remarked that that was the first time it had been observed in Central America. 100. Dendroica dominica albilora Ripveway. Sycamore Warbler. Two specimens : a. 9, Feb. 25, 1904. b. Chichen-Itza, 189-, E. H. Thompson. My specimen was taken in an orange tree in the yard. 101. *Dendroica virens (Gmetiy). Black-throated Green Warbler. One specimen: Chichen-Itza, 189-, E. H. Thompson. I observed two of these birds at the Sacred Cenote on February 14, and sey- eral in a scattered flock of miscellaneous warblers along the Xmakaba road on February 18. 102. Dendroica maculosa (Gmetiy). Magnolia Warbler. One specimen: sex ?, Feb. 18, 1904. From a flock of Warblers of various species. This bird has been taken by Gaumer at Izamal (Salvin and Godman, Biol. Centr.-Amer., 1, p. 129). 103. Dendroica bryanti bryanti Ripeway. Bryant’s Yellow Warbler. Two specimens : a. @, March 23, 1904. b. @, Progreso, 1904, 104. Compsothlypis americana ramalinae Ripeway.! Western Parula Warbler. One specimen: @, Feb. 18, 1904. Shot from a flock of miscellaneous warblers. 105. *Mniotilta varia (Linne). Black and White Warbler. Two specimens: 1 Mr. Bangs has in his collection a specimen of C. a usneae from Yucatan. 140 BULLETIN: MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. a. (alcoholic), March 13, 1904. b. Chichen-Itza, 189-, E. H. Thompson. A few individuals occasionally seen. ICTERIDAE. 106. Icterus mesomelas mesomelas (Wac.eER). Yellow-tailed Oriole. One specimen : Chichen-Itza, 189-, E. H. Thompson. 107. *Icterus auratus Bonaparte. Orange Oriole. Maya name, yi-yim. “ Swinging bird.” One specimen : [ 3], March 19, 1904. 108. *Icterus giraudii Cassin. Giraud’s Oriole. Two specimens : a, b. Chichen-Itza, 189-, E. H. Thompson. Although I found orioles abundant at Chichen, I did not myself secure a specimen of this species. This was probably due to the difficulty of dis- tinguishing the different species in the field, since I. giraudit would appear to be common there. 109. Icterus cucullatus igneus Ripeway. Fiery Oriole. Maya name, ya-yim. One specimen: g@, Feb. 16, 1904. 110. *Icterus gularis yucatanensis BERLEPscH. Yucatan Oriole. Maya name, yi-yam. Three specimens : a. § March 13, 1904. b, c. Chichen-Itza, 189-, E. H. Thompson. 111. Icterus prosthemelas (STRICKLAND). Lesson’s Oriole. Maya name, hom'-san-il', meaning “of the palms.” Two specimens : a. 9 (juv.), March 13, 1904. b. Chichen-Itza, 189-, E. H. Thompson. This appears to be the first record of this species from Yucatan. COLE: AVES FROM YUCATAN, 141 112. *Dives dives (LicuTensTEIN). Pueblo Blackbird. Maya name, pits. “Native name ‘ Pich’ (pronounced ‘ peach’) ’’ — Boucard, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1883, p. 446. One specimen: @, March 23, 1904. Rather common about the hacienda. 113. Megaquiscalus major macrourus (Swarnson). Great-tailed Grackle. Maya name, gaau. “Native name ‘Sacoa.’ The female is considered by the natives another species and is called ‘Socao,’ instead of ‘ Sacoa.’ ” — Boucard, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1883, p. 446. One specimen: 92, April 1, 1904. 114 *Tangavius aeneus involucratus (Lesson). Callothrus robustus (Cab.). Chapman, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 1896, 8, p. 280. Red-eyed Cowbird. Maya name, 97v. From call note. One specimen: ¢, March 4, 1904. Abundant in the corrals, where they could often be seen climbing over the cattle, horses, and pigs in search of ticks. They sometimes sustain themselves suspended on the wing for a moment or so while they pick ticks from the legs or bellies of the cattle. 115. *Amblycercus holosericeus (Licutenstern). Prevost’s Cacique. One specimen: Chichen-Itza, 189-, E. H. Thompson. Chapman gives this species as tolerably common in and about the borders of the cornfields or malpas. I did not observe the bird, and the only specimen from Chichen I have examined is that recorded above. TANAGRIDAE 116. Phoenicothraupis salvini peninsularis Ripveway. Yucatan Ant Tanager. Maya name, ba-ka-lar’. Three specimens : a. @, March 9, 1904. b. [9], March 9, 1904. c. Chichen-Itza, 189-, E. H. Thompson. 117. [*Phoenicothraupis rubica nelsoni Riveway. Rosy Ant Tanager. Phoenicothraupis rubicoides (Lafr.). Chapman, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat Hist., 1896, 8, p. 279.] 2 BULLETIN: MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 118. *Piranga roseo-gularis roseo-gularis Casor. Rose-throated Tanager. Maya name, ba-ka-lar’. Five specimens : . [Q], Feb. 18, 1904. b. @, March 13, 1904. c. 9, March 338, 1904. d. ¢, Chichen-Itza, Jan. 20, 1890, E. H. Thompson (Pablo Perera). e. Chichen-Itza, 189-, E. H. Thompson. tse) 119. *Euphonia hirundinacea Bonaparre. Bonaparte’s Euphonia. Maya name, tstn-tsin-bakal de capa. The Spanish words de capa are added to the Maya name of this species by the Indians to denote the black crown. Four specimens : a. @, Feb. 20, 1904. b. @, March 13, 1904. c. 9, March, 19, 1904. d. Chichen-Itza, 189-, E. H. Thompson. Usually keeps well to the tops of tall trees. Note a rather insect-like chack-che-e-e-e. 120. Euphonia affinis (Lesson). Lesson’s Euphonia. One specimen: Chichen-Itza, 189-, E. H. Thompson. FRINGILLIDAE. 121. *Saltator atriceps atriceps Lesson. Black-headed Saltator. Maya name, ta-pin. Four specimens : a. &, Feb. 27, 1904. b. 9, March 9, 1904. c. &, Chichen-Itza, Feb. 10, 1890, E. H. Thompson (Pablo Perera). d. Chichen-Itza, 189-, E. H. Thompson. Apparently rather local, as 1 saw it only in one or two vicinities, not far from the house. Seems to prefer the lower growth on the borders of clearings. 122. *Cardinalis cardinalis yucatanicus Ripeway. Yucatan Cardinal. Maya name, tiak-02’-92. Means “ red painted (bird].” One specimen: 9 (7), Feb. 22, 1904. COLE: AVES FROM YUCATAN. 143 Common. Chapman says: “In notes and habits this subspecies resembles C. cardinalis, but its brighter coloration is evident even at a distance.” My observations agree with his in regard to coloration, and so far as I could ascer- tain, also as to habits; but the song impressed me as markedly different from the clear ringing whistle of C. cardinalis as I am familiar with it in our northern States and in Bermuda. The note of the Yucatan bird seems to me to be harsher and less musical, and to be uttered rather more rapidly. In my note book I have it represented as follows : Fe ior salons lapel wat ST ae eee ae rR. ch-ch—weé, ch-ch—weé (two to four times), aie pleu, pleu, pleu, pleu (five to eight times). There is much variation from this ; for example, sometimes only the first three or four notes are given and not followed by the second part of the song. 123. Zamelodia ludoviciana (Linn®£). Rose-breasted Grosbeak. One specimen : (plumage of 9 ) Chichen-Itza, 189-, E. H. Thompson. 124. Guiraca caerulea caerulea (Liye). Blue Grosbeak. One specimen: (plumage of ¢ in winter), Chichen-Itza, 189-, E. H. Thompson. 125. Cyanocompsa parellina parellina (Bonaparte). Blue Bunting. Six specimens : a. @, Chichen-Itza, 1890, E. H. Thompson (Pablo Perera). b-e. (2 in plumage of ¢, 2 in plumage of ?), Chichen-Itza, 189-, E. H. Thompson. f. (plumage of ¢ ), Xbac (2), 1901, G. F. Gaumer. 126. * Cyanospiza ciris (Linné). Passerina ciris (Linné). Chapman, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 1896, 8, p. 279. Nonpareil; Painted Bunting. One specimen: Chichen-Itza, 189-, E. H. Thompson. 127. * Arremonops verticalis Ripewayr. Arremonops rufivirgata striaticeps Ridgw. Chapman, Bull, Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 1896, 8, p. 280. Schott’s Sparrow. One specimen: @, March 19, 1904. Chapman reports this bird as abundant and “ generally distributed in the undergrowth about the borders of clearings, where they pass much of their time on the ground.” I found the bird not uncommon, but hardly abundant, 144 BULLETIN: MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. and from the fact that I frequently heard the song in a few definite localities, I judged that the birds might be nesting. They were heard singing as early as March 6, and were still in song when I left, early in April. As Chapman says, the song suggests that of the Field Sparrow. It differs, however, not only in quality, but in keeping about on the same note, and in decreasing but little in volume, though it becomes much more rapid towards the end. It may be represented by the syllables : chew chew chew—che—che—che-che- che-che-che. When one is close to the singer, a sharp preliminary note may sometimes be heard, thus: chip, chew——chew etc. There appears to be considerable variation in the song of the same individual. The song is usually heard in the early part of the forenoon. chew 128. Pooecetes gramineus gramineus (GMELIN). Vesper Sparrow. One specimen: 9, April 4, 1904. So far as I can learn, the Vesper Sparrow has not previously been reported from Yucatan; in fact, this appears to be the extreme southern record for this subspecies, since Salvin and Godman (Biol. Centr.-Amer., 1, p. 383) state that the bird which occurs in Mexico is the western subspecies, P. g. confimis. Ridgway (Bull. 50, U.S. Nat. Mus., 1901, 1, p. 183) says that it goes “ south in winter to Gulf coast (Florida to eastern Texas).’? This record is the more remarkable for the lateness in the season when the specimen was taken, the species usually being by that time well north on its spring migration. The identification of this bird was kindly verified by Mr. Ridgway. ADDITIONAL LIST OF BIRDS FROM YUCATAN WHICH HAVE NOT AS YET BEEN REPORTED FROM CHICHEN-ITZA. This list, included for the sake of making complete the report on the birds obtained, contains merely notes on a few species obtained or observed in other parts of the peninsula, and not included in the fore- going list. 1. Tinamus robustus Scuater. Tinamou. A native proprietor of a chocolate shop in Progreso had a female bird of this species which was so tame that it went about under the tables picking up crumbs from the floor. It could usually be heard uttering a peculiar low whistle, which was capable, however, of being heard at a considerable distance. Two eggs laid by this bird, which I secured from the owner, are green-blue (robin’s-egg blue) in color, and have a hard, glossy surface. They are sphe- roidal in shape and measure respectively 60.6 mm. X 47.3 mm., and 60 mm. X payee Ci Ey = end PESO cee + pee TaN MEELEOOD, ee Sage? COLE: AVES FROM YUCATAN 145 48.4 mm. The identification of this specimen is certain, as a description was made at the time, and feathers from various parts of the bird were brought home for comparison. Just where the bird came from is not so certain, but as nearly as I could learn, it came from somewhere in the interior of Yucatan. It is unfortunate that this could not be determined more definitely, as the spe- cies appears not to have been previously reported from the peninsula, though it is known to occur to the southward in Guatemala and Honduras. 2. Creciscus ruber (Sciater & Savin). One snecimen: g, Yucatan (Xbac?), 1901, G. F. Gaumer. 3. Larus philadelphia (Oxp). Bonaparte’s Gull. Large flocks on the Gulf at Progreso in the latter part of January. 4. Fregata aquila (Linné£). Man-o’-war Bird. Common along the coast at Progreso during the latter part of January. 5. Speotyto cunicularia hypogaea (Bonaparte). Burrowing Owl. A single specimen, a female, was taken on the open ground of a henequen plantation at San Ignacio on February 9. Although well known from other parts of Mexico, this bird appears not to have been noted previously from Yucatan. 6. Ceryle alcyon (Linné). Belted Kingfisher. Common about the brackish Mangrove marshes back of Progreso during the latter part of January. 7. Momotus lessonii Lesson. Lesson’s Motmot. One specimen, said to have been taken at Xbac in 1901, was given me by Dr. G. F. Gaumer. 8. Coccyzus minor (GMELIN). Mangrove Cuckoo. One specimen was given me by Dr. Gaumer. -9. Pyrocephalus rubineus mexicanus (ScuLaTER). Vermilion Flycatcher. Two specimens were given me by Dr. Gaumer. Rather common in the swampy land back of Progreso. VOL. L.—NO. 5 10 146 BULLETIN: MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 10. Heleodytes guttatus (Goutp). Yucatan Cactus Wren. Three specimens : a. Q, Progreso, Feb. 4, 1904. b,c Xbac (7), 1901, G. F. Gaumer. Although I obtained this bird at Progreso, whence it has been reported several times, I have no notes on its abundance or habits. 11. Mimus gilvus gracillis (Casor). Yucatan Mockingbird. Maya neme, #37-kd. ‘Native name ‘Chico,’ or ‘Zenzotl.’ The name of ‘Zenzotl’ is generally given in Mexico to all the species of Mocking-birds.”’ — Boucard, Proc., Zool. Soc. Lond., 1883, p. 439. One specimen, given me by Dr. Gaumer. I found this bird common at Progreso, but did not see it at Chichen-Itza. 12. Cyanerpes cyaneus (Linn®). Blue Honey Creeper. One specimen: Xbac (7), 1901, G. F. Gaumer. Although reported from other States of Mexico and from other parts of Cen- tral America, there appears to be no previous record of this bird from Yucatan. 13. Volatinia jacarini splendens (VI£ILLO07). Blue-black Grassquit. One specimen: [ ¢ ], Xbac (7), 1901, G. F. Gaumer. REPTILIA, AMPHIBIA, AND PISCES. By Tuomas Barsour AND LEon J. COLE. Introduction. The collections upon which this report is based are from the following sources: First, series obtained by Mr. Leon J. Cole ; secondly, specimens from Mr. Edward H. Thompson, received at various times; thirdly, specimens in the Museum of Comparative Zodlogy from various sources other than those mentioned. The literature on the lower vertebrates of Yucatan is not very extensive. Large collections have been made by Dr. G. F. Gaumer at various local- ities, and upon these specimens, for the most part, are based the Yucatan records of the Biologia Centrali-Americana. Ives, in the Proceedings of the Phila. Acad. for 1891, reported on the reptiles collected by Professor Heilprin’s party; he described Anolis acutirostris as new; we record this species for the second time. Cope, in several papers, has also added BARBOUR AND COLE: REPTILIA FROM YUCATAN. 147 to our knowledge of the herpetology of Yucatan. Of the fishes less is known. The expedition of the Albatross to Cozumel Island resulted in a report on the fauna of that area; beyond this, however, little seems to have been published of the coast fishes. The fresh-water fishes are very few in number ; that they are of great interest will be observed by exam- ining the list which follows. Their distribution in the cenotes at Chichen- Itza is of especial interest. In the Sacred Cenote and in another cenote some three or four miles to the eastward and known as “ Ikil” occur two entirely distinct species of catfishes, both of which, moreover, are new to science. Their habits are entirely distinct, as well as their specific morphological characters. This fact would appear to preclude the notion that these cenotes are connected by underground streams. On the other hand the “ mojarra,” Heros urophthalmus, occurs in both the Sacred and the great Cenote at Chichen-Itza, and is probably widely distributed throughout the peninsula. It is common in the brackish waters of the cienaga at Progreso. It has previously been reported only from Lake Peten, in Guatemala. This fish is used extensively for food and it is possible that the Indians have aided in its dissemination. One other species, Heros affinis, found in the cienaga, has been known previously only from Lake Peten. . Only a word is necessary to explain the apparent faunal relationships of the lower vertebrates of the Yucatan peninsula. Its fauna is, as would be expected, made up of typical species abundant in Mexico and in Central America. A few of the species are peculiar to the region. They, how- ever, show no such special modifications as might have developed from peculiar local conditions, so that it seems reasonable to expect that with further investigation they may be found in the neighboring regions. In this way the lower vertebrates differ from the birds and mammals, which appear to have developed numerous local geographical races peculiar to Yucatan. It is our pleasure to acknowledge our indebtedness to Dr. Leonhard Stejneger, Dr. B. W. Evermann, Mr. Samuel Garman, and Dr. Alex. G. Ruthven for advice and assistance in identification. REPTILIA. TESTUDINATA. 1. Cistudo mexicana (Gray). Two examples from Chichen-Itza, Yucatan — an alcoholic specimen taken ' April 8, and a dried carapace. 148 BULLETIN: MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 2. Cinosternon leucostomum A. DuMERIL. One adult, dried, collected by Dr. G. F. Gaumer. Two young, in alcohol, from Chichen-Itza, taken by Mr. E. H. Thompson. Turtles, probably of this species, were reported several tines as having been seen in the Sacred Cenote. The specimens agree with the descriptions except that the first vertebral plate has convex sides instead of concave. The axillary and inguinal plates are in contact. 3. Thallasochelys cephalo (ScHNEIpDER). Skull found on the beach at Progreso. From the number of shells seen this species must be very common. LACERTILIA. 4. Hemidactylus exsul, sp. nov. Type. — No. 7039, Mus. Comp. Zool. Progreso, Yucatan, April 13, 1904. Leon J. Cole. Snout about equal to distance between eye and ear openings: forehead concave : ear opening medium, ovoid, oblique. Body and limbs moderate. Digits rather dilated : two divided lamellae under the inner fingers; five under the second; six under the others. Three divided lamellae under the inner toes ; six or seven under the others. Below these there are from one to three undivided lamellae beneath both fingers and toes. Granules on snout larger than those elsewhere. Among the granules of the back are fifteen rather irregular series of subtrihedral granules. These are about the same size as the ear opening, sometimes rather smaller. Rostral four-sided with a median cleft above, a little broader than high. Nostril between rostral, first labial, and three nasals. Mental large and subpentagonal : first pair of chin shields almost in contact behind the mental. Ventral scales small, sub- cycloid, slightly imbricate. Male with eight preanal pores in a curved series. Tail rather depressed, bearing tubercles on its base and rather large transverse plates below. Color in alcohol: Grayish brown above, somewhat marbled with cinnamon, the darker spots occurring in three irregular series along the dorsal region and very irregularly on the head. 5. Thecadactylus rapicauda (Hourrvuyry). One example from Chichen-Itza, Yucatan. Collected by Mr..E, H. Thompson. 6. Anolis aureolus Cops. Six examples from Chichen-Itza. Identified by Dr. Stejneger. 7. Anolis ustus Cope. Five examples from Chichen-Itza. Inclined to brownish below; one example shows a light vertebral stripe. BARBOUR AND COLE: REPTILIA FROM YUCATAN. 149 8. Anolis beckeri BouLEenGcer. One example from Chichen-Itza. Apparently typical, but in rather poor condition. 9. Anolis acutirostris Ives. Two examples from Chichen-Itza. 10. Norops yucatanicus, sp. nov. Types. — Three specimens, No. 7036, Mus. Comp. Zool. Chichen-Itza, Yucatan, Leon J. Cole. Habit rather stout; head about once and a half as long as broad, a very little shorter than the tibia. Scales on head subequal and unicarinate. Occipital scale much smaller than ear opening; six labials to below the centre of the eye ; ear opening oval and vertical; about one half the diameter of the eye. Gular appendage moderate, gular scales large and strongly keeled. Enlarged dorsal scales in twelve or thirteen rows. Lateral scales small and keeled. The adpressed hind limb reaches slightly beyond the tip of the snout ; digits slightly dilated. Tail just about as long as head and body; covered with equal sharply keeled scales. Color : (alcoholic specimen) uniform fawn color. In one specimen there is a dark dorsal band. This band is wider than the region of enlarged scales, and is prolonged half-way down the sides in points. The central area of this band is lighter than the lateral. Two specimens are adult and one is young. 11. Basiliscus vittatus Wiremann. Five young examples and one female with eggs taken April 6, all from Chichen-Itza. There are many specimens in the Museum (M.C. Z. No. 6268) taken by Edw. H. Thompson at Merida. 12. Laemanctus alticoronatus Cops. One example from Chichen-Itza. Scales in 55 rows ; Boulenger gives the rows of scales at from 45 to 51, and in L. serratus Cope from 57 to 61 rows. This specimen approaches L. serratus in the rather distinct vertebral serration. There are no white lines on the neck and thighs in this example ; neither do white spots characteristically situated appear. This specimen seems ideally intermediate between the two species, but with only one specimen definite conclusions are unreasonable. A description of the colors of the specimen while alive is added from the field notes: —“ Under parts light yellowish green with brown markings ; above this on sides a white stripe ; then a reticulated region of darker green, and ahove this again a yellowish green stripe. Back with alternate blotches of green and black. Head bright pea green. Colors gradually fade towards tail. which becomes grayish brown.” 150 BULLETIN : MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 13. Ctenosaura acanthura (SHaw). A single example from Progreso, as well as a large series from Chichen- Itza. Following Giinther (Biol. Cent.-Amer., Rept., 1890, p. 56) we have placed these examples under this species. Ives (Proc. Phil. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1891, p- 459) records Yucatan examples under the name C. cycluroides Harlan. 14. Ctenosaura (Cachryx) defensor (Cope). One example from Chichen-Itza. According to Boulenger (Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1886, p. 241) Cope’s genus Cachryx is untenable because it has been shown to intergrade with Ctenosaura. Still its characters would seem sufficiently definitive to warrant the subgeneric use of the name. 15. Sceloporus chrysostictus Cope. Three examples from Chichen-Itza, four from Progreso, and one from San Ignacio, taken on Feb. 9. 16. Sceloporus serrifer Cope. One example taken March 15, at Chichen-Itza. 17. Sceloporus variabilis Wiremann. Eighteen examples from Progreso. 18. Cnemidophorus sexlineatus (Linn£). Sixteen examples from Chichen-Itza, nine from Progreso. The specimens show very marked variability in size, marking, and squama- tion. We have the typical form as well as examples agreeing with descrip- tions of the varieties mexicanus, angusticeps, and costatus which Boulenger recognizes. For several specimens we would need to describe new sub- species were we to admit any to be different from the forma typica. It must be said, however, that among the large number which we have both taken and seen in Florida, no such variability ever occurs. OPHIDIA. 19. Glauconia albifrons (Wac LER). One example from Chichen-Itza, collected in the Maya ruins by Mr. E. H. Thompson. A second example has also been received, taken by Mr. E. H. Thompson at the same locality, date uncertain, but between 1890 and 1900. 20. Typhlops microstomus Cope. One example, also from the Maya ruins near Chichen-Itza. BARBOUR AND COLE: REPTILIA FROM YUCATAN. 151 21. Leptognathus sanniola (Corts). Three examples from Chichen-Itza. Two of these were taken by L. J. Cole, and one by Mr. E. H. Thompson. These specimens show several peculiar variations from Cope’s description. One example has three praeoculars on one side and two on the other. Two specimens have undivided anal scales, while the third specimen is incomplete and lacks the anal scale. These also have both more ventrals and subcaudals than seems typical. Cope’s description calls for 156 + 55 ; while in ours the 5 counts run ag Se nes and ia It is possible that the tail of Cope’s specimen was broken. In L. dimidiata, while the anal is undivided, there are no praeoculars and the ventrals count 185 — 195, subcaudals 98 — 126. 22. Tropidodipsas sartorii (Core). One example from Chichen-Itza. Agrees with var. A. of Boulenger, Cat. 1 : 1914 63) there is one more ven- tral than the maximum number cited by Boulenger. Snakes British Museum, 2, p. 297. Scales 23. Leptodeira yucatanensis (Cope). One example taken at Chichen-Itza by Mr. E. H. Thompson. The cross bands descend to the ventrals, the lateral spots are general, the 2] 190 + 65° The stomach of this specimen, about 20 inches long, contained an example of Ctenosaura acanthura about 7 inches long. Another specimen has been received, taken also at Chichen-Itza by E. H. Thompson, 189-. lower surfaces immaculate. Se. 24. Himantodes gemmistratus Cops. Dipsas gracillima Giinther. Biol. Cent.-Amer., Rept., 1895, p. 177, pl. 56, fig. B. 17 One example from Progreso, Yucatan. Se. 395 — 153) forty-four dark brown markings on body ; thirty-one on tail. An example from Chichen-Itza taken by Mr. E. H. Thompson, 189-, has recently been received. 25. Thamnophis saurita proxima (Say). Three examples from La Cienaga, Progreso. Taken by L. J. Cole. These were sent to Mr. Alex. G. Ruthven of Ann Arbor, Michigan, who has very kindly returned the following remarks: — “The three specimens sent me . . . belong to the saurita group, of Garter Snakes, as is shown by the position of the lateral stripe on the 3d and 4th 152 BULLETIN : MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. rows of dorsal scales, and the very slender body and long tail. As is to be expected, these specimens are most closely related to the nearest geographical representative of the group (proxima), and differ from this form but little. The proportionate length of the tail falls well within the limits of variation in proxima, as do also the number of caudal plates. The number of dorsal rows of scales (19-17) is exactly the same as in proxima specimens. In one of the specimens there are 7 supralabials on one side, which may or may not indicate a tendency toward a reduction in this region, but the number of ventral plates (150 in the only specimen in which they can be counted) is decidedly less than is normal in proxima, which has a range of variation from about 164 to 174. Since but one specimen has been examined this small number might be con- sidered abnormal were it not for the fact that Orizaba specimens and Cope’s type of rutzloris, both of which belong to this group, also possess a smaller number of ventral plates than is normally the case in proxima specimens. “The general type of color is the same as in proxima. The ground color above is dark greenish olive, the belly light bluish. The lateral stripes are narrow and are situated on the 3d and 4th rows of dorsal scales. The dorsal stripe is rather inconspicuous. The labials are uniformly white (possibly red in life). There are the usual light bars on the preoculars in front of the eye, and on the lower postoculars. ‘There are no spots on the end of the gastro- steges, on the dorsal scales, or labials. Dorsal scales 19-17 in all specimens; supralabials 8; 8; R. 7, L. 8: infralabials 10; R. 10, L. 11; 10: oculars 1-3; L. 2-3, R. 1-3; 1-3: temporals 1-2 in all: urosteges’88; 91; 81: gastrosteges 1507 1; 1." 26. Coluber triaspis Core. One specimen, young, from Chichen-Itza. Concerning this specimen, Dr. Stejneger very kindly writes under date of Oct. 9, 1905: “The snake is Coluber triaspis. I have compared it with the types of C. flavirufus, mutabilis, and triaspis. It is not the first mentioned; it agrees exactly with the second, which is probably a synonym of the third. C. triaspis type seems to be an abnormal specimen with 3 loreals and 4 first temporals, otherwise = mutabilis.” 27. Herpetodryas carinatus (Linné). One specimen lately received from Mr. E. H. Thompson. Taken at Chichen- Itza, 189-. This specimen is interesting in that the median five series of scales are keeled ; the median three distinctly, the outer pair considerably less so. 28. Coronella micropholis (Cops). One example, adult taken at Chichen-Itza on April 6, 1904, by L. J. Cole. This is a large example and represents var. B. of Boulenger’s Cat. Snakes Brit. 21 Mus., 2, p: 203, 904. Se. 912 + 53. BARBOUR AND COLE: AMPHIBIA FROM YUCATAN. 153 A second example, young and imperfect, was found in the same locality on March 6. This represents var. E., Boulenger, loc. cit., 3, p. 405. A third, also young, has been received from Mr, E. H. Thompson. Taken at the same locality, during the years 1890-1900. 29. Conophis lineatus concolor (Cope). ee IGG E72" men seems to fall under C. lineatus var. B., Boulenger, loc. cit., 3, p. 122, 123. One example from Chichen-Itza, taken April 6. Se. this speci- 30. Ficimia olivacea publia (Core). One example from Chichen-Itza. 17 St: a5 + 37° The internasals are perfectly distinct. there are twenty-six bars on the body and nine on the tail. 31. Geophis multitorques yucatanicus, subsp. nov. Type. — One specimen, No. 7037, Mus. Comp. Zool. Chichen-Itza, Yucatan, March 6, 1904, Leon J. Cole. This form differs from G. multitorques (Cope) in having seven upper labials, two postoculars, a divided anal, and in being uniform plum-brown in color. if Each scale has a darker dot at its apex. Sc. ia 3r 32. Elaps fulvius (Lryvz). Two examples from Chichen-Itza. One example with sixteen black annuli on the body; anal divided, and sc. Pe. 217 + 43 The other example has only. thirteen annuli of black on the body, the anal 15 ; 921 + 41° These seem to fall under var. B., Boulenger, loc, cit., 3, p. 424. is entire, and sc. 33. Crotalus terrificus (LavureEnT!). Three examples from Chichen-Itza ; one young, two half-grown. These fall under var. B. of Boulenger, loc. cit., 3, p. 575. The stripes on the neck are well marked in all three examples. AMPHIBIA. 1. Rana virescens areolata (Barrp & GIRARD). Two specimens taken from brackish water in La Cienaga near Progreso, Jan, 28-Feb. 10. Four from Chichen-Itza taken during March. 154 BULLETIN: MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 2. Bufo valliceps Wiremann. Four specimens from Chichen-Itza taken during April. “This toad trills at a high pitch.” Ives reports this toad from Yucatan (Proc. Phil. Ac. Nat. Sci., 1892, 1891, p. 461). 3. Bufo marinus (Linvy£). Seven examples from Chichen-Itza, Yucatan. Both B. marinus and B. valliceps were common in the cenotes, and were often found about watering troughs at the house as well. They were breed- ing in February, and on Feb. 19 eggs were observed, though it is uncertain to which species they belonged. By March 18 the tadpoles had reached a length of 2 cm. or so in the Sacred Cenote, and had become scattered about instead of swimming in dense schools as before. Mr. Thompson says that when the toads come to the cenotes to breed they plunge directly off from the top of the verti- cal walls to the water 65 feet below. The old toads after breeding and the young toads also appear to get out by working their way laboriously up the walls, taking advantage of the small irregularities. 4. Hyla phlebodes Sresnecer. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1906, 30, pp. 817, 818. Two examples from Chichen-Itza, compared with the type by Dr. Stejneger. 5. Hyla baudinii Dumeriz & Bisron. One example taken March 22, at Chichen-Itza, Yucatan. ‘“‘Call of this species a resonant kwa, kwa, kwa (a asin father). Most fre- quently heard in a tall cocoanut-palm. At night they come down to among the challote vines which grow about the water tank. The note is pitched low, but is of a far-reaching quality. Usually uttered three or four times in suc- cession, at intervals of perhaps five minutes.” 6. Triprion petasatus (CoPE). One specimen taken at Chichen-Itza, March 28. ‘* Note an unmusical, rather drawn-out quarr — quarr — quarr. Not guttural, but with a rasping quality. Life colors as follows: Top of head fuscous, with silvery greenish gray dots; back silvery gray, with dark fuscous blotches and smaller spots; sides with yellowish green suffusion ; arms and legs brown, with yellowish blotches on upper arms and legs; silvery gray on lower arms and legs. Under sides whitish. The gray has a decided greenish tinge, which became more marked in a short time while the creature was held in the hand. This frog was not heard during the drier part of the season (February and most of March), but was heard quite frequently during the last part of March, when there was more rain.” os ptbbertrdeenio. =r eet cing 0 See BARBOUR AND COLE: PISCES FROM YUCATAN. 155 7. Spelerpes yucatanus Perers. S. yucatanicus Boulenger. Cat. Batr. Grad. Brit. Mus., 1862, p. 72. One specimen from Chichen-Itza, taken, together with a single egg, in the damp earth near a watering trough on March 7. PISCES. 1. Scoliodon terrae-novae (RicHarpson). One specimen from Progreso. 2. Sphyrna tiburo (Liyné£). One specimen from Progreso. 3. Urolophus jamaicensis (Cuvier). One specimen from Progreso. 4. Dasybatis hastata (DreKay). One specimen from Progreso. This species seems to be considered a favorite food fish. 5. Felichthys marinus (Mitcuitt). Two specimens from the Gulf of Mexico at Progreso. 6. Rhamdia depressa, sp. nov. Plate 1. Types. — Eleven examples, No. 29072, Mus. Comp. Zool. Ikil Cenote, near Chichen-Itza, Yucatan, Leon J. Cole. Head 42; D. 1,6; A. 10. Body rather slender, more stout anteriorly than posteriorly ; head rather large, flat, narrowed forward. Eye rather high up, small, its diameter 62 in head. Teeth in bands. The maxillary barbel reaches the base of the anal fin; in some specimens it is rather shorter, but in none longer. The mental barbel reaches about half-way to base of pectoral, and the postmental considerably beyond the base of the pectoral fin. Origin of spinous dorsal fin rather less than half way from origin of ventral fins to gill opening. Length of base of adipose dorsal fin 3} in total length. The caudal fin is forked; its lobes are rounded but somewhat narrow. Ventral fins in. serted below the posterior limit of the base of the spinous dorsal fin. Color uniform dull brown. ‘The largest specimen of this series is about a foot long. Field notes. Ikil Cenote is about three miles east of Chichen-Itza. It is about 100 ft. in diameter, but on the east and south sides a projecting ledge covers it for nearly a third of the distance. A sounding through a well in this overhanging part gave 65 ft. to water, and 95 ft. depth of water. These silu- 156 BULLETIN: MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. roids were numerous and could be seen swimming slowly about near the surface. They took bait readily ; even if a stone was thrown in they swam rapidly to the spot. 7. Rhamdia sacrificii, sp. nov. Plate 2. Types. — Two examples, No. 29073, Mus. Comp. Zool. Sacrificial Cenote, near Chichen-Itza, Yucatan, Leon J. Cole. Head 48; D. 1, 6; A. 10. Body stout its entire length; head large, flat, little narrowed forward. Eye very high up, small, its diameter 74 in head. Teeth in bands. The maxillary barbel reaches a little beyond the base of the ventral fins. The mental barbel reaches about three fifths of the distance to the pectoral, and the postmental a little beyond the base of the pec- toral. Origin of spinous dorsal a little posterior to a vertical line from posterior part of base of pectoral fin. Length of base of adipose dorsal fin 28 in total length. The caudal fin is forked; its lobes are bluntly rounded, almost trun- cate. Ventral fins inserted a little caudad of the posterior limit of the spinous dorsal fin. Color uniform dark slaty gray. The larger specimen is slightly more than one foot in length. Unlike the preceding species, R. sacrificii appears to be a bottom form, and was never seen at the surface. It also took the bait much less readily. 8. Elops saurus Line. Two specimens from the Gulf of Mexico at Progreso. 9. Sardinella sardina (Pory). Severteen examples from the Gulf of Mexico at Progreso. 10. Stolephorus brownli (GMELIN). Thirteen specimens from the Gulf of Mexico at Progreso. 11. Synodus foetens (LinNeE). Two examples from the Gulf of Mexico. 12. Fundulus grandis Bairp & GrRarRpD. Eleven examples from La Cienaga near Progreso. The largest size mentioned by Garman (Cyprinodonts, p. 97) for this species is six inches. Among this series, however, are several nearly ten inches long. The upper surface of the head is extremely flat: the eye, when seen in side view, has its upper edge elevated above the contour line of the head. It is rather more elevated than is shown in Girard’s figure (Mex. Boundary Surv., 2, p- 69, pl. 36). BARBOUR AND COLE: PISCES FROM YUCATAN. 157 13. Cyprinodon eximius Grrarp. Fifty-one specimens from La Cienaga near Progreso, Yucatan. 14. Jordanella floridae Gooprt & Bean. Twenty-five specimens from La Cienaga near Progreso. 15. Gambusia gracilis HEcKeEt. Eleven specimens from La Cienaga near Progreso. 16. Belonesox belizanus Kner. | Eight specimens from La Cienaga near Progreso. : 17. Mollienisia latipinna Le Svevr. Sixty-one examples ( #’s, 9’s, and young) from La Cienaga near Progreso. | Many examples have well-defined bands through the eyes passing upwards | and forwards. 18. Tylosurus marinus (WaLBaum). Five examples from La Cienaga near Progreso. 19. Hyporhamphus unifasciatus (Ranzan1). Three specimens from the Gulf of Mexico near Progreso. 20. Mugil curema Cuvier & VALENCIENNES. One specimen from the Gulf of Mexico near Progreso. 21. Mugil trichodon Poey. One specimen from La Cienaga near Progreso. 22. Scomberomorus regalis (Bioc#). One specimen from the Gulf of Mexico at Progreso. 23. Caranx hippos (Linve). One specimen from La Cienaga near Progreso. 24. Selene vomer (Linné£). One young specimen from the Gulf of Mexico at Progreso. 25. Epinephelus morio (Cuvier & VALENCIENNES). Three specimens from the Gulf of Mexico at Progreso. 26 Diplectrum formosum (Linvé). Three specimens from the Gulf of Mexico at Progreso. 158 BULLETIN: MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 27. Neomaenis griseus (LInNe). One specimen from the Gulf of Mexico at Progreso. 28. Neomaenis synagris (LinnE). Two specimens from the Gulf of Mexico at Progreso. 29. Haemulon plumieri (Lactrrpe). Two specimens from the Gulf of Mexico at Progreso. 30. Orthopristis chrysopterus (Linné£). Five specimens from the Gulf of Mexico at Progreso. 31. Cynoscion nebulosus (Cuvier & VALENCIENNES). One specimen from the Gulf of Mexico at Progreso. “A much prized food fish.” 382. Sagenichthys ancylodon (Biocu & ScHNEIDER). One specimen trom the Gulf of Mexico at Progreso. 83. Corvula sanctae luciae Jorpan. One specimen from La Cienaga near Progreso. 34. Bairdiella chrysura (LactpéEpe). One specimen from the Gulf of Mexico at Progreso. 35. Menticirrhus americanus (Linne). One specimen about one foot long, and five somewhat smaller from the Gulf of Mexico at Progreso. 36. Heros affinis Gintuer. One specimen from Progreso, taken in La Cienaga. This specimen does not agree exactly as to color markings and it has 15 dorsal spines instead of the usual 16, Previously known only from Lake Peten, Guatemala. 37. Heros urophthalmus GintTuer. Many specimens from La Cienaga at Progreso and also from the Great and Sacred Cenotes at Chichen- Itza. They range in size from one to about ten inches long. ‘“ At Progreso this fish is much used for food. It was common in the cenotes at Chichen-Itza, but the specimens taken did not appear to be as large as those taken near the coast. Their coloration was, however, somewhat brighter. Specimens from the Great Cenote have been introduced into the water troughs at the hacienda for three or four years. Here they were living very well. It was noted that BARBOUR AND COLE: PISCES FROM YUCATAN. 159 in the tanks containing these fishes mosquito larvae were entirely absent, whereas in the tanks without fishes larvae were exceedingly abundant. The fact that these fishes live so well in small bodies of water offers the suggestion that they may prove of practical value in aiding to subdue the mosquito pest in Yucatan.” This species has apparently been known thus far only from three specimens taken in Lake Peten by Salvin and Godman. 38. Balistes carolinensis GMELIN. One specimen from the Gulf of Mexico at Progreso. 39. Lagocephalus pachycephalus (Ranzan}). Three specimens from the Gulf of Mexico at Progreso. 40. Lagocephalus laevigatus (Linné&). Two specimens from the Gulf of Mexico at Progreso. 41. Opsanus tau (Liyvs). One specimen from Gulf of Mexico at Progreso. 42. Opsanus pardus (Goopve & Bran). Three specimens from Progreso, Gulf of Mexico. 43. Hmblemaria atlantica Jorpan & KveRMANN. One specimen from La Cienaga near Progreso. 44. HEcheneis naucrateoides Zuirw. Two specimens from the Gulf of Mexico at Progreso. One specimen with but 18 laminae in the disc, the other has 20. Jordan and Evermann (Fishes of North and Middle America, p. 2270) give 20 or 21 as the characteristic specific number. 45. Ogcocephalus vespertilio (Linng). One young specimen from the Gulf of Mexico at Progreso. = eon [34 - a . a ' d Bowe we ae | es: Tes ¢ , ~ . - e wes 4 : * : a ee eo ~ Ei’ er “ta ‘ Sy an 4 a f s ‘ ° a a ; np ~ ad . ; . . J P) ’ "¥SS3ud3d VIGWVHY “Jaq ‘1434839 ‘1°H ‘9 *NOLSO8 °'OO 3dALOINSH oe Mace 1) P| ‘uvywon KR JO VpVIGI}I A *"NOLSO8 *'OO 3dALOIISH “2. O1tld “HOIIYOVS VIGWVHd ‘W3q0 ‘143489399 ‘1°H ‘0 ‘uvywon A JO VjVIGI}I19 A Bulletin of the Museum of Comparative Zoology AT HARVARD COLLEGE. Vou, Li. - No. 6, REPORTS ON THE SCIENTIFIC RESULTS OF TIE EXPEDITION TO THE EASTERN TROPICAL PACIFIC, IN CHARGE OF ALEXANDER AGASSIZ, BY THE U. §. FISH COMMISSION STEAMER “ALBATROSS,” FROM OCTOBER, 1904, TO MARCH, 1905, LIEUT. COMMANDER L. M. GARRETT, U.S. N., COMMANDING. IX. NEW SPECIES OF DINOFLAGELLATES. By CuHar.Les Atwoop Koro1ip. WitTH SEVENTEEN PLATES AND A CHART OF THE ROUTE, [Published by Permission of GzorGE M. Bowers, U. S. Fish Commissioner. ] CAMBRIDGE, MASS., U.S. A.: PRINTED FOR THE MUSEUM. Fresruary, 1907. No. 6.— Reports on the Scientific Results of the Expedition to the Eastern Tropical Pacific, in charge of ALEXANDER AGASSIZ, by the U. S. Fish Commission Steamer ‘“ Albatross,” from October, 1904, to March, 1905, Lizut, CommManvDER L. M. GarRRETT, U. S. N., commanding. IX. New SPECIES OF DINOFLAGELLATES. By CHARLES Atwoop Korolp. Tue pelagic collections of the Expedition made with the fine silk nets, especially those made at the depth of 300 fms. and brought to the sur- face in the open net, have contained a considerable number of species of Dinoflagellates which are as yet undescribed. Pending the publica- tion of the final report with full illustrations, the following brief de- scriptions, accompanied by simple figures, are published of the new forms for which the plates are in preparation. No attempt is made in these descriptions to discuss morphological or systematic problems, nor to indicate or discuss the distribution of the forms described. Nor is any list of the species found given here- with, since practically all known species of this group have occurred in the collections. Noteworthy among the forms here described is the considerable number of new species of Amphisolenia, Heterodinium, Ceratium, and Oxytoxum. There is also included a new genus, Acanthodinium, which throws some light on the relationships of the problematical organism Cladopyxis, linking it with little doubt near to the Ceratiidae in the system. A unique new genus, Centrodinium, is represented by three species, and Murrayella, related to Oxytoxwm, including four species, is also new. The plates of the obscure aud puzzling genus Protoceratium are defined for the first time, and three species are added to the highly phosphorescent genus Pyrocystis. The discovery of a new representative of Ptychodiscus, a genus not reported since its description by Stein in 1883, is recorded. In all three new genera, eighty-four new species, nine new “ forms” are described. Unless otherwise stated they are all from collections 164 BULLETIN: MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. made by nets of No. 12 or 20 silk towed at depths of 300 fms., but open during both the descent and ascent. The types will be deposited in the United States National Museum, and co-types in the Museum of Comparative Zodlogy of Harvard College. The species described are distributed as follows in the system : — DINOFLAGELLIDIA. ADINIDA. Prorocentridae. 1. Prorocentrum curvatum. DINIFERIDA. Gymnodinina. Pyrocystidae. 2. Pyrocystis acuta. 4, Pyrocystis semicircularis (Schroder.) 3. Pyrocystis fusiformis forma 5. Pyrocystis robusta. biconica. Gymnodinidae. 6. Pouchetia panamensis. Peridinina. Ptychodiscidae. 7. Ptychodiscus carinatus. Ceratiidae. CERATIINAE. 8. Steiniella inflata. 21. Ceratium schroeteri Schroder, 9. Protoceratium areolatum. 22, Ceratium scapiforme. 10. Ceratium axiale. 23. Ceratium tricarinatum. 11. Ceratium bigelowi. 24. Peridinium fatulipes. 12. Ceratium claviger. 25. Peridinium grande. 13. Ceratium ehrenbergi. 26. Peridinium latissimum. 14. Ceratium pacificum Schroeder. 27. Peridinium longispinum. 15. Ceratium dilatata (Karsten). 28. Peridinium murrayi. 16. Ceratium lanceolatum. 29. Peridinium tenuissimum. 17. Ceratium pennatum. 30. Heterodinium agassizi. 18. Ceratium pennatum forma propria. 31. Heterodinium calvum. 19. Ceratium pennatum f. inflata. 32. Heterodinium curvatum. 20. Ceratium pennatum f. falcata. 33. Heterodinium expansum. a = 34. 35. 36. 37. 38. 39. 40. 52. 53. 54. 55. 56. 57. 63. 65. 66. 67. 68. 69. 70. (ie 72. 73. 74. 75. 76. 77. 78. 79. 80. 81. KOFOID: NEW SPECIES OF DINOFLAGELLATES. 165 Heterodinium fenestratum, 41. Heterodinium fides. 42. Heterodinium gesticulatum. Heterodinium gesticulatum 43. forma typica. 44, Heterodinium longum. Heterodinium gesticulatum f. 45. Heterodinium obesum. extrema. 46. Heterodinium praetextum. Heterodinium § gesticulatum f. 47. Heterodinium superbum. mediocris. 48. Centrodinium complanatum (Cleve). Heterodinium gesticulatum f. 49. Centrodinium deflexum. deformata. 50. Centrodinium elongatum. PODOLAMPINAE. 51. Podolampas reticulata. OXYTOXINAE. Oxytoxum challengeroides, 58. Oxytoxum turbo. Oxytoxum compressum. 59. Murrayella globosa. Oxytoxum cristatum. 60. Murrayella spinosa. Oxytoxum curvicaudatum. 61. Murrayella punctata (Cleve). Oxytoxum gigas. 62. Murrayella rotundata. Oxytoxum subulatum. Cladopyxidae. Acanthodinium caryophyllum. 64. Acanthodinium spinosum, Dinophysidae. Phalacroma lenticula. 82. Amphisolenia quinquecauda. Phalacroma reticulata. 83. Amphisolenia rectangulata. Phalacroma striata. 84. Amphisolenia schroederi. Phalacroma ultima. 85. Triposolenia longicornis. Dinophysis triacantha. 86. Triposolenia fatula. Amphisolenia asymmetrica. 87. Triposolenia ambulatrix. Amphisolenia bispinosa. 88. Histioneis carinata. Amphisolenia brevicauda. 89. Histioneis garretti. Amphisolenia clavipes. 90. Histioneis josephinae. Amphisolenia curvata. 91. Histioneis longicollis. Amphisolenia dolichocephalica. 92. Histioneis navicula. Amphisolenia extensa. 93. Amphisolenia laticincta. 94. Amphisolenia lemmermanni. 95. Amphisolenia palaeotheroides. 96. Amphisolenia projecta. 97. Amphisolenia quadrispina. 98. Heterodinium globosum. Heterodinium hindmarchi f. maculata. Heterodinium laticinctum. Histioneis paulseni. Histioneis pulchra. Histioneis reticulata. Ornithocercus carolinae. Ornithocercus heteroporus, Ornithocercus serratus. Amphilothidae. 99. Amphilothus quincuncialis. 166 BULLETIN: MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. Prorocentrum curvatum, sp. nov. Plate 1, Figs. 1, 2. A small species with lanceolate curved body. Body elongated, its length (dorso-ventral axis) 3 times the transdiameter and 5.5 times the antero-posterior one. Ventral end widest, truncate, bearing a short median flagellar collar which is anterior to the level of the suture. The body has nearly straight lateral margins for 0.5 of the length, then tapers to a blunt point. Seen from the side the body is curved posteriorly, the more distally, till the dorsal apex is almost at right angles to the ventral axis. The posterior valve is concave, and nearly flat, the anterior is convex both dorso-ventrally and transversely. The thecal wall bears 6-7 longitudinal rows of close set pores on each valve. Chromatophores small, irregular, dark yellow. Length (dorso-ventral axis), 65 » ; transdiameter, 22 p. Station, 4720. Pyrocystis acuta, sp. nov. Plate 1, Fig. 4. A large species with slender, straight, or slightly concave, cylindrical body swollen at the centre and abruptly pointed at the tips. The length is 13-21 times the diameter of the swollen midregion. The shaft beyond the midbody is 0.35-0.6 of the greatest diameter. The taper to the acute point is confined within one transdiameter of the end. The ends and the midbody differentiate the species clearly from P. lanceolata. Length, 675-1400 p; transdiameter, 45-95 p. Stations, 4728, 4732, 4740. Pyrocystis fusiformis f. biconica, f. nov. Plate 1, Fig. 3. A small biconical form with broadly rounded apices and midregion. Appar- ently intermediate in form between P. noctiluca and P. fusiformis but not plainly intergrading with either. The length is 1.42.75 times the diameter. Differs from P. fusiformis in its relatively greater girth and in its straight rather than convex sides. Length, 160-380 p» ; transdiameter, 60-215 yp. Stations, 4728, 4732, 4740. Pyrocystis semicircularis (ScHROEDER).} Plate 1, Fig. 6. A medium-sized species with small ellipsoidal midbody and long slender cylindrical tapering incurved horns. Often yoked in pairs, as in P. hamulus. 1 Schréder, B. Beitrage zur Kenntnis des Phytoplanktons warmer Meere. Viert. Nat. Ges. Zurich, 51, p. 319-377, 1906. Received while this paper was in press. oS KOFOID: NEW SPECIES OF DINOFLAGELLATES. 167 Outline of the couplet and of long-horned single individuals nearly circular or elliptical. Midbody more convex on inner than on outer face of the are, its length 1.7-2 times its transdiameter. The horns are tapering, sharp pointed, their distal ends sharply incurved, or with sigmoid flexure. Their length 4.5-10 transdiameters. The two horns are unequal in length, one being 1.1 times the length of the other. The long and the short horns are joined in the couplets. Differs from P. hamulus in the larger size, less abrupt flexure of the arms, in the absence of the sharp double flexure at the midbody, and in the fact that the arms are more nearly equal in length. Long axis of ellipse, of single or yoked individuals, 315-580 »; transdiameter of midbody, 40-62 pt. Stations, 4691, 4728, 4740. Pyrocystis robusta, sp. nov. Plate 1, Fig. 5. A small species of robust habit, deeply crescentic. Differs from P. luwnula in its greater curvature, stouter body, and absence of central expansion. Body fusiform but bent into a deep crescent whose tips nearly meet or even overlap. The convex margin is circular in outline, and the gap between the tips is less than 0.25 of the circumference. The diameter of the spherical or oval area enclosed by the crescent is 0.5, rarely 0.3-0.4, of the diameter of the larger circle. Greatest width at the middle of the body, tapering gradually to the tips. Width, 0.14~-0.22 of the axial length. Diameter of outer circle, 77-215 y% ; width of body at middle, 26-90 uy. Stations, 4728, 4740. Pouchetia panamensis, sp. nov. Plate 1, Fig. 7. A minute species with symmetrical ellipsoidal body and minute lens and melanosome. Body elongated, ellipsoidal, its length 1.5 times its transdiameter. Epicone about equal to hypocone. Apex broadly rounded, antapex also rounded, flattened ventrally. Girdle very oblique, transverse furrow very wide, 0.2 of a transdiameter in width, deeply impressed, forming a descending right spiral, displaced 6.5 times its width, and with an overhang of 0.25 of the circumfer- ence. Longitudinal furrow, 0.25 of the width of the transverse furrow extend- ing from near the apex to the antapex, where it widens and spreads in two lateral bifurcations, twisted 0.30 of the circumference around the body. Transverse flagellum arises at anterior junction and longitudinal at posterior junction of furrows. Ellipsoidal nucleus in hypocone, stout crescentic melan- osome with minute spheroidal lens. Length, 34 4; transdiameter, 21 pg. Anchorage at Panama. 168 BULLETIN: MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. Ptychodiscus carinatus, sp. nov. Plate 1, Figs. 8, 9. A small disk-shaped species with concave anterior and posterior faces, wide furrow and ventro-posterior keel with the longitudinal furrow on its edge. Body low, flat, disk-shaped, its length, including the keel, 0.33 of the trans- diameter, which equals the dorso-ventral diameter. Excluding the keel the length is less than 0.25 of the diameter. The epitheca is a circular disk, notched ventrally, with concave anterior face, and broadly rounded edges which pass over into the large transverse furrow. The hypotheca is also circular, disk-shaped, with somewhat concave poste- rior face. It is smaller than the epitheca, its diameter being about 0.9 of that of the epitheca. The hypotheca bears a thin ventral keel passing in a radial position from the centre of the posterior face to the flagellar pore. Its height is greatest about one third of the length from the centre, and is about 0.16 of the diameter. It bears the linear longitudinal furrow on its ventro-posterior edge. The girdle is very wide with rounded edges, is deeper laterally than dor- sally, is wider proximally than distally, so that a slight descending right spiral with little displacement is present. The longitudinal furrow lies in the ven- tral depression of the keel, is elliptical in outline on the epitheca, where it extends 0.6 of the distance to the centre. Surface without sutures, pores, or reticulations. Figure sketched from life. Material in formalin is somewhat less depressed. Length, 28 »; transdiameter, 90 p. Station, 4722. Steiniella inflata, sp. nov. Plate 2, Fig. 15. A large hyaline species with robust body and with anterior end of longi- tudinal furrow bifurcated, very narrow girdle, and broad intercalary bands along sutures. The body irregular and asymmetrical, its length 1.1 times the dorso-ventral and 1.2 times the transdiameter, its epitheca conical, deflected to the left, and rotund ventrally, the right side more rotund than the left. Its altitude 0.6 of the transdiameter. Apical pore in right margin of longitudinal furrow which passes beyond the apex. Hypotheca larger than epitheca, its total altitude 0.7 of the total length and 0.8 of the transdiameter. Antapex asymmetrical, broadly rounded, longer upon the left side, with broad ventral excavation. Girdle narrow, ribbed, slightly impressed, with prominent margins, forming a descending right spiral with displacement five times its own width. Both proximal and distal ends curved posteriorly, the latter more than the former. » Longitudinal furrow passing nearly one fourth of the distance beyond the apex KOFOID: NEW SPECIES OF DINOFLAGELLATES. 169 toward the girdle, bifurcated near the apical pore, passing posteriorly 0.6 of the distance to the antapex. Sutures marked by broad structureless intercalary bands. Epitheca with 5 precingulars, and 1 apical which is deeply cleft by the longitudinal furrow but appears to lack the dorsal median suture necessary to complete the divi- sion into two plates. A minute accessory plate in the precingular series at the left of the longitudinal furrow. Hypotheca with 5 postcingulars, 1 antapical, and an accessory near the longitudinal furrow. The right ventral precingular and left ventral postcingular are small plates. Plates reticulate with characteristic reticulations similar to those of S. frag- ilis, with quite regular arrangement in places. Scattered nodal pores in the mesh and eccentric pores in each reticulation. Length, 165 w; transdiameter, 115 yp. Station, 4728. PROTOCHRATIUM (Bergh) Koror. The thecal plates of this genus have not hitherto been determined, as the known species have lacked suture ridges and the density of the contents has interfered with the determination of the thecal structure. The following species has the plates clearly defined, and the definition of the genus may be accordingly emended. Thecal wall definitely divided into plates, epitheca with one hexagonal apical plate and no apical pore, six nearly equal precingulars, the midventral one ad- jacent to, or containing the anterior end of the longitudinal furrow; hypotheca with six nearly equal postcingulars, the midventral one smaller and forming the posterior part of the longitudinal furrow plate, and one large antapical. Protoceratium areolatum, sp. nov. Plate 12, Fig. 71. A minute species of ellipsoidal form. Thecal wall coarsely areolate, sutures marked by heavy ribs. Body almost a perfect ellipsoid, the length 1.25 times the diameter in the furrow, and nearly equalling the diameter on the lists of the girdle. Epitheca less than the hypotheca by the width of the girdle, a low dome, abruptly flar- ing into the wide list, its altitude 0.33 of the diameter on the lists. Midventral plate slightly flattened, left side slightly wider than the right. Hypotheca hemispherical, midventral plate somewhat excavated. The girdle is wide, with wide, membranous, ribbed lists, furrow scarcely im- pressed, forming a descending right spiral with displacement equalling its width. Flagellar pore at proximal end of posterior list. Longitudinal furrow con- fined to girdle and hypotheca, running back to antapical plate on the ventral postcingular. Plates normal, suture lines marked by ridges somewhat heavier than those 170 BULLETIN: MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. about the areoles. Suture lines with fins. Spines at the angles. Wall areo- late with very large subequal polygons, 13-15 on the circumference at the girdle, 4-6 in each of the pre- and postcingular plates. No pores. Length, 29 p ; diameter, 22 p. Station, 4699. Ceratium axiale, sp. nov. Plate 4, Fig. 26. A medium-sized species of the C. tripos group, with apical horn bent to the right, narrowly rounded shoulders and antapicals flexed close to the midbody and subparallel to the apical distally. The midbody is rotund. The postmargin is a slightly asymmetrical arc whose radius equals the transdiameter. The antapicals are thus bent an- teriorly very close to the midbody. The right horn is nearer to the mid- body than the left, and bends laterally with more or less concavity on the outer face. It is longer than the left antapical, which is convex laterally and more removed from both the midbody and the apical horn. The distance be- tween the antapicals distally is usually less than a transdiameter, while at the level of the girdle it is 1.25-1.75 transdiameters. The right antapical is sometimes bent beyond the apical, crossing it dorsally. Length, 175-285 p ; transdiameter, 45-60 w; left antapical, 110-160»; right antapical, 115-200 p. Stations, 4638-4732. Ceratium bigelowi, sp. nov. Plate 3, Fig. 22. An elongated species of the C. furca group, with inflated midbody, whose greatest transdiameter is over twice that at the girdle, long curved apical, and left antapical whose end is curved dorsally and to the left. Apical horn slightly curved to the left. The height of the midbody above the girdle to the base of the apical horn is about four transdiameters at the girdle. Antapex of left horn spinulate. Ventral plate small, oblique, ellipsoidal. Right ant- apical very short, its end scarcely a transdiameter from the girdle. The hypotheca is relatively small, and the inflated part of the epitheca is in the region of the base of the apical plates. Length, 900-1030 pw; transdiameter at girdle, 40 w; greatest transdiameter of epitheca, 80-100 p. Stations, 4728-4730. Ceratium claviger, sp. nov. Plate 4, Fig. 27. A small species related to C. ranipes with rounded shoulders and club-shaped, rarely bifurcated ends of the antapicals which are subparallel to the apical. Apical horn straight, midbody as in C. ranipes. Postindentation slight, if KOFOID: NEW SPECIES OF DINOFLAGELLATES. 71 any, shoulders broadly rounded, the major curvature within about one trans- diameter from the sides of the midbody at the level of the girdle. Antapicals often flexed outwardly distally. Their antapices swollen to 0.2-0.5 transdiam- eters in width or partially bifurcate in two subequal lobes, crowded with chro- matophores and amyloid bodies. Thecal surface rugose, shoulders spinulate, a hyaline fin usually present on the postmargin. Length, 210-350 p; distance between arms at girdle, 80-120 y; transdiam- eter of midbody, 35-40; length of antapicals, 115-260 p. Stations, 4594-4713. Ceratium ehrenbergi, sp. nov. Plate 2, Fig. 16. A small species of the 0. lineatum group with rotund midbody and short horns. Midbody with convex margins and very convex dorsal face, excavated ventrally. Girdle somewhat anteriorly placed, with prominent lists. Apical horn short. Antapicals short, pointed, slightly divergent. Surface with linear striae. Length, 90-110 »; transdiameter, 50 p. Stations, 4711, 4719. Ceratium pacificum, ScHrorpEr. Plate 3, Fig. 21. A very elongated linear species of the C. furca group without expansion of a midbody. Total length, 20-30 transdiameters at the girdle. Epitheca with straight margins tapering evenly from girdle to apical pore. Hypotheca long, nearly two transdiameters in axial altitude. Left horn linear, in length from girdle to apex about 0.3 of the total length. Right horn parallel to left, straight, tapering, scarcely four transdiameters from girdle to its antapex. Postmargin narrow, girdle narrow and with feeble lists, ventral plate elongated, narrow. Chromatophores irregular, dark yellowish brown in color. Varies greatly in length. Length, 400-775 p»; transdiameter, 27-30 p. In Humboldt Current. Ceratium dilatata (Karsten). Plate 4, Fig. 25. A small species resembling C. platycorne, but of smaller size, more arcuate postmargin, and more uniformly expanded blade-like antapicals. The midbody is about the same size as in C. platycorne, and passes abruptly into the apical horn, rarely tapering into it as it frequently does in that species. The distinguishing features of the species are the antapicals, which continue from the symmetrically arcuate postmargin to the level of the base of the apical or beyond it, in a regular curve, to a position parallel to the apical or even in- curved as in my figure. The ends of the antapicals are not continued in the 172 BULLETIN: MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. parallel direction any considerable distance, and are not so much incurved as they frequently are in C. platycorne. The antapicals are flattened, of uniform width, or expanded very slightly towards the antapex. The tips are rounded, squarish, or truncate, rarely asymmetrically pointed. Length, 95-135 p» ; greatest lateral extension, 65-90 p. Station, 4732. Ceratium lanceolatum, sp. nov. Plate 3, Fig. 17. A small species related to C. furca, without differentiated apical horn. The epitheca is not constricted to form an apical horn, but the midbody ex- tends to the apical pore or nearly to it. The apical pore is oblique or strictly terminal. The sides of the epitheca are convex, or in some cases slightly con- cave distally on the left side, as in C. scapzforme. The hypotheca is low, its axial altitude equalling or exceeding the transdi- ameter. Antapicals short, stout, and straight, the right about half the length of the left. Length, 95-122»; transdiameter, 19-22 yp. Stations, 4717-4719. Ceratium pennatum, sp. nov. Plate 2, Figs. 12, 13, 14. An elongated species of the C. furca group with elongated left antapical curved to the left and dorsally. Long apical, which is straight or curved evenly and but slightly to the left. Short right antapical usually present. An exceedingly variable species. The midbody is quite variable in form, scarcely swollen in some cases, and merging gradually into the stout apical horn (propria, forma nov., Plate 2, Fig. 12) or more or less swollen, both hypotheca and epitheca being enlarged as they approach the girdle, and more or less sharply delimited from the horns in which they are continued (inflata, forma nov., Plate 2, Fig. 13). The spe- cies also varies in the curvature of the left antapical. This is gradual and dis- tributed throughout most of the length in many individuals. In others it is limited to a short abrupt curve at the antapex (falcata, forma nov., Plate 2, Fig. 14). This form is, as a rule, about half the size of f. propria, and may prove to be a distinct species. The length of the right antapical is also subject to great variation, being usually fairly well developed, though rarely attaining to a length of 0.5 of a transdiameter. The concave faces of the curved horns are often greatly thickened in both the apical and left antapical. This species differs from C. strictwm (Okamura and Nishikawa) in the curva- ture of its horns, and from C. bigelowi, sp. nov. in the fact that its greatest transdiameter is at the girdle or very close to it. Length, 360-1225 p; transdiameter, 25-50 p. At many stations between 4574-4684. KOFOID: NEW SPECIES OF DINOFLAGELLATES. Mia Ceratium schroeteri, ScHROEDER. Plate 3, Figs. 18, 19. A small species resembling C. digitatwm, but with less lateral expansion of the epitheca and less curvature of the antapicals than is found in that species. Elongated, transdiameter at girdle 0.15 of the total length. Epitheca broad, tapering a short distance from the apex to a short, scarcely delimited apical horn, slightly scoop-shaped and twisted to the left. Antapical horns unequal, the end of the right 1.5 and of the left 2.4 transdiameters from the girdle at the Jateral margin. The right horn is straight and tapering ; the left is strongly curved dorsally and to the left, and the wall of its concave face is strongly thick- ened. Thecal wall, of the left antapical especially, scabrous with small spinules at the pores. Chromatophores numerous, irregular. Length, 335 »; transdiameter at girdle, 50 p. Station, 4594. Ceratium scapiforme, sp. nov. Plate 3, Fig. 23. A species of from small to medium size, of the C. furca group showing affinities to both C. pennatum and C. schroeteri. With long tapering blade-like epitheca not inflated beyond the transdiameter at the girdle, a short oblique scarcely differentiated apical horn, elongated left antapical, and submedian girdle. The epitheca is 10-11 transdiameters in altitude and its wall is thickened in the region of curvature on the concave face. The apical pore is oblique, open- ing antero-dextrally. The hypotheca is short in altitude, scarcely more than a transdiameter to the middle of the postobliquity. The right antapical is short and straight, its antapex being about a transdiameter from the girdle. The left antapical is curved dorsally and to the left throughout its length, the curva- ture near its base being somewhat greater than it is distally. The concave faces of both apical and left antapical horns have thickened walls. Length, 460-530 p ; transdiameter, 25 p. Stations, 4719, 4740. Ceratium tricarinatum, sp. nov. Plate 3, Fig. 20. A medium-sized species of the C. furca group with affinities to C. bigelowt, C. digitatum, and possibly C. geniculatum. Distinguished by the inflation of the epitheca into a tricarinate expansion which in its greatest transdiameter equals or exceeds that at the girdle. One of the carinae is middorsal, and the other two latero-ventral, with sutures of the apical plates at two of the angles. The third suture is mid- ventral, The three faces of the midbody are concave, especially anteriorly. The expansion tapers more or less abruptly into the apical horn and bends somewhat to the left as it passes into the horn, which is straight but directed a little ventrally from the axis. 174 BULLETIN: MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. The hypotheca is very short, scarcely a transdiameter in axial length. The left antapical is long, nearly equalling the altitude of the epithecain length. It is curved more or less evenly to the left and dorsally. The right antapical is short, straight, a little more than a transdiameter in length, subparallel to the left horn or divergent. Length, 270-350 p ; transdiameter at girdle, 35-40 p. Stations, 4709-4736. Peridinium fatulipes, sp. nov. Plate 5, Fig. 30. A medium-sized species of the P. divergens group characterized by its widely divergent, heavily reticulate antapicals with wide postmargin. It differs from P. elegans in its more divergent, widely set antapicals, and from P. grande in these same particulars, and also in its smaller size and in the peculiar distribution of its minute pores. The body is elongated, its length 1.6 times the transdiameter and 2.5 times the dorso-ventral. Epitheca equals the hypotheca, both ventrally excavated. The epitheca resembles that of P. grande in proportion, having deeply concave lateral faces and long attenute apical horn. The hypotheca is contracted to 0.5 of the transdiameter, above the level of the base of the antapicals, which are slender, tapering, and widely divergent, their length 0.4 of a transdiameter, and the distance between their tips 0.8-0.9 of a transdiameter. The postindentation is 0.3 of a transdiameter in depth, forming a broad are, notched by the longitudinal furrow, as seen ventrally. The girdle is narrow, slightly impressed, with low membranous ribbed lists, with little displacement or forming a slight ascending right spiral. Longitudi- nal furrow with high lists not projecting posteriorly beyond the postmargin. Plates normal, three in middorsal series. Sutures with very broad bands of intercalary striae. Plates centrally reticulate with minute subequal irregular polygons, with minute pores irregularly distributed, not centrally located in the polygons, and not in the mesh itself. Length, 147 w; transdiameter, 100 p. Station, 4732. Peridinium grande, sp. nov. Plate 5, Fig. 28. A very large species of the P. divergens group with wide flaring girdle and long horns. Body elongated, length 1.2-1.4 times the transdiameter and 2-2.3 times the dorso-ventral. Epitheca equals the hypotheca, girdle section very broadly reniform. Epitheca a very low cone with very flaring base, and dorsally set tapering apical horn, its altitude 0.6 of its transdiameter. Sides deeply concave. Hypotheca less abruptly contracted than the epitheca, its transdiameter at base of the horns 0.33-0.4 of that at the girdle. Its altitude is 0.66-0.75 of KOFOID: NEW SPECIES OF DINOFLAGELLATES. TT its transdiameter. The antapicals are slightly unequal, divergent, conical, acute, their length 0.35-0.45 of the transdiameter. The distance between the anta- pices is 0.38-0.45 of the transdiameter and is 1.3-1.5 times the depth of the postindentation which is subacute with nearly straight sides. The antapicals diverge less than in P. fatulipes. The girdle is narrow, median, nearly horizontal, furrow ribbed, scarcely impressed, not displaced, with low membranous ribbed lists. Longitudinal furrow with high membranous lists projecting posteriorly beyond the post- margin. Plates normal, 3 in median dorsal series. Thecal wall faintly and minutely reticulate with small subequal polygons with very minute centrally located pores. Length, 185-245 «; transdiameter, 150-195 p. Stations, 4732, 4740. Peridinium latissimum, sp. nov. Plate 5, Figs. 31, 32. A small species with foreshortened, dorso-ventrally flattened body and widely separated very short or obsolete antapicals. Body pentagonal in face view, anterior margins straight, postero-laterals convex, posterior concave. Its length, 0.8 of the transdiameter and 2.6 times the dorso-ventral. Epitheca, exceeding hypotheca, a low flattened cone, concave ventrally, convex dorsally, its altitude 0.4 of its transdiameter. Hypotheca low, its altitude 0.45 of its transdiameter, equalling the distance between the low acute antapicals which in some individuals are almost obsolete. Girdle narrow, almost horizontal, slightly postmedian, furrow deeply impressed, scarcely displaced. Sutures marked by narrow bands, plates normal, 3 on dorsal side of epitheca, Surface minutely reticulate. Length, 112»; transdiameter, 89 »; dorso-ventral, 35 p. Stations, 4671, 4709. Peridinium longispinum, sp. nov. Plate 5, Fig. 33. Syn. P. michaelis Ehrbg. in part, Stein (83), Taf. IX, Figs. 9 and 11. A small species of the P. pelluctdum group with two intercalary middorsal plates, attenuate apical horn, and two long slender finned antapical spines. Body elongated, flattened dorso-ventrally, its total length including spines 1.2-1.5 times the transdiameter. Epitheca exceeds the hypotheca, is com- pressed conical with concave lateral faces, and attentuate apical 0.15-0.4 of a transdiameter in length. The altitude is 0.6-0.8 of the transdiameter. The hypotheca is low, subtruncate posteriorly, with slightly concave post- 176 BULLETIN : MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. margin. It is excavated ventrally, and its left lateral face is nearly straight while its right one is concave. Its altitude, excluding spines, is 1.2-1.35 transdiameters. | Antapical horns are not developed, but from the postangles arise two subequal, solid, acicular, finned spines which are slightly divergent. Their length is 0.2-0.45 of a transdiameter. The girdle is postmedian; the transverse furrow is not indented, and forms an ascending right spiral displaced distally less than its width. It has hyaline ribbed lists. The longitudinal furrow reaches the postmargin, is expanded distally, but its low lists do not as a rule project beyond the postmargin. Sutures with striate intercalary bands, surface of plates sparingly porulate. Length, 60-105 w; transdiameter, 50-85 yp. Stations, 4613, 4711. Peridinium murrayi, sp. nov. Plate 5, Fig. 29. Syn. P. divergens, Ehrbg. in Murray and Whitting (99), Pl. 29, Fig. 4. A large species resembling P. oceanicum, but differing from it in the much lower epitheca with more concave sides, longer apical horn, and longer and more divergent antapical horns. Body compressed dorso-ventrally, dorso-ventral diameter 0.65 of the trans- diameter, and about equal to the length of the apical, or either of the antapicals. Distance between the tips of the antapicals equals or exceeds the transdiameter. Girdle nearly median, furrow not impressed, with high membranous ribbed lists, forming a descending right spiral displaced twice its width. Longitu- dinal furrow with high lists which project beyond the postmargin. Chromatophores radiating, linear. Length, 250 »; transdiameter, 135 p. Station, 4736. Peridinium tenuissimum, sp. nov. Plate 5, Fig. 34. A minute hyaline species related to P. pedunculatum, but distinguished by its smaller size, more elongated body, and longer apical horn and antapical spines. The length of the midbody excluding horn and spines exceeds the transdi- ameter. The midbody is broadly ovoid, passes abruptly into the cylindrical apical horn, whose length is but little less than a transdiameter. It flares slightly at the apical pore. The acicular divergent antapicals are nearly a trans- diameter in length. The girdle is median on the midbody and is not displaced. The lists of the longitudinal furrow extend beyond the postmargin. The whole organism is exceedingly hyaline, plates and sutures not determinable. Length, excluding antapical spines, 45-50 »; transdiameter, 25-28 p. Station, 4711. KOFOID: NEW SPECIES OF DINOFLAGELLATES. wee Heterodinium agassizi, sp. nov. Plate 6, Fig. 35. A small species with very broadly rounded apex, scoop-shaped epitheca, and subequal antapicals. The bifurcation is deep and evenly rounded. ‘The retic- ulations are of medium size and fairly regular. The epitheca is broad, its apex almost a semicircle, with a slight constriction some distance in front of the girdle but not so deep as in H. fides. Ventral surface concave. Altitude of epitheca on ventral face 1.16 times the transdi- ameter at the girdle, on the dorsal 0.82 times. Ventral area elongated, pit at its anterior end. Hypotheca about equal to the epitheca. Its lateral margins nearly straight, _ convergent, distance between the tips of the antapicals a little less than 0.5 of a transdiameter. Postindentation deep, axial depth about 0.5 of a transdiameter, evenly rounded. Antapicals subequal, acute, scarcely spreading. Ventral face deeply impressed about the longitudinal furrow. Girdle narrow, oblique, dis-. placed its own width, coarsely reticulate; not deeply impressed, ridges low. Thecal wall reticulate with polygons of medium size, which are subregular: along the margins. Reticulations porulate. Marginal sutures very heavy.. Below the girdle on the dorsal side there are 34 contiguous reticulations and about 130 in the dorsal apical plate. Plates normal, obscure on ventral face: of hypotheca. Chromatophores bright cadmium yellow. Length, 155 w; transdiameter, 78 p. Station, 4699. Heterodinium calvum, sp. nov. Plate 7, Fig. 43. A large svheroidal species with wide girdle and smooth wall. Body spheroidal, flattened a little on the ventral face. Epitheca hemisphe- roidal, with rounded apex, flaring a little at the girdle. The ventral pit is median, in a quadrangular ventral area. The hypotheca is also hemispheroidal,. with flattened antapex, with angular outline. It is excavated ventrally. The girdle is median, is very wide, especially in the distal half. The transverse furrow is impressed and the anterior ridge has considerable overhang. It forms a descending right spiral displaced its own width. The longitudinal furrow is slender, narrow, and extends but little beyond the posterior list of the distal end of the girdle. The thecal wall is smooth, suture lines faintly marked, or with low ridges spinous in places, on the ventral face of the hypotheca. Porulate, but with- out other surface modification. Length, 75 »; transdiameter, 75 p. Station, 4739. VOL. L.— No. 6 12 178 BULLETIN : MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. Heterodinium curvatum, sp. nov. Plate 8, Fig. 48. A large species with tapering epitheca deflected to the right, salient girdle, widely separated spreading antapicals with slightly incurved tips. Body elongated, length nearly twice the transdiameter at the girdle, and nearly three times the greatest dorso-ventral extension. Epitheca contracted regularly from the base to the apical pore. Right margin somewhat concave, the left nearly straight, a feebly developed apical horn inclined to the right. Altitude about equals the transdiameter. Ventral area squarish, pit nearly central. Hypotheca shorter than epitheca on ventral face, equal to it on the dorsal. Its altitude less than a transdiameter. More abruptly contracted than the epitheca to the base of the antapicals, which diverge but have incurved tips. Distance between the tips 0.6 of a transdiameter. Postindentation moderate, axial depth 0.4 of a transdiameter, the postmargin a very broad curve. Antap- icals subequal, elongated, tapering, acute. Girdle oblique, displaced its own width, obsolete distally, its posterior list decurrent on the right antapical. Furrow deeply impressed, with salient ridges partially reticulate. Thecal plates normal ; sutures marked by smooth bands, or bands of minute polygons. Lateral sutures with high lists. Reticulations somewhat deficient on tips of apical and antapical horns and midcentral region of hypotheca. Reticulations relatively small, porulate, subequal, elongated and subregular along the lateral margins. About 150 reticulations on the dorsal apical plate and 34 contiguous to the girdle on the dorsal side. Length, 235 w ; transdiameter, 127 p. Station, 4699. Heterodinium expansum, sp. nov. Plate 6, Fig. 36. A small species with short, stout, widely separated antapicals, nearly straight postmargin, and very oblique girdle. The body is stout, its length being 1.3 transdiameters. It is strongly flat- tened dorso-ventrally, its greatest dorso-ventral extension being only 0.28 of a transdiameter. The girdle is very oblique, its antero-posterior extension being 0.3 of the total length. It is nearly median in position. The epitheca is broadly rounded anteriorly in ventral view and passes abruptly into the short apical horn, which is deflected a little to the right and ventrally. Its altitude is 0.6 of a transdiameter and its ventral face flattened. The ventral area forms an elongated tract in the centre of the ventral face, and the ventral pit is located anteriorly in this area. The hypotheca is convex laterally, excavated ventrally, with short, stout, acute, subequal antapical horns 0.18 of a transdiameter in length. The post- : KOFOID : NEW SPECIES OF DINOFLAGELLATES. 179 margin is straight or nearly so, horizontal, and equals the axial altitude of the hypotheca in length. The transverse furrow is not impressed, its posterior list is absent, and it forms a descending right spiral displaced distally its own width. The longitudinal furrow extends but half-way to the postmargin and is very narrow. The left intercalary plate is large. Suture lines are marked by ridges. Thecal wall reticulate, with coarse, irregular, unequal polygons. Length, 105 p; transdiameter, 80 p. Station, 4637. Heterodinium fenestratum, sp. nov. Plate 8, Fig. 47. A small species of robust habit, rotund body, short incurved antapicals, very coarse reticulations, and deficient posterior list to the girdle. The body is very robust, the length being 1.36 times the transdiameter and 1.6 times the dorso-ventral diameter. The epitheca is abruptly contracted from the spreading girdle to a tapering apical horn which terminates in a large ob- lique or squarely truncate apical pore. Its altitude is 0.70-0.75 of a transdi- ameter. Its margins are in all views deeply concave. The ventral excavation is not marked. The ventral area is squarish with central pit. The hypotheca is a little smaller than the epitheca, its altitude being about 0.45 of the total length. It is contracted less abruptly than the epitheca, havy- ing a width of 0.55 of a transdiameter at the level of the postindentation. The sides of the antapicals are nearly parallel to the main axis. The antapicals are short, stout, acute. The postindentation is very shallow, being 0.2-0.26 of a transdiameter in depth. The postmargin is a broad, quite regular curve. The girdle is wide, is displaced 1.5-2 times its own width, slightly im- pressed, if at all, and bears a regular series of large reticulations. Its anterior ridge is heavy and ribbed, and the posterior one is obsolete or scarcely developed. The plates are normal. The left intercalary is very small, embracing but one or two reticulations. The marked characteristic of the species is the very coarse reticulations each of which has 1-10 pores. There are 17 reticulations on the dorsal apical plate and 8 contiguous to the posterior margin of the girdle on the dorsal side. Suture lines are marked by very wide bands. Length, 95-105 w; transdiameter, 70-77 p. Stations, 4730, 4742. Heterodinium fides, sp. nov. Plate %, Fig. 45. A small species with constricted scoop-shaped epitheca, wide salient girdle, and short, divergent, subequal antapicals. Body stout, its length 1.5 times the transdiameter and 2 times the greatest 180 BULLETIN: MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. dorso-ventral extension. Epitheca scoop-shaped, excavated ventrally, flaring at the girdle. Itsaltitude 0.75 of a transdiameter. Apex with broadly sloping slightly convex margins, which turn abruptly posteriorly to a broad, deep con- striction just below the level of the ventral area, below which it abruptly ex- pands to the girdle, thus giving to the epitheca a form which suggests the body of a violin. The ventral area is ellipsoidal, with the pit at its anterior end. The hypotheca is somewhat shorter than the epitheca, its ventral altitude being less than 0.75 of a transdiameter. It is constricted somewhat rapidly, reaching 0.5 of a transdiameter at the level of the base of the antapicals. The antapicals are short, stout, acute, and divergent, their tips being less than 0.5 of a transdiameter apart. The postindentation is less than 0.25 of a transdiameter in depth and is broadly rounded. The girdle is but slightly oblique, is displaced its own width, and is obsolete distally, its posterior ridge being decurrent on the right antapical. The furrow is deeply impressed, has very prominent ridges and coarse reticulations. The thecal plates are normal. The left intercalary plate of the epitheca is unusually large. The reticulations are porulate, relatively large, and somewhat irregular. Length, 123 »; transdiameter, 83 p. Station, 4228. Heterodinium gesticulatum, sp. nov. Plate 6, Figs. 37, 38, 39, 40. A medium-sized species with rounded apex, right antapical deflected strongly to the right and the posterior angle of the postcingular plates on the left margin of the hypotheca strongly protuberant. Body moderately elongated, the length 1.6 to 2.3 times the transdiameter (measured on the anterior ridge of the girdle). The epitheca is shorter and distinctly wider than the hypotheca. Its apex is broadly rounded, almost semicircular in face view, but the ventral face is not deeply excavated or scoop- shaped. It is often wider anteriorly than it is at the girdle, and may have a slight constriction just anterior to the girdle. The ventral area is irregularly squarish with central pit. The hypotheca is narrower than the epitheca, its transdiameter at the girdle being 0.9 to 0.75 of that of the epitheca. Its ventral surface is flattened, the dorsal one rotund, The posterior part of the hypotheca beyond the suture be- tween the postcingular! and antapical plates is deflected to the right, in ex- treme cases as much as 40°. The right antapical is deflected more than the left, attaining even 45° to the main axis, while the left is only 5°-10° or sub- parallel to the axis. The right margin of the epitheca is deeply concave, while the left is carried out in a more or less prominent, often decurved angle at the point just anterior to the suture between the left postcingular and the left ant- 1 These plates were called postmedians in my earlier paper (: 05), On Hetero- dinium, ete., Univ. of Calif. Pubs. Zool., 2, p. 345. KOFOID: NEW SPECIES OF DINOFLAGELLATES. 181 apical plates. This salient angle is the most striking feature of the species. The antapicals are short or more or less elongated, acute, and divergent. The postindentation is deep or shallow, being 0.2-0.8 of a transdiameter (of hypo- theca) in depth. The postmargin forms a broadly rounded or subacute bay, with a hyaline irregularly toothed fin along most of the margin. Girdle slightly oblique, displaced a little less than its width, obsolete dis- tally. Anterior ridge very heavy, posterior one scarcely developed. The plates are normal, the left intercalary being relatively large. The sutures are marked by prominent ridges, or by broad bands with or without fine reticulations. Thecal wall porulate, covered with reticulations of me- dium size. About 20 contiguous to the posterior side of the girdle on the dorsal side in the dorsal apical. Reticulation often lacking on some of the plates. Chromatophores few, centrally located, spheroidal. Sometimes massed in chromospheres. This is the most abundant species of the genus in tropical waters. It is exceedingly variable, but the diverse forms are so well connected by interme- diates that they must be regarded as one species. The following forms may be recognized: — Forma typica (Plate 6, Fig. 37). With little constriction of epitheca, moderate marginal projection of the left postcingulars and postindentation. Forma extrema (Plate 6, Fig. 38). With constricted epitheca and relatively narrow hypotheca, excessive marginal projection and deep postindentation, and considerable obliquity of the hypotheca. Forma medvocris (Plate 6, Fig. 39). With little deflection of hypotheca and antapicals, less inequality in transdiameters, slight marginal projection, and often with moderate subacute postindentation. Forma deformata (Plate 6, Fig. 40). With right or left antapical undeveloped. Length, 118 to 170 pw; transdiameter of epitheca, 67 to 100 »; of hypotheca, 48 to 91 p. At various stations between 4594 and 4724. This species (forma extrema) is figured in Capt. R. F. Scott’s “ Voyage of the Discovery,” Vol. 2, on the plate facing p. 192 under the legend “ Peridineans caught on the voyage out.” Heterodinium globosum, sp. nov. Plate 8, Fig. 51. A small species with rotund body, short apical horn, and small spine-like antapicals, deficient list, and sparse reticulations. The body is spheroidal, the length (excluding apical and antapical horns) about equals the transverse and dorso-ventral diameter. The total length is 1.3 times the transdiameter and 1.5 times the dorso-ventral. The epitheca is dome-shaped, flaring at the girdle, and constricted apically to a short, stout horn 182 BULLETIN : MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. with oblique apical pore deflected to the right. The ventral area is poorly defined and the pit is located far anteriorly. The hypotheca is low dome-shaped with two short, acute, unequal, widely separated divergent antapicals. The left is 2-3 times the length of the right, and the distance between their tips is 0.45 of a transdiameter. The postindentation is very shallow and the postmargin a broad, irregular curve. The girdle is slightly oblique, is displaced less than its own width, lacks the posterior list entirely. The furrow is not impressed, and is marked by sparsely distributed reticulations. The plates are normal. The left intercalary is of medium size. The wall is porulate in the central areas of the plates, which are imperfectly reticulate or bounded by ridges. The suture lines are bounded by broad, structureless bands. Length, 117 »; transdiameter, 82 p. Stations, 4691, 4692, 4699. Heterodinium hindmarchi, forma maculata, f. nov. Plate 7, Fig. 42. Distinguished from the typical H. hindmarchi by the character of the re- ticulations. The form, proportions, and dimensions resemble those of the species named, but the reticulations are entirely different. In the type they are coarse and subregular. In f. maculata they are exceedingly diverse in size. Distally on the apical and antapicals, the minute reticulations pre- dominate. In the pre-and postcingular plates they are predominately mar- ginal in the plates or intercalated in more or less complete horizontal series. They are also found in isolated and irregular groupings. Possibly such differences here constitute a specific distinction. Length, 140 »; transdiameter, 80 p. Station, 4691. Heterodinium laticinctum, sp. nov. Plate 7, Fig. 46. -A moderately large species with very oblique, very wide girdle, broadly rounded apex, angular hypotheca, and incurved unequal antapicals. The body is robust, ovate in ventral view, its length 1.4 times the trans- diameter and 1.8 times the dorso-ventral. The apex is semicircular in outline. The epitheca is low scoop-shaped with slight excavation, foreshortened dor- sally so that the dorsal precingulars are scarcely as wide as the girdle. The apical pore is displaced to the right. The ventral area is displaced to the left, is subcircular with eccentric pit. The hypotheca is a little longer than the epitheca. Its sides are slightly convex, and the antapicals are incurved and very acute. The left is twice the length of the right. They arise toward the ventral face and make a sharp offset dorsally to meet the postcingular suture. KOFOID: NEW SPECIES OF DINOFLAGELLATES. 183 The postindentation is shallow, about 0.25 transdiameter in depth, and the postmargin is squarish, with serrate fin. The girdle is very oblique, displaced its own width, has low anterior and posterior lists, the latter decurrent on the left antapical. The furrow is slightly impressed and bears a few transverse ribs. The plates are normal, the left intercalary being very small. The sutures are marked by ribs which locally bear hyaline serrated lists. Plates porulate. Reticulation lacking on specimen seen. Length, 148 w; transdiameter, 105 p. Station, 4724. Heterodinium longum, sp. nov. Plate 7, Fig. 44. A medium-sized species resembling H. rigdenae but more elongated, with deeper postindentation and higher epitheca. It also resembles H. hindmar- chi, but can be distinguished from it by its wider epitheca with straighter sides and the absence of convergence in the antapicals. The body is elongated, its length 1.5 times its transdiameter, compressed dorso-ventrally. The epitheca exceeds the hypotheca, its length being about 0.6 of the total length. It is compressed conical, with straight margins and apical but little deflected to the right. The ventral area is squarish and de- flected to the left with eccentric pit. The hypotheca is contracted more than the epitheca, is convex anteriorly and concave posteriorly at the margins. The antapicals are pointed, stout, divergent, and subequal, the left often larger. The postindentation is deep, exceeding 0.5 of the altitude of the hypotheca. The postmargin is broadly rounded, and the tips 0.5 of a transdiameter apart. The girdle is slightly oblique, displaced its own width, with slight anterior ridge and deficient posterior list obsolete distally. The furrow is not im- pressed and is more or less ribbed. The plates are normal, suture lines well defined. Plates porulate, with coarse regular reticulations. Length, 93-125 » ; transdiameter, 65-90 p. Stations, 4732, 4734, 4742. Heterodinium obesum, sp. nov, Plate 8, Fig. 50. A minute species with spheroidal body, prominent apical horn, large hypo- theca, and very unequal antapicals. The body is robust; excluding all of the horns it is almost a sphere. The total length is 1.3 times the transverse or the dorso-ventral diameter. The epitheca is a low cone with slightly flaring base, nearly straight sides, and apex displaced ventrally. The total altitude is 0.6 of its transdiameter, 184 BULLETIN: MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. and the distance to the base of the horn 0.35 of the transdiameter. The apical pore is inclined a little to the right. The ventral area is not strongly defined and the pit is not far removed from the girdle. The hypotheca is very rotund, its greatest diameter being slightly below the girdle. Its total altitude is 0.8 of its transdiameter at the girdle, and its axial altitude 0.6. The left antapical is longer than the right and is formed by a blunt protuberant lobe whose width is half its height, bearing on its broadly rounded antapex a one or two-ribbed fin strongly deflected to the right. The right antapical is nothing but a finned spinule arising from the body, also deflected to the right. The girdle is not oblique save in the distal third, where it is so deflected pos- teriorly that its displacement is twiceits width. The anterior ridge is heavy, the posterior obsolete. The furrow is not impressed and is faintly ribbed. The plates are normal, the left intercalary large, subtriangular. The suture lines are faint, marked by structureless bands. The plates are porulate with or without faint reticulations of relatively large size. Length, 50 » ; transdiameter, 37 yp. Station, 4734. Heterodinium praetextum, sp. nov. Plate 7, Fig. 41. A very large species of the subgenus Euheterodiniwm with slender, tapering, apical horn developed to a degree unusual in the genus. The body is elongated, its length 1.3 times the transdiameter and 1.7 times the dorso-ventral. Epitheca exceeds the hypotheca in ventral view, and equals it dorsally. Its altitude is 0.8 of its transdiameter at te base, its ventral face is excavated, its laterals convex in the median region and concave distally, and the dorsal nearly straight. The apical horn is deflected to the right, and its length is 0.25 of the altitude. The midventral suture is strongly deflected to the left basally, and the ventral area is elongated, oblique, with eccentric pit. The hypotheca is broadly excavated ventrally, abruptly contracted dorsally, and with feeble double curves laterally. The postindentation is shallow, form- ing an asymmetrical arc, its depth 0.3 of the altitude of the hypotheca. The antapicals are short, stout, bluntish. The girdle is slightly oblique and postmedian, forming a descending right spiral displaced distally its own width. The furrow is scarcely impressed, with deflected posterior list obsolete distally and decurrent on left antapex. The longitudinal furrow is short with low lists. The thecal plates are normal, and the walls reticulate with subequal, sub- regular polygons which become smaller distally on the horns.. The suture lines are marked by broad bands with imperfectly developed areas of minute reticulations. Length, 240 »; transdiameter, 180 p. Station, 4740. KOFOID: NEW SPECIES OF DINOFLAGELLATES. 185 Heterodinium superbum, sp. nov. Plate 8, Fig. 49. A very small species of robust habit, spheroidal body, and short spine-like antapicals. Reticulations rather coarse. The body is elongated spheroidal, its length 1.28 times the transdiameter and 1.85 times the dorso-ventral diameter. The body is very rotund at the girdle. The epitheca and hypotheca are equal in length, but the latter is more rotund. The epitheca is subconical, its altitude is 0.56 of its transdiameter. It flares slightly at the girdle and its lateral margins have but little convexity. There is a partially developed apical horn, deflected to the right and set some- what to the ventral side of the axis. The hypotheca is very rotund, low dome-shaped, its altitude between the horns being a little less than 0.5 of its transdiameter. The antapicals are set to the ventral side in line with the apical, causing an abrupt shelf where the dorsal antapical plate joins the postcingulars. The right is 1.15 times the length of the left, which is 0.2 of a transdiameter in length. They are tapering, spine-like, with 0.3 of a transdiameter between tips. The postinden- tation is very shallow and the postmargin a broad curve. The girdle is not oblique, is displaced its own width. The anterior list is very heavy, the posterior light and obsolete distally. The furrow is scarcely impressed and is heavily ribbed. The plates are normal, the left intercalary triangular in form. The thecal wall is coarsely reticulate and porulate. There are about 30 reticulations in the dorsal apical and 15 contiguous to the girdle on the dorsal side. Suture lines with narrow ridges, minor reticulations or serrations. _ Length, 74 »; transdiameter, 59 p. Station, 4699. CHENTRODINIUM, gen. nov. Steiniella (7) Cleve. Ceratiinae with laterally compressed midbody contracted to an apical horn with pore and a single median antapical, median girdle on midbody, trans- verse furrow impressed, forming a descending right spiral. Longitudinal furrow mainly confined to hypotheca. Theca fully divided in discrete plates. Suture lines faint. Epitheca composed of apical and precingular series, 2 plates (possibly 4) in the former, and 6 in the latter. Girdle not distinctly divided into constituent plates. Hypotheca composed of 5 precingulars, 4 antapicals, and one dorsal intercalary. Thecal wall hyaline, structureless, porulate. Small ventral pore above the flagellar pore. Chromatophores present. In warm temperate and tropical seas. 186 BULLETIN: MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. Centrodinium complanatum (CLEVE). Steiniella (%) complanata, Cleve. Length 4-5 times dorso-ventral diameter. Midbody not abruptly set off from apical or antapical. Antapex not deflected to the Jeft, bearing three short spinules. Apex and antapex coarsely porulate, the former not abruptly truncate. Length, 300-400 p» ; dorso-ventral diameter, 75-80 p. Station, 4719. Centrodinium deflexum, sp. nov, Plate 9, Figs. 53, 54. A medium-sized species with narrow apical, and antapical abruptly deflected to the left at an angle of 45°. Body not greatly elongated, length 1.3 times the dorso-ventral diameter and 7 times the transdiameter, Epitheca and hypotheca nearly equal. Midbody laterally compressed, not flaring at the girdle laterally, dorsal and ventral margins both convex, epitheca abruptly contracted to the slender apical horn whose length is 0.5-0.12 of the transdiameter in length and broadly rounded at the end. This horn is directed obliquely dorsally in line with the trend of the ventral margin. The hypotheca resembles the epitheca in proportions in lateral view, but the antapical horn is directed ventrally subparallel to the direction of the apical. In side view this is seen to be bent abruptly to the left as it leaves the midbody, at an angle of about 45°. The antapex bears 3 short spinules, 1 on the left and 2 on the right side. Thecal wall hyaline, porulate, structureless, sutures faintly marked, apical and antapical regions coarsely porulate. Length, 145-200 p ; dorso-ventral diameter, 66-75 p. Stations, 4730, 4732. Centrodinium elongatum, sp. nov. Plate 9, Fig. 52. A large species with truncate apex, epitheca shorter than hypotheca and long antapical horn. Body elongated, length 3-4 times the dorso-ventral diameter and 7 times the transverse. Epitheca 0.3 of the total length, laterally compressed, flaring abruptly laterally to the girdle, ventral margin nearly straight, dorsal convex. Apical horn stout, short, abruptly truncate, its length equal to or exceeding its dorso-ventral width, and 0.35 of the dorso-ventral diameter in width. Hypotheca greatly elongated, tapering within a transdiameter of the apex into the stout elongated antapical horn, its length 1.7-3 times its dorso-ventral diameter. Antapical horn cylindrical, curved to the left in a slight gradual curve, apparently twisted, terminating in three acute spinules. KOFOID: NEW SPECIES OF DINOFLAGELLATES. 187 Girdle narrow, median in the midbody, impressed, without salient ridges, forming a descending right spiral, displaced its own width. Longitudinal furrow extending a short distance on the epitheca where it contains an accces- sory ventral pore and is continued posteriorly on the midbody as a diminish- ing groove nearly to the base of the antapical. Thecal wall hyaline, finely porulate, larger pores on apex and antapex. Dorsal wall of apical greatly thickened. Length, 275 »; dorso-ventral diameter, 67 p. Station, 4722. This is the type species of Centrodinium. Podolampas reticulata, sp. nov. Plate 2, Fig. 11. A large species with the form of P. biceps, but with reticulate fins on the antapical spines. Their fins are very large and broadly rounded, with irregu- larly serrate margins and distal reticulations spreading from the spines. The fins are more decurrent laterally and less pointed than in P. biceps, and the spines 0.5-0.7 as long. The body is a trifle shorter and somewhat more ro- tund anteriorly and less squarish posteriorly. Length of body, 80-92 »; transdiameter, 70-75 p. Stations, 4638, 4732. Oxytoxum challengeroides, sp. nov. Plate 10, Fig. 65. A medium-sized species resembling 0. malneri, but shorter, with fine regular polygonal reticulations resembling those of the Challengeridae. Body elongated, its length 3.7 times the transdiameter, which equals the dorso-ventral at the girdle. Epitheca 0.4 of the length of the hypotheca, low conical, flaring at the base, its altitude 1.17 times the transdiameter, tapering quickly into the short straight apical horn, which is displaced ventrally and has an asymmetrically pointed apex, the terminal spinule being on the left margin of the horn. Hypotheca conical, with slightly convex sides, tapering without constriction into the pointed antapical, which is also somewhat displaced ventrally. Girdle wide, 0.33 of the length from the apex, furrow deeply impressed, with well-defined margins, forming a descending right spiral displaced nearly its own width. Small accessory pore in its posterior margin in the midventral line behind the large flagellar pore. Longitudinal furrow not extended upon the bypotheca, with a tapering lanceolate extension 0.6 of the distance to the apex on the epitheca. Plates normal, 5 apicals, pre- and postcingulars, one apical spine. Sutures with narrow bands, thecal wall minutely and subregularly reticulate with small hexagonal polygons, porulate. 188 BULLETIN: MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. Length, 80; dorso-ventral diameter, 23 p. Station, 4732. Oxytoxum compressum, sp. nov. Plate 10, Fig. 63. A medium-sized species resembling O. cristatum, but lacking the galeate apex, and haying the antapical horn strongly deflected to the ventral side. Body elongated, laterally compressed. Total length 2 times the transdiam- eter and 1.6 times the dorso-ventral. Epitheca 0.25 the total length, low cam- panulate or dome-shaped, flaring at the girdle, apex blunt, broadly rounded. Altitude of epitheca 0.5 of the transdiameter and 0.35 of the dorso-ventral diameter. f Hypotheca elongated, its length 1-1.4 times the dorso-ventral and 1.5 the transdiameter. Dorsal and ventral margins somewhat convex, gradually rounded posteriorly to the hook-like ventrally recurved antapical spine. Lat- eral margin but slightly convex, abruptly contracted to the antapical. Girdle narrow, horizontal, ribbed, furrow deeply impressed with salient ridges, forming a descending right spiral displaced its own width, without overhang. Longitudinal furrow short, its length 0.3-0.4 of the total length, equally extended on both sides of girdle, both ends expanded. Pre- and postcingular plates normal, apicals and antapicals not resolved into separate parts. Postcingulars with marginal and median striae, which are faintly outlined on epitheca also. Wall porulate. Length, 100 »; dorso-ventral diameter, 62 p. Stations, 4699, 4724. Oxytoxum cristatum, sp. nov. Plate 10, Fig. 64. A medium-sized species with elongated laterally compressed body, galeate epitheca, and long antapical spine. Total length 2.5 times the transverse and 1.85 times the dorso-ventral diam- eter. Epitheca 0.4 of the total length, helmet-shaped, with flaring base ab- ruptly compressed laterally to a thin dorsally recurved apex. Apex a sharp horizontal, or even posteriorly deflected spine. Transverse diameter of the base 0.75 of the dorso-ventral and 0.9 of the altitude. | Hypotheca tapering obliquely to the ventral side, laterally compressed, lateral margins slightly convex, dorsal broadly rounded, ventral concave, abruptly contracted to a long, tapering, ventrally deflected, antapical spine, 0.4-0.6 of the transdiameter in length. Girdle narrow, with salient margins, furrow impressed, forming a descending right spiral displaced its own width, no overhang, and with numerous stout ribs. Longitudinal furrow short, length 0.3 of the total length, nearly 0.6 of its course on the epitheca, elongated elliptical in form. Neither apical nor antapical region resolvable into separate plates. Pre- and KOFOID: NEW SPECIES OF DINOFLAGELLATES. 189 postcingular plates, each with marginal and median rib, sometimes porulate, sometimes with very fine transverse tesselations. Length, 100 »; transdiameter, 38 1; dorso-ventral, 50 p. Stations, 4730, 4732. Oxytoxum curvicaudatum, sp. nov. Plate 10, Fig. 61. A minute species of robust habit. Body ellipsoidal, transverse and dorso- ventral diameter equal. Length 1.2 times the transdiameter. Altitude of epi- theca scarcely 0.5 of the total length and 0.4 of its transdiameter, in the form of a low dome with blunt apex and convex sides. Hypotheca over 2.5 times as high as the epitheca, the diameter of its base 1.25 times its altitude. Anteriorly the sides are slightly, if at all, convex. Ant- apex very broadly rounded, terminating in an acute, minute, antapical spur which is deflected ventrally to a horizontal position. Girdle about 0.3 of the total length from the apex. Transverse furrow com- pressed, without lists or salient ridges forming a descending right spiral with displacement twice its width, with slight overhang. Longitudinal furrow broad and shallow, its length 0.35 of the total length of the body, wider and longer on epitheca than on hypotheca. Pre- and postcingular plates marked with eleven longitudinal striae, fainter upon the epitheca. Interstrial areas finely reticulated. Girdle ribbed and areolated. Length, 41 »; diameter, 30 p. Station, 4711. Oxytoxum gigas, sp. nov. Plate 10, Fig. 59. A very large species of slender habit, attentuate epitheca and hypotheca, galeate apex, and regularly tapering antapex, greatly displaced girdle, and minute pores in longitudinal striae. The body is nearly biconical, the epitheca about 0.4 of the total length. Total length 4 times the dorso-ventral and 4.8 times the transdiameter. Epitheca subconical with concave sides, very little flare at the base, slight lat- eral compression, and somewhat elongated slightly galeate apex, broadly rounded and deflected dorsally. Its total altitude 2.2 times its transdiameter at the base. Hypotheca a regularly tapering cone, slightly compressed laterally. Its total altitude 3.5 times its transdiameter at the base. Antapex not differen- tiated in form from the postcingular section, forming 0.22 of the total length of the hypotheca. Girdle very narrow and very oblique ; furrow deep, with prominent but not salient margins, forming a descending right spiral displaced 7 times its own width, with numerous faint ribs and a few pores. Longitudinal furrow narrow, 190 BULLETIN: MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. of uniform width, its length 0.15 of the total length of the body. It extends from the proximal end of the transverse furrow posteriorly to a girdle width beyond its distal end. The flagellar pore lies near the proximal end. Pre- and postcingular plates normal, sutures indistinct in apex and antapex, but each composed of several plates. Thecal wall marked by equidistant striae containing regularly spaced pores. The striae along sutures somewhat heavier than the 2-3 intermediate ones on each plate. Striae are interrupted at the transverse sutures between the cing- ular and the terminal plates. Length, 267 » ; transdiameter, 55 p. Station, 4732. Probably Steiniella mitra Schiitt } belongs in Oxytoxum. Oxytoxum subulatum, sp. nov. Plate 10, Fig. 62. A large species of slender habit, elongated form, with abruptly contracted epitheca and long subulate apex. The body is greatly elongated, its length 5-6 times the transdiameter and 4.5-5 times the dorso-ventral. There is little lateral compression. The epitheca is 0.9 of the length of the hypotheca. The epitheca is trumpet shaped with low abruptly contracted basal part and slender linear apical horn with sharp asymmetrical apex shaped like the point of a cannula with the excavation upon the right side, the relative length of the three parts, flaring base, horn and point, are respectively 0.18, 0.58, and 0.24 of the altitude of the epitheca, which is 2.3 times its transdiameter. The horn is set somewhat to the ventral side of the epitheca. The hypotheca is almost conical, slightly gibbous just below the girdle, more on the ventral than on the dorsal side, contracted as it passes into the slender attenuate antapex. Its altitude is 2.8-3.2 times its transdiameter at the girdle. The antapical horn is slender, straight, its length a little less than 0.5 trans- diameters. The girdle is nearly horizontal, the furrow very deeply impressed with thin, slightly salient ridges, forming a descending right spiral displaced 0.5 of its width. Apical region formed of 4 slender plates, antapical fused. Thecal wall with 10-12 longitudinal striae. Surface with minute areoles. Length, 124-142 »; transdiameter, 21-27 p. Stations, 4698, 4699. Oxytoxum turbo, sp. nov. Plate 10, Fig. 60. A minute elongated top-shaped species with capitate epitheca. Body elongated, its length 2.3 times the greatest transverse diameter, which 1 Schiitt, F. Die Peridineen der Plankton Expedition. Taf. 7, Fig. 27, 1896. KOFOID: NEW SPECIES OF DINOFLAGELLATES. 191 equals the dorso-ventral. The greatest diameter is a short distance posterior to the girdle. The epitheca is a small hemisphere with a short, stout, apical horn with blunt apex. The apical horn emerges very abruptly from the dome of the epitheca. The altitude of the epitheca above the girdle is 0.5 of its transdiameter, which in turn is 0.5 of the greatest transdiameter of the hy- potheca, and about 0.16 of the total length. The hypotheca is top-shaped, abruptly rounded to the girdle, tapering reg- ularly posteriorly to an acute point. The girdle is peculiar, very wide, its width 0.12 of the total length, and slightly exceeding the altitude of the epitheca. It is constricted to an acute- angled furrow at its middle, and extends anteriorly on the capitate epitheca and posteriorly upon the expanding hypotheca. Its margins are marked by faint lines with a prominent line of pores, especially in the hypotheca, where a low hyaline list also occurs. The list on the hypotheca is very low. Plates normal, scarcely defined on epitheca, apical horn not separable, ant- apical also apparently fused. The surface faintly marked with punctate lon- gitudinal striae. Length, 50 »; transdiameter, 22 p. Station, 4734. MURRAYELLA, gen. nov. Oxytoxinae with spheroidal body and medium girdle, epitheca and hypo- theca nearly equal. Transverse furrow impressed, forming a descending right spiral with more or less displacement. Longitudinal furrow on both epitheca and hypotheca but not reaching the apex or antapex. Theca composed of discrete plates. Epitheca with 6 precingulars and 2-4 apicals and a small mid- ventral intercalary next to the longitudinal furrow. No apical pore. Hypo- theca composed of 5 postcingulars one of which is the longitudinal furrow plate, and an antapical apparently of one spine-like plate. Plates ribbed and reticulate. Chromatophores yellowish. Ceratium biconicum Murr. et Whitt. and Steeniella (2) punctata Cleve belong in this genus. Murrayella globosa, sp. nov. Plate 9, Fig. 56. A small globose species with epitheca equalling the hypotheca. Epitheca conical, its altitude 0.6 of a transdiameter. Apex rounded or with small acute point. Hypotheca hemispherical with short acute terminal spine deflected to the right. Left side somewhat more convex than the right. Girdle median, displaced distally its own width. Furrow deeply impressed, without lists or salient ridge, sparingly ribbed. Longitudinal furrow greatly widened on the epitheca, reaching 0.4 of the diameter to the apex and its width nearly equal- ling its height. Posteriorly the longitudinal furrow is narrow and not so expanded at the end as on the epitheca. 192 BULLETIN: MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. The sutures are marked by ridges with cross striae or by broad intercalary bands. The longitudinal furrow plate of the hypotheca is long and narrow. The postcingulars have a median rib. The surface of the plates is minutely and regularly reticulate. No pores. Chromatophores small, spheroidal. Large central yellowish chromosphere. Length, 68 » ; transdiameter, 59 p. Station, 4732. Lhis is the type of Murrayella. Murrayella spinosa, sp. nov. Plate 9, Fig. 5%. A small species of biconical form with antapical spine resembling Amphidoma. Body biconical, epitheca longer than hypotheca, total length 1.4 times the transdiameter. Epitheca conical, its altitude 0.5 of its transdiameter, sides slightly convex. Antapex with short spine with a transverse fin. Girdle postmedian, 0.55 of the length from the apex, impressed, without salient ridges, forming a descending right spiral displaced less than 0.5 of its own width, most of the displacement occurring in the proximal part of the furrow. Longitudinal furrow on the epitheca only a narrow groove terminating in a pit, on hypotheca two girdle widths in length with marginal lists. Plates normal. Suture lines with broad reticulated bands and central seam. Plates finely reticulate with irregular polygons. Four apical plates. A mid- ventral accessory strip in the precingular row. Length, 45 w; transdiameter, 32 p. Station, 4732. Murrayella punctata (CLEVE). Steiniella (*) punctata Cleve. Plate 9, Fig. 58. A small species, variable in size and proportions, biconical in form with median girdle and axis shifted ventrally. Body elongated, length 1.55 times the dorso-ventral and 1.7 times the transdiameter. Epitheca and hypotheca subequal. Epitheca conical, its alti- tude 1.8 of its transdiameter, right and left margins straight or concave, base occasionally somewhat flaring, dorsal margin convex, more so than the ventral, apex displaced ventrally, broadly rounded. Hypotheca resembling the epitheca, but its ventral face is concave, and the ventrally displaced antapex is more or less acute. . Girdle relatively wide in small individuals, and narrower in large ones, furrow deeply impressed with slightly salient margins, forming a descending right spiral displaced its own width. The longitudinal furrow is very long, 0.75 of the total length of the body. It runs from the girdle to the apex, nar- rowing gradually till at a point half-way to the apex it is continued as a linear channel. Near the middle of the epitheca it is deflected to the right. On the KOFOID: NEW SPECIES OF DINOFLAGELLATES. 193 hypotheca it turns to the right distally and forms a broad channel with high membranous lists on either side. The post- and precingular plates are normal. There are four apicals and two antapicals. Suture lines are marked by bands, and the plates are finely retic- ulate with small subequalirregular polygons. The transverse and longitudinal furrows are partially reticulated. An exceedingly variable species, Length, 65-155 »; dorso-ventral diameter, 40-73 p. Stations, 4691, 4730, 4732. Murrayella rotundata, sp. nov. Plate 9, Fig. 55. A minute spheroidal species without apical or antapical horns, Body rotund, spheroidal, its length 1.05 times the dorso-ventral diameter. Epitheca less than the hypotheca, its altitude 0.42 of the total length and 0.44 of the dorso-ventral diameter, low dome-shaped, slightly flaring at girdle. The hypotheca is symmetrical, less rotund than the epitheca, and less flar- ing at the girdle, almost hemispherical, with a minute antapical elevation a little to the ventral side of the antapical pole. Girdle horizontal, slightly impressed, with salient ridges, forming a descend-. ing right spiral displaced its own width. Longitudinal furrow narrower than the girdle, extending one girdle width on the hypotheca and two on the epitheca. Length, 45 » ; dorso-ventral diameter, 43 p. Station, 4701. ACANTHODINIUM, gen. nov. (?) Cladopyxis Stein (’83) in part. Body spheroidal with premedian girdle. Epitheca with apical pore, four’ apical and eight precingular plates. Hypotheca with two antapical, six post- cingular plates, and a longitudinal furrow plate of two moieties. The pre- and postcingular plates and the antapicals usually bear a centrally located. spine, which is simple or branched distally. Thecal wall porulate. Acanthodinium caryophyllum, sp. nov. Plate 11, Fig. 67. Similar to A. spinoswm, but with ends of spines quadripartite with hyaline films connecting the divisions. Spines with one axial pore canal, occasion- ally with two or three connecting or independent ones at the base. This axial canal branches peripherally in the processes, which are usually four, occasionally two, or three. The thecal plates are similar in number and general arrangement to those of A. spinoswm, and the spines show a similar distribution on the plates and are subject to similar irregularities in distribu- tion. The spines are longer (0.7-0.9 transdiameters at girdle) than in. A. spinoswm, but in other respects the dimensions are nearly the same. vot. Lt. — No. 6 13 194 BULLETIN : MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. Possibly an older form of A. spinosum. Intermediate stages not, however, observed. Transdiameter of midbody, 40 »; length of spines, 35 p. Station, 4722. Acanthodinium spinosum, sp. nov. Plate 11, Fig. 66. Axial length of body (without spines) 1.1-1.2 transdiameters of girdle. Dorso-ventral and transverse diameters equal. Epitheca less than hypotheca. Altitude of epitheca 0.3-0.4 of the axial length from the apex. Transverse furrow very lightly indented, its proximal and distal ends not displaced. Longitudinal furrow short with low lists. Epitheca with small circular area about apical pore. Apical plates without spines. Dorsal and ventral apicals narrow, laterals very wide. Of the eight precingular plates the two midven- trals are small, and the remaining six are large, subequal, and bear centrally located spines. The two laterals are often without spines. In the hypotheca the plates are less regular. The two antapicals are un- equal in size and may bear spines. The six postcingulars are also unequal, the left midventral being smaller and the others increasing in size to the right. The longitudinal furrow plate consists of a larger posterior and smaller an- terior moiety. Spines have been found on all plates of the hypotheca excepting only the furrow plates and the left midventral postcingular. Spines 0.4-0.6 transdiameters at girdle in length, slightly curved conical, tapering evenly, to a sharp point, with one central pore canal. Suture lines marked by single, rarely doubled, ridges. Thecal wall porulate. Plates usually bordered by a peripheral pore-free band. Length, 45 w; diameter at girdle, 40 p; length of spines 16-25 p. Stations, 4707, 4722. This is the type of Acanthodiniwm. Phalacroma lenticula, sp. nov. Plate 12, Fig. 69. A medium-sized species with lenticular body, very high epitheca, and finely reticulate wall. Body lens-shaped, much compressed laterally, its transdiameter less than 0.25 of the dorso-ventral, nearly circular in lateral view, the dorso-ventral width of the body exclusive of the fin, 1.06 times the length, the longest antero- posterior axis being slightly oblique (10° antero-dorsally) to the girdle. The epitheca is unusually high, nearly equalling the hypotheca in length. The girdle is narrow, furrow not impressed, with low fins. Left ventral fin with two ribs, the right low, reticulate at the base. Thecal wall finely reticulate, about 16 mesh on the radius at the girdle, minutely porulate. Length, 81 »; dorso-ventral diameter, 86 p. Station, 4749. KOFOID: NEW SPECIES OF DINOFLAGELLATES. 195 Phalacroma reticulata, sp. nov. Plate 12, Fig. 72. A small species of biconical form, laterally compressed, with very coarse reticulations. The length is 1.6 times the transdiameter, and 1.25 times the dorso-ventral. The epitheca is a low symmetrical cone, laterally compressed, its altitude 0.48 of its dorso-ventral diameter and 0.57 of its transdiameter. Its sides are straight and the apex is broadly rounded. The hypotheca is a high cone, its altitude a trifle less than its transdiameter and 0.8 of its dorso-ventral. Its ventral margin is convex in the middle, the dorsal nearly straight and the laterals a little concave. The antapex is rounded. The girdle is 0.4 of the length from the apex and has low hyaline lists. The left ventral list is high, with a single prominent rib and several secondary ones. It is decurrent posteriorly and is continued around the hypotheca on the right side of the suture to the dorsal girdle, as a low list. The surface is coarsely reticulate, with 24 polygons on the epithecal valve and 36 on the hypothecal. Length, 100 »; transdiameter, 64 p. Station, 4740. Phalacroma striata, sp. nov. Plate 12, Fig. 73. A large species resembling P. cwneus, but differing in the form of antapex. In P. cuneus this is symmetrically contracted to a rounded antapex. In P. striata the hypotheca is relatively larger, is broadly rounded at the antapex and more expanded ventrally. The ventral margin is nearly straight, and forms a right angle with the girdle. The left ventral fin follows the outline of the body or even exaggerates the ventral expansion, and reaches the level of the antapex. It is faintly radially striate. Girdle with wide membranous lists. Thecal wall reticulate, with coarse polygons each with central pore. Length, 120 »; dorso-ventral diameter in girdle, 120 p. Stations, 4638, 4719. Phalacroma ultima, sp. nov. Plate 12, Fig. 68. A bizarre species of small size with bifurcated antapex and longitudinal furrow displaced to the right. The length of the body is 1.6 times the greatest dorso-ventral extension, and 4 times the transdiameter (excluding the collars). The epitheca is low, its greatest altitude above the furrow is 0.35 of its dorso-ventral diameter. It is highest in the ventral third and declines rapidly dorsally. 196 BULLETIN: MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. The hypotheca is deeply and broadly bifurcated by a wide arc which reaches the posterior end of the longitudinal furrow. The depth of the bifurcation is but little less than the dorso-ventral diameter of the body in the girdle. As a result of the bifurcation there are two slender tapering acute horns, a shorter ventral and longer dorsal. Their length is about 0.75 of the distance between their tips. The girdle is wide, with flaring sub-horizontal lists. The longitudinal furrow is turned abruptly to the right and runs on the right face of the organism to the dorsal side of base of the ventral horn. The suture between the valves follows this course and then turns abruptly toward the ventral margin of the horn. There is a low ridge on the right side of the furrow which continues as a short spine beyond the posterior margin of the body. Length, 60 »; dorso-ventral diameter, 38 p. Station, 4711. Dinophysis triacantha, sp. nov. Plate 12, Fig. 74. Related to D. schiittt Murr. et Whitt. and D. wracantha Stein. Resembles: D. uracantha in having marginal ribs to the postero-dorsal spine. Differs from both of these species in the presence of a third spine in the ventral fin, located at its dorso-posterior margin and formed as in the case of the postero-dorsal spine by marginal thickenings. Body broadly ovate in lateral view, anterior collar unevenly ribbed, ventral fin feebly reticulated. Thecal wall with fine irregular reticulations, a few of which contain pores. The three spines subequal, in length about 0.5 of the dorso-ventral diameter of the body. Length of body without spines or collar, 50 mw; greatest dorso-ventral diameter, 50 » ; spines, 20-25 p. Station, 4722. Amphisolenia asymmetrica, sp. nov. Plate 13, Fig. 76. An elongated species resembling A. dolechocephalica. Total length nearly twenty-five times that of the neck and nearly fifty times the dorso-ventral diameter of the midbody. Head long, narrow, oblique, its long axis slightly exceeding the neck in length, with low spreading sparingly ribbed lists. Antap- ical stem curved ventrally and distally deflected abruptly to the right, bearing a short spine in the left face at the point of deflection and three equidistant terminal spinules on the slightly swollen end. Walls thickened distally along sutures which do not follow the median plane of symmetry through the appa- rently twisted antapex but divide it into two asymmetrical valves, the right with two terminal spinules and the left with one terminal and the lateral. Nucleus elongated, chromatophores few, large, ellipsoidal. KOFOID: NEW SPECIES OF DINOFLAGELLATES, 197 Length, 1200 »; dorso-ventral diameter of the midbody 60 p; length of head, 190 pz. Station, 4732. Amphisolenia bispinosa, sp. nov. Plate 14, Fig. 85. A moderately large species of robust proportions, midbody but little expanded and tapering very gradually into the antapical stem, which is slightly curved ventrally and bears two very long attenuate spines, one upon each side. The antapex is porulate, and several sinuous ridge-like markings are found on the short neck. The head is elongated, oblique, with spreading lists with few ribs. Nucleus much elongated. Chromatophores numerous, ellipsoidal. Length, 670 »; dorso-ventral diameter of midbody, 20 p. Station, 4605. Amphisolenia brevicauda, sp. nov. Plate 13, Fig. 79. A very small species with elongated midbody and very short, straight, simple antapical. The head is oblique, elongated, its length 2.5 times its dorso-ventral thick- ness. The neck is long and slender, its length 0.25 of the total length. The midbody is greatly elongated, slightly enlarged posteriorly, its length 0.5 of the total length, contracting abruptly to a short antapical extension whose length is less than that of the neck. The antapex is acute, without spines or modifications. Length, 200 »; transdiameter of midbody, 12 p. Station, 4740. Amphisolenia clavipes, sp. nov. Plate 14, Fig. 90. A small but robustly proportioned species with small capitate head, long neck, tapering fusiform midbody not sharply delimited posteriorly. The ant- apex is bent abruptly to the right for a distance about equalling the greatest transdiameter of the midbody and terminates in a slight knob-like expansion with a dorsal and a ventral spinule. Nucleus much elongated, chromatophores elongated, cylindrical. Length, 235 »; dorso-ventral diameter of midbody, 13 p. Station, 4736. Amphisolenia curvata, sp. nov. Plate 14, Fig. $7. A stout species of medium size, with cushion-shaped shead, fusiform body, and an antapical stem ventrally curved throughout, without terminal expansion. 198 BULLETIN: MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. A single small terminal spinule occurred on the left valve of individual drawn. Transverse lists low, spreading with few stout ribs, one of which passes down upon the side of the neck. The antapex is porulate and bears a few irregular reticulations on the thecal wall. Nucleus small, broadly ellipsoidal. Chromatophores numerous, spheroidal. Length, 460 »; dorso-ventral diameter of midbody, 35 p. Station, 4605. Amphisolenia dolichocephalica, sp. nov. Plate 13, Fig. 82. A large species with long very slender body with slight dorsal convexity. Head oblique, greatly elongated, its length nearly seven times its transverse and ten times its dorso-ventral diameter. Lists nearly horizontal, with numerous fine ribs. Neck about as long as the head, midbody tapering, fusi- form. Antapex curved somewhat ventrally and to the right, with subcapitate termination bearing two straight spinules at the suture and decurrent hyaline ridges which pass quickly from the knob-like end to the slender cylindrical stem. Nucleus greatly elongated. Length, 1050 »; dorso-ventral diameter of midbody, 22 p ; length of head, 82 p. Station, 4728. Amphisolenia extensa, sp. nov. Plate 13, Fig. 78. A very large species with flattened very oblique head, relatively short neck, stout fusiform midbody and an enormously elongated antapical stem which is six times the length of the rest of the organism. The head is flattened ellip- soidal, with low spreading lightly ribbed transverse lists, a ribbed furrow, and coarsely ribbed longitudinal lists. The antapical stem is slightly convex dor- sally and terminates in a slightly swollen subtruncate antapex without spines. Nucleus elongated, chromatophores numerous, subspheroidal. Length, 1380 »; dorso-ventral diameter, 25 p. Station, 4699. A mphisolenia laticincta, sp. nov. Plate 13, Fig. 80. A minute species with straight fusiform body. Head obliquely rounded, transverse furrow very wide, equalling the long axis of the head in width. Transverse lists low, spreading, with few faint ribs. Neck short, slightly ex- ceeding the dorso-ventral diameter of the midbody in length. Midbody fusi- form, forming nearly half of the total length. Antapical stem straight, with a single terminal spinule. Nucleus elongated, chromatophores small, irregular. KOFOID: NEW SPECIES OF DINOFLAGELLATES. 199 Length, 112 » ; dorso-ventral diameter of midbody 9 » ; width of transverse furrow, 6 p. Station, 4740. Amphisolenia lemmermanniy, sp. nov. » Plate 14, Figs. 88, 89. A species of medium size with broadly fusiform midbody, elongated, straight antapical stem with terminal expansion deflected to the right. The head is oblique, the neck about 1.4 times the dorso-ventral diameter of the midbody in length, and the terminal expansi6n of the antapex with three acute spines, one on the left side a short distance above the end at the point of deflection of the spreading antapex which is carried out on its dorsal and ventral angles in the other two spines. A slight knob-like expansion at the end of the straight sec- tion is connected by lists with the terminal spinules. Length, 565 » ; dorso-ventral diameter of the midbody, 40 p, Station, 4730. Amphisolenia palaeotheroides, sp. nov. Plate 14, Fig. 84. Body stout, its length 20-36 times the greatest dorso-ventral diameter, elongated fusiform with central swelling scarcely differentiated. Flagellar pore removed from the apex 0.12 of the total length. Antapex twisted slightly, terminating in an oblique asymmetrical enlargement with three large, stout, terminal spines. A similar stout spine at the beginning of the obliquity a short distance above the antapex. Collars with few ribs, transverse furrow ribbed and porulate. Length, 426-605 »; dorso-ventral diameter of body, 12-24 p. Station, 4732. Amphisolenia projecta, sp. nov. Plate 13, Fig. 77. A small species of the A. thrinax group with bifurcated antapex whose ventral limb resembles that of A. bifurcata while the dorsal one is a knob-like prominence without spinules or lateral asymmetry. Body elongated with fusiform midbody. Total length 17 times the dorso-ventral diameter. Flagel- lar pore to apex 0.16 of the total length. Bifurcation to antapex 0.2 of the total length. Ventral limb of antapex fusiform, with four spinules, one lateral, and three terminal, limb deflected to the right at level of the lateral spinule. Dorsal limb equal to dorso-ventral diameter of midbody in length, clavate, its length twice its width. Length, 185 »; dorso-ventral diameter, 11 p. Station, 4701. 200 BULLETIN: MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. Amphisolenia quadrispina, sp. nov. Plate 14, Fig. 86. Body very long and slender, its length about 45 times the greatest dorso- ventral diameter, attenuate, fusiform, expanding posteriorly to a knob-like termination with four equidistant short incurved terminal spinules. Body constricted immediately anterior to the knob. Midbody not sharply delimited, about one third of the total length in length. Length of neck (girdle to fla- gellar pore) 0.13 of the total length, or four to five dorso-ventral diameters of the head without lists. Head capitate, transverse lists spreading, subhorizontal with few fine ribs, width of lists equals the transdiameter of the head. Ter- minal knob porulate. Nucleus elongated, many small spheroidal chromatophores. Length, 635-689 »; dorso-ventral diameter of midbody, 14-17 Bes Stations, 4613, 4722. Amphisolenia quinquecauda, sp. nov. ° Plate 13, Fig. 75. This is a large species resembling A. thrinax but having five instead of three antapical ends. The neck and midbody form the apical third of the body, and the branches begin with the antapical third. The neck is short, but little longer than the dorso-ventral diameter of the midbody, which is stout, fusiform, its dorso-ventral diameter but slightly exceeding its transverse diameter. The head is elongated, oblique, with spreading transverse lists heavily ribbed with about 20 ribs. The axis in the posterior third bends ventrally in a double curve and ends in a triangular antapex with short spinules on the angles. There is a dorsal spine a short distance from the antapex. The four branches are arranged in one plane in a single dorsal series and are all without enlargements, slightly curved, with the convex side dorsal. The first branch has an end similar to that of the axis, but the three slightly shorter ones of the middle group have but two small terminal spinules. Nucleus elongated. Chromatophores small, elongated, very numerous. Length, 835 »; dorso-ventral diameter of iaabaet 42 »; length of first dorsal process about 300 p. Station, 4739. Amphisolenia rectangulata, sp. nov. Plate 14, Fig. 83. A large species with short fusiform midbody, elongated oblique head, and much elongated antapical stem with very slight ventral curvature. The antapex terminates with very slight enlargement in rectangular form with the major axis dorso-ventral, and an acute ee on each corner. Nucleus much elongated ; chromatophores spheroidal, numerous. KOFOID: NEW SPECIES OF DINOFLAGELLATES, 201 Differs from A. quadrispina in the more broadly fusiform midbody and in the form of the antapex, having no spheroidal enlargement. Length, 735 »; dorso-ventral diameter of midbody, 24 p. Station, 4740. Amphisolenia schroederi, sp. nov. Plate 13, Fig. 81. A medium-sized species with capitate head, elongated fusiform midbody, and antapex with two spinules. The body is elongated, its length 25 times the dorso-ventral diameter. The head is small, spheroidal, its diameter less than that of the midbody. The neck is about 0.16 of the total length and the midbody is not differentiated. The antapex is not enlarged, is truncate, and deflected to the right. It bears on the angles two stout terminal spines both of which are on the right valve. This species differs from A. bispinosa in the location of the terminal spines and in the form of the head. Length, 510 »; dorso-ventral diameter of the midbody, 20 yp. Station, 4737. TRIPOSOLENTIA, Korom.! Dinophysidae with equal or unequal valves. With three subequal processes from a laterally compressed central midbody, one anterior and two posterior. The anterior process consists of the head, neck, protuberant cytopharyngeal region, and a short process from the midbody. The posterior processes are two symmetrically placed curved antapical horns, respectively dorsal and ventral in origin, with or without marginal tubercles or terminal spinules. The head and neck resemble those of Amphisolenia. The essential difference between Amphisolenia and Triposolenia lies in the presence in the latter of balanced antapicals arising from a midbody containing the greater mass of protoplasm and the nucleus. In all known forms of Amphisolenia the midbody is fusiform and bears no dorsal horn, the dorsal horn, if present, arising from the antapical process. The thecal wall is structureless, pitted, or rarely locally reticulate. The nucleus is located in the midbody. Chromatophores lacking (?) or of pale greenish-yellow color. Sparingly distributed in warm temperate and tropical waters, but rarely taken at the surface. Triposolenia longicornis, sp. nov. Piate 17, Fig. 101. A very large species with long process and long antapical horns, small tri- angular midbody, and flattened head. 1 Kofoid, C. A. Dinoflagellata of San Diego Region II. On Triposolenia, a new genus of the Dinophysidae. Univ. of Calif. Pubs. Zoél., 3, p. 99-138, plates 15-19. 1906. 202 BULLETIN: MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. The midbody is laterally compressed, triangular in lateral view with the anterior margins subequal and both concave. The postmargin is but slightly convex. The anterior process is long, its length equalling that of an anterior margin. The cytopharyngeal margin is expanded ventrally to twice the dorso- ventral diameter of the neck, which is slender, its length being nearly one and one half times that of the process. It is curved dorsally in a regular arc, which continues the curvature of the dorso-ventral margin of the midbody. The head is flattened and the transverse furrow is slightly constricted. The antapicals arise from the postero-lateral angle of the midbody and spread latero-posteriorly in a broad curve. The tips are somewhat incurved, but there is no sigmoid flexure as in T. fatula. The greatest distance between the antapicals is 0.63, and that between the tips 0.5 (of the total length). The antapicals are truncate in dorsal or ventral view, with short lateral terminal spinules. In lateral view they are somewhat rounded. Both horns are deflected to the left distally, the dorsal somewhat more than the ventral. The lists are heavily and sparingly ribbed and the thecal wall shows no structural differentiation. Length to postmargin of midbody, 125 p; to tip of ventral antapical, 275 p. Stations, 4385, 4711. Its long process and horn are evidently adaptive to the higher temperatures of its habitat. . Triposolenia fatula, sp. nov. Plate 17, Fig. 102. A large species resembling T. ambulatriz with less asymmetry of the spreading antapicals and a constricted region in the anterior part of the neck. The midbody is low triangular in lateral view with nearly straight margins, the posterior longer, and the antero-ventral shorter than the antero-dorsal. The anterior process is long, its length exceeding the altitude of the midbody. The neck is very long and slender and its distal fifth is reduced in dorso-ventral diameter and bent dorsally to a slight extent. Its length is about 0.2 of the total length. The head is spheroidal and relatively small. The antapicals are very long, their length being 4.5 times the altitude of the midbody. They are slightly asymmetrical, the dorsal is slender, does not con- verge or show a sigmoid flexure distally, as does the ventral. The distance between the tips is five times the altitude of the midbody. LDistally the dorsal antapical bends to the left, and the ventral one only slightly at the very end. The tips are truncate and minutely spinulate. The thecal wall is hyaline, structureless, and the collars and lists are heavily but sparingly ribbed. Length to postmargin of midbody, 90 p ; to tip of ventral antapical, 190 p. Station, 4587. — - apne engi aes Fs. Sr ETRE ee KOFOID: NEW SPECIES OF DINOFLAGELLATES. 203 Triposolenia ambulatrix, sp. nov. Plate 4, Fig. 24. A medium-sized species of the 7. bicornis type with both antapical horns deflected dorsally, especially the dorsal one. The midbody is laterally compressed, subtriangular in lateral view with anterior process and antapicals arising from the angles as in 7. bicornis. Its sides are all convex and the anterior process arises abruptly from somewhat squarish shoulders. The head is spheroidal, and the neck long, slender, and convex ventrally. There is a large ventral protuberance about the flagellar pore. The ventral antapical is abruptly deflected postero-dorsally and forms a slight sigmoid curve which is less pronounced distally. Its tip is acute and it is de- flected to the right distally. The dorsal antapical is not bent to form a balanced horn, in reverse, as in 7’. bicornis, but is thrown dorso-posteriorly with a slight anterior convexity. Its tip is truncate and bears two minute spinules. It is deflected to the left distally. There are a few distally located tubercles on the dorsal and ventral margins of the antapicals. Length to postmargin of midbody, 95 » ; to tip of ventral antapical, 165 p. Station, 4711. Histioneis carinata, sp. nov. Plate 16, Fig. 98. Somewhat resembling H. biremis Stein as figured by Murray and Whitting ! in its bird-shaped body, and in the absence of a postero-dorsal prolongation. The anterior collar is less abundantly ribbed, and both it and the posterior one are asymmetrical, being lower at the right end. There is no fin dorsal to the posterior rib. The areoles on the midbody are more numerous, being 11 by 20 to 8 by 15 in H. biremis. There is no ventro-marginal rib in the posterior wing. Length, 90 »; dorso-ventral diameter of midbody, 50 yp. Station, 4724. Histioneis garretti, sp. nov. Plate 16, Fig. 97. A small species resembling H. para Murr. et Whitt. but differing from it in the presence of a fin on the dorsal side of the posterior rib. There are reticu- lations in the basal part of the anterior collar, and along the dorsal ribs of the posterior collar. The ventral and posterior fins are also more or less reticulate. Both collars closed ventrally and dorsally. Length, 63 » ; dorso-ventral diameter, 38 p. Station, 4732. 1 New Peridiniaceae from the Atlantic. Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. Bot., 32, Plate 32, Fig. 6. 204 BULLETIN: MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. Histioneis josephinae, sp. nov. Plate 15, Fig. 91. A large species with deeply concave midbody and broad, subcylindrical, posterior collar as in H. helenae. This species is especially marked by the enormous development of the various wings and by the presence in their pe- ripheral portions of arborescent thickenings which resemble a coral necklace in form. In addition to an enormously developed posterior dorso-ventral wing there is also present a pair of transverse wings arising from the posterior rib, and a great accessory lateral on the left side, the latter as well as the ventral wing being provided with an excessively hyaline outer segment. Each of these wings bears one or several coral-like thickenings at the termination of ribs or in peripheral regions. The most striking development of organs of flotation among the Dinoflagellidia. Length, 115 » ; dorso-ventral diameter, including wings, 80 p. Station, 4699. Histioneis longicollis, sp. nov. Plate 16, Fig. 100. A small species resembling immature stages of H. cymbalaria but differs from it in having a more rotund body, a postero-ventral fin deflected ventrally from the axis and without ventral marginal rib. The posterior collar bears a hyaline list on its anterior margin outside of the rib. Both collars are closed both dorsally and ventrally by hyaline membranes. The body wall is not pitted or reticulated. Length, 70 »; dorso-ventral diameter of body, 24 p. Station, 4711. Histioneis navicula, sp. nov. Plate 16, Fig. 96. A medium-sized species with boat-shaped body resembling that of H. cymbal- aria but longer and more slender. The posterior collar resembles that of H. biremis, but both it and the anterior are complete both dorsally and ventrally, there being no gap in the suture line. The anterior collar is asymmetrical, being shorter along the right margin. This collar is somewhat reticulated and ribbed. The ventral fin has a single ventral and one posterior rib, the latter branching at the tip. Phaeosomes in the anterior chamber. Length, 86 » ; dorso-ventral axis of body, 62 p. Station, 4734. Histioneis paulseni, sp. nov. Plate 15, Fig. 94. A small species related to H. remora. It differs from it in having the body more elongated in the dorso-ventral direction, a wider and relatively shorter KOFOID: NEW SPECIES OF DINOFLAGELLATES. 205 postero-ventral fin, in the absence of reticulations on the fins, and in the presence of a hyaline border on the anterior margin of the posterior collar. Both dorsal and ventral collar clefts in both collars are closed by delicate hyaline membranes. Length, 64 » ; dorso-ventral diameter of body, 33 p. Station, 4711. Histioneis pulchra, sp. nov. Plate 16, Fig. 99. A medium-sized species of the general form of H. mitchellana but differing from it in the character of the reticulations of the wings and collars. In H. pulchra the reticulations are coarse, irregular, and more or less incomplete. They are found on the anterior parts of the two collars, on the posterior part of the ventral, and on the posterior wings. In H. mitchellana the reticulations are fine, delicate, and more or less regular. Length, 135 »; dorso-ventral diameter, 60 p. Station, 4730, 4734, 4742. Histioneis reticulata, sp. nov. Plate 15, Fig. 95. Asmall species resembling H. crateriformis Stein but differing from it in the much lower anterior collar, a higher, more recurved anterior process from the body, in the presence of a subregular polygonal reticulum on parts of the pos- terior collar and on the ventral fins, and in its straight posterior rib. Both ventral fins are relatively low. The left has two ribs, both of which are straight. The middorsal and midventral clefts of the posterior collar are both closed by membranes, the former with five equidistant transverse ribs running across the closing membrane. Length, 115 » ; dorso-ventral diameter, 85 p. Stations, 4699. Ornithocercus carolinae, sp. nov. Plate 15, Fig. 92. A medium-sized species resembling O. magnificus but differing from it in the following particulars: the posterior wing has 12-14, rarely 9-15, light ribs of uniform size evenly distributed without prominent midribs to the marginal and median projections. These ribs are more slender and more numerous than those in 0. magnificus. The anterior collar has numerous (twenty or more) primary ribs, with intercalated secondary and tertiary ones. The right and left ventral wings are in old (?) individuals reticulated. Re- ticulations may also be found in the middorsal region of the posterior collar, at the base of the anterior one, and on the dorsal margin of the posterior wing. Length, 100 »; dorso-ventral diameter, 65 p. Stations, 4719, 4721, 4722, 4724, 4740, 206 BULLETIN : MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. Ornithocercus heteroporus, sp. nov. Plate 12, Fig. 70. A minute species with slightly oblique axis, relatively few ribs in the collar, posterior wing confined to the ventral side of the midbody, with marginal ribs. Pores heterotypical. Midbody rotund, laterally compressed, its length 1.16 times the dorso- ventral and 1.3 times the transverse diameter. Anterior collar flaring with few ribs, reticulated basally. Posterior collar with 8 ribs, a row of coarse reticulations at its base and along the base of the right ventral wing (obsolete in individual figured). Left ventral reticulate at base. Posterior wing con- fined to ventral side with marginal ribs and peripheral seam. Thecal wall porulate with evenly distributed pores, one in 6 or 8 darker than the others, Length, 50 » ; dorso-ventral diameter, including fin, 37 p. Station, 4699. Ornithocercus serratus, sp. nov. Plate 15, Fig. 93. A large species with rounded posterior wing with 4-5 equidistant rounded or acute apices. This species differs from all others in the large number and the regularity of the marginal prominences of the posterior wing, each of which is the termi- nation of a single rib. There is as a rule no marginal connecting rib as often in O. magnificus, steint, and quadratus. The dorsal margin of the posterior wing is more rounded, not angular or squarish as in other species. The ribs are also more regularly spaced, freer from branching and other irregularities, and the posterior wing has less intercostal reticulation. Terminal reticular brushes appear on some individuals at the ends of the ribs. Length, 110-145 » ; dorso-ventral diameter, 95-130 yp. Stations, 4613, 4742. Amphilothus quincuncialis, sp. nov. Plate 1, Fig. 10. A minute species of ellipsoidal form, median girdle, with skeletal elements with quincuncial arrangement in the hypotheca. Body broadly ellipsoidal, its length 1.6 times the transverse diameter. Epitheca and hypotheca subequal. Epitheca a low cone with very constricted blunt apex, its altitude 0.8 of its transdiameter. Hypotheca a low dome with very broadly rounded antapex, its altitude 0.8 times its transdiameter. Girdle 0.1 of the total length in width, nearly median in position, deeply impressed, without lists, horizontal, without displacement. Longitudinal furrow straight, a wide shallow furrow, 0.8 of the length of the body in length, equally extended on the two sides of the girdle. KOFOID: NEW SPECIES OF DINOFLAGELLATES. 207 Skeletal elements superficial, diamond-shaped in hypotheca, 5-6 rows, with primary nodal tubercles and smaller internodal beads and openings in each area, With irregular mesh between pores and margins. In the epitheca there are about 16 subregular meridional ridges with pores between, Length, 33 » ; diameter, 20 p. Anchorage at Panama, surface. Koroip. — New Species of Dinoflagellates, EXPLANATION OF PLATES. All figures have been drawn with camera lucida. They have been drawn in ink for reproduction by Mr. A. B. Streedain from pencil sketches made by Miss KE. J. Rigden, with few exceptions, those designated in the explanations as drawn from life being made by the author. ABBREVIATIONS. a. c., anterior collar. a. l. f., accessory lateral fin. ant., antapex. ap. p., apical pore. arb., arborescent thickening. a. v., anterior valve. car., carina. D., dorsal side. d. ant., dorsal antapical horn. J: p., flagellar pore. h., head. L., left side. l., lens. i. f., longitudinal furrow. l. t. p., left intercalary plate. l. v. f, left ventral fin. mb., midbody. mel., melanosome. n., nucleus. nk., neck. 0. s.. outer segment. p-) pore. p. c., posterior collar. p- can., pore canals. p. f, posterior fin. ph., phaeosomes. p.v., posterior valve. R., right side. rl. f, right lateral fin. r.v. f, right ventral fin. s., suture. sk. el., skeleton elements. sp., spine. th. w., thickened wall. ir. f., transverse furrow. v., ventral side. v. a., ventral area. v. ant., ventral anterior horn. v. f., ventral fin. v. p-, ventral pore. v. pl., ventral plate. Koro. — New Species of Dinoflagellates. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. 1 Se 2S Se ee PLATE &. Prorocentrum curvatum, sp. nov., lateral view. X 565. From life. The same, anterior face. XX 565. Pyrocystis fusiformis, forma biconica, f. nov. 100. Pyrocystis acuta, sp.nov. X 62. Pyrocystis robusta, sp. nov. X 820. Pyrocystis semicircularis (Schroder), lateral view of yoked pair. X 100. Pouchetia panamensis, sp. nov., ventral view. XX 895. From life. Ptychodiscus carinatus, sp. nov., ventral view. X 450. From life. Lateral view of the same. X 450. Amphilothus quincuncialis, sp.nov. Oblique view of right face. X 896. From life. FLAS SAREE RII ALY) ida sth Ni iatcocamti nad tan : *~ » | 3 , s ., bas Fs PORE PB HR PS mana EY ee ee a ee DIN OFLAGELLATES. PL. I. “ALBATROSS” E. PACIFIC EX. Korow. — New Species of Dinoflagellates. Fig. 11. Fig. 12. Fig. 13. Fig. 14. Fig. 15. Fig. 16. PLATE 2. Podolampas reticulata, sp. nov., ventral face. XX 9365. Ceratium pennatum, sp. nov., forma propria, f. nov., ventral face. X 100. Ceratium pennatum forma inflata, f. nov., ventral face. X 100. Ceratium pennatum forma falcata, f. nov., ventral face. X 100. Steiniella inflata, sp. nov., ventral face. X 450. Ceratium ehrenbergi, sp. nov., ventral face. X 450. DINOFLAGELLATES, PL..2: “ALBATROSS” E.. PACIFIC EX. S.del. ~| en o * a J | 4 5 » ve ’ ne ) J , f ‘ 5 Y t fi bi } Pt , te 1 = % oe 3 a Ne a Pi ris : ; s +. ‘s \ | ——— ay —— wae A - a * + . Koro. — New Species of Dinchageliates. Fig. 17. Fig. 18. Fig. 19. Fig. 20. Fig. 21. Fig. 22. Fig. 23. PLATE 3. Ceratium lanceolatum, sp. nov., ventral view. X 935. Ceratium schréteri Schroder, view of dextral face. X 3165. Ventral view of the same. X 315. Ceratium tricarinatum, sp. nov., dorsal view. X 210. Ceratium pacificum Schroder, dorsal view. X 285. Ceratium bigelowi, sp. nov., dorsal view. X 100. Ceratium scapiforme, sp. nov., dorsal view. X 205. DIN OFLAGELLATES, PL. 3. “ALBATROSS’ E, PACIFIC EX, S.del. idAB.s an Bre A Bd, Koror. — New Species of Dinoflagellates. Fig. 24. Fig. 25. Fig. 26. Fig. 27. PLATE 4. Triposolenia ambulatrix, sp. nov., dextral face. X 460. Ceratium dilatata (Karsten), ventral face. X 450. Ceratium axiale, sp. nov., ventral face. xX 450. Ceratium claviger, sp. nov., ventral face. XX 285. From life. “ALBATROSS’ E. PACIFIC EX. DINOFLAGELLATE 3, PL. 4. C.AK. E.J.RandAB.S.del. Kororp. — New Species of Dinoflagellates. Fig. 28. Fig. 29. Fig. 30. Fig. 31. Fig. 32. Fig. 33. Fig. 34. PLATE 5. Peridinium grande, sp. nov., dorsal face. X 450. Peridinium murrayi, sp. nov., ventral face. > 295. From life. Peridinium fatulipes, sp. nov., ventral face. XX 565. Peridinium latissimum, sp. nov., ventral face. X 295. From life. Same, diagrammatic apical view. XX 295. Peridinium longispinum, sp. nov., dorsal face. X 450. Peridinium tenuissimum, sp. nov., ventral face. XX 450. BB) “ALBATROSS’ E.. PACIFIC EX. DINOFLAGELLATES, PL. 5. Yy USA OY. FAS O. FA ED ue, 8 Za eS, === 3 =; he = ona NA SS Lhijpys~a a EES if = SB il — CF eS AAs heat = Ie WN sas C.AK., E.J.RandAB.S.del. = Ss Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Kororp. — New Species of Dinoflagellates. PLATE 6. Heterodinium agassizi, sp. nov., ventral face. X 450. Heterodinium expansum, sp. nov., ventral face. X 565 Heterodinium gesticulatum, sp. nov., forma typica, f. nov., ventral face. x 440. Heterodinium gesticulatum, sp. nov., forma extrema, f. nov., ventral face. x 460. Heterodinium gesticulatum, sp. nov., forma mediocris, f. nov., ventral face x 450. Heterodinium gesticulatum, sp. nov., forma deformata, f. nov., dorsal face. x 450. | - \ MmLSATROSS F PACIFIC EX. DINOFLAGELLATES, PL. 6. AOL: (08050 (ep Odes CEI ago: Toe Koror. — New Species of Dinoflagellates. PLATE 7. Fig. 41. Heterodinium praetextum, sp. nov., dorsal face. X 405. Fig. 42. Heterodinium hindmarchi forma maculata, f. nov., ventral face. X 405. Fig. 48. Heterodinium calvum, sp. nov., ventral face. X 405. Fig. 44. Heterodinium longum, sp. nov., ventral face. X 4065. Fig. 45. Heterodinium fides, sp. nov., dorsal face. X 405. Fig. 46. Heterodinium laticinctum, sp. nov., view of right side. X 4065. | [ } 5 ce so - a ee ‘ALBATROSS’ E.. PACIFIC Ex. DINOFLAGELLATES, PL. 7 . ALA a . as = STR E.J.RandAB.S.del. aH * 4 E : fy = a P , : ~ 4 Kororb. — New Species of Dinodageilates. Fig. 47. Fig. 48. Fig. 49. Fig. 50. Fig. 51. PLATE 8. Heterodinium fenestratum, sp. nov., ventral face. x 840. Heterodinium curvatum, sp. nov., ventral face. X 840. Heterodinium superbum, sp. nov., ventral face. > 840. Heterodinium obesum, sp. nov., ventral face. X 840. Heterodinium globosum, sp. nov., ventral face. X 840. DINOFLAGELLATES, PL. 8. E.J.RandAB.S.del. = = Ges ¢) gy a List r 4 Ce v \ *f . j bile? eee j / . * . ‘ y Koro. — New Species of Dinoflagellates, Fig. 52. Fig. 53. Fig. 54. Fig. 55. Fig. 56. Fig. 57. Fig. 58. PLATE 9. Centrodinium elongatum, sp. nov., left face. > 450. Centrodinium deflexum, sp. nov., ventral view. X 450. Same, left face. 450. Murrayella rotundata, sp. nov., view of right face. X 442, Murrayella globosa, sp. nov., ventral face. XX 935. Murrayella spinosa, sp. nov., ventral face. XX 935. Murrayella punctata (Cleve), ventral face. X 935. “ALBATROSS’ E.. PACIFIC Ex. DIN OFLAGELLATES, PL. 9. C.AK, E.J.RandAB.S.del. oe | ee Koror. — New Species of Dinoflagellates. Fig. 59. Fig. 60. Fig. 61. Fig. 62. Fig. 65. Fig. 64. Fig. 65. PLATE 10. Oxytoxum gigas, sp. nov., ventral face. XX 450. Oxytoxum turbo, sp. nov., ventral face. > 935, Oxytoxum curvicaudatum, sp. nov., sinistralface. X 442. From life. Oxytoxum subulatum, sp. nov., dextral face. XX 565. Oxytoxum compressum, sp. nov., oblique view of sinistral face. X< 442. From life. Oxytoxum cristatum, sp. nov., sinistral face. > 442. From life. Oxytoxum challengeroides, sp. nov., ventral view, reticulations shown only on midventral postcingular plate. x 935. Sean aie eet ~6'A™ » a $s zt 4 ¥, ¢ -_ ne v ¥ OS ARES coe DINOFLAGELLATES, PL. 10. CAK, E.J.RandAB.S.del. A. tees x =. : iH 6 i. ‘ ' . ' 4 . ' \d cy Koro. — New Species of Dinoflagellates. PLATE 11. Fig. 66. Acanthodinium spinosum, sp. nov., ventral view. 985, Fig. 67. Acanthodinium caryophyllum, sp. nov., ventral view. X 935. mLeBATROSS EH, PACIFIC Ex. DINOFLAGELLATES, PL. II. E.J.RandAB. S.del. Swine, | - be ; 7 D Kororp. — New Species of Dinoflagellates. Fig. 68. Fig. 69. Fig. 70. Fig. 71. Fig. 72. Fig. 73. Fig. 74. PLATE 12. Phalacroma ultima, sp. nov., dextral view. > 935. Phalacroma lenticula, sp. nov , dextral face. X 450. Reticulations only partially shown. ' Ornithocercus heteroporus, sp. nov., dextral face. X 935. Protoceratium areolatum, sp. nov., sinistro-ventral view. XX 936. Phalacroma reticulata, sp. nov., dextral face. X 450. Phalaeroma striata, sp. nov., sinistral face. XX 387. Dinophysis triacantha, sp. nov., dextral face. X 700. “ALBATROSS’ E. PACIFIC Ex. DINOFLAGELLATES. Pt, 12 SS. 4 iif Saas Wy AS ST WZ Nive eee Ey a Lz s MITT QU 777 ITLL = F.J.RandAB. S.del. Koro. — New Species of Dinoflagellates. Fig. 75. Fig. 76. Fig; 77; Fig. 78. Fig. 79. Fig. 80. Fig. 81. Fig. 82. PLATE 13. Amphisolenia quinquecauda, sp. nov., dextral face. X 100. Amphisolenia asymmetrica, sp. nov., dextral face. X 100. Amphisolenia projecta, sp. nov., dextral face. X 450. From life. Amphisolenia extensa, sp. nov., dextral face. X 100. Amphisolenia brevicauda, sp. nov., dextral face. X 450. Amphisolenia laticincta, sp. nov., dextral face. X 450. Amphisolenia schroederi, sp. nov., dextral face. X 300. Amphisolenia dolichocephalica, sp. nov., dextral face. X 100. DINOFLAGELLATES, PL. 13. “ALBATROSS’ E. PACIFIC EX. E.J.RandAB.S,del. a) tanae Ce Koro. — New Species of Dinoflagellates. Fig. 83. Fig. 84. Fig. 85. Fig. 86. Fig. 87. Fig. 88. Fig. 89. Fig. 90. PLATE 14. Amphisolenia rectangulata, sp. nov., dextral face. X 200. Amphisolenia palaeotheroides, sp. nov., dextral face. X 208. Amphisolenia bispinosa, sp. nov., dextral face. X 200. Amphisolenia quadrispina, sp. nov., dextral face. X 200. Amphisolenia curvata, sp. nov., dextral face. X 200. Amphisolenia lemmermanni, sp. nov., dextral face. X 200. Same, ventral view of antapex. X 200. Amphisolenia clavipes, sp. nov., ventral view. xX 450. ‘ALBATROSS’ E.. PACIFIC Ex. DIN OFLAGELLATES, PL. 14. E.J.RandAB.S.del. me Rarer a A Ok ra Te i i fl by oie tee, : ad 4 y ta TO ig? + I A eae Ti) dn ry 1s . “4 . "¢ ¥ y | i . 7 = J 7 ; > ) 1 ade a Koro. — New Species of Dinoflagellates. Fig. 91. Fig. 92. Fig. 93. Fig. 94. Fig. 95. PLATE 15. Histioneis josephinae, sp. nov., dextral face. X 840. Ornithocercus carolinae, sp. nov., dextral face. XX 586. Ornithocercus serratus, sp. nov., dextral face. X 450. Histioneis paulseni, sp. nov., dextral face. X 840. Histioneis reticulata, sp. nov., dextral face. > 840. SU BATROSS E, PACIFIC EX. DIN OFLAGELLATES, PL. 19. ~ ie so : me x ‘ Perens YE ee neo Vi ‘WZ \ TAINS WE \ EERE ZAR S QO90 HOO AF o (OMOAEO) Oy Ck C.AK.E.J.RandAB.S.del. y bend “ = a = aed : ; < { : —— a a i ay : Kororp. — New Species of Dinoflagellates. Fig. 96. Fig. 97. Fig. 98. Fig. 99. Fig. 100. PLATE 16. Histioneis navicula, sp. nov., dextral face. X 840. Histioneis garretti, sp. nov., dextral face. X 840. Histioneis carinata, sp. nov., dextral face. X 840. Histioneis pulchra, sp. nov., dextral face. X 840. Histioneis longicollis, sp. nov., dextral face. X 840. DIN OFLAGELLATES, PL. 16. “ALBATROSS’ E. PACIFIC EX. CIOS oS le) ree Oo OSS S: S 98 Beat} oo io cj aes LOWS) Bere. ; oy Is randAB.S.del. AK, ET. Kororp. — New Species of Dinoflagellates. PLATE 17. Fig.101. Triposolenia longicornis, sp. nov., view of right face. X 505. Fig. 102. Triposolenia futula, sp. nov., view of right face. X 505. “ALBATROSS’ E. PACIFIC Ex. DIN OFLAGELLATES, PL. 17 f) 4 fl ff p Hy pd fy) | 102 E.J.RandAB.S.del. be 4) oa F ay i | 4 es , ce . + i ro At : , wy - , wa ” 4 Ag 3 3 7 . ; : i 4) y f : - . : q By . ad x a! * - ‘4 > " . » a 4 ‘a a - é . ‘ : aaa ~ my G : . ~~ i 7 a. ot ° Om Koror — New Species of Dinoflagellates. PLATE 18. Map showing position of the stations occupied by the “ Albatross” during the cruise in the Eastern Pacific in 1904-1905. STATIONS A587 R GUATEMAL . BASIN $607 o— ; cA LM a x GALAPAGOS IS REFERENCE Bulletin of the Museum of Comparative Zodlogy AT HARVARD COLLEGE. Vou. La No. T. MYLOSTOMID DENTITION. By C. R. EastMan. Witu ONE PLATE. CAMBRIDGE, MASS., U.S. A.: PRINTED FOR THE MUSEUM. Fresruary, 1907. No. 7.— Mylostomid Dentition. By C, R. Eastman, THE reconstruction of the Mylostomid type of dentition acquires sig- nificance through its relevancy to the larger question of the affinities of Arthrodires. Nature has not disclosed to us by direct evidence the manner in which upper and lower dental plates of Mylostomids functioned against one another during life. The disposition of the various parts must therefore be determined by indirect means, such as by observing evidence of co-adaptation, mutual contact and wear, and, so far as may be, through analogy with related forms. In reality the problem is a simple one, devoid of mystery and intricacy, and requiring little mechanical ingenuity for its solution and complete verification. Of trivial intrinsic importance, its solution promises enlightenment as to the relations of the perplexing group of Arthrodires. A matter of minor interest in itself, it determines consequences of real magnitude, and hence is worthy of thoughtful consideration. It is proposed in the following pages to examine into the general nature of the problem, the different solutions that have been proposed for it, and some of the consequences depending thereon. The limiting conditions of the problem may be stated first. Mylosto- mids are known upon the evidence of two fairly well-preserved skeletons to be Arthrodiran fishes essentially like Dinichthys, except that their den- tition is adapted for crushing instead of cutting. The two specimens re- ferred to are the only ones thus far discovered which present us with the disarranged but nearly complete dentition of single individuals. The fact that in each case the dental elements are known positively to have belonged to a single individual not only facilitates their reconstruction, but furnishes a scale of relative proportions which may be presumed to hold constant throughout the species. ‘Thus provided with a standard of comparison, we may select from a sufficiently large assortment of detached plates the necessary components of a complete dentition, all of whose parts shall be proportionate with respect to one another, and shall have precisely the same conformation as those known to have been associated in a single mouth. Or, given a detached mandible of the same configuration as those found in natural assemblage with other parts, Al bs BULLETIN: MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. the size of the upper dental plates which must have accompanied it during life can be predicted with entire accuracy. Experience having shown that all of the dissociated dental elements now known, upper and lower, exhibit among themselves practically uniform dimensions and uniform conformation, one is entitled to con- clude therefrom that they represent average-sized individuals, and that the elements were arranged after an invariable pattern. For, supposing their disposition to have been inconstant, we should be at a loss to account for their marked regularity of form and proportion, and similar indications of wear. Hence any theoretical reconstruction of the den- tition, whether based upon detached specimens or upon the evidence of naturally associated parts, must satisfy the test of totality. It must apply universally, not only to such plates as are known to have belonged to a single individual, but to all those that have been found in the detached condition as well; it must be compatible with all their essential features, and be negatived by none of them. It may be that only one, or more than one theoretical reconstruction of the dentition is competent to explain all the observed facts. As between two rival hypotheses, that one may be regarded as the more plausible which is mechanically simple, free from anomalous supposi- tions, and in harmony with analogy. An hypothesis which is mechan- ically complicated, presupposes anomalous conditions, and violates analogy, is less worthy of credence. For in so far as it depends upon the assumption of the unique, of something for which nature affords no parallel, it becomes improbable ; and the improbable is always to be distrusted. Speaking broadly, any hypothesis whatsoever has the ele- ments of trustworthiness, provided it can be shown to agree with a number of diverse facts. The greater number of diverse facts with which it agrees, the more completely can it be verified. When many circumstances point toward a single conclusion, the chances of that conclusion being correct are enormously increased with each additional favoring circumstance. They might even be supposed to increase in geometrical rather than in arithmetical ratio. Finally, an hypothesis that is found to agree entirely with observed facts cannot but be believed to be true. It will be instructive to inquire how far either of the two extant interpretations of Mylostomid dentition are in accordance with observed facts. Newserry’s Views. — Our earliest information regarding the Mylos- tomid type of dentition is due to the zeal and acumen of Professor J. 8. Newberry, who described the constituent elements of the type species, SO Se AE NINE ng Tie EASTMAN : MYLOSTOMID DENTITION. 21e M. variabdile, and also founded a second species, M. terrelli, upon the evi- dence of a solitary mandibular plate. He noted the general correspon- dence between the Mylostomid and Dinichthyid type of mandible, and observed that the former occurred together with two distinct varieties of “flattened tabular dental plates . . . exhibiting the same microscopic structure,” which were properly referred to the upper dentition of the same species. He made no effectual attempt, however, to work out the arrangement of the pavement teeth, merely observing that their “ sides are straight or bevelled, apparently for co-adaptation, and by this char- acter favor the conclusion that the dentition consisted of many pairs of plates, constituting a tesselated pavement ; the crowns of the teeth below being convex, those above concave.”! The front margin of the mandibular plates was also considered by this author to show evidence of co-adaptation with other dental structures ; and in order to satisfy the hypothetical requirements thus created, a pair of “ premandibular ” ele- ments was not only postulated by him, but two specimens figured in his monograph ? were actually referred to this position, albeit with some reservation. We will return later on to a discussion of these so-called “‘ premandibular ” plates, under a separate heading. Newberry’s investigations of Mylostoma served to acquaint us in all, as he supposed, with four pairs of dental structure, one of which was correctly identified as belonging to the lower, and two to the upper jaw, while the position of the fourth was acknowledged to be uncertain. His reasons for referring these various pairs to a single species are that they were found to occur together, and to exhibit identical structure and surface markings. The circumstances of their discovery are not related in detail, but it is significant that all specimens of Mylostoma known to Newberry, excepting the type of JM. fterrelli, were obtained by one collector from a single horizon and locality, namely, the Cleveland shale of Sheffield, Ohio. Newberry’s suggestion that several pairs of plates besides these four took part in the complete dentition, and that the upper series formed a tesselated pavement, shows that he had only a vague and illusory idea of their arrangement. He even confused the right and left mandibular plates. His work was essentially that of a pioneer, and as such is praiseworthy, although necessarily imperfect. It was at Dr. Theodore Gill’s suggestion that he undertook the first comparisons hetween the dentition of Arthrodires and Dipnoans, the 1 Newberry, J.S., The Palaeozoic Fishes of North America. Monogr. U. S. G.S., 16 (1889), p. 166. 2 Ibid., p. 161, 165, Plate 16, Fig. 4. 214 BULLETIN: MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. former’s ideas as to the relations of Homosteus having been published as early as 1872. ~ Figure A. Outline sketch showing the position in which the constituent parts of the dentition were embedded with respect to the headshield in the block of shale containing the single individual of Mylostoma variabile juv. Museum Comp. Zool. (Cat. 1490); Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. (Cat. 7526). x4. (After Dean.) Dean’s InTERPRETATION. — To Professor Bashford Dean belongs the credit of having attempted the first serious and thorough-going restoration EASTMAN: MYLOSTOMID DENTITION. 215 of the dental apparatus of Mylostoma, his interest in the problem having been aroused by the discovery of a well-preserved skeleton of M. varza- bile, the various parts of which obviously belonged to a single individual. This specimen presented for examination the flattened headshield, some half-dozen plates of the abdominal armor, both mandibles, and two pairs of crushing dental plates, all embedded in close proximity to one another in a single block of shale. There were no indications, however, of the presence of a fourth pair of dental elements, corresponding to the so- called ‘premandibular teeth” of Newberry, and these latter do not enter into Dean’s reconstruction. As will be seen from Figure A, which is copied from Dean, the two mandibular rami were found lying nearly parallel to each other in close Ficure B. Restoration of the complete dentition of Mylostoma, based upon the single individual of M. variabile shown in Figure A. The length of the mandibular dental plate is slightly exaggerated in the outline here shown. X 3. (After Dean). proximity to the headshield, and at no great distance from the sepa- rated halves of the palatal dentition. The two plates interpreted by Dean as belonging to the right-hand side of the palate are in direct apposition with each other, their contact edges being in remarkably close adjustment. These circumstances, the fact that the two right- hand palatal plates remain together while the corresponding left-hand plates have become separated, and the fact that their opposed edges show almost perfect co-adaptation, are held by Dean to point irresist- ibly to the conclusion that the elements in question have preserved their natural arrangement with respect to each other.’ It is not demon- strated by the author, but merely considered as extremely probable that 1 Dean, B., Palaeontological Notes. Mem.N. Y. Acad. Sci., 1901, 2, p. 104. 216 BULLETIN: MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. the relations of these plates have not been disturbed; and this inference is made by him the determining factor of his restoration (Fig. B), the starting-point of his theory of rotary jaw-movements, and the key-note to a novel interpretation of Arthrodires. One perceives, accordingly, that extremely weighty conclusions depend upon Dean’s initial assump- tion, the truth or error of which requires to be demonstrated. Sufhi- cient reason for distrusting its correctness is found in the improbability of the conclusions resting upon it, the more important of which are contrary to analogy. We may therefore profitably inquire into the reasonableness of the author’s initial assumption, and ascertain, if possible, to what extent it invites confidence. The one clearly demonstrable feature of the single specimen of Mylostoma studied by Dean is that the right and left halves of the palatal dentition have become separated ; and that, although the com- ponents of either half remain in association, they are dissimilarly oriented. This state of affairs permits of three possible explanations, which may be stated as follows : — 1. The two right-hand palatal plates have preserved their natural orientation with respect to each other, and the two left-hand plates alone have become disarranged. 2. The two left-hand palatal plates retain their natural orientation with respect to each other, and the two right-hand plates have become disarranged. 3. The components of both halves of the palatal dentition have become turned about, so that none of them any longer occupy their original position with respect to one another. Circumstantial evidence is our only resource for determining which one of these conclusions is correct. A strong point in favor of the first is the neat adjustment between the contact edges of the plates, which are preserved in direct apposition. At the same time, the close fit observed between the two nearly straight edges cannot be regarded as really decisive proof, owing to the possibility of its being the result of chance. The two right-hand palatal plates may or may not be retained in natural position ; the only test that can be absolutely relied on for determining their arrangement, the real experimentum crucis, consists in bringing the functional surfaces of the two upper dental plates into harmonious adjustment with the mandibular, so that a number of diverse features of both upper and lower dental plates shall stand in reciprocal relations. When tubercles are found to fit into grooves or pits, eminences into depressions, and marks of wear to coin- EASTMAN: MYLOSTOMID DENTITION. ARE | cide at all points we have evidently found the true arrangement ; since only in this manner could the parts have interacted during life. Appli- cation of this test to the single individual of Mylostoma we are considering, and also to an extended series of detached plates, shows that Dean’s reconstruction fails to explain all the facts, and only ex- plains some of them by positing anomalous, and pro tanto improbable conditions. In a word, the arrangement is unable to satisfy the test of totality. It is, therefore, inadequate, and the initial assumption upon which it is based must be regarded as erroneous. The principal objections to Dean’s reconstruction may be thus summarized : — 1. The proposed arrangement necessitates the assumption of jaw- movements in Arthrodires which are unparalleled amongst Chordates. 2. No close analogy is suggested by this arrangement with the dentition of related forms. | 3. Some conspicuous indications of wear, the position of which is constant in all plates thus far brought to light, are wholly unaccounted for by this arrangement. 4, According to this arrangement, the marginal contours of upper and lower dental plates do not coincide. A considerable portion of the oral surface of all the plates is left uncovered when the jaws are closed, even including areas which show indications of wear. 5. One of the two palatal plates found lying in apposition in the nearly complete example of Mylostoma (the one called “premaxillary ” by Dean) is observed to present a worn surface immediately adjoining the contact margin with the so-called “ maxillary ” element. The latter, however, is unworn along the contact margin, but is raised there into a prominent ridge. Supposing these plates to have been naturally in contact, they must needs exhibit similar evidence of attrition along their common margin ; since they do not, they must have been arranged in some other manner. 6. The only strictly linear margins of any of the plates are not in contact with each other, nor are the members of either pair in direct apposition along the median line. Eastman’s Inrerpretation. —The arrangement proposed by the present writer was first established upon the evidence of detached plates, which were fitted together conformably to the marginal contours of upper and lower dentition, and in such manner as to account at all points for reciprocal marks of wear. Its efficiency was afterwards tested by applying the same arrangement to the single example of Mylostoma 218 BULLETIN: MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. studied by Dean. The two left-hand palatal plates being removable from the specimen, they were rearranged in the prescribed manner, and their oral surfaces fitted against the mandibular dental plate. The experiment was also repeated with the aid of plaster casts of the two right-hand palatal plates, which were not removable, and in both cases the new arrangement was found competent to explain all the facts in thoroughly satisfactory manner. Its effectiveness will be readily under- stood from inspection of Figure C, drawn from the original specimens, and from the following discussion of details. Figure C. Proposed reconstruction of Mylostomid dentition, based upon the originals shown in preced- ing text-figures. X }. We have already stated that the juxtaposition of dental plates in the nearly complete example of Mylostoma is such as to admit of three possible conclusions, only one of which can be true. The new arrange- ment proceeds to test, and afterwards to affirm the correctness of the second of these conclusions, which are here restated for sake of clearness. 1. The two right-hand palatal plates are retained in their natural position with respect to each other. (Disproved.) 2. The two left-hand palatal plates are naturally oriented with re- EASTMAN: MYLOSTOMID DENTITION. 219 spect to each other, and the two right-hand plates have become dis- arranged. 3. None of the palatal plates retain their natural position with respect to one another. By orienting the two right-hand plates in corresponding fashion to the two left-hand, and then approximating the disjoined halves of the dentition, a symmetrical pattern is formed, such as is shown in Figure C, and repeated in Plate 1. An obvious feature of this arrangement is that the only elongate linear margin of any of the plates is directed parallel to the median line, and it is along this line that the paired elements having a single straight margin are mutually in contact. The evidence of co-adaptation presented in this respect is sufficiently striking, and it will be at once recalled that analogous conditions are found in various types of Dipnoan dentition. We have now to apply the most crucial test open to us with the means at our command. It consists in bringing the functional surfaces of mandibular and palatal plates together and observing the extent of their mutual correspondence. Immediately this is done it becomes patent that a close coincidence exists between the contour lines of upper and lower dentition ; the jaw-parts fit together as accurately as may be when the mouth is closed, and their impact is exactly such as is capable of producing the observed marks of wear. The triturating areas that were left uncovered in the preceding restoration (Fig. B) are now brought into much closer adjustment above and below, the contrast presented by Figure C in this respect being self-evident. It thus appears that the fourth in the list of objections to Dean’s arrangement (v. p. 217) is inapplicable in the present instance. Amongst other constant features of the anterior pair of palatal plates are to be noted the following: The linear inner (ental) margin is elevated into a distinct ridge, which increases in height and breadth in the vicinity of the antero-internal angle of the plate, where it shows evidence of attrition. The marks of wear extend not only along the side of this ridge, but also over the concave surface of the plate immedi- ately adjacent to it. The summit of the elongate, mesially placed tubercle is worn, and the sunken area in advance of this, extending as far as the antero-external angle is the most conspicuously worn of all. This concavity is particularly well displayed in the detached specimens figured by the writer in Bulletin Mus. Comp. Zodl., 50, no. 1, Plate 1, Figures 2, 3. Now, the significance of all these features becomes apparent when the functional surface of the plate in question is applied 220 BULLETIN: MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. against the mandibular in the manner already described. On bringing the two surfaces together, all marks of wear observable in the anterior palatal plate are seen to coincide with similar worn areas of the opposing plate, thus fully disclosing their mutual relations. The ental margin of the mandibular plate fits just within and against the side of the ental ridge of the palatal plate, and closes against the thickest and highest portion of the ridge near the antero-internal angle, where both plates are deeply worn. ‘The ectal rim of the mandible fits accurately into the broad and deeply worn concavity of the palatal plate, the surface of the one being a faithful replica of the other, and the relations between them being comparable to those of a die-stamp. The extremely prominent bifid eminence which rises midway the length of the mandibular plate along its ental margin functions within the depressed posterior surface of the palatal, and the longitudinal cleft by which the eminence is divided embraces the elongate, mesially placed, and longitudinally directed tubercle of the palatal plate, whose summit fits into a shallow groove of the mandibular plate. Thus an inter- relationship between all the parts is demonstrable, which must faith- fully indicate their natural arrangement, since no other is capable of producing the observed effects. Having ascertained the relations of the anterior palatal plates, it is an easy task to bring the hinder one into adjustment with it and with the remaining portion of the lower dentition. The posterior palatal plate may be described as approximately cordi- form, or subtriangular. Not more than two of its borders are straight or slightly concave, the third being profoundly indented, and for that reason incapable of direct contact with the preceding element. The contact margin must therefore have been formed by one or the other of the nearly linear sides, and by experimenting with them in connection with the two plates whose relations have already been determined, it is readily perceived which one of these sides permits of harmonious adjustment. The pointed anterior extremity of the plate we are now considering adapts itself regularly to the outer contour line of the man- dible; its worn centrally placed tubercle fits into a depression of the lower plate; and its marginally situated tubercle closes just back of the elevated prominence of the mandibular plate, playing into a declivity that occurs on the inner face of the latter. The surface irregularities of both plates, together with all their indications of wear, are thus fully accounted for by this arrangement. Noteworthy also is the fact that precisely similar relations obtain in Dinomylostoma, where the orien- | | lis ho DE Me, CEFN EAS EASTMAN : MYLOSTOMID DENTITION. 221. tation of the posterior palatal plates is determined with absolute accu- racy. Another point confirmatory of the new arrangement is that in the nearly complete example of Mylostoma (Fig. A), the posterior pair of palatal plates occurs symmetrically oriented with reference to the median line. From this it is evident that the only one of the four palatal plates whose position has been disturbed, aside from lateral displacement, is the right anterior. The present reconstruction of the palatal dentition of Mylostoma thus provides a consistent explanation of all observed facts, and is at variance with none of them. It is free from theoretical objections, is in harmony with analogy, both with Dinichthys and Ceratodonts, and is applicable to all specimens thus far discovered, whether found in the detached or associated condition. Its correctness may therefore be regarded as definitely proved. Up to the present point the discussion has been purposely restricted to the palatal and mandibular dental plates. Concerning those structures interpreted by Newberry as “preman- dibular,’”’ and by the present writer in earlier papers as ‘‘ vomerine ” teeth, it is now necessary to speak more particularly. I purpose showing that the three known specimens which have received this designation do not belong to the type species of Mylostoma, but to a smaller, very distinct form, presently to be described under the name M. newberryt. Moreover, the specimens in question are no longer interpreted as vomerine, but as mandibular plates which have become accidentally dissociated from their supporting splenials, or from the greater part of these bones. The presence of vomerine teeth in Mylostoma is therefore not yet demonstrable by any positive evidence that has come to light, although their potential occurrence is to be inferred from analogy with Dinomylostoma and Coccosteans generally. InpicaTions oF A New Species or Myrtostoma. — As already stated, Newberry was of the opinion that the lower dentition of Mylostoma consisted of at least two pairs of dental plates, mandibular and ‘“ preman- dibular,” opposed to which in the upper jaw was a “ tesselated pavement consisting of many pairs of plates.” Bashford Dean was enabled to show that the upper pavement dentition was made up of two pairs of plates only, against which functioned the single mandibular pair. In the nearly complete example of MZ. variabile studied by this author no trace was observed of yet another fourth pair of dental structures, cor- responding to those named premandibular by Newberry, and vomerine by the present writer.. The originals of Newberry’s figures do not enter 292 BULLETIN: MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. into Dean’s restoration of the Mylostomid dentition, nor is their exist- ence mentioned. As a matter of fact, the actual specimens had been lost sight of for many years, and in the absence of satisfactory illustra- tions it was difficult to hazard a conjecture as to their nature. Without having studied the originals, no one could have concluded that they had suffered such injury as to obscure their real nature, nor could any good reason be assigned for excluding them from association with the type species of Mylostoma. By a fortunate chance the original pair of Newberry’s so-called “ pre- mandibular teeth” have been preserved intact in the Museum of Oberlin College, where they were overlooked until recently. Being recog- nized by Dr. Hussakof, after searching various collections, they were loaned to him and subsequently placed in the hands of the present writer for purpose of further study and description. Grateful acknowl- edgments are hereby rendered to the writer’s colleagues in New York and Oberlin for having thus provided an opportunity for the following observations. Comparison of the original pair of dental elements figured in Plate 16, Figure 4, of Newberry’s Monograph with the lower dental plates of Mylos- toma, especially those of the single individual of J. variabile described by Dean, leaves no room for doubt that they are of similar nature. We have not to do with integral paired structures representing a distinct element, but with a fractured pair of mandibles belonging to a new species of Mylostoma. The inferior aspect in particular of Newberry’s originals displays the usual conformation of grooves, ridges, and hollows with which we are familiar in Mylostomid mandibles. One of these grooves is extremely characteristic of the Arthrodiran type of mandible, always occupying the same position, and from its similarity to a corre- sponding groove in modern Dipneumoni, has been interpreted as serving to lodge remnants of the Meckelian cartilage. The line of fracture along which the posterior shaft of the splenial has been broken off is irregular, even ragged in places, and so obviously the result of injury that it is surprising Newberry should not have noticed it. Curiously enough, in the case of the solitary known specimen agreeing with the typical pair, the same which we have previously called ‘‘ vomerine,” signs of injury are scarcely to be perceived, and would seem to have become almost wholly obliterated by post-mortem attrition. Yet it follows by implica- tion that the Cambridge specimen has likewise suffered the loss of the supporting splenial. There can be no question that the Oberlin pair of mandibular plates EASTMAN: MYLOSTOMID DENTITION. 233 belonged to a single individual. This is shown by their almost perfect symmetry, similar texture, equal extent of wear, and especially by the evi- dence of co-adaptation along their linear inner margins, where they were in contact along the median line. The indications of a rigid cartilaginous union at the symphysis are of an even more positive character than in Ptyctodonts, for in these plates the contact line is more extended, and the adjustment along the vertical inner face more accurate. On bring- ing these surfaces into adjustment, it is easy to see from the alignment of the splenial portions that the angle subtended by the mandibular rami must have been very narrow. The pointed form of the plates in front leads also to the conclusion that the head was sharp-snouted, slender, and elongate, indicating a creature adapted for rapid motion, and possibly one having an eel-like form of body. A marked feature of the mandibular plates as compared with those of the type species of Mylostoma is the narrowness of their functional surface, with tapering forward extremities, a character by which the new form is readily distinguished from all other Mylostomids. The trit- urating surface is moderately convex, and displays the usual tubercle along the inner margin, although this is less elevated than in other species, and is more distinctly separated from the posterior portion of the plate by a deep sinus. This is the concavity referred to in New- berry’s description, where it is suggested that the posterior margin of the “premandibular” plates is “ obliquely notched, apparently to receive the obtuse points of the larger teeth.” In addition to the main eminence along the inner margin, faint indications are visible in the Cambridge specimen of two or three rows of smaller tubercles, radi- ating outwards in a manner strikingly suggestive of Ctenodipterine teeth. Similar markings were no doubt present in the Oberlin examples as well, but have become obliterated by wear. Their larger size and more worn condition suggest that they pertained to an older individual than that represented by the Cambridge specimen (M. C. Z., Cat. no. 1439). The form of all three strongly recalls Ctenodipterine conditions, and it is probable that the resemblance extended to the upper dental plates as well. They were no doubt attenuated anteriorly in corresponding fashion with the mandibular plates, their oral surfaces were regularly concave and very possibly tuberculated, and it would not be at all surprising if the two pairs of upper dental plates common to other Mylostomids were in this species fused into one. This would give rise to a compact triangular- shaped plate, closely paralleling those of typical Dipnoans. The new species may appropriately be named in honor of the memory 224 BULLETIN: MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. of Professor Newberry. Its principal characters are summed up in the following definition. Mylostoma newberryi, sp. nov. Fig. D. 1889. Mylostoma variabilis Newberry, Mon. U. S. Geol. Surv. 16, p. 165, plate 16, fig. 4 (non figs. 1-3). 1906. Mylostoma variabile Eastman, Bull. Mus. Com. Zool., 50, p. 22, plate 1, fig. 7 (non figs. 1-5, 8-9). : . ee ee ee a a ee en Fieure D. Mylostoma newberryi, sp. nov. Cleveland shale; near Sheffield, Ohio. Above, the original pair of Newberry’s so-called ‘‘ premandibular teeth,’’ here interpreted as mandibular (Oberlin Museum Cat. 1802). Below, a smaller left mandibular plate (Museum of Comparative Zoology Cat. 1439). x 4. An imperfectly known species, established upon the evidence of mandibular dental plates which have become accidentally dissociated from their supporting EASTMAN: MYLOSTOMID DENTITION, 225 splenials. Functional surface moderately convex, of narrow, subtriangular outline, tapering and acutely pointed in front, with elongated linear inner margin showing distinct evidence of coadaptation along the median line, and notched posteriorly in the vicinity of the single rounded eminence into which the ridge along the inner margin gradually rises. Adjacent to this eminence are to be seen in unworn specimens a few rows of small rounded tubercles, radiating outwards, but tending to become obliterated by use, and the larger eminence tending also to become worn down. Oral surface sloping gradually towards the bevelled external margin, but falling precipitately along the inner and posterior borders. Under surface displaying the characteristic ridges and depressions of Mylostomids, besides the usual groove for lodging remnants of the Meckelian cartilage. Jaw-angle acute, indicating a very slender, possibly anguilliform body. Homo.ociss or Mytostomip Drentat Pirates. — Throughout the fore- going section we have employed the term “ palatal plates” merely as a convenient designation for the paired elements forming the upper pave- ment dentition of Mylostomids, without having precisely indicated their relations to other forms of crushing dentition. Newberry may possibly have assumed, although his writings nowhere indicate it, that these plates are homologous with the dental elements in the upper jaw of Dinichthys and other Arthrodires. He did, however, point out their obvious resemblance to the single pair of upper dental plates in Cerato- donts, his remarks on this subject being as follows :? “The resemblance of the teeth which I have supposed formed the roof of the mouth to those of Ceratodus will strike any one who examines them, and no closer analogy suggests itself in the whole range of ichthyic dentition. There is, however, this marked difference, that while in Ceratodus there is only one pair of dentary [7. e., dental] plates borne on the palato-pterygoid bones, in Mylostoma there were certainly several pairs of pavement teeth in the roof of the mouth. The spatulate bones which form the supports of the principal dental plates of the lower jaw evidently represent the thin, flat- tened, smooth, and once buried posterior end of the dentary bone [= splenial] in all of the Dinichthidae.”’ The earliest effort to trace homologies between the dentition of Mylostoma and Dinichthys is that of Bashford Dean, in 1901. Relying upon analogy with Dinichthys, he assumed that the upper dentition of Mylostoma must have been limited to two pairs of plates only ; and finding that number to be present in the nearly complete example of M. variabile studied by him, he concluded that one of these pairs must correspond to the so-called “ premaxillary ” element, and the other to the so-called “maxillary” or “shear-tooth” of Dinichthys. Apparently the possibility did not occur to him that the two pairs of 1 Loc. cit. (1889), p. 162. vor. L. —No. 7 15 226 BULLETIN: MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. tritoral plates in Mylostoma might together be equivalent to the single “maxillary ” element, as it is commonly called in Dinichthys, and that a third pair of upper dental plates representing the “ premaxillaries ” were either actually or potentially present in Mylostoma. At all events greater weight was placed upon assumed numerical correspondence of dental plates in the two genera than upon morphological equivalence, for it is impossible to recognize the least similitude in form between the usual Arthrodiran “ premaxillary ” and either of the tabular crush- ing plates of Mylostoma. Denying that Arthrodires belong to Pisces proper, and that they have gill-arch jaws, he holds that their dental apparatus is non-homologous with that of all other fishes. According to the present writer’s interpretation, the two pairs of Mylostomid palatal plates are together equivalent to the single pair of “maxillary ” elements in the Coccosteid type of dentition, this latter being regarded merely as a modification of the Mylostomid, adapted for cutting instead of crushing. That the upper dentition of Mylostoma consists in all of three pairs of plates, the foremost of which is the precise morphological equivalent of the so-called “ premaxillary ” pair in Dinichthys, is to be inferred not only from analogy with Dinomylostoma, in which this number has been definitely proved to obtain,’ but from the remarkable constancy of form displayed by the more forwardly placed element in all Arthrodiran genera where it is known to occur. Unacquainted though we be with actual specimens, the existence of vomerine teeth in Mylostoma, real or potential, is an assured fact. It follows from the point of view just stated that the Mylostomid and Dinichthyid types of dentition are reducible to a common plan, and this plan is further seen to be identical with that found in Dipnoans. The one element which by virtue of its function retains a constant form among Coccosteans generally, and in at least one genus of Mylostomids, is that commonly known as the “ premaxillary,” in reality the vomerine tooth ; and the palatal plates (or more properly the palato-pterygoids) of the more primitive Mylostomid type are seen to have become fused, turned upright, and sharpened into a cutting edge along their functional margin in the more specialized Dinichthyid type. 1 The recently published suggestion on the part of Dr. Hussakof (Mem. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. 1906, 9, p. 119) that the type of Dinomylostoma beecheri includes portions of more than one individual, all embedded in a single block of shale, is now abandoned by that writer as the result of further study of the original material. This statement is made here with Dr. Hussakof’s consent. EASTMAN : MYLOSTOMID DENTITION. 227 The Mylostomid is properly regarded as the more primitive type of dentition on account of its obvious agreement with the Ceratodont, a fact previously noted by Newberry. And indeed, as he rightly observed, their resemblance is such as “ will strike any one who examines them, and no closer analogy suggests itself in the whole range of ichthyic den- tition.” The combined evidence of dental, cranial, and most of the skeletal characters (the only marked exception being that of dermal armoring) furnishes wellnigh irresistible proof of the Dipnoan affinities of Arthrodires. A close parallel exists between the dentition of Mylo- stoma and Ceratodonts on the one hand, and Dinichthys and Protop- terus on the other. The coincidence ceases to be remarkable when it is understood that other facts as well point to a common origin for Ceratodonts and Arthrodires. Very interesting also is Semon’s ob- servation that in the young of Neoceratodus the upper dental plates are at first divided into two pairs, as in Mylostomids, these afterwards combining into a single pair of palato-pterygoids.' Adopting the view that the Arthrodiran type of dentition is strictly homologous with the Dipnoan, it is desirable to employ uniform desig- nations for the dental parts. The tooth usually called ‘ premaxillary ” in the former group is therefore to be identified with the vomerine of typical Dipnoans, and the one or two succeeding pairs of “ maxillaries ” as the case may be, with the palato-pterygoid dental plates. The latter may be supposed to have been supported by the palato-pterygoid carti- lage in Mylostoma precisely in the same manner as in Ceratodonts and Ctenodipterines. Their homologues in Dinichthys were no doubt situated well within the interior of the headshield, as we have a right to expect, at least, from analogy with Mylostoma. Some device is evidently required, owing to their large size, to take up the strains due to impact against the powerful lower dentition, and this we find actually provided for by the massive ridges developed on the under side of the headshield, whose position, direction, and inferred function suggest comparison with similar ridges in Neoceratodus. ConcLusions. — The consequences depending upon Dean’s reconstruc- tion of the Mylostomid dentition are as follows: The complete upper dentition of Mylostoma consists of two pairs of tritoral plates only, one of which is the functional, but not the morphological equivalent of the 1 Consult in this connection the recently published conclusions of Prof. J. Gra- ham Kerr on the genetic affinities of lower Gnathostomata, in his paper entitled Embryology of certain of the lower Fishes, and its bearing upon Vertebrate Mor- phology. Proc. Roy. Phys. Soc. Edinb. 1906, 16, pp. 191-215. 228 BULLETIN: MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. “premaxillary” teeth in Dinichthys, and the other of the so-called ‘maxillary ” or “shear-teeth.” The hypothesis of an additional paired element in advance of these two, itself representing the ‘‘ premaxillary ” in Dinichthys, is not considered in the case of Mylostoma, and rejected in the case of Dinomylostoma. ‘The tritoral plates are arranged in such manner that the mandibles cannot close against them directly so as to produce the observed marks of contact without operating by rotary movements, and without being capable of approximation and separation at their anterior extremities, — conditions which are unparalleled among Chordates. All the jaw-parts are regarded as of purely dermal origin, and therefore non-homologous with those of ordinary fishes. Their alleged structural differences, and assumed functional differences, make it necessary to exclude Arthrodires from fishes proper. The consequences depending upon the newer reconstruction of the same materials are that all known Dinichthyids and at least one Mylo- stomid have a similar form of “ premaxillary,” which is the exact homologue of the vomerine teeth in Dipnoans, and that the succeeding pair or pairs (when two are present) of trenchant or crushing plates are homologous with the palato-pterygoid dental plates of typical Dipneusti. The jaws operate in the usual manner, are of the normal gill-arch type, and exhibit precisely the same conformation as those belonging to autostylic fishes. The combined evidence of the majority of characters of Arthrodires proves that they are specialized Dipnoans. EAsTMAN. — Mylostomid dentition. EXPLANATION OF PLATE. Upper pavement dentition of Mylostoma variabile Newberry, from the Cleveland shale of Sheffield, Ohio. X 4. a.p.p., anterior pair of palatopterygoid plates: right (Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., Cat. 43 G), left (idem, 42 G). p.p.p., posterior palatopterygoid plates: right (Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. Cat. 3591), left (Mus. Comp. Zool. Cat. 1487). Specimens belonging to different individuals, rear- ranged in their inferred natural position. *NOLSO® “OD 3dA1L0!73H Sota hg 70) ‘UOI}TJUa, PIWIOJSO[AJY—‘ UvUIySea Bulletin of the Museum of Comparative Zodlogy AT HARVARD COLLEGE. VOL, L. No,. 8. PRELIMINARY REPORT ON THE ECHINI COLLECTED, IN 1902, AMONG THE HAWAIIAN ISLANDS, BY THE U. S. FISH COMMISSION STEAMER ‘* ALBATROSS,” IN CHARGE OF COMMANDER CHAUNCEY THOMAS, U.S. N., COMMANDING. By ALEXANDER AGASSIZ AND Huspert Lyman CLARK. [Published by Permission of Gzorcz M. Bowers, U. S. Fish Commissioner. ] CAMBRIDGE, MASS., U.S. A.: PRINTED FOR THE MUSEUM. Marcu, 1907. No. 8.— Preliminary Report on the Echini collected, in 1902, among the Hawaiian Islands, by the U. S. Fish Commission Steamer “ Albatross,” in charge of COMMANDER CHAUNCEY TuHomas, U. S. N., Commanding. By ALEXANDER AGASSIZ and Husert Lyman CLARK. THE collection of Echini made by the U.S. F.C. S. “ Albatross” in the spring of 1902 among the Hawaiian Islands is a very extensive one. A preliminary examination shows it to contain no less than 2,450 speci- mens distributed among 49 genera five of which are new, and 67 species of which 36 are new. It was hoped that the collection would extend to sufficient depths to show the connection of an oceanic insular fauna with the surrounding abyssal region. Unfortunately, as in the case of the Hawaiian starfishes,t the depths from which Echini were collected by the “ Albatross” did not extend much beyond 500 fathoms. Of the 126 stations from which starfishes were obtained, only 11 were in depths greater than 500 fathoms; and of the 180 stations from which Echini were collected, only 14 were in greater depths than 500 fathoms; so that as regards these two groups of Echinoderms, the collections can only be considered as representing the fauna of the Hawaiian slopes to a depth of about 500 fathoms, and that at a comparatively short distance from the shore, the 1000-fathom line rarely being more than 20 miles, usually eight to ten miles, distant, and frequently, as around Hawaii,” much less. The species, therefore, naturally belong to what has been called the Continental fauna in an analysis of the known Echini prepared for the ‘‘Challenger” reports.2 No dredgings containing Echini were made beyond 1278 fathoms, and none of the typical deep sea Echini already known from the Central Pacific, from the Panamic district, and from the tropical regions of the Eastern Pacific were collected. The following species were recorded from the Hawaiian Islands pre- vious to the visit of the ‘“ Albatross.” Those which are not in the present 1 The Starfishes of the Hawaiian Islands. By Walter K. Fisher. Bull. U. S. Fish Com. Vol. 23, Part 3, p. 989. 1906. 2 See Chart of the U. S. Hydrographic Office, No. 1368. 8 The Voyage of H. M.S. “Challenger.” Report on the Echinoidea, by Alexander Agassiz, p. 222, 232-237, 1881. oon BULLETIN: MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. collection are marked with an *, and the name of the collection, in which there is a specimen from the Hawaiian Islands, follows in parentheses. Cidaris metularia Bl. Chondrocidaris gigantea A. Ag. * Phyllacanthus verticillata A. Ag. (Mus. Godef.). Diadema setosum (probably = paucispinum of this list). * Echinothrix Desorii Pet. (M. C. Z.) Echinothrix diadema Linné. * Astropyga pulvinata Agass. (“ Challenger’”’). Colobocentrotus atratus Br. (probably = Quoyi of this list). Heterocentrotus mammillatus Br. * Heterocentrotus trigonarius Br. (M. C. Z.). Echinometra lucunter Bl. (= Mathaei of this list). Echinometra oblonga Bl. * Strongytocentrotus nudus A. Ag. (M. C. Z.). * Pseudoboletia granulata A. Ag. (M. C. Z.). Echinostrephus molare A. Ag. * Mespilia globulosus Agass. (Mus. Godef.). * Toxopneustes pileolus Agass. (“ Challenger ”). Hipponoé variegata A. Ag. Fibularia australis Desml. * Echinanthus testudinarius Gray (Breslau Mus.). * Lovenia subcarinata Gray (Stockholm Mus.). Brissus carinatus Gray. Metalia maculosa A. Ag. * Metalia sternalis Gray (M. C. Z.). * Faorina chinensis Gray (M. C. Z.). Of these 25 species it will be seen that 13 were collected by the “ Albatross” in 1902. This is in noticeable contrast to the Hawaiian collection of starfishes, of which Dr. Fisher reports that only one of the ten species formerly known from the islands was dredged by the “ Albatross.” The absence of 12 of the previously recorded Echini is not surprising, as the collections hitherto have been made, with few excep- tions, from along shore, while the collections made by the “ Albatross” in 1902 were from off the shores to deep water. The bathymetrical range of several species is greatly extended, and a few Indo-Pacific species are added to the Hawaiian fauna, which now includes 79 species of Echini. As regards the geographical relations of the Echini collected, it is inter- esting to note that of the new species of Cidaridae two are related to the Panamic fauna, the others to the Pacific or Indo-Pacific. The Salenias are Panamic, while the Aspidodiadematidae and many of the Diadem- atidae are Indo-Pacific. In the Echinothuridae we find Phormosoma AGASSIZ AND CLARK: REPORT ON ECHINI. 933 bursartum, an East Indian form, and Sperosoma, Indo-Pacific and At- lantic. ‘The occurrence of a new species of Hemipedina is interesting, as well as that of Temnopleuridae of Indo-Pacific affinities, while none of the allied Australian genera have been collected. The number of interesting Clypeastroids collected is remarkable. Several of them are identical with or closely allied to, the Clypeastroids collected by the ‘‘ Siboga ” in the East Indian Archipelago, so that in this group the collection is typically Indo-Pacific. The peculiar Laganidae are East Indian and Japanese. A new genus of the closely circumscribed family of Echinoneidae, from shallow water, is an important addition to the Pacific Fauna. A fair number of interesting Spatangoids were brought to light, though the dredgings did not extend to depths great enough to include the zone of the Urechinidae, Cystechinidae, and the like. Three genera of Palaeopneustidae were obtained, Phrissocystis, Meijerea, and a new genus (Pycnolampas) allied to Homolampas. The first two show affin- ities with the Panamic and East Indian echinid faunae and Pycnolampas with a Pacific and Atlantic type. Among the Spatangina are two species of Gymnopatagus, suggesting East Indian affinities, and two Loveniae, the one with East Indian the other with Panamic relations. A new Rhinobrissus and several species of Brissopsis are allied to East Indian and Pacific types. "We may also mention the existence in the collection of two species of Aceste thus far known only from the dredgings of the “Challenger” in the Atlantic and Pacific, and the “ Siboga” among the East Indian islands, at depths of 620 to 2600 fathoms. The Hawaiian species range only from 238 to 284 fathoms. Finally there is a fragment of a species of Periaster which must have been of gigantic size among the species of the genus. DESMOSTICHA Harcke. CIDARIDAE Mutter. Cidaris metularia Bl. Dorocidaris calacantha A. Ag. and Clark. Chondrocidaris gigantea A. Ag. Phyllacanthus Thomasii A. Ag. and Clark. Stephanocidaris hawaiiensis A. Ag. and Clark, Stereocidaris grandis Dod. Stereocidaris leucacantha A. Ag. and Clark. Porocidaris variabilis A. Ag. and Clark. Acanthocidaris hastigera A. Ag. and Clark. Descriptions of the above species, with numerous plates, have appeared in “ Hawaiian and Other Pacific Echini. The Cidaridae,’ Mem. M. C. Z., 34, No. 1, February, 1907. 42 pages, 44 plates. 234 BULLETIN: MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. SALENIDAE Aeass. Salenia miliaris A. Aa. Salenia miliaris A. Agassiz, 1898. Bull. M. C. Z., 32, No. 5, p. 74; Plate 2, Figs. 2-4. Small specimens of this Panamic species were collected at the following stations. Station 4060. Off Alia Point Light, N. E. coast of Hawaii, 759-913 fathoms. «4125. Off Kahuku Point, Oahu, 963-1124 fathoms. “ 4181. Off Hanamaulu, Kauai, 671-811 fathoms. Four specimens. Salenia crassispina A. Ac. and CLarx. This species, although closely related to the preceding, is easily distinguished by the primary radioles which are remarkably stout, and although distinctly ver- ticillate, are quite smooth. In miliaris, the greatest thickness of a radiole is much less than the diameter of its milled ring, while in crassispina the diameter of the spine is fully equal to, and may exceed that of its milled ring. The species is further remarkable for the comparatively slight depth at which it was taken. Station 4045. Off Kawaihae Light, W. coast of Hawaii, 147-198 fathoms. One specimen. ARBACIADAH Gray. Habrocidaris A. Ac. and CLark. This genus is established for Podocidaris scutata A. Ag. of the West Indies, and for the following closely related species from the Hawaiian Islands. Although quite similar to Podocidaris A. Ag., and even more so to Pygmaeoci- daris Dod., it may be readily distinguished from both by the very thin and delicate test, the regular and very slightly indented actinal system, the close plating of the entire buccal membrane, and the distinctly triangular primary radioles. Habrocidaris argentea A. Ac. and Crarx. This species is closely allied to H. scutata A. Ag. from Santa Cruz (580 fms.). Tt is at once distinguished by the much larger abactinal system, the different shape of the ocular plates, and the distinctly pentagonal actinal system. The single specimen taken is 11.5 mm. in diameter, with the abactinal system 7 mm., the anal system 2 mm., and the actinal system 6 mm. Unfortunately all the primary radioles are broken and only the basal portions of a few remain attached to the test. These radioles are triangular in cross-section and the three edges, though rounded, project conspicuously from the solid axis. The test is silvery, tinged with brown, while the primary radioles were evidently white. Station 3973. Near French Frigate Shoal; 23° 47’ 10” N. — 166° 24’ 55” W.; 395-397 fathoms. AGASSIZ AND OLARK: REPORT ON ECHINI. 235 ASPIDODIADEMATIDAE Duncan. Aspidodiadema nicobaricum Don. Aspidodiadema nicobaricum Doderlein, 1901. Zool. Anz. Bd. 24, p. 21. This species was taken at many stations, and in considerable numbers. The specimens are much smaller than those described by Doderlein, as the largest is only 25 mm. in diameter, while his were 33-39 mm. There are also slight differ- ences in color, the Hawaiian specimens being much paler. Station 3892. Off Mokapu Islet, N. coast of Molokai, 328-414 fathoms. “ 3981. Off Nawiliwili Light, Kauai, 414-636 fathoms. «* ~—- 3988. Off Hanamaulu, Kauai, 165-469 fathoms. «© «3989. Off Hanamaulu, Kauai, 385-500 fathoms. © 3994. Off Mokuaeae Islet, Kauai, 330-382 fathoms. «4013. Off Hanamaulu, Kauai, 399-419 fathoms. « - 4014. Off Hanamaulu, Kauai, 362-399 fathoms. © 4021. Off Hanamaulu, Kauai, 286-399 fathoms. «4022. Off Hanamaulu, Kauai, 374-399 fathoms. «4025. Off Mokuaeae Point, Kauai, 275-368 fathoms. «4030. Off Ukula Point, Kauai, 423-438 fathoms. “© 4107. Off Lae-o Ka Laau Light, Molokai, 350-355 fathoms. “© 4110. Off Lae-o Ka Laau Light, Molokai, 449-460 fathoms. «© 4112. Off Lae-o Ka Laau Light, Molokai, 433-447 fathoms. s¢ 41381. Off Hanamaulu, Kauai, 257-309 fathoms. “4137. Off Hanamaulu, Kauai, 411-476 fathoms. «4140. Off Hanamaulu, Kauai, 339-437 fathoms. “4141. Off Hanamaulu, Kauai, 437-632 fathoms. «4166. Off Modu Manu, 293-800 fathoms. “4177. +=Off Kawahioa Point, Niihau, 319-451 fathoms. “4180. Off Kawahioa Point, Nithau, 417-426 fathoms. “ «4187. Off Hanamaulu, Kauai, 508-703 fathoms. The average depth at these stations is 424 fathoms and there is no reason to believe that any specimens of this species were taken in less than 300 fathoms. One hundred and sixty-nine specimens. Aspidodiadema meijerei A. Ac. and Crarx. Aspidodiadema nicobaricum var. meijerei Doderlein, 1906. Echin. Deutsch. Tiefsee-Exp., p. 165. A large series of this form was taken by the “ Albatross,” and as it seems to show constant characters, we look upon it as a distinct species, although the features on which it is based are slight. Besides the striking difference in color of the primary spines, there is a slight difference in the relative size of the abactinal and anal systems. In the Hawaiian specimens of zicobaricum, the primary spines are very pale purplish, the actinal surface of the test tends to become deep purple, 256 BULLETIN: MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. the diameter of the abactinal system is rather more than half the diameter of the test, and the anal system is nearly three-fourths of the abactinal; while in the specimens of medjerei, the primary spines are bright green, the abactinal surface tends to become deep purple, the diameter of the abactinal system about equals one-half that of the test, and the anal system is about two-thirds of the abactinal. The specimens of mezjerei are on the whole much larger than those of xicobaricum, some of them being over 30 mm. in diameter. They also come from more shallow water, and only from the vicinity of Molokai and southern Oahu, as the following list of stations shows. Station 8817. Off Diamond Head, Oahu, 320 fathoms. ** 8818. Off Diamond Head, Oahu, 293-295 fathoms. «3836. Off Lae-o Ka Laau Light, Molokai, 238-255 fathoms. *« 3839. Off Lae-o Ka Laau Light, Molokai, 259-266 fathoms. «¢ 3865. Off Mokuhooniki Islet, Pailolo Channel, 256 fathoms. «3914. Off Diamond Head, Oahu, 289-292 fathoms. s¢ —- 3918. Off Diamond Head, Oahu, 257-294 fathoms. «¢ 3920. Off Diamond Head, Oahu, 265-280 fathoms. “¢ 4096. Off Mokuhooniki Islet, Pailolo Channel, 272-286 fathoms. «4097. Off Mokuhooniki Islet, Pailolo Channel, 286 fathoms. “4105. Off Lae-o Ka Laau Light, Molokai, 314-335 fathoms. «4116. Off Kahuku Point, Oahu, 241-282 fathoms. “4122. Off Barber’s Point Light, Oahu, 192-352 fathoms. «4178 (2). Off Kawahioa Point, Niihau, 319-378 fathoms. The average depth of these stations is 280 fathoms, and there is no reason to believe that any specimens of this species were taken in more than 320 fathoms. One hundred and forty-four specimens. DIADEMATIDAH Peters. Diadema paucispinum A. Ag. Diadema paucispinum A. Agassiz, 1863, Bull. M. C. Z., 1, p. 19. These specimens are certainly distinct from West Indian specimens and equally so from mexicanum and savignyi; it therefore seems advisable to recognize pauci- spinum once more. Puako Bay, Hawaii. Honolulu. Station 3968. French Frigate Shoal, 143-164 fathoms «4169. Off Modu Manu, 21-22 fathoms. Nine specimens. Echinothrix calamaris A. Ac. Echinus calamaris Pallas, 1774. Spic. Zool. 1, fase. 10, p. 31; Plate 2, Figs. 4-8. Echinothrix calamaris A. Agassiz, 1872. Rev. Ech. Pt. 1, p. 119. Only young specimens were collected, the largest being 30 mm. in diameter. Puako Bay, Hawaii. AGASSIZ AND CLARK: REPORT ON ECHINI. yas | Station 4033. Penguin Bank, S. coast of Oahu, 28-29 fathoms. Two specimens. Echinothrix turcarum PEt. Diadema turcarum Schynvien, 1711. Thes. Imag., p. 2; Plate 14, Fig. B. Echinothrix turcarum Peters, 1853. Monatsb. Akad. Berlin, p. 484. A good series of adults and young, ranging from 25 to 80 mm. in diameter, was taken at Puako Bay, Hawaii, and at Honolulu. Twelve specimens. Astropyga radiata Gray. Cidaris radiata Leske, 1778. Klein Nat. dis. Ech., p. 116; Plate 44, Fig. 1. Astropyga radiata Gray, 1825. Ann. Phil. 10, p. 2. Only a single very small specimen (diameter, 26 mm.) is in the collection. Station 3875. Auau Channel, between Maui and Lanai, 34-65 fathoms. Centrostephanus asteriscus A. Ag. and CLarK. This very pretty little species is easily distinguished from other members of the genus by the large number of coronal plates and the peculiar abactinal system. In a specimen only 3.5 mm. in diameter there are already eight coronal plates, while an individual 14 mm. in diameter has 13. The ocular plates are small and nearly or quite excluded from the medium-sized anal system, which is closely covered with very small plates. The oculars are more completely cxcluded in the larger specimen than in the smaller ones. The genital pores are conspicuous. The buccal plates carry spines as well as pedicellariae. The color is light reddish. becoming reddish-white actinally, and the primary radioles are prettily banded with red and whitish; from the end of each ambulacrum a conspicuous white line runs straight to the centre of the anal system, the five lines forming a conspicuous star on the red abactinal surface; the lines are broadest in the smallest specimen and become narrower (relatively) with age. The largest specimen taken has the test 14 mm. in diameter and 6.25 mm. high, the abactinal system 5.5 mm., and the actinal system 6 mm. The primary radioles, the longest of which measure 20 mm., are provided with rather widely spaced whorls of very minute, sharp spinelets. Station 4034. Penguin Bank, S. coast of Oahu, 14-28 fathoms. « 4066. Off Ka Lae-o Ka Ilio Point, Maui, 49-176 fathoms. «4128. Off Hanamaulu, Kauai, 68-253 fathoms. 4161. Off Modu Manu, 39-183 fathoms. « ~—- 44163. + Off Modu Manu, 24-40 fathoms. Five specimens. Chaetodiadema pallidum A. Ae. and Crarx. Of this interesting genus, a handsome new species proves to be common in cer- tain localities among the Hawaiian Islands. It is sharply distinguished from the 238 BULLETIN: MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. two species hitherto known by the coloration, which is pale buff above when dry, more or less tinged with purple when wet, becoming buffy-white beneath. The sides of the bare interambulacral areas on the abactinal surface are more or less distinctly yellow; in many specimens the ambulacral edge of this area is marked by a broad, dull red line extending from the ambitus to the genital plate, but these lines may be interrupted and in about half the specimens are entirely wanting. On the actinal side, some individuals have a deep brown line forming a more or less perfect pentagon around the actinostome, about one-third of the distance to the ambitus. The primary radioles are slender, of moderate but variable length, the longest equalling the diameter of the test, and are decidedly flattened. They are nearly white, but many have a purplish longitudinal stripe on the abactinal side, and not infrequently they are handsomely banded with purple. There is no blue anywhere on test or spines. The tuberculation of the test is more like that of granulosum than of japonicum, but there are only eight series of primary inter- ambulacral tubercles at the ambitus even in the largest individuals. The speci- mens range in diameter from 42 to 70 mm. ‘The test isvery flat, the height being only .25-.30 of the diameter. The abactinal system is .30-.42 and the actinal only .17-.24 of the diameter, while the anal system is .60-.65 of the abac- tinal. The test is relatively higher and the abactinal and actinal systems larger in small than in large individuals. Station 3856. Pailolo Channel, between Maui and Molokai, 127 fathoms. «3857. ~Pailolo Channel, between Maui and Molokai, 127-128 fathoms. « 3957. Vicinity of Laysan Island, 173-220 fathoms. «4103. Pailolo Channel, between Maui and Molokai, 132-141 fathoms. «© 4104. Pailolo Channel, between Maui and Molokai, 123-141 fathoms. Kighty-two specimens. Leptodiadema, A. Aa. and Ciarx. This genus is established for a very small Diadematoid, which is apparently quite different from any known genus. The size, form, and spines remind one of Lissodiadema and the abactinal system is not altogether unlike that genus, but the tuberculation is entirely different. Test flattened, both abactinally and actin- ally. Ambulacra narrow, with pores in single straight series, not becoming crowded at actinostome. Hach ambulacrum carries a double series of primary tubercles, extending from abactinal system to actinostome. Coronal plates numerous (13-14 in specimen 9 mm. in diameter), each with a large primary tubercle, at outer end. Below the ambitus, these tubercles are increasingly nearer centre of plate, so that the two series of them converge and meet in a point at actinostome. Beginning with the fifth (from abactinal system), each coronal plate carries a second somewhat smaller tubercle, at inner end, and these two series terminate about four plates from actinostome. Secondary spines few; miliaries almost wanting. Primary tubercles, low, perforate, apparently finely crenulate, those of the ambulacra smaller than those of the interambulacra. Ab- actinal system moderate, with oculars on each side of madreporic plate excluded AGASSIZ AND CLARK: REPORT ON ECHINI. 239 from anal system; other oculars narrowly in contact with the single series of large anal plates. Genital openings of only moderate size. Anal papilla conspicuous. Actinostome somewhat larger than abactinal system; actinal cuts slight. Buccal membrane closely covered with plates as in young Diadema. Primaries delicate, glassy, slightly curved, blunt, with 5-7 prominent ridges, bearing few scattered, very slender teeth, about equal to half the diameter of the test; those of the am- bulacra scarcely shorter or more slender than the others. Leptodiadema purpureum A. Ag. and Crark. The single specimen is only 9 mm. in diameter. The color is dull purplish, becoming bright purple on the buccal membrane. The spines are nearly colorless. Station 3847. Off Lae-o Ka Laau Light, Molokai, 23-24 fathoms. EHCHINOTHURIDAE Wvv. Tuoms. Phormosoma bursarium A. Ae. Phormosoma bursarium A. Agassiz, 1881. Rep. Chall. Ech. p. 99; Plate 10 b. An excellent series of this species, ranging from 23 to-110 mm. in diameter, was taken at the following stations. Station 3884. Pailolo Channel, between Maui and Molokai, 284-290 fathoms. «© 3892. Off Mokapu Islet, N. coast of Molokai, 328-414 fathoms. «© 3904. Off Mokapu Islet, N. coast of Molokai, 295 fathoms. “© 3957. Off Laysan Island, 173-220 fathoms. s¢ 3988. Off Hanamaulu, Kauai, 165-469 fathoms. “© 3994. Off Mokuaeae Islet, Kauai, 330-382 fathoms. «3997. Off Ukula Point, Kauai, 418-429 fathoms. « 4019. Off Hanamaulu, Kauai, 409-550 fathoms. ‘4022. Off Hanamaulu, Kauai, 374-399 fathoms. “4025. Off Mokuaeae Point, Kauai, 275-368 fathoms. “4087. Off Mokuhooniki Islet, Pailolo Channel, 306-808 fathoms. «4089. Off Mokuhooniki Islet, Pailolo Channel, 297-304 fathoms. «4091. Off Mokuhooniki Islet, Pailolo Channel, 306-308 fathoms. «© 4110. Off Lae-o Ka Laau Light, Molokai, 449-460 fathoms. «© 4111. Off Lae-o Ka Laau Light, Molokai, 460-470 fathoms. « 4112. Off Lae-o Ka Laau Light, Molokai, 433-447 fathoms. «= 4113. Off Lae-o Ka Laau Light, Molokai, 395-433 fathoms. «= «4141. Off Hanamaulu, Kauai, 437-632 fathoms. One hundred and fifty-four specimens. Sperosoma obscurum A. Aga. and CrarK. The large series of Sperosomas collected cannot be referred to any of the previ- ously known species. The coloration is somewhat variable, for while most of the specimens are more or less decidedly violet or purple, some large ones are dis- tinctly gray or yellowish-brown. ‘The plates are not outlined in white (as in the 240 BULLETIN : MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. other species) but are frequently quite plainly outlined in some shade darker than the test, though they are often very indistinct. The ambulacral and interambula- cral areas are nearly equal in width at the ambitus but the interambulacra may be somewhat broader. The pores on the abactinal surface are arranged in a double series on each side of the ambulacrum but the ow¢er series contains fifty per cent more pores than the inner, and a quincunx arrangement is seldom visible. There are very few large tubercles on the abactinal surface (about 35 in the largest speci- men), and relatively few actinally; the latter are confined to the plates near the ambitus. The greater part of the actinal surface, especially about the actinostome, is closely covered with small tubercles of more or less uniform size, giving an appearance not wholly unlike Chaetodiadema; this is most marked in large indi- viduals. The specimens taken range from 20 to 220 mm. in diameter. Station 3824. Off Lae-o Ka Laau Light, Molokai, 222-498 fathoms. *¢ 3865. Pailolo Channel, between Maui and Molokai, 256-283 fathoms. «33979. Off Modu Manu, 222-387 fathoms. «3988. Off Hanamaulu, Kauai, 165-469 fathoms. «4015. Off Hanamaulu, Kauai, 318-362 fathoms. <¢ — - 4021. Off Hanamaulu, Kauai, 286-399 fathoms. «© 4025. Off Mokuaeae Point, Kauai, 275-368 fathoms. “4036. Off Kawaihae Light, W. coast of Hawaii, 687-692 fathoms. *¢ 4089. Off Mokuhooniki Islet, Pailolo Channel, 297-306 fathoms. ** 4096. Off Mokuhooniki Islet, Pailolo Channel, 272-286 fathoms. “© 4112. Off Lae-o Ka Laau Light, Molokai, 433-447 fathoms. «4117. Off Kahuku Point, Oahu, 253-282 fathoms. «4130. Off Hanamaulu, Kauai, 283-309 fathoms. “4131. Off Hanamaulu, Kauai, 257-309 fathoms. «4184. Off Hanamaulu, Kauai, 225-324 fathoms. «4136. Off Hanamaulu, Kauai, 294-352 fathoms. «4137. Off Hanamaulu, Kauai, 411-476 fathoms. Thirty-nine specimens. ECHINOMETRIDAHE Gray. Heterocentrotus mammillatus Br. Cidaris mammillata Klein, 1734. Nat. disp. Ech. p. 19; Plate 6, Figs. A, B. Heterocentrotus mammillatus Brandt, 1835. Prod. Desc. Anim., p. 266. All the specimens of Heterocentrotus in the collection are referable to this species. Laysan Island, and Puako Bay, Hawaii. Twenty-four specimens. Colobocentrotus Quoyi Br. Echinus Quoy de Blainville, 1825. Dict. Sci. Nat. 37, p. 96. Colobocentrotus Quoyi Brandt, 1835. Prod. Desc. Anim., p. 267. A large series of Colobocentrotus was taken but all are referable to this single species, and show little variation. Mee. ti is, AGASSIZ AND CLARK: REPORT ON ECHINI. 241 Necker Island. Lanai Island. Puako Bay, Hawaii. Kamalino Bay, Nihau. Napeli, Maui. One hundred and three specimens. Echinometra Mathaei Bt. Echinus Mathaei de Blainville, 1825. Dict. Sci. Nat., 37, p. 94. Echinometra Mathaei de Blainville, 1834. Man. d’Actin., p. 225. The series of Echinometras is quite easily divisible into two sets, one of which consists of individuals with high, usually elongated tests, large tubercles, stout spines and relatively small (.17-.23 of long diameter) abactinal system. These are evidently the wide-ranging and common Mathaei (formerly called Jucunter). Honolulu reefs. Kamalino Bay, Nihau. Laysan Island. Station 3959. Off Laysan Island, 10 fathoms. Thirteen specimens. Hchinometra picta A. Ac. and CLarK. The other set of Echinometras has the test much flatter, the height rarely over .50 of the long diameter, the abactinal system larger (.24-.30 of the long diam- eter), the tubercles smaller, giving the abactinal surface a much more bare ap- pearance than in Mathaei, and the spines longer and more slender. These two forms are not sharply set off from each other, but there are few individuals which cannot be distinguished at a glance, and it seems desirable to give the flat indi- viduals a name. Similar specimens are in the Museum collection from the Society Islands, but not from the East Indies, or west thereof. This species seems to bear the same relation to Mathaei that viridis of the West Indies does to Jucunter (formerly called sudangularis). Honolulu reefs. Puako Bay, Hawaii. Necker Island. Kamalino Bay, Nuhau. Napeli, Maui. Station 3975. Off Necker Island Shoal, 16-171 fathoms. Twenty-nine specimens. Hchinometra oblonga Bt. Echinus oblongus de Blainville, 1825. Dict. Sci. Nat., 37, p. 95. Echinometra oblonga de Blainville, 1834. Man. d’Actin., p. 2265. A good series of this species was taken, none of which show the least approach to mathaei or afford the slightest difficulty in identification, without reference to the spicules in the pedicels ! (vide de Meijere, 1904, and Doderlein, 1906). VOL. L.— NO. 8 16 242 BULLETIN: MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. Puako Bay, Hawaii. Honolulu reefs. Lanai Island. Necker Island. Hanalei, Kaui. Kamalino Bay, Niihau. Laysan Island. Thirty-eight specimens. Echinostrephus molare A. Ac. Echinus molaris de Blainville, 1825. Dict. Sci. Nat. 37, p. 88. Echinostrephus molare A. Agassiz, 1872. Rev. Ech. Plate 1, p. 119. A good series of this species is in the collection. Laysan Island. Station 3959. Off Laysan Island, 10 fathoms. « 3960. Off Laysan Island, 10-19 fathoms. « 3968. French Frigate shoal, 143-163 fathoms. « 3969. French Frigate Shoal, 15-16 fathoms. « 3970, French Frigate Shoal, 17-174 fathoms. «© 3975. Off Necker Island Shoal, 16-171 fathoms. « 4147. Off Modu Manu, 26 fathoms. Twenty specimens. TEMNOPLEURIDAH Dzsor. Trigonocidaris albidoides A. Ac. and CLark This is the Pacific representative of 7. aldida of the West Indies, and is closely allied to that species. It differs in having the test less clearly and deeply sculp- tured, especially abactinally, and in having more spines on the abactinal system. But the most obvious differences are in coloration: adult West Indian specimens have the abactinal system, especially the genital plates, and many of the primary tubercles very decidedly reddish, while the primary spines are pure white; the Hawaiian specimens have no trace of red on the test or tubercles, but some or all of the primaries, especially actinally, are distinctly banded or tipped with red. Of course young specimens (under 4 mm.) do not show these differences, but in adults they are quite evident. The specimen in the “‘ Siboga ” collection which had orange-banded spines, referred by de Meijere with some hesitation to albida, is evidently the Pacific form. Station 3859. Off Mokuhooniki Islet, Pailolo Channel, 188-140 fathoms « 3863. Off Mokuhooniki Islet, Pailolo Channel, 127-154 fathoms. « 3899. Off Mokapu Islet, N. coast of Molokai, 328-414 fathoms. « 4045. Off Kawaihae Light, W. coast of Hawaii, 147-198 fathoms. Five specimens. AGASSIZ AND CLARK: REPORT ON ECHINI. 243 Orechinus monolini D6p. Trigonocidaris monolini A. Agassiz, 1879. Proc. Amer. Acad., 14, p. 203. Orechinus monolini Doderlein, 1905. Zool. Anz., 28, p. 622. An excellent series of this rare and interesting species was taken by the “ Alba- tross.” It is notable for the large size of many of the specimens, which range from 6 to 22 mm. in diameter. Station 3839. Off Lae-o Ka Laau Light, Molokai, 259-266 fathoms. “ 3865. Off Mokuhooniki Islet, Pailolo Channel, 256-283 fathoms. «= 3914. Off Diamond Head, Oahu, 289-292 fathoms. ‘3918. Off Diamond Head, Oahu, 257-294 fathoms. <= - 4085. Off Puniawa Point, Maui, 267-283 fathoms. “« 4117. Off Kabuku Point, Oahu, 253-282 fathoms. “4125. Off Kahuku Point, Oahu, 963-1124 fathoms. «4126. Off Kahuku Point, Oahu, 743-1278 fathoms. «© = 4131. Off Hanamaulu, Kauai, 257-309 fathoms. Twenty-nine specimens. Prionechinus chuni Dop. Prionechinus chuni Doderlein, 1906. Ech. Deuts. Tiefsee Exp., p. 192; Plate 24, Fig. 3. A small, but very good, series of this interesting little urchin, ranging from 2.5 to 11 mm. in diameter, was taken at the following station. Doderlein’s admi- rable description, coupled with the photographs he gives, leaves no doubt as to the identity of these specimens. Station 4126. Off Kahuku Point, Oahu, 743-1278 fathoms. Seven specimens. Prionechinus sculptus A. Ag. and Ciarx. This species is distinguished from the four previously known species of the genus, as limited by Doderlein (1906), by the very small and distinct buccal plates, with five pairs of buccal feet, the smooth, longitudinally striated primary spines, and the handsomely sculptured and ornamented abactinal system. The genital opening is near the centre of the plate. The test is not so high as in the preceding species and the anal plates, are much less numerous, with one evidently larger than the rest. The color is dull purplish-red, very pale in the smaller specimens. The primaries are white, but the longitudinal striations are purplish. The specimens range from 2 to 10 mm. in diameter. Station 3818. Off Diamond Head, Oahu, 293-295 fathoms. «4028. Off Ukula Point, Kauai, 444-478 fathoms. « 4039. Off Kawaihae Light, Hawaii, 670-697 fathoms. « 4083. Off Puniawa Point, Maui, 238-253 fathoms. «© 4086. Off Puniawa Point, Maui, 283-308 fathoms. “4087. Off Mokuhooniki Islet, Pailolo Channel, 306-308 fathoms. «© 4088. Off Mokuhooniki Islet, Pailolo Channel, 297-306 fathoms. «4115. Off Kahuku Point, Oahu, 195-241 fathoms. Sixty-seven specimens. 244 BULLETIN: MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. Prionechinus depressus A. Aa. and CLarK. The specimens to which we have given this name were taken with the preced- ing, but the larger individuals (those over 4 mm. in diameter) are so obviously different that the two are easily separated. In this species, the test is very flat and the bare, interambulacral grooves are very conspicuous. The abactinal sys- tem is entirely different from that of P. sculptus, as there is very little sculptur- ing, and the genital openings are situated at the extreme distal tip of the plates, in a groove which is continuous with the interambulacral groove. The spines, color and size are as in scudptus. While it is not impossible that this species and the preceding are simply the two sexes of one species, such sexual dimorphism is not at present known among the regular Hchini. Station 3818. Off Diamond Head, Oahu, 293-295 fathoms. « 4028. Off Ukula Point, Kauai, 444-478 fathoms. “ 4083. Off Puniawa Point, Maui, 238-253 fathoms. “< 4086. Off Puniawa Point, Maui, 283-308 fathoms. « 4088. Off Mokuhooniki Islet, Pailolo Channel, 306-308 fathoms. Forty-five specimens. Pleurechinus hawaiiensis A. Ac. and CLarkK. Although this species is closely allied to P. siamensis Mortensen, it differs de- cidedly in color and in one or two details of structure. The abactinal interambu- lacral space is not at all bare, but on the other hand there are only half as many secondary and miliary tubercles on the ambulacral and interambulacral plates near the ambitus, as in the specimen of séamensis figured in detail by Mortensen (1904). The anal system is covered by several large plates and a few small ones, and the anus is subcentral. The color of the test is prevailingly green, with the abactinal interambulacra lighter and often pure white in striking contrast. The primaries are whitish with more or less red. The tendency towards a bright red coloration is noticeable and two specimens are almost uniformly bright red, test as well as spines. Around the actinostome the test often becomes whitish, while abactinally it is frequently marked with purplish-brown. While the color is thus very vari- able, there is no tendency to approach the coloration of séamensis, except as each species has a bright red variety. Station 3823. Off Lae-o Ka Laau Light, Molokai, 78-222 fathoms. « 3847. Off Lae-o Ka Laau Light, Molokai, 23-24 fathoms. “ 3871. Off Mokuhooniki Islet, Auau Channel, 13-43 fathoms. «3872. Off Mokuhooniki Islet, Auau Channel, 32-43 fathoms. « 3876. Off Lahaina Light, Maui, 28-43 fathoms. « 3962. Off Laysan Island, 16 fathoms. «© 3978. Off Modu Manu, 32-46 fathoms. «4148. Off Modu Manu, 26-33 fathoms. «4150. Off Modu Manu, 71-160 fathoms. Sixteen specimens. AGASSIZ AND CLARK: REPORT ON ECHINI. 245 TRIPLECHINIDAE A. Aa. Hemipedina indica vr Met, Hemipedina indica de Meijere, 1903. Tijds. Ned. Dierk. Vereen. (2) 8, p. 3. The small series of this Oriental species, taken by the ‘‘ Albatross,” is of par- ticular interest from the large size of most of the specimens, which range from 15 to 37 mm. They agree well with de Meijere’s description, even in coloration, which shows little variation except in depth. The larger specimens have the test more flattened than the young ones, and its color is distinctly purple, while the actinostome is relatively smaller. It seems to us very unlikely that miradile is a synonym of ézdica, as Doderlein now supposes. Station 3865. Pailolo Channel, between Maui and Molokai, 256-283 fathoms. ** 8879. Off Molokini Islet, south of Lanai, 923-1081 fathoms. s¢ 8914. Off Diamond Head, Oahu, 289-292 fathoms. «4178. Off Kawahioa Point, Nuhau, 319-378 fathoms. “© 4179. Off Kawahioa Point, Nithau, 378-426 fathoms. Eleven specimens. Hemipedina pulchella A. Ac. and Criarx. This beautiful little Echinoid may be recognized at once by the remarkable inter- ambulacral primary radioles and the showy coloration. The test is white, becom- ing rosy abactinally (the ocular and genital plates of the larger specimen are quite red) ; the anal system is contrastingly white. The ambulacral primaries and the very few secondary spines are pure white, while the interambulacral primaries are bright yellowish-green at the base, pink in the middle, and whitish or pure white at the tip ; the colors are not sharply separated, but shade into each other. The primaries of the abactinal coronal plates are one and a half times as long as the diameter of the test, or less; they are very stout (the thickness 8-10 per cent of the length) and closely resemble those of Echinometra. In the larger specimen the test is 14 mm. in diameter, and the abactinal and actinal systems each about one half as much. The anal system is remarkably small, decidedly smaller than a single genital plate, and is covered by a few (20) rounded plates. The genital opening is near the centre of the plate. Station 8991. Off Mokuaeae Islet, Kauai, 272-296 fathoms. Two specimens. Psammechinus verruculatus Lrx. Psammechinus verruculatus Liitken, 1864. Vid. Med., p. 166. All the specimens are small, the largest being ‘only 12 mm. in diameter, but they correspond well to de Loriol’s (1883) figures and description, with the ex- ception that the poriferous zones, on the bare test, are red or reddish, instead of greenish. 246 BULLETIN : MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. Station 3847. Off Lae-o Ka Laau Light, Molokai, 23-24 fathoms. «3871. Off Mokuhooniki Islet, Auau Channel, 13-43 fathoms. «© 3872. Off Mokuhooniki Islet, Auau Channel, 32-43 fathoms. «© 3955. Off Laysan Island, 20-30 fathoms. «3970. French Frigate Shoal, 17-173 fathoms. «* 4031. Off Diamond Head, Oahu, 27-28 fathoms. «© 4032. Off Diamond Head, Oahu, 27-29 fathoms. «4149. Off Modu Manu, 33-71 fathoms. «4.162. Off Modu Manu, 21-24 fathoms. « 4168. Off Modu Manu, 20-21 fathoms. Sixteen specimens. Psammechinus paucispinus A. Aa. and Crark. This species differs very decidedly from the preceding, and from other allied forms, in the small number of secondary and miliary spines and tubercles, and yet the abactinal interambulacra are not bare, as in Toropuneustes semituberculatus. The vertical sutures, especially in the interambulacra, are abactinally very distinct and somewhat depressed. There is one large primary tubercle on each ambulacral and interambulacral plate. Each ambulacral plate near the ambitus bears one secondary and two miliary tubercles and each interambulacral plate has a large secondary (or small primary) tubercle at each end and carries five or six small miliaries. The pore-pairs are in arcs of four. The abactinal system is about .33 of the diameter of the test, and only one ocular plate reaches the somewhat excen- tric anal system. ‘The actinal system is more than .50 of the diameter. The test is whitish with a more or less pronounced green tinge when cleaned, while the spines vary from white to deep pink; four of the five specimens appear decidedly pink. Station 3872. Off Mokuhooniki Islet, Auau Channel, 32-43 fathoms. « 3876. Off Lahaina Light, Maui, 28-43 fathoms. «< 4038. Off Diamond Head, Oahu, 28-29 fathoms. «4.164. Off Modu Manu, 40-56 fathoms. Five specimens. Hipponoé variegata A. Aa. Cidaris variegata Leske, 1778. Kleins Nat. disp. Ech., p. 85. Hipponoé variegata A. Agassiz, 1872. Rev. Ech. Plate 1, p. 135. A good series of this variable species was obtained; the largest is 145 mm. in diameter and wholly white. Honolulu. Puako Bay, Hawaii. Station 3876. Off Lahaina Light, Maui, 28-43 fathoms, Twenty-seven specimens. AGASSIZ AND CLARK: REPORT ON ECHINI. 247 CLYPEASTRIDAE AGass. FIBULARINA Gray. Echinocyamus scaber pE Mev. Echinocyamus scaber de Meijere, 1903. Tijds. Ned. Dierk. Ver. (2) 8, p. 5. With one exception the specimens are bare tests, but all agree well with de Meijere’s description and figures. Station 3839. Off Lae-o Ka Laau Light, Molokai, 259-266 fathoms. ** 3908. Off Diamond Head, Oahu, 304-308 fathoms. «© 3914. Off Diamond Head, Oahu, 289-292 fathoms. Five specimens. Fibularia australis Desmt. Fibularia australis Desmoulins, 1837. Tabl. Syn., p. 240. With two exceptions the specimens are bare tests, and all are very small. Station 3846. Off Lae-o Ka Laau Light, Molokai, 60-64 fathoms. « 4045. Off Kawaihae Light, Hawau, 147-198 fathoms. “4064. Off Kauhola Light, Hawaii, 68-107 fathoms. «4148. Off Modu Manu,, 26-33 fathoms. Seven specimens. ECHINANTHIDAE A. Ae. Clypeaster scutiformis Lamx. Echinus scutiformis Gmelin, 1788. Linn. Sys. Nat., p. 3184. Clypeaster scutiformis Lamarck, 1816. Anim. s. Vert. 3, p. 14. An excellent series, ranging from 10 to 48 mm. in length, is in the collection from the following stations, and only twenty-three are bare tests. Station 3846. Off Lae-o Ka Laau Light, Molokai, 60-64 fathoms. «= 3847. Off Lae-o Ka Laau Light, Molokai, 23-24 fathoms. “© 3848. Off Lae-o Ka Laau Light, Molokai, 44-73 fathoms. «3849. Off Lae-o Ka Laau Light, Molokai, 43-73 fathoms. «« = 8850. + Off Lae-o Ka Laau Light, Molokai, 43-66 fathoms. «© 3863. Off Mokuhooniki Islet, Pailolo Channel, 127-154 fathoms. « 3871. Off Mokuhooniki Islet, Pailolo Channel, 13-43 fathoms. «© 8872. Off Mokuhooniki Islet, Pailolo Channel, 32-43 fathoms. ‘3874. Off Mokuhooniki Islet, Pailolo Channel, 21-28 fathoms. 3876. Off Lahaina Light, Maui, 28-43 fathoms. ** 3962. Off Laysan Island, 16 fathoms. « = 3982. Off Nawiliwili Light, Kauai, 233-400 (?) fathoms. «= - 3987. Off Hanamaulu, Kauai, 50-55 fathoms. 248 BULLETIN: MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. Station 4031. Off Diamond Head, Oahu, 27-28 fathoms. “4032. Off Diamond Head, Oahu, 27-29 fathoms. « 4033. Off Diamond Head, Oahu, 28-29 fathoms. «< 4034. Off Diamond Head, Oahu, 14-28 fathoms. «4061. Off Kauhola Light, Hawaii, 24-83 fathoms. «4128. Off Hanamaulu, Kauai, 68-253 fathoms. « 4146. Off Modu Manu, 23-26 fathoms. « 4148. Off Modu Manu, 26-33 fathoms. «= 4150. Off Modu Manu, 71-160 fathoms. «4158. Off Modu Manu, 20-30 fathoms. «<= 4164. Off Modu Manu, 40-56 fathoms. One hundred and seventy-three specimens. Clypeaster lytopetalus A. Ag. and Crarx. This species may be recognized at once by its small size and general resem- blance to seutiformis, combined with short, broadly obovate petals, the anterior one widely open, and with a deep groove in each ambulacrum along the median suture, extending from the abactinal system nearly to the actinostome. The tubercles are less numerous than in sew¢iformis and the primary tubercles contrast decidedly with the miliaries. The poriferous zones are exceedingly narrow (less than one millimeter in width), and are of unequal length in the lateral petals. The sutures between the abactinal plates are quite distinct. The genital openings are very small. The test is very thin and the internal structure is remarkable for the great scarcity of pillars, of which there are one or two stout ones and one or two slender ones in each interradius, nearer the actinostome than the margin of the test; there are no needle-like internal projections such as are abundant in scutiformis. The larger specimen (St. 3962) is 33 mm. long, 26 mm. wide and 10 mm. high. The test is decidedly arched, with a deeply sunken actinostome, and is 5 mm. thick at the margin. The odd and the posterior petals are about 11 mm. long and 5-6 mm. broad near the tip, while the anterior lateral petals are equally broad, but only 8 mm. long. The odd petal has the poriferous zones 3 mm. apart at their distal ends. The color is dark yellowish-brown. The smaller specimen is about half as large and is bright reddish-brown. It is not impossible that this species will prove to be the young of C. excelsior Doderlein, from Japan, but the remarkable appearance of the petals bas daa it from the only specimen of that species yet known. Station 3936. Off Laysan Island, 79-130 fathoms. «« 3962. Off Laysan Island, 16 fathoms. Two specimens. Clypeaster leptostracon A. Aa. and Crark. This species is nearly allied to C. virescens Doderlein from Japan, but differs in the outline of the test, the very narrow poriferous zones, the arrangement of the Sees ioe AGASSIZ AND CLARK: REPORT ON ECHINI. 249 internal pillars, and the color. It also resembles somewhat, young specimens of C. humilis, but is readily distinguished by the narrow poriferous zones, wide open petals, and very narrow interambulacra. The test is ovate, very flat and thin, with the actinostome little sunken and the petaliferous area abruptly, but slightly, elevated. ‘The petals are short, broadly ovate, widely open distally and with very narrow poriferous zones. ‘There are five genital openings. The primary spines are rather long and their tubercles contrast decidedly with the not very numerous miliaries. The walls of the test are thin and there are three or four concentric series of very flat, thin vertical pillars forming interrupted walls, occupying the distal fourth of the interior, much as in Laganum. But there is also, in each in- terradius, as in most true Clypeasters, a group of four or five pillars near the actinostome, and there are numerous, though minute, needle-like projections on the actinal floor. The specimens range from 6 to 38 mm. in length. The largest is 31 mm. broad and 7.5 mm. high; the test is only a little more than 3 mm. thick at the margin. The petals are subequal, 9 mm. long and a trifle over 5 mm. broad, but the poriferous zones are considerably less than a millimeter in width. The posterior lateral interambulacra are less than half as wide at the ambitus as the ambulacra on either side of them, though in smaller specimens they may be three-fourths as wide. In color the specimens vary from bright yellow, or reddish-yellow, to dirty purplish-white. The yellow specimens have a large number of rather indistinct, dusky blotches on the abactinal surface. These are arranged in pairs, four pairs in each ambulacrum and interambulacrum, and form four concentric circles around the petals, parallel to the margin of the test. In all the specimens there is more or less contrast in color between the ambulacra and interambulacra on the actinal surface. Station 3823. Off Lae-o Ka Laau Light, Molokai, 78-222 fathoms. «3987. Off Hanamaulu, Kauai, 50-55 fathoms. “ = 4046. + Off Kawaihae Light, Hawaii, 71-147 fathoms. « ~—- 4064. Off Kauhola Light, Hawaii, 63-107 fathoms. «4066. Off Ka Lae-o Ka Ilio Point, Maui, 49-176 fathoms. Fifty-seven specimens. LAGANIDAE Des. (Emended). Laganum fudsiyama Dop. Laganum fudsiyama Doderlein, 1885. Arch. f. Naturg. Jahrg. 51, Bd. 1, p. 104. A large series of this species was collected. Most of them have the superficial appearance in miniature of specimens of Clypeaster Ravenellii A. Ag., the centre of the test is so considerably and abruptly elevated. The amount of elevation is, however, quite variable, ranging from 25 to 40 per cent of the long diameter. The smallest specimen measures 8 x 8 mm. and the largest 50 x 46. The color is usually green, but ranges from grayish-yellow to rich, deep green. Oftentimes the ambulacra, on the actinal side, are more or less colored with dark purplish- brown. 250 BULLETIN : MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. Station 3811. Off Honolulu Light, Oahu, 52-238 fathoms. *« 3838. Off Lae-o Ka Laau Light, Molokai, 92-212 fathoms. <= 4079. Off Puniawa Point, Maui, 143-178 fathoms. ** 4080. Off Puniawa Point, Maui, 178-202 fathoms. «4081. Off Puniawa Point, Maui, 202-220 fathoms. «4115. Off Kahuku Point, Oahu, 195-241 fathoms. “4122. Off Barber’s Point Light, Oahu, 192-352 fathoms. Four hundred and seven specimens. Laganum solidum pe Merv. Laganum solidum de Meijere, 1904. Ech. Siboga-Exp., p. 121; Plate 1, Figs. 64, 66. A number of bare tests, collected at several localities, differ from both the pre- ceding and following species, in the far more numerous primary tubercles of the abactinal surface. They answer very nearly to the description and figures of solidum, and may, for the present at least, be referred to that species. Station 3811. Off Honolulu Light, Oahu, 52-238 fathoms. “© 8859. Off Mokuhooniki Islet, Pailolo Channel, 138-140 fathoms. « 3984. Off Nawiliwili Light, Kauai, 164-237 fathoms. © 4101. Off Mokuhooniki Islet, Pailolo Channel, 122-143 fathoms. “44132. Off Hanamaulu, Kauai, 257-312 fathoms. Sixteen specimens, Laganum strigatum A. Aa. and CLARK. This species resembles fudsiyama in the short, narrow, open petals, the very narrow poriferous zones, and the moderately coarse tuberculation of the test. But it is easily distinguished from that species by the flatness of the test, the height of which rarely exceeds .20 of the long diameter; the distinctly visible sutures between the plates abactinally as well as actinally; and the color, which is pur- plish-gray or dull brown, with the sutures more or less plainly indicated by darker There are usually five, but sometimes only four, genital pores. The anal A typical example is 380 x 29 lines. opening is near the posterior margin of the test. mm. and only 6 mm. high. Station 3811. Off Honolulu Light, Oahu, 52-238 fathoms. «« 3814. Off Diamond Head, Oahu, 42-284 fathoms. «© 3859. Off Mokuhooniki Islet, Pailolo Channel, 138-140 fathoms. « 3863. Off Mokuhooniki, Islet, Pailolo Channel, 127-154 fathoms. “33876. Off Lahaina Light, Maui, 28-43 fathoms. « 4099. Off Puniawa Point, Maui, 152-153 fathoms. Nine specimens. AGASSIZ AND CLARK: REPORT ON ECHINI. 251 PETALOSTICHA HAkrcKEL. CASSIDULIDAE Aaass. ECHINONEIDAE Aaass. Micropetalon A. Age. and Crarx. This genus is related to Echinoneus, which it resembles quite closely superfi- cially. It is at once distinguished from that genus by the fact that the poriferous zones are flush with the test and the pores extend only from the abactinal system about half way to the ambitus. The anterior ambulacrum has about a dozen pairs of pores in each zone; the zones of the lateral ambulacra have about 15 pairs each ; and the zones of the posterior pair have about 20. The zones are very narrow, close together at the abactinal system, diverge widely to below the am- bitus and then converge somewhat to the actinostome. The primary tubercles are few in number, not at all sunken into the test, and are arranged in regular vertical series. Abactinally they have definite scrobicular circles of small second- aries, but these are more or less imperfect actinally. Glassy tubercles are minute and infrequent. Abactinal system as in Echinoneus. Genital openings four. Actinostome very oblique. Anal system very large and oblique. Primary spines rather long, nearly equal to width of anal system, slender and finely striated. Micropetalon purpureum A. Ag. and CrarK. The single specimen collected is oval, flattened both above and beneath; it is 17 mm. long, 15 mm. broad, and 8 mm. high. The actinostome is little sunken andis6x3mm. The anal system is 6.75 x 3.75 mm. The genital openings are conspicuous. On each side of each ambulacrum, close to the poriferous zone, is a vertical series of about 14 primary tubercles, which extends nearly to the actino- stome, but stops several millimeters from the abactinal system. Between these two series, are two other series running from just above the ambitus nearly to the actinostome, and in the posterior ambulacra there are two more rows between the ambitus and the mouth. In each interambulacrum, there is a series of 14 or 15 tubercles on each side, extending from abactinal system to actinostome, and from two to four others extend greater or less distances above and below the ambitus. The color of the test is dirty-whitish above, becoming purple actinally ; the abac- tinal system, poriferous zones, anal system, and actinostome are rich purple; the spines and tubercles are white. Station 3847. Off Lae-o Ka Laau Light, Molokai, 23-24 fathoms. 252 BULLETIN: MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. SPATANGIDAE Aaass. PALEOPNEUSTIDAH A. Ae. Phrissocystis multispina A. Ac. and Crark. From an unknown station there are a large number of fragments of at least two, and possibly three, individuals of a species of Phrissocystis, which must have been of very large size, probably from 100-150 mm. in length. They are of a rich red- brown color and carry long spines with a reddish tinge. This species resembles P. aculeata A. Ag. in having no subanal fasciole and in the arrangement of the abactinal system and the ambulacra. It appears to differ from that species, not only in color, but in the much larger number of primary tubercles on the abactinal plates (8-12 instead of 4-8) and in the very large actinostome, which in one in- dividual is 35 x 16 mm. Meijerea excentrica A. Ac. and CLarkK. This species is very similar to Phrissocystis, but has a well-developed subanal fasciole. As Doderlein (1906) has suggested, this difference necessitates a new genus which he has called Meijerea, with Phrissocystis humilis de Meijere as the type species. The Hawaiian specimen is evidently not humilis, as it is much flatter and more heart-shaped, with the abactinal system considerably posterior to the middle of the test. The subanal fasciole is also different; it encloses an open rectangular area, 4.5 mm. wide, with the base 24 mm., and the sides 10 mm. in length. The test is 74 mm. long, 60 mm. wide and only 17 mm. high, and the abactinal system is 389 mm. from the anterior edge. The color is light brown, with whitish primary spines. Station 4039. Off Kawaihae Light, Hawaii, 670-697 fathoms. One specimen. Pycnolampas A. Ac. and CrarK. This genus is established for some delicate little Spatangoids, which, although apparently immature, do not appear to be the young of any known species, and seem to require a new genus for their reception. It is most nearly allied to Homolampas, but differs from that genus in the entire absence of any anterior furrow or depression, and in the subpetaloid character of the posterior ambulacra. The test is ovate, rather flat anteriorly, higher posteriorly, and is thin and fragile. There are a very few large primary spines in the anterior and lateral interambu- lacra, abactinally, but neither they, nor those of the actinal surface, have sunken scrobicular circles or show any pits (as in Lovenia) on the interior of the test. Abactinal system compact. Ocular plates conspicuous. Anterior ambulacrum indistinct, not at all depressed, and with few, minute pores. Poriferous zones of the other ambulacra evident, those of the posterior ambulacra especially, tending to become petaloid. Subanal and peripetalous fascioles present, distinct but narrow. No genital openings are visible. AGASSIZ AND CLARK: REPORT ON ECHINI. 253 Pycnolampas oviformis A. Ac. and Crark. The specimens collected range from 15 to 22 mm. in longitudinal diameter. The largest is 17 mm. wide, 9 mm. high anteriorly, and 10 mm. high posteriorly. The peripetalous fasciole is nearly circular, somewhat pointed behind, 14 x 12 mm. The color is pearly white with a purplish tint on the abactinal system; the fascioles are brown and the spines are yellowish-white. Station 3838. Off Lae-o Ka Laau Light, Molokai, 92-212 fathoms. «3890. Off Mokapu Islet, Molokai, 71-283 fathoms. « 4044. Off Kawaihae Light, Hawaii, 198-233 fathoms. Five specimens, SPATANGINA Gray. Spatangus paucituberculatus A. Ae. and Crarx. This species is most nearly related to S. Lutkeni A. Ag., but is quite different from that species. The test is very broad and flat and obliquely truncated pos- teriorly, sloping towards the actinostome. The groove of the anterior ambulacrum is very deep. On each side of it are a number of primary tubercles ; in the lateral interambulacra the number of primary tubercles is 2, 1, or 0, and in the posterior interambulacrum there are not more than 9 or 10. The anal system is small and nearly circular. The actinal surface is much as in Liétheni. The largest speci- men is 78 mm. long, 74 mm. wide, and only 40 mm. high; the anterior furrow is 5 mm. deep and 13 mm. wide, at the ambitus. The color is purple, with white tubercles ; primaries and secondaries silvery-white becoming purple at the base ; miliary spines purple. Station 3863. Off Mokuhooniki Islet, Pailolo Channel, 127-154 fathoms. ‘3865. Off Mokuhooniki Islet, Pailolo Channel, 256-283 fathoms. «4096. Off Mokuhooniki Islet, Pailolo Channel, 272-286 fathoms. «4097. Off Mokuhooniki Islet, Pailolo Channel, 286 fathoms. « ~~ 4116. Off Kahuku Point, Oahu, 241-282 fathoms. Twelve specimens. Gymnopatagus Dop. Gymnopatagus Doderlein 1901. Zool. Anz. Bd. 23, p. 22. This genus was established by Doderlein for an interesting Spatangoid, taken by the “‘ Valdivia” off the east coast of Africa, related to Kupatagus but having a decided furrow for the anterior ambulacrum. The “ Albatross” has collected among the Hawaiian Islands two species of large Spatangoids, which are of special interest because they are evidently connecting links between these two genera. In one of them the anterior furrow is quite distinct, while in the other it is barely indicated, and yet the two are obviously congeneric. In both species the anterior poriferous zones of the lateral ambulacra are much narrower than the posterior zones, and are almost rudimentary near the abactinal system; a condition not 254 BULLETIN: MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. noted in either Eupatagus or Gymnopatagus. As the general appearance of these Hawaiian Spatangoids is decidedly more like Gymnopatagus than like any known species of Eupatagus, we place them for the present in the former genus, but it is an open question whether the two genera can be separated. The Hawaiian species are of further interest from the remarkable diversity ex- hibited by the peripetalous fasciole, which is seldom a single, simple band. In one specimen there are several narrow but distinct fascioles across the anterior ambu- lacrum, within and parallel to the peripetalous fasciole. In another individual, a conspicuous branch arises from the posterior part of the fasciole and runs for several centimeters beside but slightly diverging from the main band, and finally ends abruptly. In other individuals, the lateral portions of the fasciole consist of two parallel bands, more or less connected with each other. Although the com- plexity of the arrangement is never as creat as in Macropneustes spatangoides A. Ag., these fascioles at once suggest that West Indian species. Gymnopatagus pulchellus A. Ac. and Crark. The specimens range from 57 to $0 mm. in length. The largest is 70 mm. wide and 33 mm. high; it is widest and highest just back of the abactinal system. The anterior ambulacrum is apetaloid and scarcely sunken. There are no primary tubercles in the posterior interambulacrum but there are 35-40 in the lateral inter- ambulacra, within the fasciole, arranged in four or five rows parallel to it; there are also about 20 similar tubercles in cach of the anterior interambulacra. These tubercles carry long, slender, brownish-white spines, some of which are 30 mm. in length. The posterior petals are very long, about .40 of the length of the test. The smallest specimen is bright rose color above and nearly pure white beneath, though the spines all have a brownish cast. Larger specimens are less rosy and more fawn-color. The test of the largest is nearly uniform fawn-color, with the long spines almost white. Station 3810. Off Honolulu Light, Oahu, 53-211 fathoms. « 981], Of Honolulu Light, Oahu, 52-238 fathoms. « 4045. Off Kawaihae Light, Hawaii, 147-198 fathoms. Six specimens. Gymnopatagus obscurus A. Ac. and Cuark. This species differs from the preceding in the conspicuous groove for the an- terior ambulacrum, the presence of 6-9 primary tubercles in the posterior inter- ambulacrum, the higher and more ovate test, and fewer tubercles in the lateral ‘nterambulacra. The specimens are all of about the same size and measure 85 nm. in length, by 70 mm. in width and 35 mm. in height. The test is widest at about the middle of the posterior pair of petals, which are nearly as long as in the preceding species. The primary spines are only about 20 mm. long. The color is dull brown, the spines somewhat lighter. Station 3912. Off Diamond Head Light, Oahu, 310-334 fathoms. « 408]. Off Puniawa Point, Maui, 202-220 fathoms. Eight specimens. AGASSIZ AND CLARK: REPORT ON ECHINI. 255 Lovenia grisea A. Aa. and Crarkx. This species is near L. gregalis Alcock, but is much more heart-shaped, flatter, and decidedly narrower posteriorly. The test is densely covered with spines, and the lateral ambulacra are quite different from those of gregalis. On the actinal surface, the bare posterior ambulacra are not nearly so wide as in de Meijere’s (1904) figure of gregalis. Unfortunately the single specimen is so badly injured that there is no trace of the abactinal system and internal fasciole ; the subanal fasciole is also injured. There is no anterior lateral fasciole. The petals are well-developed, nearly closed and pointed, with the poriferous zones almost straight and scarcely sunken. The specimen is 81 mm. wide and only 26 mm. high ; it must have been about 90 mm. in length. The anterior lateral ambulacra are only 4 mm. wide at a distance of 15 mm. from the ambitus, but at the ambitus they are 12 mm. The color is light olive gray. Station 4080. Off Puniawa Point, Maui, 178-202 fathoms. Pseudolovenia A. Ac. and CLARK. This genus resembles Lovenia very closely when the specimens are covered with spines, but when the abactinal surface is denuded the difference in the pos- terior ambulacra is very striking. These ambulacra are not petaloid, the porifer- ous zones are flush with the surface of the test, and, though slightly converging at first, diverge towards the ambitus, the petals becoming more and more open, while the pores of a pair come closer together until, below the ambitus, there are only single pores. The anterior lateral ambulacra are subpetaloid with the porif- erous zones flush. Fascioles, tubercles, and spines much as in Lovenia. Pseudolovenia hirsuta A. Ac. and Ciark. The test is distinctly heart-shaped with an evident groove for the anterior am- bulacrum. It is densely covered, especially in the young, with slender miliary spines 2-4 mm. long. The abactinal system is only about one-third of the length, from the anterior extremity, and is more anterior still in very young individuals. The test is highest at or behind the abactinal system. The number of large pri- maries increases with size; there are 2 or 3 in each anterior interradius and from 3 to 8 in each lateral interradius, in specimens under 50 mm. in length. In larger specimens there may be as many as 6 in front and 12 on the side. The largest specimen is badly damaged at the posterior extremity, but is 54 mm. wide and must have been nearly 65 mm. long; it is a trifle over 22 mm. high. Smaller specimens are relatively higher and narrower. In the best preserved specimen, which is 60 x 51 mm., the posterior ambulacra from the internal fasciole to the margin measure 33 mm.; the interporiferous area is 3 mm. wide at the fasciole, 2.25 mm. wide 13 mm. from the fasciole, and 5 mm. wide at the ambitus. The color is gray, becoming dirty white in the largest specimen. Young specimens are more nearly cream-color. The primary spines are white, and in the largest specimen are from 30 to 37 mm. long. 256 BULLETIN: MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. Station 3836. Off Lae-o Ka Laau Light, Molokai, 238-255 fathoms. «3839. Off Lae-o Ka Laau Light, Molokai, 259-266 fathoms. «8865. Off Mokuhooniki Islet, Pailolo Channel, 256-283 fathoms. *« 3920. Off Diamond Head Light, Oahu, 265-280 fathoms. “4028. Off Ukula Point, Kauai, 444-478 fathoms. “4036. Off Kawaihae Light, Hawaii, 687-692 fathoms. s* 4083. Off Puniawa Point, Maui, 238-253 fathoms. “4122. Off Barber’s Point Light, Oahu, 192~352 fathoms. Eighteen specimens. BRISSINA Gray. Rhinobrissus placopetalus A. Ac. and CrarkK. The specimens are small and immature, but the shape of the test and the large petals flush with the test distinguish this species from any previously known. The test of the largest is 14 mm. long and 12 mm. wide, lowest anteriorly and sloping steadily upward to the posterior extremity, where it is highest. It is widest at the abactinal system, which is just over the mouth. At this point the vertical height is 8 mm., while at the posterior end it is 10 mm. The anterior ambulacrum is flush, with few very minute pores. The other ambulacra are dis- tinctly petaloid, scarcely sunken, and are subequal, 4 mm. long with 13 or 14 pairs of pores. The peripetalous, anal, and subanal fascioles are all well developed. The color is light yellowish-brown. Station 4146. Vicinity of Modu Manu, 23-26 fathoms. “4160. += Vicinity of Modu Manu, 31-39 fathoms. Three specimens. Brissopsis luzonica A. Ae. Kleinia luzonica Gray, 1851. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (2) 1, p. 188. Brissopsis luzonica A. Agassiz, 1872. Rev. Ech. Pt. 1, p. 96. A good series of this species is found in the collection, but owing to the fragility of the test (see Doderlein, 1906) most of them are more or less badly broken. Station 3836. Off Lae-o Ka Laau Light, Molokai, 238-255 fathoms. « 8839. Off Lae-o Ka Laau Light, Molokai, 259-266 fathoms. « = 4044, Off Kawaihae Light, Hawaii, 198-233 fathoms. « 4083. Off Puniawa Point, Maui, 238-253 fathoms. « 4131. Off Hanamaulu, Kauai, 257-309 fathoms. “4132. Off Hanamaulu, Kauai, 257-312 fathoms, Twenty-four specimens. Brissopsis Oldhami A cock. Brissopsis Oldhami Alcock, 1898. Jour. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, 62, Pt. 2, No. 4, p. 6 (174). Our specimens agree exactly with Alcock’s description, but as he gives no measurements and his figures are of a small specimen, it is not easy to see why he AGASSIZ AND CLARK: REPORT ON ECHINI, 257 did not regard the Indian form as /uzonica. Comparison of the Hawaiian speci- mens of Oldhami and luzonica reveals several apparently constant differences which warrant their separation. In /wzonica, the breadth of the test is usually .80-.85 of the length, though it may be more; in Oldhamz it is over .90. In duzonica the width of the area enclosed by the peripetalous fasciole is about .50 of its length, rarely more than .55; in Oldhami it is .60-.70. In Juzonica the height of the subanal fasciole is about .50 of its horizontal breadth ; in Oldham it is rarely over .40. The actinostome is more deeply sunken and the labrum is more prominent and more nearly pointed in Oldhami than in luzonica. The petals are slightly broader and the lateral petals are a little longer, and are more noticeably depressed below the fasciole, in Oldhamt. It is evident therefore that this species is nearer lyrifera than luzonica is, but it agrees closely with the latter in color and fragility of the test. The largest specimens are about 50 x 45 mm. Station 3824. Off Lae-o Ka Laau Light, Molokai, 222-498 fathoms. “© 3826. Off Lae-o Ka Laau Light, Molokai, 371-430 fathoms. «© 3839. Off Lae-o Ka Laau Light, Molokai, 259-266 fathoms. 8842. Off Lae-o Ka Laau Light, Molokai, 495-506 fathoms. © 3863. Off Mokuhooniki Islet, Pailolo Channel, 127-154 fathoms. «3892. Off Mokapu Islet, Molokai, 328-414 fathoms. “© 3908. Off Diamond Head Light, Oahu, 304-308 fathoms. “3912. Off Diamond Head Light, Oahu, 310-334 fathoms. «3916. Off Diamond Head Light, Oahu, 299-330 fathoms. “© 3917. Off Diamond Head Light, Oahu, 294-330 fathoms. s* 3918. Off Diamond Head Light, Oahu, 257-294 fathoms. s¢ -3992. Off Mokuaeae Islet, Kauai, 528 fathoms. «3997. Off Ukula Point, Kauai, 418-429 fathoms. «4028. Off Ukula Point, Kauai, 444-478 fathoms. “4132. Off Hanamaulu, Kauai, 257-312 fathoms. Thirty-seven specimens. Brissopsis circosemita A. Ac. and CriarK. We have given this name to a small Spatangoid, of which there is only a single specimen, and that a bare test 17 mm. long, 14 mm. wide, and 11 mm. high. The posterior extremity is truncate vertically. The plastron is slightly keeled pos- teriorly. The labrum is nearly straight, and the actinostome is scarcely sunken. The peripetalous fasciole and the petals are similar to those of a young Juzonica, but the subanal fasciole is unique. It is quite small and nearly circular, 5 mm. in transverse diameter and 5.25 mm. vertically. A conspicuous branch arises from the upper portion, on each side of the anal system, and runs to the posterior portion of the peripetalous fasciole, which it joins in the posterior ambulacrum. The two branches thus enclose the anal system, but are not very near to it. While such anal fasciolar branches are not uncommon in Brissopsis, they are par- ticularly distinct and complete in this specimen. Only three ambulacral plates enter the subanal fasciole on each side. The abactinal system is very compact VOL. L. — No. 8 : 1% 258 BULLETIN: MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. and the genital opening in the right anterior plate is much smaller than the other three. Station 4070. Off Puniawa Point, Maui, 45-52 fathoms. Brissus carinatus Gray. Spatangus carinatus Lamarck, 1816. Anim. s. Ver. 3, p. 80. Brissus carinatus Gray, 1825. Ann. Phil. 10, p. 9. There is a bare test, 55 x 42 mm., from Laysan Island, which is undoubtedly this species. We also refer to Brissus, and probably carinatus, a young Spatan- goid about 10 mm. long, in which the petals are not quite perfect and are little sunken, while the subanal fasciole is disproportionately large. It was taken at Station 4147, vicinity of Modu Manu, in 26 fathoms. Metalia maculosa A. Ac. Echinus maculosus Gmelin, 1788. Linn. Sys. Nat., p. 3199. Metalia maculosa A. Agassiz, 1872. Rev. Ech., Pt. 1, p. 144. A small fragment of the right posterior ambulacrum and part of the posterior interambulacrum of a large Spatangoid from Station 4149 is evidently from the test of one of this species. Station 4149. Off Modu Manu, 33-71 fathoms. Aceste Wrv. Tom. Aceste Wyville Thomson, 1877. Voy. Chall. Atlantic, 1, p. 376. There are a few good specimens, and fragments of several others, of this genus, but none of them seem to be Jellidifera, the only species hitherto known. They all agree in having the posterior extremity nearly vertical and the anterior furrow deep and with nearly vertical sides. The actinal plastron is perfectly flat and does not project either in front of or below the mouth. In these particulars the specimens are evidently different from del/idifera, and the difference is emphasized when the relative length of the plastron is noted. In Jellidifera the plastron measures from the posterior edge of the tuberculated portion to the mouth, only about .65 of the length of the test, while in the Hawaiian specimens it is con- siderably more than .75. Not only do these specimens differ from bellidifera, but those from the west end of Molokai are obviously different from those taken off the west coast of Hawaii, and we are accordingly obliged to recognize two new species of Aceste. Aceste ovata A. Aa. and Crarx. The points in which this species differs from Jbeliidifera have already been stated. The largest specimen is 19 x 15 mm. and the others are nearly as large. The test is broadly ovate, rounded behind. It slopes backward slightly from the posterior edge of the fasciole for a very short distance, and is then vertically trun- cated. ‘The fasciole is nearly oval and not angular, though it is somewhat pointed behind. The color of these specimens is light brown, with the fasciole a some- what darker brown. Pt ; ; | | 7 a 9 AGASSIZ AND CLARK: REPORT ON ECHINI. 259 Station 3836. Off Lae-o Ka Laau Light, Molokai, 238-255 fathoms. «© 3839. Off Lae-o Ka Laau Light, Molokai, 259-266 fathoms. Six specimens. Aceste purpurea A. Ac. and Crark. This species differs from the preceding in the shape of the fasciole and in color. The fasciole is somewhat angular, though the angles are rounded, and the enclosed area is abruptly widened just behind the middle of its course. The general color is pale purple, with the fasciole a very deep purple. A small specimen, only 13 mm. long, from St. 3898, has this same coloration, and, although the fasciole has no prom- inent angles, is evidently this species. The largest specimen is nearly 22 mm. long. Station 8898. Off Mokuhooniki Islet, Pailolo Channel, 258-284 fathoms. “4041. Off Kawaihae Light, Hawaii, 253-382 fathoms. Three specimens. Schizaster japonicus A. Ac. Schizaster japonicus A. Agassiz, 1879. Proc. Amer. Acad., 14, p. 212. A very small Spatangoid, only a trifle over 8 mm. in length, is evidently a Schizaster, and in the appearance of the petals is more like japonica than it is like any other described species. Station 4064. Off Kauhola Light, Hawaii, 63-107 fathoms. Periaster maximus A. Aa. and CLARK. Although there is in the collection only a single fragment of this Spatangoid, it shows such great size for a Periaster and such unique features, we feel justified in giving ita name. ‘The fragment is the posterior left-hand quarter, approximately, of the abactinal part of the test and includes the left posterior petal and most of the right one too. The anal system is also present, but no part of the test below it. A perfectly bare band, two millimeters wide, runs from the posterior part of the peripetalous fasciole, in the median line, straight to the anal system. This band is nearly 50 1am. long. The petals are 18 mm. long by 6 mm. wide. The anal system is 11 mm. across horizontally. The shape of this species was appar- ently more like dimicola than like tenuis, and if we calculate its dimensions by proportion, comparing it with a specimen of Jémicola 65 mm. long, we find that, unless the shape was very different from that species, this individual must have been about 110 mm. long, 105 mm. wide, and 95 mm. high. The color is very light brown. There are some large primary tubercles in the interambulacra, within the fasciole. Station 4130. Off Hanamaulu, Kauai, 283-309 fathoms. Bulletin of the Museum of Comparative Zoology AT HARVARD COLLEGE. Vou. L,- No: 9. A COLLECTION OF SPHECIDAE FROM ARGENTINE. By H. T. FERNALD. CAMBRIDGE, MASS., U.S. A.: PRINTED FOR THE MUSEUM. May, 1907. No. 9.— A Collection of Sphecidae from Argentine. By H. T. FERNALD. Tue Sphecidae here reported upon form a part of a general collection of several orders of insects made by Prof. W. M. Davis of Harvard University during the years 1871 to 1873, while a member of the staff at the Astronomical Observatory at Cordova, Argentine. Professor Davis, although mugh occupied by his regular duties, was interested in the fauna and flora of the region where the Observatory was located, and devoted considerable time to making collections and observations on the insects found there, and the specimens, together with remarkably fine records of his observations, are now at the Museum of Comparative Zoology. The Sphecidae in the collection are represented by seventy-seven specimens, and include several forms apparently hitherto unknown to science. An opportunity to study these specimens has been obtained through the kindness of the Museum authorities. To Professor Davis I am greatly indebted for assistance received during the preparation of this paper. Pelopaeus figulus Dauts. Two female, ten male specimens. Length, 15-22 mm. Chlorion (Chlorion) cyaniventris (Guzk.). Seven female, five male specimens. Length, 16-24 mm. Chlorion (Chlorion) hemiprasinum (SicHz1). One female, four male specimens. Length, 19-25 mm. These specimens differ somewhat as regards color distribution from any of* the varieties mentioned by Kohl. The head, thorax, median segment, petiole, coxae, trochanters, and more or less of the femora are blue with a greenish reflection, so strong in some places that the color there might be stated as green with a bluish reflection. The antennae are black except near their tips, the last three or four segments being partly red. The entire abdomen beyond the petiole, the outer 264 BULLETIN: MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. ends of the femora, and the tibiae are red: the tarsi are dark brown with here and there a reddish tinge. Wings uniformly deep fuliginous, with a bluish, or at some angles a greenish, reflection. This form seems to come nearest to Kohl’s variety zodilitatum. Chlorion (Priononyx) striatum (Smirz). Eight female specimens. Length, 18-26 mm. Chlorion (Priononyx) thomae (Fas.). Three female specimens. Chlorion (Priononyx) simillimum, sp. nov. 2 Sphex neoxenus Kohl, °, Ann. natur. Hofmus. Wien, 1890, 5, p. 363. % Sphex ommissus Kohl, #, Ann. natur. Hofmus. Wien, 1890, 5, p. 364. Female, Black, without pubescence. Wings uniformly fuliginous, with a green- ish reflection as far as the outer ends of the cells, the outer margins with less reflec- tion, and this rather violet than green. Head quite large, quadrate when viewed from above. Central portion of the clypeus strongly swollen; the anterior margin somewhat reflexed and with a pro- nounced central notch in a slight depression; its surface glistening, not closely punctured, and bearing black hairs of medium size. Frons considerably excavated near and above the antennal insertions, rather more closely and finely punctured than the clypeus, and with traces of transverse striations along the sides of the well-marked frontal suture from the antennae about halfway to the median ocellus. Ocellar area enclosed by three impressed lines, the posterior line arched backward and crossed by the frontal suture, which is present between and behind the ocelli. The lateral impressed lines extend behind the ocelli a short distance and end just in front of, and lateral to, a small macrochaeta on either side. Distance between the lateral ocelli less than between the ocelli and the eyes; median ocellus much larger than the lateral ones. Upper part of the frons and the vertex minutely, not closely, punctured. Cheeks above more than half the width of the eye, but narrowing quickly downward; with scattered punctures and hairs, the latter larger and longer below. Inner margins of the eyes parallel. Antennae black, the scape with a fer- ruginous tinge below ; the filament somewhat grayish sericeous : first filament seg- — ment nearly two-thirds as long as the second and third together. Mandibles long, stout, black, tinged with ferruginous at the tip and along the middle of the lower (outer) margin; with numerous aciculations and black hairs. Thorax black. Collar rising quite abruptly from the neck, its dorsal edge quite broad from front to rear, rounded, and also evenly rounded from side to side for some distance, then quickly bending downward, the sides bearing faint striations. Surface of the anterior face and dorsal edge of the collar somewhat glistening, sparsely punctured. Sides of the neck and collar, and the upper part of the pro- thoracic lobe, obliquely striate except a small tubercle anterior to the upper part of the prothoracic lobe, which is smooth and glistening. The prothorax below the lateral sutures is coarsely punctured, and near the coxae has a few faint trans- verse striations. Margin of the prothoracic lobe fringed with short brown hairs. FERNALD: SPHECIDAE FROM ARGENTINE. 265 Mesonotum rising but little above the top of the collar, with a pronounced median depression nearly reaching the posterior edge of the plate, which is strongly trans- versely striate, the striations being slightly oblique in front and markedly so near the middle line behind. Scattered punctures are also present. Scutellum consid- erably higher in the middle than the mesonotum, with a median depression form- ing a pair of quite smooth, glistening projections, which are quite noticeable and almost large enough to be described as bituberculate. Sides of the scutellum stri- ate and closely punctured. Postscutellum narrow, with no median depression, closely punctured. Dorsum of median segment long, with a faint median depres- sion and its lateral lines depressed ; its surface closely, transversely striate, and bearing numerous quite long, black hairs. Posterior end and sides similarly stri- ate and with similar hairs, the striations extending down across the metapleura. Mesopleura and mesosternum coarsely and closely punctured except in front of the coxae. Petiole short, rather stout, almost straight, two-thirds as long as the hind metatarsus, equal to the second hind tarsal segment in length, with small, scattered punctures. Abdomen black but with a faint ferruginous tinge, rising high and almost per- pendicular from the petiole, smooth and glistening. Stigma of the second abdomi- nal plate close to the anterior margin. Dorsal plate minutely, sparsely punctured, some of the punctures forming a row on each side of the middle line, nearly par- allel to and a little distance in front of, the posterior margins of the plates. A similar arrangement of the punctures occurs below, except that there they form a narrow band instead of a row. Last dorsal and ventral plates with scattered, coarser punctures, and a few black hairs. Wings uniformly fuliginous, with a slight greenish reflection except outside the cells, where it is very faint or absent. First and second transverse cubital veins of the fore wing each with a bulla near the cubital. Radial cell rather short, its end rounded. Cubital vein almost obsolete beyond the third cubital cell. A bulla is present in the transverse cubital vein of the hind wing. Tegulae black, glisten- ing, with a few scattered punctures. Legs black, very faintly tinged with ferruginous, the tarsi and the middle and hind tibiae somewhat grayish sericeous. Fore metatarsus with eight comb teeth, the first shorter than the others. Posterior face of hind tibiae coarsely brown sericeous. Claws with three teeth evident and one (the inner) microscopic. Tips of the claws ferruginous. The male differs as follows: —Clypeus and frons with traces of silvery pubes- cence. Clypeus elongated, its anterior margin slightly, broadly excavated, not reflexed. Inner margins of eyes very slightly approaching downward. Frontal suture not developed in the ocellar area. First and second segments of the an- tennal filament short, together a very little longer than the third. Distance between the lateral ocelli about equal to that between them and the eyes. Cheeks retaining their greatest width well down before narrowing. Mandibles with less of the ferruginous tinge. Dorsal edge of the collar and sides of the mesonotum with faint traces of short silvery hairs suggesting pubescence there in fresh specimens. Scutellar projec- tions less marked than in the female. Sixth ventral abdominal plate rather nar- rowly, deeply excised behind, and covered with short brownish hairs. Claws with four teeth, the inner one, though smaller than the others, being perceptible in favorable specimens. 266 BULLETIN: MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. Length. — Female, 19 mm.; males, 14-15 mm. Described from one female and two males captured at Cordova, Argentine. The female comes very close to xeoxenum Kohl, differing from it, according to the description, in that the abdomen is not red but black with a reddish tinge, the face is not pubescent, the mesonotum is not glistening but striate, the reflection of the wings is not violet or steel blue but greenish, and the length is three milli- meters greater than in Kohl’s specimen. Remembering, however, what great color variations are present in this group, the difference in the mesonotum seems to be the only one of importance. The sole specimen of xeoxenum bore the locality record Vancouver Island, but Kohl is of the opinion that this is an error and that it came from Chili. I have seen large collections of Sphecidae from the northwestern Pacific Coast, but have met with nothing like zeorenum ; and as the specimen before me from Argentine so closely resembles Kohl’s species, I am also of the opinion that neoxenum is a South American insect, and that with a longer series for study sémillimum may prove to be only a color subspecies. The males agree quite closely with ommissum Kohl, except in the color of the abdomen and in the presence of an excised margin on the sixth ventral abdominal plate. I feel confident that they are the same species as the female here described, and that they are likely to prove to be ommissum. If all these assumptions should prove correct, the species will be known as Chlorion (Priononyx) neoxenum (Kohl). Chlorion (Pseudosphex) pumilo (Tascu.). Sphex (Pseudosphex) dolichoderus Kohl, Ann, natur. Hofmus. Wien, 1890, 5, p. 370. One female specimen. Length, 12 mm. Kohl states. that dolichoderus is very similar to pumilo, but separates them on the ground that the latter has three cubital cells, the first receiving the first re- current, and the second the second recurrent, while in dolichoderus the first trans- verse cubital vein has disappeared so that both recurrent veins join the elongated first cubital cell. In pzmilo the petiole is nearly as long as the hind metatarsus, while in dolichoderus it is only two-thirds the length of this segment. In the former it is as long as the first, second, and half of the third segments of the an- tennal filament taken together, while in the latter it is scarcely equal to that of the first and second. In the specimen before me the venation of the right fore wing is that of pumztlo, while that of the left is that of dolichoderus, except that there is a partial first transverse cubital vein extending backward a short distance from the radial cell before it disappears. ‘The length of the petiole is four-fifths that of the hind metatarsus, thus placing this specimen as an intermediate between the two species under consideration, in that regard; and as only the first segment of the filament is present in each antenna, the third distinction cannot be tested. FERNALD: SPHECIDAE FROM ARGENTINE. 267 Kohl’s dolichoderus came from Chili; Taschenberg’s pumilo came from Mendoza, close to the Andes on their eastern side; while the specimen now under consider- ation was taken less than three hundred miles farther east and but a little farther north. From these facts it seems certain that the distinctions between dolichoderus and pumilo represent individual variations merely, and that the former must be con- sidered a synonym of pumilo. Chlorion (Proterosphex) argentinum (Tascu.). Two female specimens. Length, 22-24 mm. These specimens hardly agree with the descriptions of this species in all regards. The differences are mainly those of color distribution, however, and it is doubtful if they are of great importance. The enlarged portion of the first dorsal abdominal plate is black except a narrow posterior and lateral strip of red. On each side of the second dorsal plate is a half-moon shaped black spot, its curved side being posterior. The fourth dorsal plate is black except for a narrow red posterior margin which on the middle line extends into the black in the form of a V. All the other parts of the dorsal plates are red. The surface beneath is red except for two black, rather vaguely limited black bands on the first ventral plate which extend outward and backward from the petiole. In his key leading to this species Kohl describes the tibiae as suddenly thick- ened at the end on the inner side. This is somewhat misleading, as, though the end is thickened, it is not suddenly so, his Figure 18 being a better representation than his Figure 20. Chlorion (Proterosphex) davisi, sp. nov. Female. Black; wings hyaline except at tip and near base; large, robust. Head large, not quadrate from above, the frons being depressed between the eyes and the cheeks sloping sharply toward the neck. Clypeus and frons densely covered with pale yellow pubescence and long hairs of the same color. Clypeus somewhat arched, its anterior margin evenly rounded except for a small truncated central lobe. Frons quite deeply sunken between the eyes, pubescent nearly to the ocelli, and where bare, showing scattered punctures of medium size. Ocellar area rather faintly limited by depressed lines, the frontal suture evident from the pubes- cence to the anterior ocellus. Vertex narrow from front to rear, bearing scattered, long brown hairs. Distance between the lateral ocelli slightly greater than between them and the eyes. Cheeks about half the width of the eye, widest opposite the middle of the neck and narrowing quickly above and below, glistening, with scat- tered punctures, thicker below, where there are also numerous long dark brown hairs. Inner margins of the eyes about parallel. Antennae black, grayish or brownish sericeous beyond the first filament segment, the scape tinged with ferru- ginous beneath, with a trace of yellowish pubescence at the base and short dark brown hairs on the inner side and tip: Mandibles quite stout, black, with a faint —~ ee, ee 268 BULLETIN: MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. ferruginous tinge; with a row of aciculations on the outer edge and bearing an irregular fringe of quite long black hairs. Terminal tooth of each mandible extending some distance beyond the base of the other. Thorax. Neck short. Anterior face of collar very flat, rising at right angles to the neck, its surface sparsely pale yellow pubescent. Dorsal edge of collar very narrow, evenly rounded, closely appressed against the mesonotum. Sides of the collar glistening in front of the prothoracic lobe, and excavated, forming quite a sharp vertical ridge anteriorly. Prothoracic lobe with a few scattered punctures and brown hairs, and with a trace of golden pubescence behind. Prosternum sparsely punctured, bearing quite long brown hairs. Mesonotum rising somewhat sharply at first above the collar, with a faint, short, anterior median depression ; its surface evenly but not closely covered with punctures of medium size, pale sericeous at certain angles, and bearing a few short brown hairs; its lateral margin somewhat reflexed from in front of the tegulae to the posterior corners. Scutellum rather broad from front to rear, and quite flat, its surface somewhat glistening, and punctured about like the mesonotum, with a slight median depres- sion behind. Postscutellum narrow, strongly bituberculate, minutely punctured. Dorsum of the median segment closely, transversely striate, the striations being coarser at the sides behind the stigma, but not extending beyond the limits of the dorsum ; its surface quite thickly covered with rather short, erect, brown hairs. Fovea broadly crescentic. Posterior end of the median segment forming nearly a right angle with the dorsum; its surface granular, and bearing quite a thick clothing of long brown hairs. Toward the sides there are faint traces of striations above, but the surface for some little distance behind the stigmatal groove is smooth except for minute punctures, and somewhat glistening. Stigmatal groove running forward some distance from the hind coxae, then turning sharply upward to the stigma close behind a pronounced, narrow, vertical ridge, which extends down from the front of the stigma to a point a little below the bend of the stig- matal groove. Meso- and meta-pleura rather closely and minutely punctured, quite thickly covered with short brown hairs. Petiole black, with a faint reddish tinge, short, straight, a little shorter than the second hind tarsal segment, or the first filament segment, one-third longer than the second filament segment; its surface minutely punctured, and bearing short brown hairs. Abdomen quite long in proportion to its width, rather pointed behind, black with a dull reddish tinge, particularly on the sides and beneath, whitish or grayish sericeous, particularly on the second and third dorsal plates. Stigmata reddish. Dorsal plates with minute scattered punctures, except the last two, which are quite coarsely punctured and bear a few reddish brown hairs. Beneath, with a number of quite long brown or reddish brown hairs on the last plate. Wings hyaline, except on the outer margin of the fore wing from the end of the radial cell back to the end of the subdiscoidal vein, and at the base, all of the costal cell and the greater portion of the median, submedian, and anal cells, which are deep brown. The base of the hind wing is similarly colored. Cubital vein obso- lete beyond the third cubital cell in the fore wing. That of the hind wing present for a short distance beyond the transverse cubital vein. Radial vein of the hind wing arched strongly forward beyond the transverse cubital. Transverse median vein nearly straight, joining the median at more than a right angle. Tegulae black, with a reddish tinge behind, with a trace of sericeous at some angles. FERNALD: SPHECIDAE FROM ARGENTINE. 269 Legs dark reddish brown to black. Fore metatarsi with eleven comb teeth more than half the length of the segment, the first one shorter. Inner contour of hind tibia straight. Otherwise the legs have no differential characters. Length, 29 mm. Expanse of wings, 44 mm. Described from one female specimen captured at Cordova, Argentine. This species in some regards seems to resemble Chlorion fuliginosum, C. ser- villei, and C. nitidiventris, but comparison with specimens of the first two species shows numerous differences, and the description of the third fails to agree with it in a number of points. I take great pleasure in naming this species for Prof. W. M. Davis of Harvard University. Sphex nigrocinctus, sp. nov. Female. Head almost all black ; thorax, median segment, first segment of petiole, coxae, and trochanters entirely black. The other segments of the legs, and the abdomen, except the fourth segment, red. Wings hyaline, with a faint yellowish shade near the base ; slightly fuliginous along the outer margin. Head large, quite quadrate from above, the cheeks being quite broad at the top and the frons but little hollowed between the eyes. From in front the outline is nearly circular. Clypeus and frons rather sparsely golden pubescent almost to the ocelli and with quite numerous long yellow hairs. Anterior margin of the clypeus with its middle third straight, transverse, and with a small tooth at each end of this portion where the margin bends upward, just above which is a small, noticeable red spot. Centre of the clypeus somewhat arched ; but a rounded triangular area from the highest point of this to the margin is flattened. Frontal suture from the an- tennae to the anterior ocellus well developed, and this region is without pubescence. Ocellar area well marked by depressed lines. Immediately behind it is an elevated transverse-oval area a little wider than the ocellar area. The portions of the frons, vertex, and occiput*not pubescent are black sericeous, which on the cheeks close behind the eyes, and covering the whole of the cheeks lower down, becomes golden sericeous. Cheeks wide above, narrowing quickly below the level of the neck, and giving a long wedge-shaped piece, when viewed from the side, the surface above bearing a few scattered, long yellow hairs. Lateral ocelli nearer each other than to the eyes. Inner margins of the eyes parallel. Antennae black, black sericeous, the scape reddish beneath except at its tip, glistening, and with a very few short black hairs. Relative lengths of filament segments 1/31, 2/19, 3/20, 4/19. Mandi- bles stout, each reaching but little beyond the base of the other, the terminal tooth and inner margin black as far toward the base as the inner side of a well-developed lateral tooth; the remainder red, with scattered aciculations and a fringe of quite long red hairs on the posterior face. Thorax black; the dorsal edge of the collar, mesonotum, scutellum, postscutel- lum, middle of the dorsum of the median segment, front of the tegulae, prothoracic lobes, a large triangular area extending backward from the lower part of the episternal groove of the mesopleuron toward the mesocoxae, a large spot on each side of the petiole on the end of the median segment, and a strip along the side of 270 BULLETIN : MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. the dorsum of the median segment from the last to the postscutellum, golden to yellow sericeous or pubescent. In the specimen at hand the prothoracic lobe, the mesopleural triangular area, and the two spots on the end of the median segment are densely pubescent; the others are coarsely sericeous only; but as this specimen shows traces of having been wet, some of the sericeous areas were probably once pubescent. Anterior face of the collar rising perpendicularly from the neck, slightly rounded from side to side; its dorsal edge rather broad and rounded in both direc- tions; the surface of the collar black sericeous where not yellow. Sides of the collar slightly glistening, with a broad groove running obliquely downward and backward, on the posterior side of which, in front of the prothoracic lobe, are a few striations. Lateral suture of the neck and collar slightly fringed with short yellow hairs. Mesonotum rising considerably above the collar, with a median groove extending back about half the length of the plate. Lateral margins of the mesono- tum strongly reflexed to its posterior corners, where this reflexed edge is continued inward by the lateral anterior margin of the scutellum a short distance. It then turns backward, and soon unites with the central part of the scutellum, which is rounded downward anteriorly. Scutellum with a slight median depression posteri- orly, on each side of which are a few coarse longitudinal striations. Postscutellum without a median depression, but with coarse striations, as on the scutellum. Dorsum of the median segment with its surface back to the stigmata sericeous or pubescent, which behind this grows narrower till it reaches the posterior end, the sides of the dorsum, which is much broader behind the stigmata, lateral to the sericeous cover- ing, being coarsely striate, the striations being nearly but not quite transverse. Posterior end of the median segment sericeous where not pubescent. Sides of the median segment coarsely rugose, the ridges running nearly vertical posteriorly, and obliquely downward farther forward. Numerous short yellow hairs are present on this surface. Mesopleuron with numerous punctures, coarser below, with yellow hairs. Below the triangular pubescent spot are short, rather irregular ridges running nearly vertical and soon becoming obsolete, below which the surface is sparsely punctured and bears yellow hairs. Metapleuron with striae or rugosities running obliquely forward and downward on the upper part of the plate, vertically downward on the lower part. Near the upper, outer angle of the metacoxa is a pronounced, flattened tubercle. Abdomen. Petiole of two segments, the first cylindrical, black, somewhat gray- ish sericeous, the second elongate conical, black near its base above and below, the remainder red, five-sixths as long as the first segment. Remainder of the abdomen entirely red except a band of blackish on the fourth dorsal plate which covers ail but the posterior margin and a very small place on the median line anteriorly, and is lighter along the median line. Posterior margin of the seventh dorsal plate oval in outline. Surface of the abdomen grayish sericeous above, somewhat glisten- ing beneath, and here with scattered punctures most abundant on the posterior part of each plate, and more abundant on the seventh. Posterior margins of the third to sixth ventral plates inclusive, rounded, with a central emargination which becomes more of a notch behind. Seventh ventral plate conical, its sides rolled in at the tip so that with the end of the dorsal plate a nearly circular open- ing is formed; its surface bearing numerous whitish hairs, chiefly at the sides near the end. Wings, hyaline, the fore wings with a yellowish tinge from the base to the FERNALD : SPHECIDAE FROM ARGENTINE. 271 outer end of the inner cells. Outer margins of both pairs faintly fuliginous beyond the cells. Cubital vein of the fore wing entirely obsolete beyond the third cubital cell except for a very short stub. Subdiscoidal vein also with a short stub beyond the second recurrent, but with a dark streak extending a short distance beyond. Radial vein of the hind wing with a short stub and darker streak beyond the trans- verse cubital. Cubital not extending beyond the transverse cubital. Veins brown, the subcostal and anal of the fore wing, and the anal of the hind wing, almost black. Tegulae dark brown, lighter behind, golden sericeous, almost pubescent except near the hinder margin. Legs. Coxae and trochanters black. Fore coxae and trochanters slightly yel- low sericeous, the former with scattered yellow hairs. The other segment of the fore legs red, more or less sericeous, the last two tarsal segments darker than the others. Claws dark brown. Middle and hind legs like the fore legs except for a slight dark streak on the posterior side of the hind femora. Spines on all the legs red. Fore metatarsus with eight comb teeth on the outer margin. Length, 31 mm. Expanse of wings, 40 mm. . Described from one female specimen taken at Cordova, Argentine. This striking species closely resembles eugenia Smith, but differs from it in the outline of the clypeus, the sculpturing of the dorsum of the median segment, and in the distribution of color on the abdomen and legs. If this insect is subject to much variation, it may prove to be Smith’s species. Sphex fragilis (Smirq). Twenty-three female, sixteen male specimens. Length: females, 15-23 mm. ; males, 13-20 mm. “Common on the altos about the last of October on the yellow flowers of a Cladrastis (Chanar).” Davis. This interesting series shows much variation in size and in the amount of red present on the abdomen, but every gradation between the extremes is present, and I am unable to make more than one species of the lot. Most of the specimens come nearer swavis Burm. than to fragilis, but as the difference between the two as given by Burmeister consists only in a larger amount of red in szavis, it would seem to be simply a color variation. In all the specimens, at least the median dorsal surface of the last three abdomi- nal segments is black. In many the black areas are broader, covering more of the surface of these plates; in others the black begins to affect the posterior ventral plates and extends farther forward above, and this extension of the black proceeds till in some specimens only the second segment of the petiole, the segment next behind this, and the anterior margin of the next, are red, and the base of the second petiole segment is black or dark above. As the black increases in amount it becomes more bluish in quality, as is called for by the description of fragilis. None of the specimens show any tendency toward the appearance of moneta Smith, as mentioned by Fox (Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1897, p. 374). a. 272 BULLETIN: MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. Considerable study of the South American species of this genus leads to the belief that variation in the amount and distribution of color has resulted in the description of a number of species which will not prove valid when large numbers of specimens can be brought together for study, but a careful examination of the types in various European museums should precede any work of this kind if trustworthy results are to be expected. BULLETIN MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY AT HARVARD COLLEGE, IN CAMBRIDGE. VOL, Li. CAMBRIDGE, MASS., U.S.A. 1907-1908. . University Press: JoHN WILSON AND Son, Camprinexr, U.S.A. CONTENTS. No. 1.— The Palolo Worm, Eunice viridis (Gray). By W.McM. Woopwortu. (3 plates.) May, 1907 cA Pe Uti. eT cat Nat .eiltg ke No. 2.— The Starfishes of the Genus Heliaster. By Husertr L. Crark. (8 plates.) June, 1907 . : No. 3.— Types of Fossil Cetaceans in the Museum of Comparative Zodlogy. By C. R. Eastman. (4 plates.) June, 1907 No. 4. — Observations on the Type Specimen of the Fossil Cetacean Anoplo- nassa forcipata Cope. By Frepertck W. True. (3 plates.) July, 1907 . No. 5. — Preliminary Report on the Echini collected in 1906, from May to December, among the Aleutian Islands, in Bering Sea, and along the Coasts of Kamtchatka, Sakhalin, Korea, and Japan, by the U. 8. Fish Commission Steamer “ Albatross,” in Charge of Lieut. Commander L. M. Garrett, U.S.N. Commanding. By ALExanpER AGassiz and Hupert L. Crarx. October, LSOT.: No. 6.— Reports on the Scientific Results of the Expedition to the Eastern Tropical Pacific, in Charge of Alexander Agassiz, by the U.S. Fish Com- mission Steamer “ Albatross,” from October, 1904, to March, 1905, Lieut. Commander L. M. Garrett, U.S. N., Commanding. XI. Die Xenophyo- phoren. Von Franz E. Scuutze. (1 plate.) November, 1907 No. 7.— The Cidaridae. By Huserr L. Cuarxk. (11 plates.) December, 1907. BUT ieah cee cit, pe!) he cieyh kes URED We Raieslona a) ol eh ee MPRA fo ges) vine 8 No. 8. — Notice of some Crinoids in the Collection of the Museum of Com- parative Zoology. By Austin H. Cuarx. (2 plates.) January, 1908 . No. 9. — New Plagiostomia and Chismopnea. By SamuEt Garman. Febru- ary, 1908 No. 10.— New phytophagous Hymenoptera from the Tertiary of Florissant, Colorado. By Cuartes T. Brurs. March,1908 ... . No. 11.— Some Japanese and East Indian Echinoderms. By Huperr L. Cuark. April, 1908 No. 12.—Some new Reptiles and Amphibians. By Tuomas Barpour. April, 1908 PAGE ’ 23 77 95 107 141 163 231 249 257 277 313 Chek LP GTN Skat RAT rae en ary Bulletin of the Museum of Comparative Zoology AT HARVARD COLLEGE. Vou, Gk No. 1. THE PALOLO WORM, EUNICE VIRIDIS (Gray). By W. McM. WoopwortTu. Wity TureE PLATEs. CAMBRIDGE, MASS., U.S. A.: PRINTED FOR THE MUSEUM. May, 1907. No. 1.— The Palolo Worm, Eunice viridis (Gray). By W. McM. Woopwortu. Tue Palolo. worm! first became known from the Samoan Islands, where it attracted the attention of the missionaries because it was eaten, prized and sought for by the natives, and because it appeared periodically in certain localities in enormous numbers, and for a few hours only, and because it made its appearance almost invariably in the months of October and November, and always during a quartering of the moon, and was not seen again until the following year under precisely the same conditions. It further became known that the November crop was vastly larger than that of October, and that all ‘ Palolo” were headless. The earliest published description of the “ Palolo” is that by J. E. Gray (1847), based on material sent to the British Museum by the Rey. J. B. Stair, a missionary in the Samoan Islands. Gray placed it near to the Arenicolidae and gave it the name Palola viridis. It was figured by Macdonald (1858), and although his figures are most accurate, the so-called head is that of a Lysidice, as was pointed out by Ehlers (1868), who renamed it Lysidice viridis. The first extended account was written by Collin (1897) as an appendix to Krémer’s earlier work on Samoa. Collin, with previous writers, considered the “ Palolo” to be the posterior part of a Lysidice, a few heads of which had, from time to time, been taken with the ‘“ Palolo” at the ‘fishing’ season, and as no other annelid heads were taken, and all “ Palolo ” were headless, it was natural, for want of better evidence, to ascribe the “ Palolo” to the genus Lysi- dice.? For thirty years it was ascribed to that genus, and Macdonald’s 1 In the Fijian Islands the worm is called “ Bololo,” pronounced Mbololo by the natives. In the course of the present paper I shall use the Samoan name Palolo, for it was in the Samoan Islands that it was first heard from and its true history became known. When the name is printed “ Palolo,” 7. e. in quotation marks, I refer to the headless, epitokal, free-swimming portion of the worm. Different writers have spelled it Pulolo and Palola. It has also been called the “ Fiji Worm.” 2 Quartrefages (1858) calls it Lysidice palola. 4 BULLETIN: MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. figures were the only ones,’ and were often copied. In 1898 Fried- laender (1898+) figured the head of what he recognized to be that of a Eunice. ‘This, with other material, he obtained from the reef-rock at Samatau in Samoa. His material was afterwards studied by Ehlers, who (1898) showed that Friedlaender had found the real head of the “ Pa- lolo,” which then became Hunice viridis (Gray). It was my good fortune, while acting as assistant to Mr. Alexander Agassiz in the Fiji Islands, to be present at the annual ‘rising’ of the “ Palolo” (Mbololo) at Levuka on November 17 1897, and Mr. Agassiz has (1899, p. 16) given an account of our experiences at that time. In the following year Mr. Agassiz dispatched me to Samoa to be on hand for the November appearance of the ‘ Palolo” and to search the reef-rock for the entire animal. On my arrival at Apia I was fortunate in finding Dr. Kramer, who placed his notes at my disposal as well as all of the an- nelid material he had collected from the reefs in his search for the Palolo head. I am also under obligations to Mr. W. Blacklock, U. 8S. Vice Consul at Apia, to Captain Victor Schoenfelder of H. I. M. S. “ Falke,” to my friend C. L, Crehore who accompanied me to Samoa, and to Tui Malealiifanu, the head chief of Falelatai where I made my headquarters. After searching the reefs to the westward, at Samatau, where Fried- laender obtained his material, for several days without result, the natives took me to a small bay called Fagaiofu to the eastward of Falelatai. The bay lies between two small promontories which are about one quarter of a mile apart, and is almost filled with a fringing reef, the sea edge of which is not more than two hundred feet from the beach at extreme low tide. Small patches of dead coral occur almost at the beach line, becoming larger and more numerous seawards, where they are more or less confluent so as to make a kind of platform. This general platform is interrupted by two deep narrow channels or passages corresponding to the outlets of small streams, At extreme low tide, that is at neap tide, the place is so shallow that one can wade from the shore to the outer edge of the reef platform. The reef at Fagaiofu is composed of dead coral and the usual honeycombed reef-rock, except at the outer edge where there is living coral. By prizing off masses of the rock with a crowbar at the edges of the deeper channels, “Palolo” were disclosed in great numbers and could be seen dangling from the freshly exposed surfaces, and wriggling free into the water to be 1 McIntosh (1885) figured some chetae from material obtained by the “ Challenger.” WOODWORTH: THE PALOLO WORM. 5 carried seaward by the retreating tide. This was about one hour before dead low water, and just before sunset on November third, two days before the “Palolo” was expected. Masses of the rock were taken back to Falelatai and by means of chisels, forceps, and lamplight, one specimen was obtained complete. The next day, the eve of the ex- pected ‘rising’, we again went to Fagaiofu to camp for the night, and at low water obtained more material, including three complete specimens. Owing to the great length of the worm and its intricate association with the reef-rock the operation demands patience and delicate handling. It is in the galleries and cavities of the reef-rock that the Palolo has its abode. They were found everywhere on the reef and could be ex- posed by breaking open the surface, but more easily at the edges of the deeper places. Plate 3 shows, in natural size, a piece of the reef- rock presenting a top view and an end view showing the fractured sur- face. Fagaiofu is not easy of access, and a boat can land only when there is enough water over the reef. The platform can be worked only at extreme low tides which, in the Palolo season, are the neap tides, and occur about sundown and sunrise. This season is also the rainy season. Stair was present at the “ Palolo” ‘rising’ at Fagaiofu in 1847 and (1897), speaks of it as “one of the famous fishing places.” It is strange that I should have been the first to visit the place since his time, and almost by accident, and by only a narrow margin of time. The place is an ideal one for the study of the Palolo, if one could be there during some weeks covering the time of its swarming. I must speak, as briefly as possible, of the petty discussion which appeared between 1898 and 1903 as to whom belongs the credit of first discovering the real head of the “ Palolo.” In March, 1898, Friedlaender (1898) states that the meaning of the Palolo phenomenon was simul- taneously discovered by Kramer, Thilenius, and himself. In May of the same year, Friedlaender (1898) says that the nature of the Palolo was discovered simultaneously by Thilenius and himself, and later (1904), it reads that he alone, and possibly Thilenius, made the discovery. In this paper he quotes me as saying (1903) that it was through Kramer’s investigations that the true history of the Palolo became known. I refer Dr. Friedlaender to the English edition of my prelim- inary paper (19032) which was translated for Kraimer’s ‘“ Die Samoa Inseln,” though not published until a few months later, to see that I was not unfair to him, as he charges. The discovery of the origin of the 1 In his subsequent publications he makes no mention of this paper, but speaks (1904) of his second paper (1898+) as “ meine erste Abhandlung. ” 6 BULLETIN: MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. ‘“Palolo” was made independently by Kramer and _ Friedlaender, although the latter was the first to publish an account of his investiga- tions. I riedlaender succeeded in obtaining from the reef-rock at Sama- tau several specimens of “ Palolo,” together with the head ends of an annelid of different appearance and much larger size belonging to the genus Eunice. I riedlaender was the pioneer, for he was the first to iden- tify the large head-end as that of a Eunice, and was the first to figure it as well as the transition piece be- tween it and the “ Palolo,” and it was from his material that Ehlers gave us the final name Hunice viri- dis (Gray). All that I can hope to do is to establish, beyond doubt, the origin of the “ Palolo,” and confirm the researches of Friedlaender and Krimer, and add something to our knowledge of the morphology, habits, and relationships of this once mys- terious worm. It was Ehlers (1898) who first gave a detailed description of the Palolo worm and recognized an ex- treme case of sexual dimorphism, and showed the “ Palolo” to be the epi- tokal posterior portion of Eunice | viridis (Gray). He says (1898), Ficure 1. “Tch erginze das im Voraus damit, Eunice viridis (Gray). The narrower pos- dass ich die Eunice, die nun den terior, epitokal part, when detached Namen Eunice viridis (Gray) erhilt, and free-swimming, is known as the , 2 ; ie. : Spatgla72) about natieekeie. in den Kreis der Hunice siciliensis Gr. bringe und an ihr die Ausbildung des “ Palolo” als eine Form der Epitokie auffasse, wie sie zum ersten Male aus der Familie der Euniciden, und in ihrer Besonderheit abwei- chend von allen Erscheinungen der Epitokie, die von Borstenwiirmern bekannt sind, sich darstellt. Demnach ist in der Art eine atoke und epitoke Form, in der letzteren eine atoke und epitoke Korperstrecke zu unterscheiden.” We have then in the Palolo, combined in the same in- dividual, an atokal and an epitokal part corresponding to the anterior and posterior ends of the animal (Text Fig, 1), and it is the posterior epitokal WOODWORTH: THE PALOLO WORM. rs part, the “ Palolo,” that is periodically cast off and leads such an ephem- eral existence, while the anterior atokal part remains in the galleries of the reef-rock to regenerate, by a process of strobilization, a new posterior atokal sperm or egg sac, which at the appointed time is again set free. The sexes are different in color, the color of the male being reddish brown or buff to yellowish, while that of the female is a deep bluish green (Figs. 1 and 2). These colors are very pronounced in the epitokal region, and are due to the sexual elements, ova and sperm. After the discharge of the sexual elements the collapsed integument is colorless and translucent. These distinctive sexual colors are found in the broader anterior atokal region, but not in so marked a degree, the female being only a little more greenish in color than the male, and here the colors are doubtless integumentary (Fig. 3). It is from the deep green color of the ova in the epitokal region that the specific name viridis is derived. Ehlers (1898) has so minutely and accurately described the worm that it would be superflous for me to quote at length the details written by the master’s hand, and I refer the reader to his paper. I can only supplement his description by additional measurements, etc., from more abundant material, and supply some figures. The length of the “ Palolo,” that is the free-swimming epitokal part of the worm, has been variously estimated at from a few inches to three feet, 2. e., a maximum of 90 cm. This great length is given by Gill (1854). The longest specimen that I measured in the living condition was 30 cm. This is about the average of the measurements given by seven authors. From alcoholic material, where there is considerable shrinkage, Ehlers estimated 20 cm, and states that some segments were probably missing. The atokal region comprises about one fourth of the total length of the worm, and the greatest diameter is about 4 mm, while the length of the segments is about 4 mm, or about twenty times as broad as they are long. This ratio begins at about the fifteenth seg- ment from the anterior end, not counting the two large cephalic segments (Fig. 3). The ratio of length to breadth of these fifteen segments is about five to one. In the first of the two large cephalic segments the ratio is about two to one, and in the second four to one (Figs. 3 and 7). The broader anterior segments are also marked by a brown pigment which is densest on the dorsal surface, diminishing toward the sides and disappearing toward the ventral surface. It is densest in the two large cephalic segments diminishing posteriorly, and ceases at about the fifteenth segment, where they become shortest (Fig. 3). In one male specimen 429 atokal segments were counted, in another 350. These 8 BULLETIN: MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. counts are not accurate owing to a dense gelatinous secretion in the posterior part, which makes it difficult to count the very short segments. The region of this secretion, in the longest of the atokal specimens, began at about segment 300 and extended backward to the narrow epitokal region. The transition between the broad atokal and attenu- ated epitokal regions is abrupt and very marked (Text Fig. 1 and Fig. 10, Plate 2), owing to the difference in diameter and shape of the segments and the difference in color due to the sexual elements in the epitokal segments. The diameter of the epitokal segments is, in general, slightly more than 1.50 mm in alcoholic material, and the length is about the same. In the living animal the length of the segments is slightly more than the breadth. The epitokal region has somewhat the appearance of a string of beads, the segments being rounded, bulging at the middle and constricted at the dissepimental zones (Text Fig. 1). \ As has already been mentioned, the epitokal region is but an egg or sperm sac and leads but a brief free existence, and as will be seen later, the rounded, plump shape of the segments can be explained by the suppression of organs due to the crowding effect of the sexual products. Beginning at about the fifteenth from the posterior end, the segments become narrower and more flattened so that the posterior end tapers to the last or anal seg- ment. Varying from two to fifteen in number, the preanal segments are colorless and translucent, not containing any sexual elements (Fig. 9). The cephalic and anal cirri (Figs. 3 and 9), the chetae (Figs. 13 and 14) and the jaw apparatus (Figs. 11 and 12), are characteristic of the genus, and have been minutely described by Ehlers. The great length of the cirri on the first pair of parapodia described by him is plainly seen in Figure 3. Ehlers finds many resemblances between Eunice viridis and E. siciliensis Gr. in which species there is also, at sexual maturity, an intensification of the color in the posterior region. With Ehlers, I found the gill filaments in the atokal region to begin at about the 135" segment. They attain their greatest length at about segment 175. The presence of gill filaments in the epitokal part is difficult to determine. When they are present they are much aborted, and there is no particular region where they can always be found. They are constantly absent in the empty, translucent, preanal segments. Ehlers believes that where the gill filaments are lacking in the epitokal region they have been lost, “abgefallen,” due to their slight union with the dorsal cirrus, and that the loss of them may be due to one of the regular processes involved in the life of the “ Palolo.” This is in accord with other processes that take place, such as the general histol- WOODWORTH: THE PALOLO WORM. 9 ysis of internal organs to make room, as it were, for the accumulation of sexual products, and the reduction in the number of chetae in the parapodia, processes adapted to its function and brief existence ; while the life of the atokal, parent-end is, as far as known, perennial. The general shape of the parapodia in the atokal and epitokal regions is the same ; those of the anterior region being perhaps somiewhat broader, and containing a larger bundle of cheetae, both simple and compound. In the epitokal region I found usually, even as far back as the thirteenth preanal segment, two of the simple, dorsal chetae and three of the ventral compound ones (Fig. 13), while Ehlers says, “ist haufig nur eine einfache und eine zusammengesetzte Borste vorhanden.” A reduc- tion of organs and histolysis of tissues in epitokal forms of annedids has been noted by Ehlers (1868) in Glycera, Caullery and Mesnil (1898) in Dodecaria, by Claparéde (1870) in Polyopthalmus and Pedophylax, Kisig (1887) in Notomastus, etc., and McIntosh (1885) has spoken of it in the “ Palolo.”” The intestine is reduced to a thin flattened ribbon, and the segmental organs are difficult to determine, more especially so in the female. Also there is a great reduction in the thickness of the body wall, a condition that exists in other annelids at sexual maturity. All sexual products, according to Powell (1883), are discharged through ‘ oviducts and seminal ducts,” and Ehlers believes, with Powell, that the sexual products are discharged by means of “ausfithrende Apparate.” My observations do not agree with this. In Fiji I isolated single individuals in separate vessels and observed the discharge of the sexual products, which was best seen in females on account of the large size and deep color of the ova. In one instance, a female of about ten inches in length, the ova were discharged as if simultaneously from all segments, leaving a small mass of shriveled translucent pellicle. It seemed incredible. that so large a worm could be suddenly reduced to so small a mass. The process was like an explosion, and the ova must have been under great tension. When a few specimens were kept in the same vessel, the number of heaps of green granules at the bottom of the vessel indicated the number of females that had discharged their ova. On examination of the collapsed integument, distinct lateral rents or tears could be seen, and could, in some cases, be traced confluent through several segments. The large size of the ova, 14.5 w in diam- eter, would preclude any rapid discharge by means of segmental organs. On the other hand I believe that some of the male elements may find their way out through the segmental organs as they can be demonstrated there in sections; yet living males “explode ” in the same 10 BULLETIN: MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. way as females. Eisig (1887) describes similar conditions in Noto- mastus, where the sexual elements are discharged by rupture of the body-wall, and states that the lumen of the segmental organs is too small for the passage of ova. Mayer (1900), for his “ Atlantic Palolo,” says that by series of violent and sudden contractions “the ripe seg- ments are torn asunder at short intervals by the breaking of the cutic- ula, forming large rents through which the genital products escape.” This manner of unloading the sexual products accounts for the apparent sudden disappearance of the dense swarms of ‘‘ Palolo” a short time after their appearance, which was considered as much of a phenomenon as their sudden appearance. Each segment of the atokal part bears on its ventral surface a promi- nent circular pigmented spot, deep brown or black in color (Text Fig. 1, Figs. 9 and 10, plate 2). They can be traced forward into the atokal region through about twenty segments, though much reduced in size, and paler in color (Fig. 10). They are absent in from two to fifteen of the preanal segments, those colorless, translucent segments that contain no sexual elements. They were first noted by Ehlers (1868) who likened them to eyes in appearance, but looked upon them as the external open- ings of some sort of a longitudinal gland. It was Spengel (1881) who first estimated their true nature, and speaks of them as “ wirkliche Augen.” The minute structure of these ventral eye-spots was studied by Hesse (1899) in carefully prepared material collected by Kramer. Although he states that it is improbable that they are capable of forming images, he says: ‘Es wird also ihre Leistungsfahigkeit auf die Unter- scheidung verschiedener Lichtsintensitaten, vielleicht auch von Farben, und auf das Erkennen der Lichtsrichtung beschrankt sein.” Schroeder (1905), who also made an histological study of these eye-spots, asserts that they differ so much in structure from all known eyes that it is not possible to compare them with any. He hints at the possibility of their being light-producing organs. If they were phosphorescent organs it would have been noted long ago, and could not have escaped the eyes of the natives, as the “ Palolo” appears in dense swarms at the surface of the water, and in deep darkness. It is significant that these eye-spots occur in a rudimentary form on only a few of the posterior segments of the atokal, sedentary, part of the worm, and are so highly developed on all but a few of the segments of the active, epitokal part. I believe with Hesse that they react in some way to light, or possibly to heat rays. In text Figure 2, I reproduce Hesse’s figure of a median section of one of these eyes, which plainly shows their structure. WOODWORTH: THE PALOLO WORM. 11 On the day before the ‘rising’ of the “ Palolo” (the motusaga day of the natives, see ¢nfra), a small annelid, headless like it, and the sexes also distinguished by brown and greenish tints, makes its appearance in large numbers. It is this small worm that in my preliminary paper (1903) I ascribed to Lysidice falax, the name that Ehlers gave to the Lysidice-head figured by Macdonald, and for so long believed to be the Sinise ° ee eo 3 i H e 3 3 33 %) és ¥ “ e' Oy oe, r) ° C) °, °, ors} ce ° e ‘> eo FIGURE 2. Longitudinal medium section of one of the ventral eye-spots of the ‘‘Palolo.’’ After Hesse. X 400. v.m. c., ventral nerve-cord ; p. m., pigment mass ; ep., epithelium. real head of the ‘ Palolo.” This small headless worm, a diminutive **Palolo,” does not belong to L. falax. I have complete specimens of the latter which in no way exhibit any heteramorphosis or differentiation between the anterior and posterior regions. A description of L. falax is reserved for a subsequent paper on Eunicidae from the reefs of the Pacific Islands. To the little “‘ Palolo” of motusaga day I give the ten- tative name Hunice dubia. The segments have the same general shape as those of the ‘‘ Palolo”’ and measure, in alcoholic material, about 0.75 mm; in diameter, being slightly shorter than broad (Figs. 4 and 5). As qe BULLETIN: MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. in J. viridis about twelve of the preanal segments are colorless and trans- lucent, not containing any sexual elements. These empty segments are usually much wider than those preceding them, thus marking off a dis- tinct broader preanal region (Fig. 5). The longest specimen measured 3 cm, from the material collected by Kramer at Apia. Usually there is present, in each segment, a pair of brownish or blackish pigmented spots at the dorsal base of the parapodia (Fig. 6). These are not comparable to the ventral eye-spots of H. viridis, but rather to the paired pigmented “olands’’ so common in the Alciopina and Tomopteridae and, possibly, have a photogenic function. Treadwell (1900) has described similar paired organs in #. armata. The composition of the parapodia (Fig. 15) is much simpler than in Z. wridis. There are two of the simple cheetae, one much longer than the other, and but one of the compound kind. The figure does not show the cirri which are much shorter than in £. viridis, and gill filaments could not be determined ; the figure is inverted. The first detailed account of sexual dimorphism in annelids is by Alex- ander Agassiz (1862) for Autolytus, and Malaquin (1893), has called attention to its occurrence in other Syllidae. In the Nereidae, sexual dimorphism was first described by Ehlers (1868) where it is known for up- wards of twenty species, and it is manifested in different ways pretty much throughout the Annelida. It occurs in two general ways. First, as in the Nereidae, where certain sexual individuals undergo a metamorphosis adapting them for the dissemination of the sexual products (Heteronereis), and secondly as in the Eunicidae (“ Palolo”), where certain regions of the animal, containing the sexual elements, become modified and are set free by a process of autotomy. In the first case the metamorphosed in- dividuals are known as the epitokal (Ehlers, 1868) or epigamous (Clap- aréde, 1870) forms, in the latter the sexually modified part which is set free is the epitokal part of the animal, the unmodified part, the parent animal, which may or may not regenerate the liberated portion, is the atokal part. In the latter class it is usually the posterior portion that is set free as in Hunice viridis, Hh. fucata (Mayer, 1900, 1902) Syllidae, etc., while in Ceratocephale osawai (Izuka, 1903), one of the Nereidae, it is the anterior region that leads a free existence. In most epitokal forms there is a great development of the eyes. In the Nereidae, the active epitokal form is attracted by artificial light, and Izuka (1903), states for Ceratocephale that the fishermen attract them by the light of torches, catching them for bait. I have observed the same attraction to artificial light in several forms of Heteronereis. This development of the eyes in epitokal phases of annelids is significant, and as I have pointed WOODWORTH: THE PALOLO WORM. 13 out the ventral eye-spots are fully developed only in the posterior free- swimming part of the Palolo. According to Riggenbach (1902) autotomy (Selbstverstitmmlung) in annelids is brought about through external stimuli, and the parent atokal part of the Palolo may be looked upon as a sexual nurse or stock which regenerates the epitokal region, a process comparable to strobiliza- tion in cestodes. Brunelli and Schoener (1905), who name this process schizoepitokie, call attention to the fact that the most complicated re- productive processes in annelids exist in those forms that inhabit shores and reefs, are simpler in pelagic forms, still less complicated in fresh water forms, and simplest of all in terrestial forms. In the phenomenon of the periodic appearance of the “ Palolo” they believe that’ inorganic forces have played the most important part in establishing reproductive autotomy, and since annelids inhabiting reefs and shores are subject to wounds and amputations due to the action of the waves on rock- fragments and sand, and friction between the worm and the rock, etc., epitokie arose from such amputations, which later became simple division and finally adapted to the dissemination of the species, and since these ‘mechanical causes were coincident with certain seasons, such a_ periodic seasonal mechanical stimulus has played an important role in the an- cestral history of the Palolo. The periodic swarming of the “ Palolo” has been ascribed to various stimuli such as light, heat, salinity and pressure of the water, atmos- pheric electricity, etc. Friedlaender (1898), says that a reaction to light has nothing to do with the “ Palolo” phenomenon, neither moonlight, which is reflected light, nor the light of dawn, and suggests a negative geotropism through diminished water pressure at low tides. The “ Palolo” appears in the months of October and November in the last quartering of the moon. This is the season of neap tides, when the reef flats are uncovered or only awash. At this season the sun is nearest the zenith in southern latitudes, a season when the sun’s light and heat is greatest. I believe in some heliotropic or thermotropic reaction of the eye-spots borne on the segments of the epitokal part of the Palolo. A glance at Text Fig. 2, p. 11, showing the structure of one of these ventral eye-spots is more than suggestive that their function is to react in some way to light or heat rays. Friedlaender’s contention that the “ Palolo” appears in almost absolute darkness does not, to my mind, preclude a reaction of the eye-spots to light or heat, for these influences have been acting for a considerable period of time as there are three distinct days involved in the ‘rising’ of the “ Palolo.” 14 BULLETIN: MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. The “Palolo” makes its appearance twice a year and always in a quartering of the moon, at a neap tide in October and November. For Fiji the October rising is known as “ Bololo lailai,” 7. e., small or few ‘“‘Palolo;” the November one is called ‘“ Bololo levu,” 2. e., large or many “‘Palolo.” The October crop is not large enough to interest the natives in its capture, but marks in a way the time for the appearance of the great November crop. There are various signs known to the natives by which they reckon when to expect the swarming of the worm, such as the distance above the horizon of certain constellations, the ‘* march ” to the sea of the land crabs to deposit their eggs, the appearance of certain small fish, the ripening of certain tubers, the flowering of plants, ete. An old Fijian chief told me that you might expect the “ Bololo ” when in the last quartering of the moon in October and November there is a low tide just before sunrise. ‘This spring season is recognized through- out the Pacific islands, and where the ‘ Palolo ” occurs the native calen- dar bears its mark as to the names of seasons and months. All of the annelids living in the reefs are sexually mature at this time, as shown by the extensive collections made by Kramer and myself, and this is true of the general animal life of the reef. In Samoa this season is kuown as taumafamua, 1. e., the time of much to eat. In the Banks Islands, Mota (Codrington, 1891), the season is called taw matua, the season of maturity.” | Good accounts of the fishing of the “ Palolo” are given by Churchill (1902), Churchward (1887), Kramer (4902), the Earl of Pembroke (1872), Seeman (1862), Stair (4897), Thompson (1896), von Werner (1890), and others. The ‘ Palolo-time’ embraces three successive days. When in the last quarter of the moon in October and November, more especially the latter, the water on the ‘ Palolo-grounds ’ has a turbid or roiled look, with floating patches of scum, the natives know that two days later the “ Palolo” will ‘rise. This first day is called salefu. The second day is marked by the swarming of a small annelid, headless like the “ Palolo,” and the sexes distinguished by the same yellow and greenish tints. This day is called motusaga. The third is the tatelega when the “ Palolo” swarms and the natives come many miles to the favoured places to gather it. With “ Palolo” of the tatelega day many of the small annelids of the motusaga occur, and a few “ Palolo” appear 1 T can offer no explanation why there should be two distinct crops and in ad- jacent months, nor why the November crops should be so much larger. 2 Tt is not in the province of this paper to enter into the legends, folk-lore, and ceremonies of the natives with which the “ Palolo” has so much to do. WOODWORTH: THE PALOLO WORM. 15 on motusaga day. A microscopical examination of the salefu scum shows it to consist of a gelatinous slime in which are grains of sand, appendages, fragments and casts of Entomostraca, and a varied detritus of the seething life inhabiting the reefs, including many ova of various kinds in different stages of segmentation. The salefu may be looked upon as a manifestation of the awakening of the “ Palolo” previous to its swarming or marriage-swim ; an annual activity of countless numbers of annelids resulting in a discharge into the water of the deposits accumulated in the galleries and crevices of the reef-flats. The small annelid of motusaga day is what I have called Hunice dubia (Figs. 4—6, 15) and is doubtless what Friedlaender speaks of as the “ Pseudo- palolo.” The “ Palolo” appears in some localities in such enormous numbers that the surface of the sea has been likened to a thick vermicelli or macaroni soup, and I have seen a native with his bare hands fill a large pail with the worms in a few minutes. In Fiji I have seen the natives testing the water by wetting their hands and smelling it, and in this way detect the presence of the worm before it had been seen. I was unable to learn of this method in Samoa. The “ Palolo ” is eaten raw, but more usually baked in leaves of the breadfruit or boiled. The mass resembles cooked spinach in appearance, the whole taking on the deep green color of the female. In taste and smell it is not unlike fresh fish roe. It is eaten with impunity by both old and young, and in Fiji the water in which it is boiled is sometimes given to the sick. . The “ Palolo” is known from Samoa, Fiji, and Tonga. It occurs on all of the larger of the Samoan Islands and throughout the Fiji group. Karly records of the time of its appearance in Fiji have been kept at Lakamba from 1845-1854, and at Levuka from 1854-1858. In every case its appearance was in a quartering of the moon, which is true also of Whitmee’s records for Savaii in Samoa (1862-1868) and the later records from both groups of islands. The earliest recorded observations of the swarming of annelids are those of Rumphins (1705) for the “ Wawo” of Amboina for the years 1684 to 1694. The recent “Siboga” expedition brought back speci- mens of this worm which were studied by Horst (1905) who named it Lysidice oele (see also Weber, 1902). As in the “ Palolo” its annual appearance is directly related to a phase of the moon, as it makes its appearance in March and April only on the second and third nights after full moon. This relation of swarming of annelids to phases of the moon is noted by Mayer (1900 and 1902) for Hunice fucata, and Izuka 16 BULLETIN: MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. (1903) for Ceratocephale osawat. A similar swarming of marine annelids, and at corresponding seasons, is known for other islands of the Pacific, though the worms have not everywhere been identified. Powell (1883) speaks of them in the Gilbert Islands where they are known to the natives as te nmatamata, and Codrington (1891) gives a detailed account for Mota in the Banks Islands where they are known as wn. Brown (1877) mentions an annual appearance of a “ Palolo” on the East coast of New Ireland. That the annelid is best known from Samoa and Fiji is accounted for by these two groups of islands having been most visited and longest inhabited by whites. It is significant also that such records as we possess from other places, though meagre, have come to us through the missionaries, the pioneers of intelligent whites in the islands of the Pacific. TT WOODWORTH: THE PALOLO WORM. 17 BIBLIOGRAPHY. Agassiz, A. 1862. On Alternate Generation in Annelids, and the Embryology of Autoly- tus cornutus. Journ. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., Vol. 7, p. 384-409, pls. 9-10. J 1899. The Islands and Coral Reefs of Fiji. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zodl., Vol. 33. Brown, G. 1877. Notes on the Duke of York Group, New Britain, and New Ireland. Journ. Roy. Geog. Soc., Vol. 47, p. 187-150. Brunelli, G. and Schoener, H. 1905. Die Frage der Fortpflanzungsperiodizitat des Palolowurmes im Licht der allgemeinen Biologie der Chaetopoden. Compte Rend. VI. Congr. Internat. Zool., p. 647-662. Caullery M. and Mesnil F. 1898. Les formes épitoques et levolution des Cirratuliens. Ann. Univ. Lyon, Fasc. 39. Churchill, Llewella P. i 1902. Samoa Uma. New York. Churchward, W. B. . 1887. My Consulate in Samoa. A Record of Four Years Sojourn in the Navigator Islands. London. Claparéde, E. 1870. Les annélides chétopodes du Golfe de Naples. Supplément. Codrington, R. H. 1891. The Melanesians. Studies in their Anthropology and Folk-Lore. Oxford. Collin, A. 1897. Bemerkungen iiber den essbaren Palolowurm Lysidice viridis (Gray). Anhang zu Kramer, Ueber den Bau der Korallenriffe, p. 164—- 174. Ehlers, E. 1868. Die Borstenwiirmer, p. 367, Taf. 16, figs. 17-18. 1898. Ueber Palolo (Eunice viridis Gr.). Nachr. K. Gesell. Wiss. Got- tingen, p. 400-415. 1900. Ueber atlantischen Palolo. -‘Nachr. K. Gesell. Wiss. Gottingen, p- 397-399. VOU-LI. WO: 1 2 18 BULLETIN: MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. Eisig, H. 1887. Die Capitelliden. Fauna u. Flora d. Golfes v. Neapel, XVI. Mono- graphie. Leipzig. Friedlaender, B. 1898. Notes on the Palolo. Journ. Polynesian Soc., Vol. 7, p. 44-46. 18987. Ueber den sogenannten Palolowurm. Biol. Centralbl., Bd. 18, p. 337-357. 1899. Nochmals der Palolo und die Frage nach unbekannten kosmischen Einfliissen auf physiologische Vorgange. Biol. Centralbl., Bd. 19, p- 241-269. 18997. Verbesserungen und Zusaize zu meinen Notizen tiber den Palolo. Biol. Centralbl., Bd. 19, p. 553-557. 1901. Herm Alfred Goldsborough Mayer’s Entdeckung eines “ Atlantischen Palolo” und deren Bedeutung fiir die Frage nach unbekannten kosmischen Einfliissen auf biologische Vorginge. Zugleich eine Beleuchtung der darwinistischen Betrachtungsweise. Biol. Cen- tralbl., Bd. 21, p. 312-317, 352-366. 1904. Zur Geschichte der Palolofrage. Zool. Anzeiger, Bd. 27, p. 716-722. Gill, W. 1854. Onthe Palolo. Edinburgh New Philos. Journ., No. 57, p. 144-145. Gray, J. E. 1847. See Stair, J. B. esse, R. 1899. Untersuchungen tber die Organe der Lichtempfindung bei niederen Thieren. V. Die Augen der polychaeten Anneliden. Zeitschr. Wiss. Zool., Bd. 65, p. 459-463, Taf. 23. Hood, T. H. 1863. Notes of a Cruise in H. M. S. “ Fawn”. in the Western Pacific in the Year 1862. Edinburgh. Horst, R. 1905. Over Wawo (Lysidice oele n. sp.). Rumphius Gedenkboek, Kolon. Mus. Haarlem, p. 105-108. Izuka, A. 1903. Observations on the Japanese Palolo. Ceratocephal osawai. n. sp. Journ. Coll. Sci. Imp. Univ. Tokyo, Vol. 17, 39 p., 2 pls. Kramer, A. 1897. Ueber den Bau der Korallenriffe und die Planktovertheilung an den Samoanischen Kisten. Kiel. 1899. Palolountersuchungen. Biol. Centralbl., Bd. 19, p. 15-30. 1899*. Palolountersuchungen im Oktober und November 1898 in Samoa. Biol. Centralbl., Bd. 19, p. 237-239. 1902-3. Die Samoa-Inseln. Entwurf einer Monographie mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung Deutsch-Samoas. Stuttgart. WOODWORTH: THE PALOLO WORM. 19 Lang, A. 1888. Ueber den Einfluss der festsitzenden Lebensweise auf die Thiere und iiber den Ursprung der ungeschlechtlichen Fortpflanzung durch Theilung und Knospung. Jena. Macdonald, J. D. 1858. On the external Anatomy and Natural History of the Genus of Annelida named Palolo by the Samoans and ‘l'onguese, and Mbalolo by the Fijians. Trans. Linn. Soc., Vol. 22, p. 237-239, pl. 41. McIntosh, W. C. 1885. Report on the Annelida Polycheta, collected by H. M. S. “Chal- lenger” during the Years 1873-76. London. 1905. Notes from the Gatty Marine Laboratory. 1. On the Pacific, Atlantic and Japanese Palolo. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Vol. 15, p. 33-36. Malaquin, A. 1893. Recherches sur les Syllidiens. Lille. Mayer, A. G. 1900. An Atlantic “Palolo.”” Staurocephalus gregaricus. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Vol. 36, p. 1-14, pls. 1-3. 1902. The Atlantic Palolo. Sei. Bull. Brooklyn Mus. Arts & Sci. Vol. 1, p- 93-103, 1 pl. Meisenheimer, J. 1902. Der Palolowurm. Jin Sammelreferat. | Naturw. Wochenschr., N.F. Bd. 1, p. 225-226. 3 Osawa, K. 1902. Ueber die japanischen Palolo. Verhandl. V. Internat. Zool. Cong. z. Berlin, 1901, p. 751-755, 1 pl. Pembroke, Earl of. 1872. South Sea Bubbles. By the Earl and the Doctor. London. Fifth Edition. Powell, Thos. 1883. Remarks on the Structure and Habits of the Coral-reef Annelid, Palolo viridis. Journ. Linn. Soe., Vol. 16, p. 393-396. n.d. O le Tala ei Tino 0 Tagata ma Mea Ola Eseese i ai foio Tala i Manu ua ta’ ua i le Tusi Paia. A Manual of Zodlogy; Embracing the Animals of Scripture; —in the Samoan Dialect. London. Quatrefages, A. de. 1865. Histoire Naturelle des Annelés marins et d’eau douce. Paris. Tom. 1, p. 879. Riggenbach, E. 1902. Die Selbstverstiimmelung der Tiere. Ergeb. Anat. u. Entwickl., Bd. 12, p. 7838-903. 20 BULLETIN : MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. Rumphius, G. E. 1705. D’ Amboinische Rariteitkamer, etc. P. 51-54, “ Vermiculi Marini. Wawo.” Amsterdam. Schréder, O. 1905. Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Bauchsinnesorgane (Bauchaugen) von Eunice viridis-Gray sp. (Palolo). Zeitschr. Wiss. Zool., Bd. 79, p. 182-149, Taf. 7-8. Seeman, B. 1862. Viti: An Account of a Government Mission to the Vitian or Fijian Islands in the Years 1860-61. Cambridge. Spengel, J. W. 1881. Oligognathus bonelli eine schmarotzende Eunice. Mittheil. Zool. "Stat. Neapel, Bd. 3, p. 42-43. ! Stair, J. B. 1847. An Account of Palolo, A Sea Worm Eaten in the Navigator Islands, with a Description by J. E. Gray. Proc. Zool. Soc., Pt. 15, p. 17-18. 1897. Palolo, A Sea Worm Eaten by the Samoans. Journ. Polynesian Soc., Vol. 6, p. 141-144. Thilenius, G. 1900. Bemerkungen zu den Aufsatzen der Herren Kramer und Friedlaender iiber den sogenannten Palolo. Biol. Centralbl., Bd. 20, p. 241- 242. Thompson, Basil. 1896. ery | . PLATE 2. “Fig. 1. Heliaster cumingii (Gray). Abactinal surface. X Fre. 2: » polybrachius, sp. nov. __, R ” ” awe nr Plate Heliaster. HELIOTYPE CO., BOSTON. e a a * Cuark. — The Starfishes of the Genus Heliaster. PLATE 3. Fic. 1. Heliaster helianthus (Lamarck), juv. Abactinal surface. xX oy Fie. 2. _, canopus Perrier, adult. ss a Heliaster. Plate 3. EF > ares 4 HELIOTYPE CO., BOSTON. o : ; CuaRk. — The Starfishes of the Genus Heliaster. PLATE 4. Fie. 1. Heliaster multiradiatus (Gray). Abactinal surface. X i Fig. 2. ra kubiniji Xantus. = + X w- Heliaster. HELIOTYPE CO., BOSTON «\s CLaRx. — The Starfishes of the Genus Heliaster. PLATE 5. Fic. 1. Heliaster cumingii (Gray). Actinal surface. Fie. 2. m » Kubiniji Xantus. _,, es X rh X 15: - ies “ts ae ts Stl Se Plate’ 5. tm 0) ~Y 2] CS - — vo Late — HELIOTYPE CO., BOSTON. : ay 4 a ‘ ’ - " ‘ _* 4 i / / 7 ‘ é 7 »> , | s , @ > ) sao 4 eee pa eee CLARK. — The Starfishes of the Genus Heliaster. d PLATE 6. Fie. 1. Heliaster kubiniji Xantus. Abactinal surface and all inner organs re- moved, to show the interbrachial and discobrachial walls. X 75. Fic. 2. Coscinasterias calamaria (Gray). Abactinal surface and all inner organs removed, to show the incipient interbrachial walls. X 4%. Fig. 8. Asterias ochracea Brandt. Abactinal surface and all inner organs re- moved, to show the coalescence of the rays and the interbrachial walls. 7 X ro: z le) lon on” 1e) a fo) 3° Ww a > oa iS) 4 lu a aster. it Hel <— * oe I a yc \ Uy Te CLARE. Fics. 1-7. — The Starfishes of the Genus Heliaster. PLATE -7. Heliaster helianthus (Lamarck). 1. Digestive system, including the intestine (7V) with its rectal gland, the stomach with “ blood-vessels” (?) (BV) on its abactinal sur- face, the bases of the digestive glands of three rays, the ducts of the other rays, and the paired stomach-muscles of the five primary rays. The stone-canal (SC) may be seen between rays ITand V. Nat. size. The madreporite of a large adult. X 2. ae c. » », Well-grown young individual, 95 mm. in diameter. XX 2. 2. A large forficiform pedicellaria. X 70. 3. A small s 55 on: 4. A forcipiform pedicellaria, from one edge. X 70. 5. A similar 3 . » sides, >< 70; 6. ‘f Fries. 8-10. Heliaster kubiniji Xantus. Fia. 11. re. 12. Fig. 18. 8. The madreporite of an adult. X 2. 9. Ambulacral plates from near middle of ray, seen from the outside, to show the scarcely quadriserial arrangement of the pedicels. >: 10. Ambulacral plates from near peristome, seen from the outside, to show the biserial arrangement of the pedicels. X 5. Heliaster microbrachius Xantus. Ambulacral plates from near middle of ray, seen from the outside, to show the quadriserial arrangement of the pedicels. X 5. Heliaster polybrachius, sp. nov. Very young individual, only 40 mm. in diameter. Ambulacral plates from near middle of ray, seen from the outside, to show the biserial arrangement of the pedicels. 5. Coscinasterias calamaria (Gray). Ambulacral plates from near peris- tome, seen from the outside, to show the biserial arrangement of the pedicels. x 5, III HELIOTYPE CO., BOSTON. CLARK. — The Starfishes of the Genus Heliaster. PLATE 8. . Diagrams to show the relative position of the five primary rays in Heliaster, and the increasingly numerous accessory rays. ‘The heavy line indicates the outline of the stomach with its five pairs of muscles, which determine the primary rays. Fics. 1-6. Heliaster kubiniji Xantus. An 8-rayed individual. A 12-rayed ss A 15-rayed i A 21-rayed * A 23-rayed 3 A 25-rayed _,, (Note the remarkable symmetry at this stage). Fic. 7. ITleliaster canopus Perrier. An exceptional 27-rayed individual. Fic. 8. Heliaster polybrachius, sp. nov. A large 37-rayed individual. Sie Ors canbe Heliaster. Plate 8. HELIOTYPE CO., BOSTON. AY } Salta i fn cute u, bey a ably Ra ; r ; x Z eel NG A : vin Wi) ey} i? TW at W9 tay) re ANS ANU ne ¥ ¢ * { Bulletin of the Museum of Comparative Zoology AT HARVARD COLLEGE. Vor tt. No. 3. TYPES OF FOSSIL CETACEANS IN THE MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE. ZOOLOGY. By C. R. Eastman. WirnH Four Puatss. CAMBRIDGE, MASS., U.S.A.: PRINTED FOR THE MUSEUM. June, 1907. No. 8 — Types of Fossil Cetaceans in the Museum of Compara- tive Zodlogy. By C. R, Hastman. THERE are preserved in the Museum of Comparative Zodlogy, besides other interesting Cetacean remains, the types and only known represen- tatives of three species of Odontocetes from the middle and late Tertiary formations of this country. Two of these exemplars belong to the Del- phinoid, and the other to the Ziphioid division of toothed whales. One of the Delphinoid types has served for the establishment of a distinct genus, Lophocetus, whose characters have been insufticiently described, and precise systematic relations are admitted to be uncertain. The origi- nal has never been satisfactorily figured, and its companion Delphinoid type, the so-called Delphinus occiduus of Leidy, has not been illustrated at all. The present Bulletin is devoted principally to a consideration of these two Delphinoids. LOPHOCETUS Cope. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci, Phil., 1867, p. 146. First described by Harlan in 1842 under the name of Delphinus calvertensis; the species was made by Cope the type of Lophocetus, and placed in the vicinity of Inia and Pontoporia (= Stenodelphis). In fact, it was held to be distinguished from the former of these genera only by the “ cylindric form of the posterior alve- olae, which renders it probable that the teeth were not furnished with lobes as in Inia.” More than a score of years later, in 1890, the same author speaks with less assurance concerning its relations: ‘“‘ Its position is uncertain; the skull re- sembles that of Inia, but the roots of the teeth are cylindric. The temporal and occipital ridges are very strong. Skeleton unknown.’ ! Save for one or two exceptions, subsequent writers have accepted Cope’s gen- eral determination. Dr. Theodore Gill, in 1872, recognized Inia and Platanista as types of independent families, and provisionally placed Lophocetus among fossil Iniidae.? The more usual practice has been to assign subfamily values to the groups represented by the two modern genera, and include them under Flower’s comprehensive designation of Platanistids. Dr. O. P. Hay accordingly refers Lophocetus, though with some reservation, to the subfamily Platanistinae.? On the other hand Dr. E. C. Case states positively that its position is with the Iniinae 1 The Cetacea. Amer. Nat., 1890, 24, p. 606. 2 Arrangement of the families of Mammals. Smithson. Misc. Coll., No. 247. 8 Fossil Vertebrata of North America. Bull. 179, U. S. Geol. Surv., 1902, p. 590. 80 BULLETIN: MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. among “forms with cylindrically rooted teeth.’ The only author who has ar- gued against an association with Platanistids, as commonly understood, is Prof. J. F. Brandt, who concluded from the general aspect of the skull and form of the teeth that it approached very closely the existing Whitefish, De/phinapterus leucas. He even questioned the propriety of regarding it as the type of a distinct genus: «Der Schadel ahnelt offenbar dem von Delphinapterus leucas. Als Typus einer eigenen Gattung méchte ich sie daher, wenigstens vorlaufig, noch nicht gelten lassen.”’2 Within recent years Dr. Othenio Abel has reiterated the same opin- ion.2 Thus the matter stands at the present time. It may be well to present here Cope’s original definition of the genus, to which nothing has since been added. This is given as follows : LOPHOCETUS Cope. “Temporal fossa truncated by a horizontal crest above, prolonged backwards and bounded by a projecting crest, which renders the occipital plane concave. The same crest prolonged upwards and thickened, each not meeting that of the opposite side, but continued on the inner margins of the maxillary bones, turning outwards and ceasing opposite the nares. Front, therefore, deeply grooved. Premaxillaries separated by a deep groove. Teeth with cylindric roots.” Lophocetus calvertensis (Harray). 1842. Delphinus calvertensis Harlan, Bull. of Proc. Nat. Inst., p. 195, Plates, 1-3. 1842. Delphinus calvertensis Dekay, Nat. Hist. N.Y. Zool. pt. 1, p. 136. 1842. Delphinus calvertensis Markoe, L’Institut, 10, p. 384. 1866. Pontoporia calvertensis Cope, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil., p. 297. 1867. Lophocetus calvertensis Cope, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil., p. 144, 146. 1869. Lophocetus calvertensis Leidy, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil., (2) 7, p. 485. 1873. Lophocetus calvertensis Brandt, Mém. Acad. Imp. Sci. St. Petersb., (7) 20, p. 288. 1880. Lophocetus calvertensis Van Beneden and Gervais, Ostéographie des Céta- cés, p. 512. 1890. Lophocetus calvertensis Cope, Amer. Nat., 24, p. 606, 615. 1896. Lophocetus calvertensis Roger, Verzeichniss fossiler Sdugethiere, p. 79. 1899. Lophocetus calvertensis Abel, Denkschr. k.k. Akad. Wissench., 68, p. 869, 878. 1902. Lophocetus calvertensis Hay, Bull. 179, U. S. Geel. Surv., p. 590. 1904. Lophocetus calvertensis Case, Maryland Geol. Surv. Miocene, 26, p. 9, Plates 16, Fig. 1. The type specimen consists of a well-preserved skull, from which the lower jaw and forward extremity of the muzzle are wanting. Thereare preserved besides all of 1 Maryland Geological Survey, Miocene, 1904, p. 9. 2 Die fossilen und subfossilen Cetaceen Europa’s. Mém. Acad. Imp. Sci. St. Petersb., (7) 1875, 20, p. 288. 3 Fossile Platanistiden des Wiener Beckens. Denkschr. k.k. Akad. Wissensch., 1900, 68, p. 869. EASTMAN: TYPES OF FOSSIL CETACEANS. 81 the cervical vertebrae. The latter, with the exception of the atlas, which remains adherent to the occiput, are not mentioned: in the original description nor in any subsequent notice of the specimen. On the other hand, the principal features of the skull are well signalized by both Harlan and Cope, from the former of whom we quote as follows : — “ This interesting fossil consists of the skull, nearly complete, densely petrified, very weighty, tinged of a deep black, ferruginous color; characteristic marine fossil shells adhere to its base. . . . The external border of the superior maxillary bones is slightly broken on each side. Its discovery is due to the active researches of Mr. Francis Markoe, Jr., Corresponding Secretary of the National Institution, who obtained it from the Calvert cliffs, on the right bank of the Chesapeake bay, State of Maryland, along with other characteristic fossils. . . . “ The present specimen belongs to Cuvier’s first subgenus, or “‘ les Dauphins a long bec” [= type of Champsodelphis Gervais]. On comparison with the numerous species of living dolphins, it is found distinct from all of them. It approximates the Delphinapterus leucorampus, of Peron,! but differs in its various measure- ments, number of teeth, and in the arrangement of the palatine bones. .. . “ Description of D. Calvertensis. —In general outline, resembling other skulls of this genus. The head is proportionally narrower, and snout more elongated, than the Italian specimen with which I have compared it. The occipital and temporal ridges are strongly developed, indicating muscular strength, especially of the jaws. We find similar indications in the remains of the teeth, which have been large and robust. There are ten sockets remaining on the right side, with the teeth broken off at the rim. These organs approximate each other. Theten sockets include a line four and a half inches long. There has been about one and a half inches of the end of the snout broken off, which would afford room for two or three more teeth, making twelve or thirteen in all, on each side. The pyramidal eminence anterior to the posterior nares, on the palatine surface, is strongly pronounced. It terminates opposite the last tooth. The excavations or longitudinal grooves, on each side of the upper portion of this eminence, are unusually deep. The palatine surface is slightly convex transversely. Above, the head is narrower across the occipital ridges than other allied species, and narrower than the transverse diam- eter of the base of the skull. The ossa nasi are longer than broad, and convex. The atlas vertebra adheres to the occiput, above the condyles. It measures, across the transverse processes, five inches; transverse diameter, three inches; and the ring is about one inch thick.” — (p. 196). In connection with the above description, the following measurements are given, to which we have added their metrical equivalents in parentheses. The author states in regard to the missing portion of the rostrum that ‘“‘one and a half inches must be considered as the length of the last portion of the extremity of the snout.” ) Dimensions : Total length of head, from the temporal crest to the presumed PUR RUEHANUUNS AUER CIC JAN fo oc a 4 AUF whan e! Fae ce we te Gees 17 in. (482 mm.) 1 Vide Cuvier, Ossemens Fossiles, 5, pt. 1, p. 289, Plate 21, Figs. 5 and 6, ed. 1823. VOL. LI.— NO. 3 6 82 BULLETIN: MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. From the anterior border of the spiracles to the presumed ex- tremity of snout Bea! Vso eee eee 11.5 in. (292 mm.) Breadth of skull above, across the occipital crests . . . . . 6.0 in. (127 mm.) Breadth at base, between the temporal bones . .. . . . 66in. (165 mm.) Longest diameter of largest tooth at the socket. . . . . . 0,85 in. (8.9 mm.) Besides the foregoing, we may point out the following important characters whose combined weight is considered sufficient to establish beyond doubt the Platanistid relations of the form in question. (1) The cervical vertebrae are all free, and each one is of considerable length for a Cetacean; (2) the general form of the skull resembles that of Inia and Pontoporia (= Stenodelphis), but is rela- tively narrower behind, and has steeper lateral and posterior walls; (3) the large and nearly vertical parietals are widely separated from each other by the upward crowding of the supraoccipital, which is also wedged in between the frontals at the summit: in this region the frontals are visible only as narrow bands, contin- uous with the tumid nasals in front, enclosing the interparietal between them, and being themselves almost entirely concealed behind by the overroofing laminae of the maxillary elements; (4) the temporal fossa is large, and would appear to have been open in front; that part of the squamosal supporting the zygomatic process is very massive, and the orbital portion of the maxillary and frontal is correspondingly thickened; (5) the pterygoids are displaced from contact with _ each other in the median line through intervention of the vomer, and do not enclose an involuted air-space open behind; they entirely surround the palatines as in Inia and Pontoporia, and may have had (though this cannot be determined definitely from the present condition of the specimen) an articulation with the squamosal behind; the basal portion of the rostrum is wide and trans- versely arched; and (6), the premaxillaries, of extremely dense structure, are separated by a deep longitudinal cleft, and are broadly expanded without being inflated on either side of the narial orifices. From the review already given it appears that, with the exception of Brandt and Abel, authors are agreed in including Lophecetus among Platanistids, but hold different opinions concerning which of the two subfamilies, Platanistinae or Iniinae, it is more nearly related. With Cope, we are persuaded that there is much greater structural resemblance to Inia and Pontoporia than to Platanista, among recent forms. The highly characteristic maxillary crests of the susu are not present in Lophocetus, the pterygoids do not unite in the median line to form an arch which almost entirely conceals the palatines, the latter do not extend in advance of the pterygoids along the basal portions of the rostrum, and the supra- occipital joins the parietals along crests that rise vertically and then flare slightly outwards, instead of being concave inwardly, as in the susu. On the other hand, as compared with Inia, only unimportant differences are found. ‘The walls of the brain cavity are less rotund, the crests, as connoted by the generic name, are more powerfully developed, the nasals are crowded backwards so as to override the frontals at the vertex, which latter is divided by a deep longitudinal cleft, and the premaxillaries are more widely separated. The occipital condyles are rela- EASTMAN: TYPES OF FOSSIL CETACEANS. 83 tively broader in the fossil form than in Inia, but otherwise the bones forming the basicranial axis are remarkably similar. It is to be regretted that injury to the specimen prevents comparison of the bones in the orbital region, the zygo- matic arch, and characters of the dentition. One can merely affirm that the teeth were single-rooted, and probably of cylindrical form, that is, without the addi- tional tubercle shown by the posteriorly situated teeth in Inia. In so far as these latter may be said to recall something of the primitive condition of molars, whereas Lophocetus is homodont, the dentition of the Miocene genus is more specialized. But here we must not lose sight of the fact that Lophocetus is adapted to a marine, and Inia to a fluviatile habitat. The utility of a homodont- polyodont dentition to marine Carnivores, and the successive stages by which this condition is attained among Cetaceans, have been clearly demonstrated by Dames and others.? In seeking for the nearest fossil allies of Lophocetus, attention is naturally directed first toward those forms which are regarded as standing in the immediate vicinity of Inia, possibly even in ancestral relations to the modern genus. Now a number of Tertiary forms are known whose characters accord in the main with those of Inia, and hence are properly included within the same subfamily. It may be doubted whether any of them fulfil the requisites ofa direct ancestor of existing Iniinae, since they combine in their organization both generalized Cet- acean characters, and also some others that indicate the animals were too specialized to be the progenitors of Inia. Among these Tertiary forms that present close structural resemblances to the modern type may be mentioned Iniopsis, from the Caucasian Hocene, the skull of which is incompletely known ; several Platanistid species which are grouped by Abel under the new generic titles ‘‘ Acrodelphis” and “ Cyrtodelphis,” from the European Miocene; and also the South American form described by Mr. Lydekker as Mem. Mus. Roy. d’Hist. Nat. Belg., 1905, 3, p. 154. 88 BULLETIN: MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. “Des museaux excessivement longs, tels que nous les trouvons chez Eurhino- delphis, Cyrtodelphis, Acrodelphis, Inia, Pontoporia et Platanista, paraissent étre particuliers aux animaux fluviatiles, ou plus précisement, a ceux qui se servent de l’extremité du museau pour fouiller la vase et en faire sortir la nourriture minis- cule qui y grouille tout comme chez les oiseaux a long bec (herons, cigognes, bécasses, etc.), oiseaux de marais et de rivages, dont le bec est, physiologiquement, non morphologiquement, identique aux longs rostres des dauphins fluviatiles. Le bec d’une bécasse est entierement analogue au rostre de Pontoporia.” Enough has now been said by way of emphasizing the purely adaptive feature presented by the elongated rostrum of most Miocene Iniinae (Iniidae of Gill). Therefore, notwithstanding the marked difference in this respect which is exhibited by Lophocetus, we may still place all these forms in close association with the typical existing genus on account of mutual resemblances in other respects. It is unnecessary to enumerate here the various points of agreement that have been observed between Inia and leading longirostrate forms like Champ- sodelphis and Schizodelphis; for particulars one may refer to Abel’s memoir of 1899, already several times quoted. These two genera, according to this author (p. 868), are very intimately related to Inia, but on the other hand Saurodelphis | and Kurhinodelphis are more distantly related, and belong probably to a different evolutionary series. Accepting this conclusion, it is interesting to note that Loph- ocetus displays rather close resemblances to the two first-named genera, and also to Acrodelphis in the restricted sense that the term is now understood by its author. Yet there is even closer affinity between Lophocetus and Inia itself. Schizodel- phis and Eurhinodelphis are to be regarded as more primitive than the form we are considering, and more primitive also than modern Iniinae, in that the frontals take part to a considerable extent in forming the gently rounded summit of. the cranium, where they are freely exposed, and are either wholly or partly separated from each other by the interparietal. But in Lophocetus the interparietal, which is fused with the steeply inclined supraoccipital, barely excludes the frontals from meeting in the middle line at the vertex of the cranium. Needless to say, too, that the disposition of the parietals in Lophocetus differs radically from that observed in Saurodelphis, where they retain more nearly their primitive arrange- ment and are in contact with each other in the median line. But as compared with Schizodelphis, the large extent of the parietal surface, the high vertical walls formed by these bones, and their powerful crests for the attachment of jaw muscles, show considerable likeness, and it is only in the more primitive arrangement of the frontals that this portion of the cranium differs very conspicuously in the two genera. Neither Lophocetus nor any of the best known longirostrate genera resemble Eurhinodelphis in having such highly specialized characters as a completely closed temporal fossa and greatly thickened supraorbital ridges. Closed temporal fossae are the rule among Dolphins proper, Ziphioids, and the Physeteridae, but occur only exceptionally among fossil Platanistids. Like Eurhinodelphis, how- ever, but unlike Inia and Iniopsis, there is no swelling or thickening of the pre- EASTMAN: TYPES OF FOSSIL CETACEANS. | 89 maxillaries on either side of the narial openings, but these bones are flattened here, and rather widely expanded. Lophocetus shows the same squarish excava- tion of the maxillaries on either side of the vertex that occurs in modern Iniinae, and also in Pontistes and Iniopsis, but in none of these do the maxillary fossae have such prominent borders. A peculiar feature of Lophocetus, as compared with both recent and fossil Iniinae, is that the prominence formed by the nasals and frontals immediately behind the narial apertures is deeply cleft in a longitud- inal direction. Moreover, in Inia this eminence is formed almost entirely by the froutals, which enclose the interparietal between their upturned borders pos- teriorly, and completely cover the nasals at the vertex in front. But in Lophoce- tus the frontals scarcely appear in this region, and the divided, nodulose nasals are conspicuously developed, alone forming with the mesethmoid the posterior wall of the external nares. This wall is relatively broader and less convex in a transverse direction than in Inia, but by no means presents the well-defined quad- rate surface that is so strongly marked a feature of Iniopsis. The characters of the basicranial axis, and especially the arrangement of palatine and pterygoid elements, point to a closer relationship with Inia than with any known fossil form. It is to be regretted that, owing to the imperfect condition of the specimen, comparisons cannot be made between Lophocetus and other Iniinae with respect to the dentition and extremity of the snout. One is perhaps permitted to infer from the general agreement in other respects that the dentition had become polyodont- homodont, and that teeth were still borne by the extremity of the premaxillary. The deep fissure separating these last-named bones in advance of the mesethmoid is probably without greater significance than the fused condition of the inter- parietal, both of which are regarded as old-age characteristics. On the whole, considerable reason is found for supposing Lophocetus to belong to the ancestral line from which modern Iniine are directly descended. Saurodelphis, on the basis of its dentition, would be regarded as more primitive than any of these forms, and Eurhinodelphis, with its edentulous premaxillary resembling that of Ziphioids, would be considered more highly specialized. Further material is necessary, however, before one can speak confidently in regard to the direct line of succession. We may conclude this part of the discussion by reproducing the scheme devised by Abel? for showing at a glance his views of phylogenetic and other relations. 1 Mém. Musée Roy. d’ Hist. Nat. Belg. 1901, 1: 39. 90 BULLETIN: MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. PHYLOGENY OF ODONTOCETES. Inia, Pontoporia Poly odont-homodont. Phocaena, Neomeris Polyodont-heterodont, Pmzx dentate. Pmzx forming tip of rostrum. Microzeuglodon. Ziphius Oligodont-pseudoheterodont Pmzx and Mzx edentulous. Mesoplodon Oligodont-pseudoheterodont Pmx edentulous, Mx with rudimentary teeth in the gums. Ziphirostrum Polyodont-pseudoheterodont Pmzx edentulous, Jz with functional teeth. } Eurhinodelphis Polyodont-homodont Pmx edentulous, Mx with functional teeth. ; Delphinus, “ Cyrtodelphis,” Polyodont-homodont, last vestiges of heterodont dentition among Delphin- olds. ) Saurodelphis Poly odont-pseudohomodont. Neosqualodon, Squalodon Polyodont-heterodont, Pmx dentate. | Oligodont-heterodont, Pmz dentate. ~~ keel pT? EASTMAN: TYPES OF FOSSIL CETACEANS. se We have substituted the genus Microzeuglodon, instead of Zeuglodon, as the initial member of the above series, in accordance with the author’s most recent suggestion, published since the table first appeared. The opinion of most modern writers regarding the impossibility of viewing Zeuglodon as the ancestor of Squalodonts is accepted by Abel, who announces further the following general conclusions : — 1. The genus Squalodon is not descended from Zeuglodon. 2. The precursor of Squalodonts is to be sought for among small Archaeoceti, probably in Microzeuglodon. ; 3. The most primitive Squalodont known at present is Neosqualodon. 4. Microsqualodon represents a lateral offshoot of Squalodonts, transitional between the genera Acrodelphis and Delphinodon (which may be identical). 5. Under Squalodontidae are comprised very heterogeneous types, which should be clearly distinguished from one another. Ficure A. Transverse section across basal portion of rostrum of Lophocetus as provided by accidental fracture-line seen in Plate 1. X }. The more general features of the skull of Lophocetus have now been con- sidered, and the relations they are presumed to indicate have been pointed out. A brief reference may be made here to the illustrations of the type specimen, before passing on to consider the series of cervical vertebrae preserved with the skull. Plates 1 and 2 show respectively the dorsal and inferior aspects of the cranium, photographed from the actual specimen, and reduced to one-half the natural size. The two transverse fracture-lines appearing in the specimen, one slightly in advance of the position of the antorbital notch (the prominence for which is not preserved), and the other which forms the present termination of the muzzle, have been utilized for preparing the cross-sections shown in Figures 4 and B. In these will be noted the wide separation of the premaxillaries, these elements 92 BULLETIN : MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. being stippled in the drawing; the large sinus occupied by the mesethmoid cartilage; and the ample size of the longitudinal vascular canals. In the more posterior cross section (Fig. 4), none of the sutures are distinctly marked, hence the relations of mesethmoid, pterygoids, and maxillaries at the base of the figure are best understood through comparison with the photograph of these parts given in Plate 2. In the same plate will be noticed the extremely well preserved periotic elements, which have fortunately been retained in place, notwithstanding the loss of the tympanic bullae. The perioties are more elongate than the corres- ponding elements in Inia, with more bulbous promontory, and more strongly developed processes for attachment with the bullae. It is noteworthy that in both elements the stapes still remains seated in its proper orifice. The opening seen on the inner side of the periotics in Plate 2, and also of the natural size in Ficure B. Transverse section of rostrum in the type of Lophocetus taken at line of fracture along which the forward extremity is severed off. X i. Plate 4, Fig. 2, where a foramen normally occurs, leads directly into the cranial cavity; this is empty, and its walls may be viewed from behind through the foramen magnum. The occipital border of the skull is indistinctly shown in both plates by reason of the fact that the atlas, within which is included also a portion of the axis, remains firmly cemented to the skull by matrix. It has been allowed to remain in this condition, as have also several characteristic shells (Turritella), to serve for purpose of identification with the original of Harlan’s figures, and to leave no possible doubt that the series of cervical vertebrae about to be described belong to the same specimen. No mention of these latter has been made in any previous description. They are proved, however, to belong to the type specimen, by the fact that the axis has been fractured in such manner as to leave a portion of the centrum within the ring of the atlas, against which the remaining portion fits per- fectly. The block of matrix in which the verbetrae are embedded without disturbing their natural position is shown in Plate 3. EASTMAN: TYPES OF FOSSIL CETACEANS. 93 Cervical Vertebrae. — The entire series of cervicals is preserved, together with portions of the first three dorsals, all in natural association. Their features may be best described by saying that they reproduce in strikingly similar manner those of the corresponding structures in Inia, the resemblance being much closer than with any other genus. This similitude is found in the form of the individual vertebrae, their relative size, and arrangement with respect to each other, espe- cially as regards the undulating overlap of the neural arches. Saving only that the atlas is more transversely elongate in Lophocetus than in the modern genus, it might be referred with equal propriety to either, if found m the detached con- dition. In both forms, the suboval ring of the atlas is of considerable thickness, with feeble neural spines and abbreviate transverse processes, the latter pointed slightly upward and outward, and provided below with a large flattened hypapo- physial process for articulation with the axis, which has, of course, no distinct odontoid process. Owing to abrasion of the neural arch in the axis and third cervical vertebra, their spmous processes, such as they were, have been entirely destroyed; and the same is true for the last cervical and first three dorsals. All of the intervening cervicals, however, retain traces of very feebly developed neural spines. On the under side of the series are seen in cross-section.the stumps of the downwardly directed transverse processes, now broken off, belonging to the fifth and sixth cervicals. Their relations are apparently identical with those in Inia. On the inferior side, also, the size of the different centra is displayed to best advantage. Measurements taken here of these bodies are given as follows: — Length of Ist cervical vertebra . . . 3.0 cm. (approximately) it; od 66 iT 9 i : P i 2.0 “<“ 6c te od eS 06°“ 5 ys 4th “ 08>“ ot i Bile eS a Orr! “ %, = 6th. oS 0.8 “ af ce be ¢ “¢ « 1.3 « cc i _<» uorsal ODM ae SOMES ho tat x “ od ce 6 ; ; z é 23 64 “ MCI OE-AUAS Sent) Bway vay date One - USIB WER cr er irak: AU Tee (oe nul te hk ents ‘ ig 7th cervical vertebra . . . 64 “ ie Width of atlas including processes . . 12.4 “ bs a axis re e super mame (41 ie S Delphinus occiduus Lerpy. Plate 4, Fig. 1. The second type specimen to be considered, although referred by Leidy, who first described it, unqualifiedly to the genus Delphinus, is to be understood rather as belonging to the group of Dolphins proper, that is, to the subfamily Delphinae, than as embraced within the more circumscribed limits of the typical genus. This 94 BULLETIN: MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. limitation is a necessary consequence of the fact that our only knowledge of the form is derived from a fragmentary portion of the rostrum, shown of the natural size in Plate 4, Fig. 1. The original belongs to the J. D. Whitney Collection, presented to the Museum in 1895. It would be superfluous to add anything to Leidy’s excellent description (Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil., 1868, p. 197), which is reproduced in the following paragraph : — “ Delphinus occiduus. — An extinct species is indicated by a fossil derived from the upper miocene formation of Half-moon Bay, California, submitted to my ex- amination by Prof. J. D. Whitney. The specimen consists of an intermediate portion of the upper jaw, devoid of teeth, and encrusted with selenite. It measures along the more perfect lateral border 5 inches, and in this extent is occupied with 19 closely set, circular alveoli, rather over two lines in diameter. At the back of the fragment the jaw has measured a little more than 2 inches wide. From this position it gradually tapers for half its length, and then proceeds with parallel sides to the fore end, where it is 104 lines wide. The palate behind is nearly plane or slightly convex; at its fore part it presents a deep median groove, closed by the apposition of the maxillaries, and this groove is separated only by a narrow ridge from the alveoli. The sides of the maxillaries are slightly concave longitudinally, convex transversely. The intermaxillaries are broken away, leaving a wide, angu- lar gutter between the remains of the maxillaries.” tai hee Jere = d EAsTMAN. — Types of Fossil:Cetaceans. : PLATES. Lophocetus calvertensis (Harlan). ¢ Calvert formation (Miocene) ; Calvert Cliffs Maryland. Type. Cranium viewed from the dorsal aspect, with atlas still engaged by matrix with occiput. Noticeable is the asymmetry of mesethmoid and nasals, and the longitudinal cleft dividing the nodulose summits of the latter, behind which are seen the flange-like frontals. X 4. : | | q ' | A ETO i a 8 ee Eastman.—Foss i l Cetaceans. Plate J aN abt y a y ee } Waid) a) EasTMAN. — Types of Fossil Cetaceans — PLATE 2. Lophocetus calvertensis (Harlan). Calvert formation (Miocene) ; Calvert Cliffs, Maryland. Type. Inferior aspect of cranium with atlas still attached to occiput. Especially characteristic are the relations of palatine and pterygoid elements, the latter forming the so-called “pyramidal eminence” of Harlan, and the well-preserved periotic bones. — xX 4. Plate Eastman.—Fossil Cetaceans. é un ec Ee ee RO ats AN My i! Aaa.\i i. i A OR ah Weg hat Soa ees aa oe mh! Ce iy EASTMAN. — Types of Fossil Cetaceans. PLATE 38. Lophocetus calvertensis (Harlan). Calvert formation (Miocene) ; Calvert Cliffs, Maryland. Dorsal aspect of cervical vertebrae belonging to the type specimen. X}. | Eastman.—Fossil Cetaceans. Plate 3: a EASTMAN. — Types of Fossil Cetaceans, PLATE 4. Fic. 1. Delphinus occiduus (Leidy). Miocene; Half-moon Bay, California. Type. Portion of rostrum. x }. Fic. 2. Lophocetus calvertensis (Harlan). Calvert formation (Miocene) ; Calvert Cliffs, Maryland. Visceral aspect of left periotic, inverted, showing stapes preserved in place. x }. Eastman.—Fossil Cetaceans. Plate 4. Bulletin of the Museum of Comparative Zodlogy AT HARVARD COLLEGE. Vou. bh No. 4. OBSERVATIONS ON THE TYPE SPECIMEN OF THE FOSSIL CETACEAN ANOPLONASSA FORCIPATA COPE. \ By FREepERIcCK W. TRUE. With THREE PLATES. CAMBRIDGE, MASS., U.S. A.: PRINTED FOR THE MUSEUM. Juty, 1907. A = s. a a » No. 4.— Observations on the type specimen of the fossil cetacean Anoplonassa forcipata Cope. By Freperick W. TRUE. I HAVE recently had an opportunity of examining the type of the re- markable fossil cetacean Anoplonassa forcipata Cope, belonging to the Museum of Comparative Zoology. This specimen, on which the species was founded by Cope in 1869," consists of the distal portion of a mandi- ble, 191 mm. long. In the original description, Cope remarked that it was obtained, with remains of Mastodon, “not far from Savannah, Geor- gia.” In 1890 he stated that it was from the “ phosphatic deposits” of South Carolina.? His origin:] description and figures are excellent, but the copies of the latter, published on a reduced scale in 1890, do not rep- resent the specimen accurately. Faithful copies were published in Van Beneden and Gervais’s Osteography of the Cetacea.? Few cetologists have published any critical remarks on this interest- ing species and probably fewer still have ever seen the type and only known specimen. Cope, the original describer, was long in doubt as to its affinities, and, indeed, seems never to have come to a conclusion re- garding them. In 1869 he thought its relationships were with the “aberrant cetacea.” “The nearest types,” he remarked, “appear to be on the one hand Si- renia, and on the other, Squalodon.”* In 1890 he actually placed it among the Sirenia, in the family Halitheriidae,® but cautiously remarked, “it is by no means certain that it belongs here, and it may be a Ceta- cean.” His remarks five years later (1895) indicate that he was then con- vinced that it was a cetacean and that it might be more or less closely related to the ziphioids. In describing his new genus Pelycorhamphus, which he assigns to the Choneziphiidae, he adds: 1 Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc., 11, p. 189, Plate 5. 2 Amer. Nat., 24, p. 700, Fig. 2. This apparent discrepancy may not be a real one, as Savannah is very close to the boundary line of South Carolina. 3 Ostéographie des Cétacés, 1880, p. 386, text-fig. 4 Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc., 11, p. 189. 5 Amer. Nat., 24, Plate 700, Fig. 2. VoL. L1.— No. 4 7 98 BULLETIN: MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. “Tt would not be surprising if this genus should prove to be related to Azoplo- massa Cope, which has the long symphysis mandibuli of the Physeter, with the nearly edentulous character of the Choneziphidae.”’ } So far as I am aware, this is the final statement of Cope as regards Ano- plonassa. The view that it was related to the ziphioid whales was not original with him, having been definitely published in Van Beneden and Gervais’s Osteography, the title-page of which bears the date of 1880. On page 386 of that work, the authors remark: ‘‘ We owe to Cope the description of a fossil fragment of a mandible of slender and elongated form, which comprises the greater part of the mandibular symphysis of a cetacean, without doubt related to (voisin de) Hyperoédon and Ziphius.” ? It is to be noted that Leidy in 1869 assigned Anoplonassa to the Del- phinidae, but with the statement that he accepted most of the fossil cetacean species on the authority of Cope, as he had neither time nor opportunity to examine the material on which they were based.* Leidy was probably influenced in this case by the view Cope held at the time, that Anoplonassa belonged to the “aberrant cetacea,” Leidy’s Delphi- nidae comprised all the Odontoceti, except Squalodon and its allies. Brandt merely adopted the genus from Leidy, under the general head- ing of fossil delphinoids of North America.* Zittel merely cites the genus among the Ziphiinae,® being doubtless influenced by the opinion of Van Beneden and Gervais. An examination of the type of Anoplonassa, and comparison of it with specimens of recent ziphioids in the National Museum, leave not the slightest doubt in my mind that it belongs to that group of ceta- ceans. It represents, however, a distinct section of the group. All re- cent ziphioids have the symphysis of the mandible comparatively short and the rami deep and compressed, while Anoplonassa has a very long symphysis, and it is highly probable that the rami were slender and rounded, somewhat as in Platanista. Although the ziphioids generally have a cranium with a long rostrum, externally the snout is quite short. In Anopionassa, the snout was doubtless elongated, as in such forms as Platanista and Stenodelphis. 1 Proc. Amer. Philos, Soc., 34, p. 188. 2 Ostéographie des Cétacés, 1880, p. 386. 3 Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil., 1869, p. 436. 4 Mem. Acad. St. Petersburg 1873 (7), 20, p. 289. 5 Handbuch der Palaontologie, 1893, 4, Vertebrata, p. 179. TRUE: THE TYPE OF ANOPLONASSA FORCIPATA 99 The chief features of the mandible of Anoplonassa are as follows: (1) Its slenderness ; (2) the slight depth of the symphysis in proportion to its length, and the strong convexity of its sides; (3) the upturned and expanded termination ; (4) the pair of large, nearly round, and very slightly depressed terminal alveoli; (5) the rudimentary alveolar groove, with its pair of rather small and shallow elliptical alveoli, not far distant from the terminal pair; (6) the large size and peculiar disposition of the inferior terminal foramina. - It is a well-known fact that in Mesoplodon and other existing genera of ziphioids, the superior alveolar border of the mandible in-young indi- viduals, at least, presents a shallow, more or less rudimentary, alveolar groove, and that in a certain proportion of specimens there are, in addi- tion to the 2 or 4 large teeth, a number of very small, rudimentary teeth, which are imbedded in the integuments, and rest on, or partly in, the groove. The groove itself occupies rather more than the anterior half of the superior border of the mandible. | In Mesoplodon it is interrupted by the deep alveoli of the single pair of large teeth, which in most species are at a considerable distance from the anterior end of the mandible. In young specimens of Berardius, a genus with four large teeth, the inter- space between the anterior tooth and the posterior tooth on each side is extremely small, and the rudimentary alveolar groove really begins behind the posterior tooth. In adults, however, the diastema between the anterior and posterior deep alveoli may be as much as 70 mm. ‘This interspace is not depressed, but is rough and pierced by several canals. In a mandible of Ziphius cavirostris 770 mm. long, the alveolar groove has a maximum width of about 9 mm. and a maximum depth of about 5 mm. In another imperfect mandible of Ziphius from an old individual the groove is deeper, especially anteriorly. The maximum depth is about 11 mm. _ In all the ziphioid mandibles examined, the groove is the broadest at the anterior and posterior ends. The floor of the groove is very uneven, and is pierced by numerous foramina for nutrient vessels and nerves. The edges of the groove in some specimens are quite smooth and straight. In others they are more or less crenulate, produc- ing here and there the appearance of genuine alveoli, but these depres- sions never have the depth or the regular form of the alveoli of the large teeth. The groove above described is found in Anoplonassa, with a similar gen- eral conformation and relative size. The walls, however, are more strongly crenulate than in specimens of existing ziphioids I have examined. 100 BULLETIN: MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. The opposite walls approach each other more frequently, and in a few places are bridged by transverse septa almost on the level of the superior surface. The groove has in consequence somewhat the appearance of a succession of shallow, elongated alveoli. Except at one point, however, it is improbable that any teeth were implanted in the jaw posterior to the large terminal pair, though some small rudimentary teeth may have been, and probably were, imbedded in the integuments above the groove, as in many specimens of recent ziphioids. | At the point on the alveolar groove of Anoplonassa already referred to, at a distance of about 47 mm. posterior to the large terminal alveolus, is a second smalier and shallower one of an elliptical form. On the left side this has a length of about 13 mm., a width of about 7 mm., and a depth of about 3mm. ‘The floor has a granular appearance similar to that of the anterior alveolus. There can be no doubt that a pair of teeth was originally implanted in the jaw at this point, similar to, but much smaller than, the anterior pair, Ano- plonassa in this respect resembling Berardius. The large anterior pair of alveoli is situated immediately at the tip of the mandible. They occupy the whole width of the extremity of the jaw, which is considerably expanded to receive them. They are separated by a common median wall only about 4 mm. in breadth. Each alveolus is about 23 mm. long, 16 mm. broad, and has a maximum depth of about 5 mm. In the centre of each depression is a papilliform elevation. The whole floor of the alveolus is granular in appearance, as already men- tioned, and consists of a fine bony network, surrounding small vascular openings. In these alveoli a pair of large teeth undoubtedly rested, as in Ziphius or Berardius. It is well known that in young ziphioids, and especially in the two genera just mentioned, the teeth are implanted in very deep alveoli, with only the tip projecting above the superior surface of the mandible. As the teeth grow they are pushed out more and more, so that finally their roots are scarcely at all below the superior surface of the jaw. In the meantime the vascular pulp below them ossifies and fills the alveolar cavity almost to the top, and on the upper surface of this bony network rests the root of the mature tooth. This last stage is shown in the mandible of an adult Ziphins (Cat. No. 49599), from Newport, R.I., in the U.S. National Museum. Here the large anterior alveoli are filled to within about 12 mm. of the free margins with a spongy mass of bone, the upper surface of which is somewhat depressed. The anterior alveoli of an adult Berardius bairdii from Bering Id. present a similar appearance on a larger scale. The resemblance of these 25 TRUE: THE TYPE OF ANOPLONASSA FORCIPATA 101 alveoli to those of Anoplonassa is very striking and is, I think, the result of a similar mode of dental growth. The fragment from the anterior end of the symphysis of the mandible which constitutes the type of Anoplonassa, is nearly straight in its pos- terior two-thirds, but the tip is quite sharply curved upward, and, as al- ready stated, considerably expanded. Just behind this expanded portion, the jaw is slightly constricted. These characters are, strictly speaking, peculiar to Anoplonassa as compared with recent ziphioids, but in adult or old specimens of Ziphius the superior surface of the symphysial region is curved upward, as in Berardius, although this surface is plane, the end of the jaw is rounded, and the terminal alveoli are directed upward rather than forward. In cross-section, the type of Anoplonassa is shield-shaped, or rather, triangular, with one plane side (superior) and two convex sides. The chord of the convex sides of the jaw does not exceed the breadth of the superior surface, or in other words, a cross-section of the jaw has nearly the form of an equilateral triangle. On casual examination, it would appear that in Anoplonassa the symphysis is not as deep in pro- portion to its breadth as in existing ziphioids, but a comparison of measurements shows that in Mesoplodon and Berardius the breadth of the extremity of the jaw is about as great as its depth, and in adult Ziphius the breadth is considerably greater than the depth. It thus becomes obvious that it ts not the breadth of the symphysis that makes the jaw of Anoplonassa seem so slender, but its great length. The ap- pearance of the specimen indicates that only a portion of the symphysis has been preserved, and that the whole symphysis was much longer. Even in the fragment, however, the length is 6 times the depth, while in Ziphius and Mesoplodon the length of the complete symphysis is only from 21 to 5} times its greatest depth, and in Berardius but 2 times its depth. It is difficult to conjecture how long the complete symphysis of Anoplonassa was originally, or what was the length of the entire man- dible. That the symphysis was much longer than the fragment pre- served is, as already stated, extremely probable, since the width at the posterior end of the fragment is only 7 mm. greater than the width immediately behind the posterior pair of alveoli. It is certain that the general conformation of the mandible must have been very different from that of any existing ziphioid, and that it resembled rather the mandible of a sperm whale (Physeter), or of one of the Plantanistidae, such as Platanista or Stenodelphis. If the upper jaw was equally 102 BULLETIN: MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. slender, the head must have resembled that of such long-beaked forms as Platanista, but if the maxillae were expanded, which is improbable, the head itself may have been broad and obtuse, as in Kogia or Physeter, and the lower jaw small and underhung. In either case, the appearance of the animal would be very different from that of any of the existing ziphioids, in which the snout is comparatively short and thick, or, in other words, of the shape commonly called ‘“ bottlenosed.” In Anoplonassa, the vessels and nerves which supply the mandible instead of issuing anteriorly through a number of foramina scattered irregularly along the rami in the vicinity of the symphysis, as is usual in some ziphioids and most Delphinidae, emerge close to the tip of the jaw in a nearly symmetrical fashion, there being two large foramina on each side immediately below the alveolus of the terminal tooth, with a smaller one between them. The foramina of each side are joined poste- riorly by a quite deep groove, which runs along the inferior surface of the jaw nearly to the end of the fragment. The symphysis is strongly carinate in the median line, the internal edge of each haif of the jaw being raised into a prominent ridge, which forms the inner boundary of the groove already mentioned. The keel extends from the tip of the mandible nearly to the end of the fragment, but fades out gradually posteriorly. A very similar arrangement of foramina and ridges occurs in Ziphius and in Berardius. In the former genus the ridges forming the keel are shorter, and somewhat divergent. The canals extending backward from the anterior terminal foramina are much less strongly developed than in Anoplonassa and run into a large and sharply defined mental foramen, situated in line with the posterior end of the symphysis. The anterior foramina instead of remaining separate, are usually merged together, forming an opening of considerable size. The conformation of Berardius is similar to that of Ziphius, ene that usually the mental foramen assumes the form of a long trough situated a little in front of the posterior end of the symphysis and followed posteriorly by one or more additional foramina. It is probable that at the posterior end of the symphysis of Anoplonassa there was a similar foramen or trough. That it is not found on the type specimen is an additional indication that the posterior end of the symphysis is lacking. While the form of the alveoli, alveolar groove, and mandibular fora- mina of Anoplonassa denote clearly that it belongs to the subfamily Ziphiinae, it obviously represents a section of that subfamily distinct TRUE: THE TYPE OF ANOPLONASSA FORCIPATA 103 from the section to which the recent genera belong. Leaving out of consideration other fossil forms presently to be mentioned, one might properly separate the Ziphiinae from the Physeteridae and, following J. E. Gray, give them the full rank of a family. The family would be divided into three sections, consisting respectively, (1) of Hyperoodon, (2) the other recent genera, and (3) Anoplonassa. | Very recently Dr. O. Abel has called attention to three fossil forms * two of which at least are somewhat closely allied to Anoplonassa. These are Palaeoziphius scaldensis (Du Bus), Cetorhynchus atavus Abel and Mioziphius belgicus Abel, all from the Upper Miocene of Antwerp. Of these, P. scaldensis is considered by Abel ‘to be the oldest. The size of the mandible is about the same as in Anoplonassa. The length of - the entire symphysis in proportion to its depth is about the same as the length of the fragment of the symphysis of Anoplonassa to its depth. Palaeoziphius, however, has 14 alveoli on each side, between most of which are well-formed septa whose upper surface is in the same plane with the upper surface of the jaw. Dr. Abel states that the anterior end of the jaw is slightly expanded, but the figure which accompanies his description does not indicate such an expansion, and we may suppose that it is at best only slight. It is also stated that the symphysial region is semicircular in transverse section and that the end of the Jaw is turned upward. In Cetorhynchus, which is larger than Anoplonassa, the alveolar groove is rudimentary and the septa are imperfect and do not reach the level of the upper surface of the jaw. This upper surface is concave, while on the sides of the mandible there is a deep mental groove. The transverse section of the jaw is semicircular. In Mioziphius belgicus the mandible is much more slender than in Cetorhynchus, but, judged by the symphysial region, is about a half larger than Anoplonassa. Instead of a series of well-formed, or imperfect, alveoli, it has a narrow and shallow rudimentary alveolar groove and two pairs of very large alveoli resembling those of Anoplonassa very closely in some particulars, though the second pair is larger in propor- tion to the terminal one than in that genus. The terminal alveoli are filled with a mass of cancellous tissue which has a concave surface and a central eminence, as in Anoplonassa, and the alveoli themselves are separated by a narrow median partition. The jaw is expanded at the end where these alveoli are situated. The mass in the posterior alveoli, beside filling the cavity of the latter, appears to protrude considerably 1 Mém. Mus. Roy. Hist. Nat. Belg., 1905, 3. 104 BULLETIN: MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. beyond the upper surface of the jaw, and in this respect as well as in the larger size of the alveoli themselves, the specimen departs widely from Anoplonassa. I cannot discover that Dr. Abel has given any informa- tion regarding the depth of the mandible, but he states that the sym- physis is short. In the figure which accompanies the description the | jaw is } wider at the line of the posterior end of the symphysis than im- mediately behind the anterior alveoli. As regards the relations of Palaeoziphius scaldensis to Anoplonassa, Dr. Abel remarks :— “The genus Axoplonassa, from the Phosphate Beds of Savannah (Georgia), represents a phase of development in which the alveolar canals of the mandible have become rudimentary, with two pairs of teeth [z. e., alveoli] close together ; the anterior terminal pair is twice as large as the second pair, which is situated at about the middle of the length of the symphysis. The jaw recalls that of Squalodon in general form. “Although one may without hesitation unite Axoplonassa with the ziphioids, until now those stages (of development) have been lacking which lead from Azo- plonassa to the oldest polyodont and homodont ancestors of the ziphioids. This intermediate form is now represented by the type that Du Bus has described under the name of Chamsodelphis Scaldensis |= Palaecoziphius scaldensis (Abel) ]. “In a comparison with Axoplonassa the agreement in size, the length of the symphysis, and the upward inflection of the anterior extremity [of the mandible] immediately strike the eye; the jaw from the Antwerp Boldérien also recalls that of Sgualodon. But that which at once clearly distinguishes the Antwerp jaw from that of the Phosphate Beds of Savannah, Georgia, is the presence of 14 alveoli in each half of the symphysis.” 4 The foregoing quotation appears to indicate that Dr. Abel considers Palaeoziphius the nearest known ally of Anoplonassa, and hence more closely related to it than are Cetorhynchus or Mioziphius. The reasons which induce him to assign Palaeoziphius to the Ziphiidae are not stated in his paper, so far as I can discover, except as appears in the comparison with Anoplonassa above quoted. The resemblances between the two genera therein mentioned are: (1) the approximately equal size, (2) the expansion of the end of the mandible, (3) its upturned extremity. As already alluded to, the size of the mandible is somewhat larger in Anoplonassa. The symphysis is certainly somewhat longer, and proba- bly much longer. The expansion of the end of the mandible is much greater ; indeed, in Palaeoziphius it is so slight as not to be appreciable in the figure given by Dr. Abel. It is true that Anoplonassa has the 1 Loc. cit., (1905), p. 92. Seal TRUE: THE TYPE OF ANOPLONASSA FORCIPATA 105 end of the jaw upturned, but this is quite probably an age character, as ‘in the recent, genus Ziphius old individuals have the extremity of the jaw strongly recurved, while in young individuals the angle between the axis of the symphysis and the axis of the rami is very obtuse. It appears to me that the evidence that Palaeoziphius belongs to the ziphioids is not convincing, though it is conceivable that the ancestors of the recent genera may have been some such form with a series of func- tional teeth. It has to be remembered that Palaeoziphius, Cetorhynchus, and Mioziphius are all from the upper Miocene, and that Anoplonassa was also probably derived from the Miocene. In my opinion Mioziphius is a much nearer relative of Anoplonassa than is Palaeoziphius. That it is of larger size and has a shorter sym- physis does not seem to me to exclude the idea of close relationship. It is a well-known fact that closely aliied recent genera of cetaceans, such as Steno and Sotalia, or Steno and Tursiops, among the Delphinidae, differ greatly in the two characters mentioned. In the genus Mesoplodon the length of the symphysis varies very considerably in different species. In the general conformation of the symphysis, in the general form, details of structure, and relative positions of the alveoli, and in the form of the end of the jaw, Mioziphius certainly exhibits a striking resemblance to Anoplo- nassa. These characters, I think, greatly outweigh those of size and of length of symphysis, and make it proper to unite the two genera in a separate section of the Ziphiidae. Certain crania, as well as mandibles, are assigned to Mioziphius belgi- cus by Dr. Abel, though he does not give the evidence on which the reference of the former to that genus and species is based. Presuming that these crania and jaws really do belong to the same species, it will be interesting to consider Cope’s view, expressed in 1895, that the cranium known as Pelycorhamphus may belong to the same genus as the jaw known as Anoplonassa.’ Cope’s description of the cranium of Pelycorhamphus indicates a form sharing some of the characters of Choneziphius, with others of Paracetus, Kogia, etc., and having as a peculiar feature the expansion of the proxi- mal end of the vomer, forming a wide basin which overlaps the maxil- lary. There appears to be some trace of this latter character in Meso- plodon layardi, but nothing resembling it occurs in Mioziphius. It seems, therefore, that if Dr. Abel has correctly associated the mandible No. 3854 of the Brussels Museum with the cranium of Mioziphius, Pely- corhamphus has nothing to do with Anoplonassa. I am by no means 1 Proc, Amer. Philos. Soc., 1895, 34, p. 138. 106 BULLETIN : MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. convinced, however, that such is the case, but believe that Cope’s sur- mise may prove correct. Until more material is collected, the question. at issue cannot, I think, be satisfactorily settled. The dimensions of the type specimen of Anoplonassa forcipata are as follows : — Total jength. 5... POE STC tne nee EME 0 BSR Te is Greatest breadth at the ‘ioleHos oa BET LRA 34 a “at the anterior end iba ie centre tot ate anterior pair of alveoli) . . . Se ee ee eo Least breadth behind the anterjor pair GE legal a cat be DES eae ean Breadth across centre of posterior He wen eee SG) Te Sg IN Pee Vertical depth at posterior end of fragment .......... 29 “opposite the posterior pair of alveoli. . . . {86 a oe rs the hind margin of the anterior pair of alyeell » 7 rae Greatest breadth between inner margins of rudimentary alveolar canal posteriorly (+s). 24 Breadth between the same, Mawes Spit suis is JoMtenar: pairs of AIWEON sy is, eed di a ple aot better et Caer etal Te Soke A an Least breadth between abatenier alpaals siete Dove Waele Pile eA snk ola eae rs ce i ANTETION BEVEOIE: 20) c- . on . Hel ba, wel ae Be ee 4 doeneth/ot posterior alveolus: (left) * . 6.2.0.0 est le Re, ie Po Breadth = HA BT A ALE eaectt Rae vet baw ert oo Aceh een aan 7 Leneth: of anterior alveolus (left)i... . 0 006 ec hy. Pe ee Breadth ms ss wed isaac ace do WE ted hw Aer back i er on = POTN AR ee Oa ag il ee TRUE. — The Type of Anoplonassa Forcipata. PLATE 1. Anoplonassa forcipata Cope. Holotype. Superior aspect. Plate 1. True.—Anoplonassa. HELIOTYPE CO., BOSTON. \ ho “ H ' GT OC ee eae a ar ee True. — The Type of Anoplonassa Forcipata, PLATE 2, Anoplonassa forcipata Cope. Holotype. Inferior aspect. True.—Anoplonassa. Plate 2. HELIOTYPE CO., BOSTON. j if) we. hie! eat be “yy mas ee) Y True. — The Type of Anoplonassa Forcipata. PLATE 3. Anoplonassa forcipata Cope. Holotype. Lateral aspect. . Plate. 3. True.—Anoplonassa. HELIOTYPE CO., BOSTON. 7 a ' ake ALE ANY Nok yy, HOLA Yn eal Ta , yeti Wi) ey HiT, Bulletin of the Museum of Comparative Zoology AT HARVARD COLLEGE. Vou. LI. No.5. PRELIMINARY REPORT ON THE ECHINI COLLECTED IN 1906, FROM MAY TO DECEMBER, AMONG THE ALEUTIAN ISLANDS, IN BERING SEA, AND ALONG THE COASTS OF KAMTCHATKA, SAKHALIN, KOREA, AND JAPAN, BY THE U.S. FISH COMMISSION STEAMER ‘ ALBA- TROSS,” IN CHARGE OF LIEUT. COMMANDER L. M. GARRETT, U.S.N., COMMANDING. By ALEXANDER AGASSIZ AND Huspert LyMAn CLARK. {Published by Permission of George M. Bowers, U. S. Fish Commissioner. ] CAMBRIDGE, MASS., U.S. A.: PRINTED FOR THE MUSEUM. OctoBER, 1907. No. 5 — Preliminary Report on the Echini collected in 1906, from May to December, among the Aleutian Islands, in Bering Sea, and along the coasts of Kamtchatka, Saghalin, Korea, and Japan, by the U. S. Fish Commission Steamer ‘* Albatross,” in charge of Lizut. CommManpEeR L. M. Garrett, U. S. N,, Commanding. By ALEXANDER AGassIzZ AND Hupert LYMAN CLARK, Tue “Albatross” sailed from San Francisco via Seattle’ to Dutch Harbor, Alaska; thence to the westward among the Aleutian Islands, swinging northward and back again to take in Bowers Bank in Bering Sea; from the end of the Aleutian chain northwestward to the Ko- mandorski Islands, then to Petropaulovsk, Kamchatka; thence round- ing the southern point of this peninsula and up its western coast to Lat. 51° 40’; from this point southwestward to the Okhotsk Sea along the Kuril Islands to Hakodate, whence the course was taken along the western coast of Hondo, crossing the Sea of Japan to the Korean coast ; thence zigzagging southward among the numerous islands at the lower end of the Japanese archipelago, including the northern Linschotens ; northward along the eastern Japanese coast, through the Inland Sea and along the outer coast of Hondo again to Hakodate, thus completely cir- cumnavigating Hondo and Kiushiu. From Hakodate the ship cruised northward, west of Hokkaido, up the western coast of Saghalin Island to Lat. 47° 40’; returning and rounding the lower end of the island to Cape Patience, on the eastern side; from Cape Patience south again to the eastward of Hokkaido and back to Hakodate, returning thence to Yokohama, from which point, after a short cruise in Suruga and Sagami ~ bays, the vessel sailed for San Francisco. The collection of Echini made by the “Albatross” from May 3 to December 10, 1906, is interesting, as it connects the fauna of the deep waters of Alaska and off the Aleutian Islands with that of Japan. The collection from Japanese waters is important, as with those made by Déderlein, we now have a good representation of Japanese Echini living 1 The route of the “ Albatross” is taken from Dredging and Hydrographic Rec- ords of the U.S. Fisheries Steamer “ Albatross,” for the year 1906. Washington, 1907. 110 BULLETIN: MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOCLOGY. in moderate depths, 7. ¢., less than 1000 fathoms. The bulk of the col- lection from Japan is inside of 300 fathoms; at a few points only was the dredging carried below 700 fathoms. Consequently this collection, like that of Hawaiian Echini we have under examination, fails to connect the littoral with the deep sea fauna. But as regards the so-called continental region, there are some inter- esting points of comparison between the Japanese, the Hawaiian, the Alaskan, and the Panamic faunae. In the Panamic fauna there are but few species which encroach on that region either from the North or the South; it has a most typical Echinid fauna connecting with the deep water and abyssal region in which we find the Cystechinidae, Urechinidae, Palaeopneustidae, Ananchytidae, and the like; the nearest relatives of the Panamic Echinid fauna being mainly Indo-Pacific and Pacific species of wide geographical range. We have already called attention to the geographical relation of the Echini collected* in the Hawaiian region, which are in the main Pacific and Indo-Pacific. The Japanese collections indicate affinities with some of the Hawaiian Echini. The absence of Cidaris proper and of the widely spread species of ‘Pacific Echinometra, like H. mathaez, picta, and oblonga and of Diadema, is quite striking. We have only Dorocidaris and Stereocidaris common to both the Hawaiian Islands and Japan. Of the Salenidae of Japan, one extends to Hawaii. A new species of Coelopleurus and the presence of Aspidodiadema tonsum indicates the East Indian affinities of Japan. Echinothuriae are common in Japanese waters; one of the species of Asthenosoma is found in 39 fathoms; Phormosoma from 250 to 918, and Sperosoma from 500 to 1766 fathoms. One of the species of Phor- mosoma from Japan is also found at the Hawaiian Islands. The number of species of Sperosoma is remarkable. The species of Japanese Strongy- locentrotus indicate northern Pacific affinities. The species of Temno- pleuridae are either identical with (Prionechinus) or allied to (Genocidaris, Pleurechinus) East Indian species. The occurrence. of Hemipedina mirabilis and of Phymosoma crenulare is most interesting. The Japanese collections contain no Hipponoé and only one species of Echinus. It is, however, marked, as is the Hawaiian collection, by the number of its Clypeastroids, especially Laganum of East Indian types, and Scutellidae of Atlantic and northwestern Pacific genera. A new Echinolampas has been obtained. The only Pourtalesia is P. laguncula, which, judging from some fragments, grows to a larger size than was previously known. In the deep waters of the Bering Sea and 1 Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 1907, Vol. L, No. 8, p. 232. AGASSIZ AND CLARK: REPORT ON ECHINI. 111 off Japan were found Urechinus and Cystechinus, and among Palaeop- neustidae one species of Meijerea is common to Bering Sea and the Hawaiian Islands. Among the Spatangina we find Gymnopatagus, Lovenia, and Pseudolovenia, both in Japan and the Hawaiian Islands. Spatangus Liitkent of Japan is closely allied to S. paucituberculatus of the Hawaiian Islands. Brissopsis Oldhami and luzonica have a wide range including both Japan and the Hawaiian Islands, and the genus Aceste is also common to both regions. It is interesting to note the occurrence of two species of Echinocardium, of Hemiaster and of Peri- aster; the last genus is also found in ‘the Hawaiian Islands. A striking difference between the Japanese and Hawaiian faunae is seen in the abundance of Schizasters in the former region and their almost com- plete absence in the latter. While our Hawaiian collection contains only a single, very small specimen, there are several hundred in the collection from Japan. It may be of interest to note that of the 49 genera taken by the “Albatross” in the Hawaiian region, only 20 were taken also in Jap- anese waters, and of the 67 species, only 9 are in the Japanese coilection. DESMOSTICHA HAECKEL, CIDARIDAE Mi ter. Dorocidaris Reini Dop. Cidaris (Dorocidaris) Reini Doderlein, 1887. Jap. Seeigel, p. 7; Taf. 4, figs. 1-7, Taf. 8, figs. 4a—d. There is a single adult specimen from station 4933. We also refer to this species two young Cidaridae, one 9, the other 13 mm. in diameter, from station 4936. These individuals are remarkable for their short, stout primary spines, which only about equal the diameter of the test and are noticeably swollen above the neck. They are provided with ten or twelve longitudinal ridges but these are not at all serrate, nor is there any indication of granules or prickles anywhere on the spine. ‘These peculiar primaries are yellowish-white, tipped with brown and with two broad rings of the same color. They are unlike the spines of any Cidaroid which we have seen and it is possible that the two specimens are really the young of an hitherto undescribed species. Station 4933. Off Kagoshima Gulf, Japan, 152 fathoms. “© 4936. Off Kagoshima Gulf, Japan, 103 fathoms. Three specimens. 112 BULLETIN: MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. Stereocidaris microtuberculata Yosu. Cidaris (Stereocidaris) microtuberculatus Yoshiwara, 1898. Ann. Zool. Jap., 2, p. 57. There is a single specimen of this species, which is notable for its large size. The horizontal diameter measures 86 mm., which is considerably more than that of any specimen of Stereocidaris hitherto recorded. Yoshiwara’s largest specimen of this species measured 66 mm. As the pedicellariae have never been described, it may be said here that they are very similar to those of S. leucacantha A. Ag. and Cl. and cannot be distinguished from them with certainty. The globiferous, both large and small, are very abundant, but the tridentate seem to be very rare. Station 4807. Between Hakodate and Sado Island, Japan, 44-47 fathoms. One specimen. Stereocidaris sceptriferoides Don. Cidaris (Stereocidaris) sceptriferotdes Doderlein, 1887. Jap. Seeigel, p. 5, Taf. 2, figs. 12-17, Taf. 8, figs. 3a-e. This rare species is represented by a single small specimen, which agrees well with Doderlein’s description and figures, except that the secondaries are not pure white but are tinged with brown, and the test is distinctly brown. Déderlein’s figures of the pedicellariae, although not incorrect, do not do justice to their re- markably slender form. Moreover, in many of them the valves have a conspicu- ous unpaired end tooth and the opening is about one-third of the length. They are thus almost identical with those Mortensen figures as characteristic of his new genus, Schizocidaris. 1903, Ingolf Exp. Ech., Pt. I, Pl. 10, figs. 25 and 98. If that genus is to be recognized, this species must certainly be placed in it, although it is in other respects very evidently a Stereocidaris. Station 4968. Between Kobe and Yokohama, Japan, 253 fathoms. One specimen. Anomocidaris japonica A. Ac. and Ciark. Dorocidaris japonica Doderlein, 1885. Arch. f. Naturg., 51, Bd. 1, p. 76. Cidaris (Stereocidaris) japonica Doderlein, 1887. Jap. Seeigel, p. 6, Taf. 3, figs. 1-20; Taf. 8, figs. la—-h. Cidaris (Stereocidaris) tenuispinus Yoshiwara, 1898. Ann. Zool. Jap. 2, p. 57. Anomocidaris tenuispina A. Agassiz and Clark, 1907. Haw. Pacif. Ech. Cid., p. 80; Pl. 11, figs. 6-12, Pl. 12, figs. 18-30, Pl. 31, figs. 5-8. A large series of this interesting species was taken and we are therefore able to give additional information about it. The conical form of the test shown by the single specimen formerly at our disposal is not characteristic but is found to a greater or less degree in several individuals, none of which, however, are fully grown. ‘The large specimens all have the rounded abactinal surface figured by Doderlein for japonica and a careful comparison of Déderlein’s description and AGASSIZ AND CLARK: REPORT ON ECHINI. 113 figures with Yoshiwara’s description and with our numerous specimens, ranging from 11 to 40 mm. in diameter, has satisfied us that japonica and tenuispina are identical. But we retain the genus Anomocidaris on account of the bare abactinal surface, which is different from that of any other Echinoid in the absence of pri- mary tubercles on the upper coronal plates. Jn small examples of Stercocidaris and other Cidaridae, on the youngest coronal plate, next to the abactinal system, a primary tubercle is formed which increases in size with the growth of the plate and sooner or later bears a primary spine; in the adult, therefore, the uppermost coronal plate has an imperfect tubercle, the second has a more perfect tubercle which usually carries a spine and the third always has a primary spine. In small examples of Anomocidaris (11 mm. in diameter), there are six coronal plates, of which the uppermost has a well-formed tubercle and the other five carry primary spines, that on the second plate being the longest. As the animal grows, addi- tional plates form abactinally but these have no primary tubercles and often scarcely an areola, while the spineless tubercle on the plate above the longest spine appears to be gradually more or less resorbed. In large specimens there are usually eight, and may be as many as nine, coronal plates, of which the five or six nearest the actinostome carry primaries, while the remaining two or three have no tubercles and only indications of small areolae. As the actinal coronal plates are small and crowded while those on the abactinal surface are very large, the * spines are all actinal in position, except the longest which are just at the ambitus. Consequently the abactinal surface is extraordinarily bare, and the genus Anomo- cidaris is therefore easily recognized. — The primary spines are more slender than in Stereocidaris but show considerable diversity. They frequently taper to the very tip but are often more or less flaring there, and occasionally, in large speci- mens, are distinctly flattened and slightly widened at the extremity. They are grayish or brownish in color, often with a decidedly olive-green, very rarely a rosy-red, cast ; the neck is brown, usually polished and shining, while the narrow collar is commonly dirty whitish, but may be darker than the neck. The pri- maries around the actinostome show the greatest diversity. In the smallest specimens, they are white, flat, curved at the tip, and distinctly serrate, exactly as Déderlein figures them for japonica, but in the large specimens they are dull gray, but little flattened, not at all curved, and with no trace of serrations. Inter- mediate conditions between the two extremes are common, and the differences appear to be due to age. — The pedicellariae are equally variable, for on some specimens, the large globiferous, such as Doderlein figures for japonica, are very common, on others they are rare and on others they seem to be wholly wanting. The diversity of the small globiferous pedicellariae has already been shown by us in “ Hawaiian and Pacific Echini: Cidaridae,’’ Plate 11, figs. 6-12 and Plate 12, fig. 18. They intergrade with the large globiferous pedicellariae quite impercep- tibly. Tridentate pedicellariae appear to be always absent. — The color of the test and small spines also reveals some diversity. The test is commonly reddish- brown, but it may be greenish or not infrequently dirty whitish; it is almost always darkest abactinally. The small spines are usually distinctly greenish, more or less decidedly lighter on the edges than at the middle, but they may be VOL. L1.— No. 5 8 114 BULLETIN : MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. simply dirty whitish or have a reddish cast ; they are decidedly brightest on the bare abactinal surface, where they are noticeably small but fairly abundant. Station 4807. Between Hakodate and Sado Island, Japan, 44-47 fathoms. *« 4808. Between Hakodate and Sado Island, Japan, 47 fathoms. «« 4815. Between Hakodate and Sado Island, Japan, 70 fathoms. “ 4817. Between Hakodate and Sado Island, Japan, 61 fathoms. * 4832. Between Nanao and Tsuruga, Hondo, Japan, 76-79 fathoms, “ 4833. Between Nanao and Tsuruga, Hondo, Japan, 79 fathoms. * 4842. Between Dogo Island and Matsu Shima, Japan, 82 fathoms, «« 4876. Eastern Channel, Korea Strait, 59 fathoms. *« 5092. Uraga Strait, Gulf of Tokyo, 70 fathoms. “« 5094. Uraga-Strait, Gulf of Tokyo, 88 fathoms. Forty-nine specimens. Goniocidaris biserialis D6p. Stephanocidaris biserialis Diderlein, 1885. Arch. f. Naturg., 51, Bd. 1, p. 79. Goniocidaris biserialis Doderlein, 1887. Jap. Seeigel, p.10. Taf.5; Taf. 8, fig. 8. A very good series of this species was taken, ranging in size from 7 to 27 mm. The color shows considerable diversity, as the test and small spines may be yellow, olive-green, brown, or brownish-red. The primaries are uniformly dull, but they are more or less encrusted with sponges, bryozoans, worm-tubes, etc., and the color is thus often considerably modified. Station 4875. Eastern channel, Korea Strait, 59 fathoms. “ 4876. astern channel, Korea Strait, 59 fathoms. «4877. Eastern channel, Korea Strait, 59 fathoms. «« - 4879. Eastern channel, Korea Strait, 59 fathoms. «« 4893. Southwest of Goto Islands, Japan, 95-106 fathoms, *« 4894, Southwest of Goto Islands, Japan, 95 fathoms. « 4895. Southwest of Goto Islands, Japan, 95 fathoms, « 4936. Off Kagoshima Gulf, Japan, 103 fathoms. Thirty-six specimens. Goniocidaris clypeata DoD. Goniocidaris clypeata Doderlein, 1885. Arch. f. Naturg., 51, Bd. 1, p. 82. A good series of this curious species, ranging from 7 to 20 mm. in diameter, was taken, some of which are remarkably like some specimens of florigera. There seem to be, however, constant differences between the two species. The remarkable diver- sity revealed by the primary spines of these specimens is noteworthy, for some are ta- pering, ouly slightly thorny, and not at all expanded at either base or tip (young spines may even be perfectly smooth and tapering), while others, more or less conspicu- ously prickly, are expanded either at the base or at the tip or at both, and all kinds of intermediate types occur. The color of the test is usually reddish-brown, but may be much lighter. The secondary spines are light brownish. The primaries are gray AGASSIZ AND CLARK: REPORT ON ECHINI, 115 or whitish or even bright rose-red. The tuberculation of the median ambulacral area varies greatly ; for, while in most specimens,each plate carries two or three small tubercles in addition to the large marginal one, so that the appearance of the area is much like that of florigera, in other specimens the middle of each ambu- lacrum is more or less sunken and bare as in ¢ubaria; the two extremes, however, intergrade very evidently. Station 4891. Southwest of Goto Islands, Japan, 181 fathoms. “« 4900. Southwest of Goto Islands, Japan, 139 fathoms. “4933. Off Kagoshima Gulf, Japan, 152 fathoms. * 5091. Uraga Strait, Gulf of Tokyo, 197 fathoms, * 5094. Uraga Strait, Gulf of Tokyo, 88 fathoms. Nine specimens. Goniocidaris mikado Don. Discocidaris (Cidaris) mikado Doderlein, 1885. Arch. f. Naturg., 51, Bd. 1, p. 80. Goniocidaris mikado Doderlein, 1887. Jap. Seeigel, p. 15, Taf. 7; Taf. 8, figs. 6, 9-18. A small series of this species is in the collection, ranging from 8 to 21 mm. in diameter. Specimens at any age are readily recognized by the remarkable, very small, nearly spherical miliary spines. The color, very light fawn, nearly cream- white, shows little variety. Station 4893. Southwest of Goto Islands, 95-106 fathoms. “ ~— 4894. Southwest of Goto Islands, 95 fathoms. “* 4895. Southwest of Goto Islands, 95 fathoms. « 5070. Suruga Gulf, Japan, 108 fathoms. Nine specimens. Aporocidaris fragilis A. Aq. and Cz. Aporocidaris fragilis A. Agassiz and Clark, 1907. Haw. Pacif. Ech. Cid., p. 37, Pl. 10, figs. 10-21; Pl. 28, figs. 5-8. There is an excellent series of this species now available, ranging from 8 to 23 mm. in diameter, but there is little to add to our original description. The differ- ences between fragilis and Milleré appear to be constant, and little diversity is shown. The color of these specimens differs from that of the type in being reddish- rather than yellowish-brown; it is considerably darker than in Midleri, Station 4761. South of Shumagin Islands, Alaska, 1973 fathoms. Twenty-five specimens, 2 SALENIDAF Aeassiz. Salenia miliaris A. Ac. Salenia miliaris A. Agassiz, 1898. Bull. M. C. Z , 32, p. 74, Pl. 2, figs. 2-4. Two large specimens, about 17 mm. in diameter, are the only representatives of this species in the collection. Station 5084. Off Omai Saki Light, Japan, 918 fathoms. Two specimens. 116 BULLETIN: MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. Salenia cincta A. Ac. and Crark. This handsome species is closely related to Pattersoni A. Ag., but is easily dis- tinguished by the coloration. The test and secondaries, and especially the abac- tinal system, are deep purple or greenish more or less tinged with purple. The primaries are white, more or less distinctly shaded with green on the upper side, with 12 to 16 broad rings of dull red. The sculpturing of the abactinal system is quite different from that of Pat¢ersoni, and tridentate pedicellariae seem to be wanting. The largest specimen is 12 mm. in diameter, and the longest primaries measure 52 mm. ‘The latter are very slender, scarcely a millimeter in diameter, and are distinctly verticillate, though nearly smooth. Station 4893. Southwest of Goto Islands, Japan, 95-103 fathoms. « 4894. Southwest of Goto Islands, Japan, 95 fathoms. “ 48395. Southwest of Goto Islands, Japan, 95 fathoms. _ « 4934. Off Kagoshima Gulf, Japan, 103-152 fathoms. “« 4936. Off Kagoshima Gulf, Japan, 103 fathoms. Twelve specimens. ARBACIADAHE Gray. Coelopleurus maculatus A. Ac. and Crark. The specimens of Coelopleurus in the collection show no diversity in color or other features, and are strikingly handsome, with polished green primary spines con- spicuously spotted on the upper side with scarlet red. The lower side is white, with somewhat indistinct red markings, as though the spots on the upper side showed through. Towards the tip of the spine, on the upper side, the red spots become confluent, so that the distal part of the spine is red for a greater or less distance, though it may be tipped with green or white. The primary spines are sharply triangular, especially near the base, and are distinctly curved towards the tip. The collar is short, rarely over five millimeters in length, dull and usually rough with four or five longitudinal series of coarse granules, on each side. The small actinal primary spines are flat and smooth, pure white, with very conspicuous gray collars extending half their length. — These specimens agree perfectly with the specimens taken by the “ Challenger” at Amboina, and with others in the Museum collection from Uraga Channel, Japan, hitherto referred to C. Maillard. It seems to be necessary, however, to distinguish them from that species, for in the type speci- men of Maillardi from Bourbon, the primary spines are marked with deep purple and the collar is 8 mm. in length, and very finely and uniformly granular. More- over, the secondary spines in maculatus are stout and blunt, rarely having a sharp point, while in Mazllardi they are strikingly acicular. The largest specimen of maculatus before us measures 37 mm. in diameter; the primaries are all broken, but in other specimens they are three or four times the diameter of the test. Station 4881. Eastern channel, Korea Strait, 40-59 fathoms. « 4937. Off Kagoshima Gulf, Japan, 58 fathoms. Five specimens. AGASSIZ AND CLARK: REPORT ON ECHINI. Lt? ASPIDODIADEMATIDAE Duwncay. Aspidodiadema tonsum A. Aa. Aspidodiadema tonsum, A. Agassiz, 1879. Proc. Amer. Acad., 14, p. 199. The specimens taken agree more nearly with the Aspidodiademas taken by the “ Challenger” off Cebu, than with those (icobaricum) in our Hawaiian collection. Station 4980. Between Kobe and Yokohama, Japan, 507 fathoms. « 5078. Off Omai Saki Light, Japan, 475-514 fathoms, “ 5079. Off Omai Saki Light, Japan, 475-505 fathoms. « 6080. Off Omai Saki Light, Japan, 505 fathoms. Fifteen specimens. ECHINOTHURIDAE Wrvi tte Tuomson. Asthenosoma pellucidum A. Ac. Asthenosoma pellucidum A. Agassiz, 1879. Proc. Amer. Acad., 14, p. 200. The specimens are all small, less than 50 mm. in diameter, and their color is darker than that of “‘ Challenger ” specimens, but otherwise they are not peculiar. Station 4934. Off Kagoshima Gulf, Japan, 103-152 fathoms. Three specimens. Asthenosoma Owstoni A. Ac. and Crark. Araeosoma Owstoni Mortensen, 1904. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (7) 14, p. 82, Pl. 2, Pl. 5, figs. 4-9, 11, 18-20. The specimens before us range in size from 20 to 150 mm., and agree well in all particulars with Mortensen’s description, though they show a greater diversity in color. They vary from almost white (the smallest specimens) to nearly brick-red, but the largest specimens are dull, pale purplish. The actinal primary spines are decidedly pinkish, while those on the abactinal surface show only a very slight greenish tinge. The pedicellariae agree entirely with Mortensen’s figures. Station 4875. Eastern channel, Korea Strait, 59 fathoms. «« 4876. Eastern channel, Korea Strait, 59 fathoms. ** 4877. Eastern channel, Korea Strait, 59 fathoms. “© ©4946. Between Kagoshima and Kobe, Japan, 39 fathoms. *« 5095. In Uraga Straits, Gulf of Tokyo, 58 fathoms. Ten specimens, Asthenosoma tessellatum A. Ae. Asthenosoma tessellata A. Agassiz, 1879. Proc. Amer. Acad., 14, p. 201. The single specimen, 140 mm. in diameter, is somewhat damaged, but agrees very well with the ‘‘ Challenger” specimen, which was taken near Manila. Station 4943. In Kagoshima Gulf, Japan, 119 fathoms. One specimen. 118 BULLETIN: MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. Asthenosoma bicolor A. Ac. and Ciarx. This species is apparently nearly related to Owstoni, but differs in color and in certain features of the test. The coronal plates are low and very numerous, 44 in the interambulacra and 75 in the ambulacra; in Owsfoni of the same size (125 mm.), the numbers are 38 and 60 respectively. The test is more flexible abactinally than in Owstoni, and the bare median ambulacral and interambulacral areas are more marked. ‘The test and spines are dull yellowish actinally, while on the abactinal surface the interambulacra are chiefly yellow and the ambulacra are dull violet. These colors are not sharply defined, but contrast with each other nevertheless. The genital plates in dzcolor are not so elongated as in Ovstoni, for they separate only the first pair of inter- ambulacral plates and touch the second, while in Owstoni they separate the first two pairs and touch, sometimes nearly separating, the third. In Jdzcolor, four of the genitals are remarkable in that the outer part of the plate (7. e., the part distal to the pore) is separated by a regular suture from the remainder of the genital, and thus is a perfectly distinct plate. The pedicellariae of dccolor appear to be identical with those of Owstont. Station 4939. In Kagoshima Gulf, Japan, 85 fathoms. One specimen. Asthenosoma pyrochloa A. Ae. and Crarx. This handsome species is very nearly related to the Atlantic species hystrix, and is only to be distinguished by the color and some differences in the arrangement of the primary tubercles. The entire test is of a most brilliant vermilion-red, strikingly different from the rich rose-red of Ays¢riz. In the ambulacra, on the actinal side, there are two distinct vertical series of tubercles, beginning near the peristome and running nearly or quite to the ambitus. These series lie near to- gether in the median ambulacral area, and on the outer side of each is a shorter and less complete series. In the interambulacra we find very regular series run- ning along the margins close to the ambulacra, and in each area there is a second series on the inner ends of the interambulacral plates. Hach plate also carries, not infrequently, one or two additional tubercles. Abactinally each interambulacral plate carries two and often three large tubercles. The secondary and miliary spines are much coarser, and possibly more numerous, than in 4ystriz, so that the general appearance, especially of the abactinal surface, is rather different. The largest specimen is about 190 mm. in diameter. Station 4919. Off Kagoshima Gulf, Japan, 440 fathoms. “5083. Off Omai Saki Light, Japan, 624 fathoms. Three specimens. Phormosoma bursarium A. Ace. Phormosoma bursarium A. Agassiz, 1881. Rept. Chall. Ech., p. 99, Pl. 10 b. Although these specimens from the northwestern Pacific show such diversity among themselves that they can be divided into two groups, and although neither of +) 1 a td FF - , AGASSIZ AND CLARK: REPORT ON ECHINI. 119 these groups is wholly like the Hawaiian Island form, collected by the “Albatross ” in 1902, nevertheless it does not seem to be practicable to distinguish more than a single species. A large proportion of the present collection is made up of young specimens, under 30 mm. in diameter, but the individuals range from 20 to 110 mm. Station 4906. Southwest of Koshika Islands, Japan, 369-406 fathoms “ 4907. Southwest of Koshika Islands, Japan, 406 fathoms. * 4911. Southwest of Koshika Islands, Japan, 391 fathoms. “ 4912. Southwest of Koshika Islands, Japan, 391 fathoms. “4913. Southwest of Koshika Islands, Japan, 391 fathoms. “ 4914. Southwest of Koshika Islands, Japan, 427 fathoms. “ 4915. Southwest of Koshika Islands, Japan, 427 fathoms. “4957. Between Kagoshima and Kobe, Japan, 437 fathoms. “« 4968. Between Kobe and Yokohama, Japan, 253 fathoms. « 4969. Between Kobe and Yokohama, Japan, 587 fathoms. “« 65078. Of Omai Saki Light, Japan, 475-514 fathoms. 6082. OF Omai Saki Light, Japan, 662 fathoms. “« 5084. Off Omai Saki Light, Japan, 918 fathoms. “ 5086. Sagami Bay, Hondo, Japan, 292 fathoms. © 5088. Sagami Bay, Hondo, Japan, 369-405 fathoms. Thirty specimens. Phormosoma hoplacantha Wrv. Tuoms. Phormosoma hoplacantha Wy ville Thomson, 1877. Voy. Chall. Atlantic, 1, p. 148, fig. 35. A fairly good series of a Phormosoma, which seems to be identical with the “ Challenger” specimens of hoplacantha, was taken at the following stations. Station 4928. In Colnett Strait, Japan, 1008 fathoms. ** 4956. Between Kagoshima and Kobe, Japan, 720 fathoms. “4958. Between Kagoshima and Kobe, Japan, 405 fathoms. “4973. Between Kobe and Yokohama, Japan, 600 fathoms. «4980. Between Kobe and Yokohama, Japan, 507 fathoms. « 5078. Of Omai Saki Light, Japan, 475-514 fathoms. * 5080. OF Omai Saki Light, Japan, 505 fathoms. ** 5082. OF Omai Saki Light, Japan, 662 fathoms. “* -60S4. OF Omai Saki Light, Japan, 918 fathoms. “ 5086. Sagami Bay, Hondo, Japan, 292 fathoms. Thirteen specimens. Phormosoma tenue A. Ac. Phormosoma tenuis A. Agassiz, 1879. Proc. Amer. Acad., 14, p. 202. The specimens referred to this species are of iuterest from having ophicephalous pedicellariae in addition to the characteristic tridentate ones. As Doderlein (1906, 120 BULLETIN: MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. Valdivia Echini, p. 121), has suggested, ophicephalous pedicellariae probably occur in most if not all of the genera proposed by Mortensen. Those of ¢enue are very similar to those figured by D derlein for Sperosoma durum. — The color of the “ Albatross” specimens is violet above, becoming deep reddish-purple actinally, while the ‘‘ Challenger ” specimens were “ yellowish-gray,” but in the general appearance and the arrangement of the tubercles there seem to be no important differences between the two series. ' tation 4928. In Colnett Strait, Japan, 1008 fathoms. “ 5084. Off Omai Saki Light, Japan, 918 fathoms. Four specimens. Sperosoma quincunciale ve Meu. Sperosoma quincunciale de Meijere, 1904. Ech. Siboga-Exp., p. 40, Pl. 18, figs. 166-176. A number of Echinothurids, closely resembling P. ¢enwe, prove on careful ex- amination to be Sperosomas, which we are unable to distinguish from gzizcunciale, though none of the specimens is as large as de Meijere’s type. They range from 45 mro. to 170 mm. in diameter and are all more or less deep violet in color. The actiual primary spines are provided with large and conspicuous white “ hoofs.” The arrangement cf the ambulacral pores abactinally is very characteristic. Station 4957. Between Kagoshima and Kobe, Japan, 437 fathoms. « 56079. Off Omai Saki, Japan, 475-505 fathoms. «5080. Off Omai Saki, Japan, 505 fathoms. Hight specimens. Sperosoma biseriatum Don. Sperosoma biseriatum Doderlein, 1901. Zool. Anz., 23, p. 20. We refer to this species, but not without some hesitation, a badly mutilated specimen of Sperosoma, easily distinguished from the preceeding by the arrange- ment of the ambulacral pores abactinally, which are just as Déderlein (1906, p. 152; Pl. 19, fig. 1) describes and figures them for diseriatum. The color and the pedicellariae show slight differences, however, for the test of this speci- men was obviously deep purple, and the valves of the pedicellariae have a straight, smooth margin. It is quite possible that this specimen really represents an un- described species. Station 4766. Between Atka Island and Bowers Bank, Bering Sea, 1766 fathoms. One specimen. Sperosoma giganteum A. Ae. and CLark. This remarkable Echinothurid measures nearly 320 mm. in its greatest horizon- tal diameter. The color is very deep purple, almost black when in shadow. The ambulacra are extraordinarily wide, for on the abactinal surface just above the ambitus they measure over 100 mm. while the interambulacra are little over 70. The outer and inner columns in each half of each ambulacrum are made up of re- ee PP he Wis Mos Fe a a ee Sack dae ee : vr ene “<- —s oo eee 7 ot ee aah aS “ AGASSIZ AND CLARK: REPORT ON ECHINI. g AI markably long, low plates, which just above the ambitus are 25 mm. long and ouly 5 mm. high. There are no primary tubercles above the ambitus but the whole abactinal surface is rather closely covered with slender secondaries and miliaries. On the actinal surface, primary spines are fairly numerous but show no regular arrangement. Many ambulacral plates have two, and many interambu- lacral plates four spines. The areolae are small, the diameter usually less than half the height of the plate. The primary spines are seldom 25 mm. long and terminate in a conspicuous white hoof; nearly all are, however, broken off. The pedicellariae are interesting, for in addition to tridentate pedicellariae, similar to those of Sperosoma biseriatum Déd., but seldom with valves as much as two milli- meters long, we find ophicephalous and triphy!lous pedicellariae abundant. The latter are not peculiar but the former are almost exactly like those figured by Mortensen (1903, Pl. 14, fig. 23) as characteristic of his proposed new genus “'Tromikosoma”! In no other respect, however, does this species resemble that group. Unfortunately only one specimen ef this interesting Echinothurid was taken. Station 5082. Off Omai Saki Light, Japan, 662 fathoms. One specimen. ECHINOMETRIDAH Gray. Strongylocentrotus Drobachiensis A. Ac. Echinus Drébachiensis O. F. Miiller, 1776. Prod. Zool. Dan., p. 235. Strongylocentratus Drébachiensis A. Agassiz, 1872. Rev. Ech., Pt. 1, p. 162. A considerable number of specimens of Strongylocentrotus were collected along the North American coast from British Columbia northwestward, across the Pacific. They show little diversity among themselves and only very slight, if any, differences from specimens collected at Hastport, Maine. For the present at least they may be considered as Drobachieusis. Bayle Island, British Columbia. Unalaska, Aleutian Islands. Atka, Aleutian Islands. Agattu, Aleutian Islands, Medni, Komandorski Islands. Bering, Komandorski Islands. Petropaulovsk, Siberia. Forty-three specimens. Strongylocentrotus nudus A. Ae. Toxocidaris nuda A. Agassiz, 1868. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila., p. 356. Strongylocentrotus nudus A. Agassiz, 1872. Rev. Ech., Pt. 1, p. 165. A single immature specimen, only 23 mm. in diameter, seems to be the young of this species, for the arcs of 6 or 7 pairs of pores are nearly vertical and tlie poriferous zones are correspondingly narrow. The primary tubercles are conspicu- ous while the other tubercles are few in number and small. The abactinal ambu- 122 BULLETIN: MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. Jacral plates show radiating Ines on the outer half, corresponding in number to the pairs of pores, as in larger specimens of zudus. The test is dull purplish with an evident greenish cast abactinally, and the primary spines and secondaries are more or less greenish. The color is thus quite anlike that of adult xudus. Station 5018. Off Cape Tonin, Saghalin Island, 100 fathoms. One specimen. Strongylocentrotus tuberculatus Br. Echinus tuberculatus Lamarck, 1816. Anim. s. Vert., 3, p. 50. Strong ylocentrotus tuberculatus Brandt, 1835. Prod. Desc. Anim., p. 264. The specimens are all (except one) large and of a very deep reddish-purple color. Hakodate. Station 4807. Between Hakodate and Sado Island, Japan, 44-47 fathoms. Six specimens. Strongylocentrotus echinoides A. Ag. and Crarx. It is hard to believe that a littoral Echinoid as common as this species seems to be, and as conspicuous, is still undeseribed, but we are entirely at a loss in the attempt to assign it to any known species. The specimens range from 10 to 72 mm. in diameter. The general appearance and coloration im most of the adults, are quite like an Echinus, but the arrangement of the pores, in ares of seven pairs (six in small specimens) is like Strongylocentrotus, and the pedicellariae of all four kinds are scarcely distinguishable from those of Drobachiensis. The height of the test varies greatly, ranging from .45 of the diameter to .55. The color is equally variable but the test is more or less reddish-white, darkest on the abactinal median interambulacral areas which may be even deep reddish-purple. The small spines are light greenish, but the primaries show considerable diversity. They are commonly dull reddish at the base, becoming very light greenish at the tip, but in some cases, they are wholly green and in others, wholly light red. They are rather long (10-15 mm.), slender and pointed, but not at all numerous. In each interambulacrum, there are two vertical series of 12-20 large tubercles, each of which is flanked on each side by a less regular row of much smaller tubercles. In each ambulacrum, the median area is bounded on each side by a series of 18-30 tubercles, slightly smaller than the largest of those in the inter- ambulaecra, and between these two series are two less complete rows of much smaller tubercles. The secondary and miliary spines are very numerous, but are much shorter than the primaries. The abactinal system is small (about .20 of the diameter) and the two posterior ocular plates are in broad contact with the anal system. Pedicellariae, particularly the globiferous ones, are very numerous, and the tridentate are often two millimeters long, not including the stalk. Station 4777. Petrel Bank, Bering Sea, 43-52 fathoms. *« 4778. Petrel Bank, Bering Sea, 33-43 fathoms. “« 4779. Petrel Bank, Bering Sea, 54-56 fathoms. «© 4782. Off Hast Cape, Attu Island, Aleutians, 57-59 fathoms. “4784. Off East Cape, Attu Island, Aleutians, 135 fathoms. AGASSIZ AND CLARK: REPORT ON ECHINI. 138 Station 4786. Between Medni and Bering, Komandorski Islands, 54 fathoms. ** 4787. Between Medni and Bering, Komandorski Islands, 54-57 fathoms. ** 4788. Between Medni and Bering, Komandorski Islands, 56-57 fathoms. “* 4789. Between Medni and Bering, Komandorski Islands, 56 fathoms. *« 4790. Between Medni and Bering, Komandorski Islands, 64 fathoms. “4791. Between Medni and Bering, Komandorski Islands, 72-76 fathoms. “© 4792. Between Medni and Bering, Komandorski Isiands, 72 fathoms, se 4794. Off east coast of Kamchatka, 58-69 fathoms. “© 4795. Off east coast of Kamchatka, 48-69 fathoms. “¢ 4796. Off east coast of Kamchatka, 48 fathoms. s¢ 4804. Off Simushir Island, 229 fathoms. ** 4810. Between Hakodate and Sado Island, Japan, 90-195 fathoms. ** 4822. Between Nanao and Tsuruga, Hondo, Japan, 130 fathoms. ** 4982. Between Hakodate and Oiaru, Hokkaido, Japan, 3890-428 fathoms. «« 4987. Between Hakodate and Otaru, Hokkaido, Japan, 59 fathoms. * 4993. Between Otaru, Hokkaido, and Korsakov, Saghalin, 142 fathoms. “« 4996. Between Otaru, Hokkaido, and Korsakov, Saghalin, 86 fathoms. ** 5016. Off eastern coast, southern end of Saghalin, 64 fathoms. “5041. Off southern coast of Hokkaido, Japan, 61-140 fathoms. «5048. Between Hakodate and Yokohama, Japan, 129 fathoms. * 5049. Between Hakodate and Yokohama, Japan, 182 fathoms, One hundred and sixty-two specimens. : Strongylocentrotus polyacanthus A. Aa. and Crark. While the specimen to which we have given this name may prove to be an abcr- rant example of either Drobachiensis or purpuratus, it seems best to recognize it now as a distinct species. It may be distinguished by the very numerous short spines, the primaries little exceeding the secondaries in either length (6-8 mm.) or thick- ness ; the numerous (25) coronal plates; and the color. The test is 73 mm. in diameter and both it and the spines are dull rose-purple. The pairs of pores are in oblique, but little curved, arcs of six. Each coronal plate at the ambitus carries 8-5 primary, 25-35 secondary, and 50-60 miliary tubercles. Milne Bay, Simushir Island, Kuril Islands, Japan. One specimen. Strongylocentrotus pulchellus A. Ac. and Crark. Although the genital pores are large, it is doubtful whether even the larger of our two specimens is adult, as it is only 17 mm. in diameter. But there can be she! BULLETIN: MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. little question that they represent an undescribed species, for the arrangement of the pores is very characteristic. The pairs are in very oblique, somewhat curved ares of five, divided by a secondary tubercle into an inner group of two, and an outer, lower group of three pairs. The vertical series of secondary tubercles thus divides the poriferous zone into an inner and an outer band, the latter somewhat the wider. The globiferous pedicellariae are also very unique, for the expanded basal part of each valve is very wide, .60 of the length of the valve, and the terminal tooth is very long, .25-.35 of the valve length. Tridendate pedicellariae appear to be wanting. The test is very light purplish, noticeably darker abac- tinally, particularly on the median interambulacral areas; on and around the abactinal system there is a very evident green tinge. The primary spines are light purple, rather abruptly tipped with whitish. The smaller spines are very much lighter. In the smaller specimen (9 mm.), the primary spines are purplish only at base, the terminal part being light greenish and the ares of pore-pairs are nearly vertical above the ambitus and are uninterrupted. Station 4794. Off east coast of Kamchatka, 58-69 fathoms. « 5003. Off southwestern coast of Saghalin Island, 35-38 fathoms. Two specimens. THMNOPLEURIDAE Desor. Temnopleurus Reynaudi Aeass. Temnopleurus Reynaudi Agassiz, 1846. Ann. Sci. Nat., 6, p. 360. The specimens taken by the ‘‘ Albatross” are all small (9-23 mm.) and show no little diversity. The test is thin and the spines are long and slender. The depth of the pits varies greatly in different specimens, in some cases being so shallow as to be scarcely noticeable. The proportion of height to diameter is also variable, ranging from 40 to 55 per cent. The color of the test varies from dull purple, lighter on the poriferous zones, to yellowish-white, blotched around the abactinal system with red, green, purplish, or brown. ‘The spines are brownish, purplish, greenish or dirty white, sometimes much lighter at base than at tip. Station 4815. Between Hakodate and Sado Island, Japan, 70 fathoms. «* 4832. Between Nanao and Tsuruga, Hondo, Japan, 76-79 fathoms. «4893. Southwest of Goto Islands, Japan, 95-106 fathoms. « 4894. Southwest of Goto Islands, Japan, 95 fathoms. « 4895. Southwest of Goto Islands, Japan, 95 fathoms. « 4902. Southwest of Goto Islands, Japan, 139 fathoms. « 4904. Southwest of Goto Islands, Japan, 107 fathoms. « 4931. In Colnett Strait, Japan, 83 fathoms. « 4933. Off Kagoshima Gulf, Japan, 152 fathoms. ** 5074. In Suruga Gulf, Japan, 47 fathoms. «5095. Off Gulf of Tokyo, Japan, 58 fathoms. Seventeen specimens. AGASSIZ AND CLARK: REPORT ON ECHINI. 125 Temnopleurus toreumaticus Aacass. Cidaris toreumatica Klein, 1734. Nat. Disp. Ech., p. 22, Pl. 10, fig. E. Temnopleurus toreumaticus Agassiz, 1841. Mon. d’Ech., Obs., p. 7. There is only a single specimen of this well-known species, taken at Nanao Beach, Japan. Salmacopsis olivacea Don. Salmacopsis olivacea Déderlein, 1885. Arch. f. Naturg., Jahrg., 51, Bd. 1, p. 93, These specimens differ from Déderlein’s in their larger size and decidedly greener color. The largest are over 25 mm. in diameter. Station 4894, Southwest of Goto Islands, Japan, 95 fathoms. | “« 4937. In Kagoshima Gulf, Japan, 58 fathoms. | Five specimens, Pleurechinus variabilis Dép. Pleurechinus variabilis Déderlein, 1885. Arch. f. Naturg., 51, Bd. 1, p. 90. The specimens are small (8-11 mm.) and show little diversity. Station 4893. Southwest of Goto Islands, Japan, 95-106 fathoms. «4894. Southwest of Goto Islands, Japan, 95 fathoms. “5068. In Suruga Gulf, Japan, 77-131 fathoms. Three specimens, Pleurechinus variegatus Mort. | Pleurechinus variegatus Mortensen, 1904. Dan. Exp. Siam: KEch., p. 84; Pl. 1, figs.:6; 6;.8, 19 Pl, 2 fies 6, This species is not readily distinguished from the preceding one unless at least a part of an interambulacrum is cleaned, yet the banding of the primaries, and the usual absence at their tips of a terminal thorn, are features of variegatus recogniz- able with a good lens. The specimens before us have scarcely a trace of red on the primaries, but they are not otherwise peculiar. Station 4893. Southwest of Goto Islands, Japan, 95-106 fathoms. “4895. Southwest of Goto Islands, Japan, 95 fathoms. “5095. Off Gulf of Tokyo, Japan, 58 fathoms. Three specimens. Prionechinus Agassizii Woop-Mas. and Ate. Prionechinus Agassizii Wood-Mason and Alcock, 1891. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (6) 8, p. 441. Our specimens agree so well with the description and figures of Déderlein (1906, p. 194; Pl. 24, fig. 1; Pl. 35, fig. 7) that there can be little question of their identity with his specimen. They show striking diversity in color, however, for while one is pure white, a second has the test pale brown and the very base of the spines tinged with olive, and the third has the tubercles and the basal half of all the larger spines pale red. 126 BULLETIN: MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. Station 4965. Between Kobe and Yokohama, Japan, 191 fathoms. «< 4967. Between Kobe and Yokohama, Japan, 244-253 fathoms. *« 5086. Sagami Bay, Hondo, Japan, 292 fathoms. Three specimens. | Prionechinus ruber A. Ag. and Crark. This species may be recognized by the following combination of characters. The test and abactinal system show little evidence of sculpturing; the anal system is covered by ten to twenty plates, of which one is somewhat larger than the others; there are ten large buccal plates, each with a well developed tube-foot, and between these plates and the mouth the membrane is closely covered with small plates; the primary spines are nearly or quite smooth and rather sharply pointed; the test and basal half of the larger spines are red, while the tips of the spines and some of the tubercles are pure white. The larger specimen is 11 mm. in diameter. Station 4933. Off Kagoshima Gulf, Japan, 152 fathoms. “« 4967. Between Kobe and Yokohama, Japan, 244-2538 fathoms. Two specimens. Genocidaris apodus A. Ag. and Crark. This interesting species is easily recognized by the very large anal plate, the long primary spines which when unbroken exceed the diameter of the test, and the presence of only five large buccal plates, provided with a tube-foot. The second plate of each pair is rudimentary and carries no pedicel. ‘There are no other plates on the buccal membrane. The test is very distinctly sculptured, but the abactinal system is nearly smooth and carries very few (15-25) small tubercles. The genital pores are large, in the centre of a slight elevation. The abactinal system is very large, its diameter sixty per cent or more of that of the test. The test and spines are white, but in the smallest specimen (the only one with un- broken spines) the terminal half of the longer primaries is red. The largest specimen is only 7 mm. in diameter. Station 4891. Southwest of Goto Islands, Japan, 181] fathoms. «4904. Southwest of Goto Islands, Japan, 107 fathoms. Three specimens. TRIPLHCHINIDAE A. Ace. Hemipedina mirabilis Dop. Hemipedina mirabilis Doderlein, 1885. Arch. f. Naturg., Jahrg., 51, Bd. 1, p. 96. The excellent series of specimens now before us confirms our recently expressed opinion (Bull. M. C. Z., 50, p. 245) that this species is quite distinct from A. indica de Mei). AGASSIZ AND CLARK: REPORT ON ECHINI. 127 Station 4807. Between Hakodate and Sado Island, Japan, 44-47 fathoms. “ 4808. Between Hakodate and Sado Island, Japan, 47 fathoms. “4900. Southwest of Goto Islands, Japan, 139 fathoms. “4933. Off Kagoshima Gulf, Japan, 152 fathoms. “« 4934. Off Kagoshima Gulf, Japan, 103-152 fathoms. “4965. Between Kobe and Yokohama, Japan, 191 fathoms. “5047. Between Hakodate and Yokohama, Japan, 107 fathoms. Thirty-seven specimens. Phymosoma crenulare A. Ae. Glyptocidaris crenularis A. Agassiz, 1863. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., p. 356. Phymosoma crenulare A. Agassiz, 1872. Rev. Ech., Pt. 1, p. 151. The ‘ Albatross”? collected a single very fine specimen, 77 mm. in diameter, with the longest spines measuring about 55 mm., and three other much smaller specimens. Station 4807. Between Hakodate and Sado Island, Japan, 44-47 fathoms. «5045. Between Hakodate and Yokohama, Japan, 82 fathoms. Four specimens. Echinus lucidus Dé6p. Echinus luctdus Diderlein, 1885. Arch. f. Naturg., 51,” Bd. 1, p. 97. An excellent series of this species shows great diversity in the height of the test and in the length of the primary spines. Station 4917. Off Kagoshima Gulf, Japan, 361 fathoins. “© 4957. Between Kagoshima and Kobe, Japan, 437 fathoms. *« 4958. Between Kagoshima and Kobe, Japan, 405 fathoms. “4959. Between Kagoshima aud Kobe, Japan, 405-578 fathoms. «* 4965. Between Kobe and Yokohama, Japan, 191 fathoms. «« 4980. Between Kobe and Yokohama, Japan, 507 fathoms. “5048. Between Hakodate and Yokohama, Japan, 129 fathoms. «« 5049. Between Hakodate and Yokohama, Japan, 182 fathoms. “5051. Between Hakodate and Yokohama, Japan, 399 fathoms. “6078. Off Omai Saki Light, Japan, 475-514 fathoms, «5079. Off Omai Saki Light, Japan, 475-505 fathoms. ** 5082. Off Omai Saki Light, Japan, 662 fathoms. * 6083. Off Omai Saki Light, Japan, 624 fathoms. « «5084. Off Omai Saki Light, Japan, 918 fathoms. *« 5088. Sagami Bay, Japan, 369-405 fathoms. Fifty-six specimens. 128 BULLETIN: MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. — CLYPEASTRIDAE AGAssiz. ECHINANTHIDAE A. AGassiz. Clypeaster virescens Don. Clypeaster virescens Doderlein, 1885. Arch. f. Naturg., 51, Bd. 1, p. 102. The species of Clypeaster in this collection seem to represent but a single species (except possibly one of the very young ones), and we refer them with little doubt to this form, which Doderlein found not uncommon in Sagami Bay. They range from 14 to 114mm. in length, and the largest is 108 mm. wide and 24 mm. high. Station 4877. Eastern channel, Korea Strait, 59 fathoms. « 4884. Between Navasaki and Kagoshima, Japan, 53 fathoms. « 4885. Between Nagasaki and Kagoshima, Japan, 53 fathoms. ** 4893. Southwest of Goto Islands, Japan, 95-106 fathoms. « 4894. Southwest of Goto Islands, Japan, 95 fathoms. « 4895. Southwest of Goto Islands, Japan, 95 fathoms. « 4937. Kagoshima Gulf, Japan, 58 fathoms. « 4948. Between Kagoshima and Kobe, Japan, 65 fathoms. . «© 5071. In Suruga Gulf, Japan, 57 fathoms. * 5095. Gulf of Tokyo, Japan, 58 fathoms. Fourteen specimens. LAGANIDAE Desor. (Emended.) Laganum fudsiyama Doo. Laganum fudsiyama Doderlein, 1885. Arch. f. Naturg., 51, Bd. 1, p. 104. A number of large Laganidae are apparently the adults of this species. They range from 50 to 71 mm. in long diameter. Station 4965. Between Kobe and Yokohama, Japan, 191 fathoms. «« 4966. Between Kobe and Yokohama, Japan, 244-290 fathoms. « 4967. Between Kobe and Yokohama, Japan, 244-253 fathoms. « 5091. Off Gulf of Tokyo, Japan, 197 fathoms. Thirty-one specimens. Laganum pellucidum Dob. Peronella (Laganum) pellucida Doderlein, 1885. Arch. f. Naturg., 51, Bd. 1, p. 104, Although the specimens available are bare tests, there can be no mistaking this easily recognized species. Station 4885. Between Nagasaki and Kagoshima, Japan, 53 fathoms. Two specimens. AGASSIZ AND CLARK: REPORT ON ECHINI. 129 Laganum diploporum A. Ae. and Crarx. This interesting species resembles s¢rigatum A. Ag. and Cl. in the form of the test and the shape of the petals. But the sutures between the plates are scarcely visible, and the color is commonly light green, often yellowish, sometimes brown- ish. The striking characteristic, however, is the presence of sex genital pores, two of which are in the posterior interambulacrum. Of the 54 specimens with an un- injured abactinal system, 34 show the szx pores plainly; of the remaining 20, 17 | are under 20 mm. in length, and most of them have no genital pores, at least in : the posterior interambulacrum. One specimen, 22 mm. long, has five small pores, | but the one in the posterior interambulacrum is at the extreme right hand side of that area. A specimen 37 mm. long, and another 43 mm., apparently have only one pore in the posterior interambulacrum, but under the microscope it becomes evident that this pore is formed by the fusion of two. The steps in the history of such a fusion are all shown in the large series of specimens available. The great majority of the specimens are circular or nearly so, but some of the smaller ones are slightly elongated. The most elongated specimen measures 28 by 26 mm., while the largest ones are 38 & 38.5, 40 X 42, and43 & 42. The smallest is only 8 mm. in diameter. Station 4885. Between Nagasaki and Kagoshima, Japan, 53 fathoms. ** 4888. Between Nagasaki and Kagoshima, Japan, 71 fathoms. ** 4893. Southwest of Goto Islands, Japan, 95-106 fathoms. “4895. Southwest of Goto Islands, Japan, 95 fathoms. : «4902. Southwest of Goto Islands, Japan, 139 fathoms. ) “4904. Southwest of Goto Islands, Japan, 107 fathoms. “© 4933. Off Kagoshima Gulf, Japan, 152 fathoms. “« = 4934. Off Kagoshima Gulf, Japan, 103-152 fathoms. “4937. Off Kagoshima Gulf, Japan, 58 fathoms. “5055. Suruga Gulf, Japan, 124 fathoms. ** 5070. Suruga Gulf, Japan, 108 fathoms. “ ~—- 5092. Off Gulf of Tokyo, Japan, 70 fathoms. Fifty-six specimens. SCUTELLIDAE Aeassiz. Hchinarachnius excentricus Vat. Scutella excentrica Eschscholtz, 1829. Zool. Atl., Pl. 20, fig. 2. Echinarachnius excentricus Valenciennes, 1846. Voy. Venus. Zooph., Pl. 10. There is a good series of twenty-four specimens of this curious species from Union Bay, Bayne Island, British Columbia. Hchinarachnius mirabilis A. Ae. Scaphechinus mirabilis Barnard Mss., A. Agassiz, 1863. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila., p. 559. Echinarachnius mirabilis A. Agassiz, 1872. Rev. Ech., Pt. 1, p. 107. There are numerous sand-dollars in the collection, which appear to belong to this species. vot. L1.—No. 5 9 130 BULLETIN: MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. Station 4786. Between Medni and Bering, Komandorski Islands, 54 fathoms. “© 4787. Between Medni and Bering, Komandorski Islands, 54-57 fathoms. « 4794. Off East Coast of Kamehatka, 58-69 fathoms. “ 4795. Off Hast Coast of Kamchatka, 48-69 fathoms. «4796. Off East Coast of Kamchatka, 48 fathoms. Sixty specimens. PETALOSTICHA HAaAkEckKEL. CASSIDULIDAE Agassiz. NUCLEHOLIDAE Aeassiz. Echinolampas sternopetala A. Ac. and Ciark. This species may be at once recognized by its narrow apetaloid ambulacra, with moderately long, straight, unequal poriferous zones. The color is bright yellowish- green. Length, 47 mm.; width, 40 mm.; height, 21mm. Unpairedambulacrum (poriferous portion), 12 mm. long, 2.5 mm. wide at open end, with 27 pairs of pores in left zone and 30 in right; right anterior ambulacrum, 15 X 2.5 mm, with 27 pairs of pores in left zone and 37 in right; right posterior ambulacrum, 15 X 2.5 mm., with 32 pairs of pores in left zone and only 25 in right. Anal sys- tem covered mainly by three large plates. Station 4934. Off Kagoshima Gulf, Japan, 103-152 fathoms. One specimen. SPATANGIDAE | | ‘ . 7 , | AGASSIZ AND CLARK: REPORT ON ECHINI. — 131 Station 4968. Between Kobe and Yokohama, Japan, 253 fathoms. * 5054. Suruga Gulf, Japan, 282 fathoms. ** 5055. Suruga Gulf, Japan, 124 fathoms. « 5072. Suruga Gulf, Japan, 148-284 fathoms. Fifty-six specimens. URECHINIDABE Lampert. (Emended. A. Agassiz.) Urechinus naresianus A. Aa. Urechinus naresianus A. Agassiz, 1879. Proc. Amer. Acad., 14, p. 207. A series of Urechinus, ranging in length from 30 to 58 mm., does not seem to be distinguishable by any constant character from this cosmopolitan species. Station 4766. Between Atka Island and Bowers Bank, Bering Sea, 1766 fathoms. ** 50380. 46° 29’ 30” N. & 145° 46’ E., 1800 fathoms. Thirteen specimens. Cystechinus purpureus A. Age. and Crark. Although this species is nearly allied to the southern Vyvildiz, it is distinguished from that species by the more compact abactinal system, having only three genital pores, much smaller and wholly inconspicuous pedicels, and the much deeper purple color, which has little or no tendency to red. The genital plates are more or less approximately square, and the distance from the anterior pore to either of the pos- terior ones is not much greater than from one of the latter to the other. The test -is much lower and the individuals are all smaller than the full-grown Wyvilliz. Although the tests vary considerably in relative height, the diversity is not so great as is shown in Urechinus naresianus, as figured in the ‘Challenger’ Report (Plate XXX a) by A. Agassiz. The plates near the ambitus are very low, as in Urechinus, with which genus this species is an obvious connecting link. The largest specimen is 66.mm. long and 23 mm. high, while another not quite so long is 33 mm. high. Station 4761. 53°57’ 30” N. & 159° 31’ W., 1973 fathoms. « 4766. Between Atka Island and Bowers Bank, Bering Sea, 1766 fathoms. «5030. 46° 29’ 30” N. & 145° 46’ E., 1800 fathoms. Nine specimens. PALAEHOPNEUSTIDAE A. Acasszz. Palaeopneustes fragilis pe Meu. Palaeopneustes fragilis de Meijere, 1903. Tijd. Ned. Dierk. Ver., (2) 8, p. 12. All of the specimens are large and badly broken, but there is no doubt of their identity with this East Indian species. 132 BULLETIN: MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. Station 4969. Between Kobe and Yokohama, Japan, 587 fathoms. «< 4970. Between Kobe and Yokohama, Japan, 500-649 fathoms. * 5058. Suruga Gulf, Japan, 503 fathoms. « 5080. Off Omai Saki Light, 505 fathoms. Four specimens. Linopneustes excentricus pe Mev. Linopneustes excentricus de Meijere, 1903. Tijd. Ned. Dierk. Ver., (2) 8, p. 13. There is a good series of this Spatangoid, ranging from 24 to 84 mm. in long diameter. Station 4906. Southwest of Koshika Islands, Japan, 369-406 fathoms. «4907. Southwest of Koshika Islands, Japan, 406 fathoms. «4909. Southwest of Koshika Islands, Japan, 434 fathoms. «4911. Southwest of Koshika Islands, Japan, 391 fathoms. « 4912. Southwest of Koshika Islands, Japan, 391 fathoms. « 4915. Southwest of Koshika Islands, Japan, 427 fathoms. _Eleven specimens and numerous fragments. Meijerea excentrica A. Ae. and Cu. -Meijerea ercentrica A. Agassiz and Clark, 1907. Bull. M. C. Z., 50, p. 252. One of the specimens is 100 mm. long, 80 mm. wide and 30 mm. high, and the abactinal system is 52 mm. from the anterior margin. The color of this specimen is a much deeper brown than that of smaller specimens and has a distinct reddish tinge. Station 4908. Southwest of Koshika Islands, Japan, 434 fathoms. « 4911. Southwest of Koshika Islands, Japan, 391 fathoms. ** 4912. Southwest of Koshika Islands, Japan, 391 fathoms. « 4914. Southwest of Koshika Islands, Japan, 427 fathoms. «< 4956. Between Kagoshima and Kobe, Japan, 720 fathoms. Two specimens and numerous fragments. Meijerea plana A. Ac. and Crark. At first glance, the individual on which this species is based, might be con- sidered a young specimen of the preceding, but more careful examination makes this seem impossible. The test is 28 mm. long, 22 mm. wide, 4 mm. high at the anterior margin and 9 mm. high at the posterior end, where it is abruptly trun- cate. The anal system is on this vertical posterior surface. The abactinal sys- tem is excentric, 15 mm. from the anterior margin. The actinostome is little sunken and there is practically no labrum. The subanal fasciole is not at all angular and encloses a space 6 mm. wide by 2 mm. high. The shape of the test AGASSIZ AND CLARK: REPORT ON ECHINI. y lis 2 and the absence of a conspicuous labrum easily distinguish this species from excentrica to which it is otherwise very nearly allied. Station 4919. Off Kagoshima Gulf, Japan, 440 fathoms. One specimen. SPATANGINA Gray. Spatangus LiitkKeni A. Ae. . Spatangus Liitkeni A. Agassiz, 1872. Bull. M. C. Z. 3, p. 57. The specimens are well preserved but small. Station 4807. Between Hakodate and Sado Island, Japan, 44-47 fathoms. « 5047. Between Hakodate and Yokohama, Japan, 107 fathoms. Six specimens. Gymnopatagus magnus A. Ae. and Crark. This fine new species is larger than any of the other members of the genus, our best specimen measuring 98 mm. long, 80 mm. wide, and 30 mm. high. It is much nearer to valdiviae, the type of the genus, in the form of the test and petals, than are either of the Hawaiian species, but it differs strikingly from them all in the large number of primary tubercles within the fasciole, particularly in the pos- terior interambulacrum ; the anterior interambulacra each have 25 to 35 tubercles, the lateral have 28 to 32, and the posterior has 25 to 30. The primary spines are 20 to 45 mm. long and almost perfectly smooth, though many show a few scattered, minute teeth and in some cases these are sufficiently numerous to form imperfect whorls. The test and primaries of the largest specimen are pale fawn- color with the uumerous small spines lighter, almost silvery-white, but a specimen $0 mm. long is distinctly reddish, almost dull rose-red on some parts of the test. Station 5082. Off Omai Saki Light, Japan, 662 fathoms. * ~~ 6088. Off Omai Saki Light, Japan, 624 fathoms. Four specimens. Lovenia gregalis Atcock. Lovenia gregalis Alcock, 1898. Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, 62, p. 175. The Lovenias in this collection ail belong to a single species and are more closely allied to gregalis than to any other species, although they do not agree in every detail with Alcock’s description. Station 4906. Southwest of Koshika Islands, Japan, 369-406 fathoms. “« 4912. Southwest of Koshika Islands, Japan, 391 fathoms. Five specimens. 1384 BULLETIN : MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. Pseudolovenia hirsuta A. Ac. and Ct. Pseudolovenia hirsuta A. Agassiz and Clark, 1907. Bull. M. C. Z., 50, p. 255. These specimens cannot be distinguished from those of the same size from Hawaii. tation 4906. Southwest of Koshika Islands, Japan, 369-406 fathoms. Two specimens. Maretia tuberculata A. Ac. and CiarK. This species is not at all like alta, elevata, or elliptica, and although it is very similar to planulata in the form of the test and the petals, the latter are narrower and shorter than in that species. The striking character, however, is the presence of few, very large primary tubercles in the anterior and lateral interambulacra, like those of al¢a; there are 1-3 in the anterior and 3-4 in the lateral spaces. The absence of genital pores and the condition of the petals show that the speci- men is immature but it is evidently not the young of any known species. The test is 26 mm. long and 22 mm. wide, and the general color is very light purplish- gray. Station 4875. © Eastern channel, Korea Strait, 59 fathoms. One specimen. Hchinocardium australe Gray.- Echinocardium australe Gray, 1851. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (2) 7, p. 1381. The only specimen is immature, 14 mm. long, and almost pure white. Station 4962. Between Kobe and Yokohama, Japan, 36 fathoms. One specimen. : Echinocardium dubium A. Aa. and CiarK. The occurrence in the northwestern Pacific of an Echinocardium allied to flaves- cens and pennatifidum is interesting. This species is certainly very closely allied to these north Atlantic forms, the only differences worthy of note being in the form and position of the anal system and subanal fasciole. The posterior end of the test does not overhang the anal system at all, but the latter is flush with the test ; its vertical diameter is noticeably longer than the transverse. The subanal fasciole is nearly circular and not at all pyriform. The color is pale brown with the numerous small spines almost white, when dry. The largest specimen is 31 mm. long. Station 4965. Between Kobe and Yokohama, Japan, 191 fathoms. « 5047. Between Hakodate and Yokohama, Japan, 107 fathoms. « 5055. Spruga Gulf, Japan, 124 fathoms. Three specimens, AGASSIZ AND CLARK: REPORT ON ECHINI. 135 BRISSINA Gray. Hemiaster gibbosus A. Ae. Hemiaster gibbosus A. Agassiz, 1879. Proc. Amer. Acad., 14, p. 210. The large series collected range in size from 10 to 84 mm. long diameter, and many of them seem to be almost spherical. Station 4913. Southwest of Koshika Islands, Japan, 391 fathoms. «4967. Between Kobe and Yokohama, Japan, 244-253 fathoms. se 4968. Between Kobe and Yokohama, Japan, 253 fathoms. “4970. Between Kobe and Yokohama, Japan, 500-649 fathoms, “4971. Between Kobe and Yokohama, Japan, 649 fathoms. “4973. Between Kobe and’ Yokohama, Japan, 600 fathoms. ‘4977. Between Kobe and Yokohama, Japan, 544 fathoms, “5053. Suruga Gulf, Japan, 503 fathoms. “~~ «46054. + Suruga Gulf, Japan, 282 fathoms. “5056. Suruga Gulf, Japan, 258 fathoms. * ~—-6083. Off Omai Saki Light, 624 fathoms. ** 5086. Sagami Bay, Hondo, Japan, 292 fathoms. “5087. Sagami Bay, Hondo, Japan, 614 fathoms. “5088. Sagami Bay, Hondo, Japan, 369-405 fathoms. «6093. Off Gulf of Tokyo, Japan, 302 fathoms. Fifty-five specimens. Hemiaster globulus A. Ac. and Ciark. The largest Hemiaster collected differs so much from the large specimens of gibbosus that we consider it an undescribed species. The test is nearly globular, measuring 36 mm. in length, 35 mm. in width and 33 mm. in height. The pos- terior end is vertically truncate, while the plastron forms a broad rounded keel. The most striking character, however, is the narrowness of the petals and the length of the posterior pair. In gibdosus, the posterior petals are about three- fifths of the length of the lateral ones, while their width is about three-fourths of their own length. In globulus, the posterior petals are seven-tenths of the length of the lateral ones, and their width is less than half their own length. In all the specimens of the large series of gibbosus no connecting links between the two forms were found. The test is more thickly covered with tubercles and small spines in globulus than in gibbosus, but the color is not essentially different. Station 4832. Between Nanao and Tsuruga, Hondo, Japan, 76-79 fathoms. One specimen. Brissopsis luzonica A. Ac. Kleinia luzonica Gray, 1851. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (2) 1, p. 183. Brissopsis luzonica A. Agassiz, 1872. Rev. Ech., Pt. 1, p. 95. There are only a few specimens of this species but they are mostly well preserved. 136 BULLETIN : MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. Station 4911. Southwest of Koshika Islands, Japan, 391 fathoms. «« 4968. Between Kobe and Yokohama, Japan, 253 fathoms, « 5055. Suruga Gulf, Japan, 124 fathoms. « 5083. Off Omai Saki Light, Japan, 624 fathoms. « 5091. Off Gulf of Tokyo, Japan, 197 fathoms. « = 6092. Off Gulf of Tokyo, Japan, 70 fathoms. Eleven specimens. Brissopsis Oldhami Atcock. Brissopsis Oldhami Alcock, 1893. Jour. Asiat. Soc., Bengal, 62, p. 6 (174). A large series of this species was taken. Station 4906. Southwest of Koshika Islands, Japan, 369-406 fathoms. “ 4907. Southwest of Koshika Islands, Japan, 406 fathoms. «© 4911. Southwest of Koshika Islands, Japan, 391 fathoms. « 4912. Southwest of Koshika Islands, Japan, 391 fathoms. “© 4913. Southwest of Koshika Islands, Japan, 391 fathoms. « 4915. Southwest of Koshika Islands, Japan, 427 fathoms. « 4956. Between Kagoshima and Kobe, Japan, 720 fathoms. « 4957. Between Kagoshima and Kobe, Japan, 437 fathoms, « 4966. Between Kobe and Yokohama, Japan, 244-290 fathoms. « 4970. Between Kobe and Yokohama, Japan, 500-649 fathoms. «© 4980. Between Kobe and Yokohama, Japan, 507 fathoms. « 5053. Suruga Gulf, Japan, 503 fathoms. « 5054. Suruga Gulf, Japan, 282 fathoms. « 5082. Off Omai Saki Light, Japan, 662 fathoms. * 5087. Sagami Bay, Hondo, Japan, 614 fathoms. «© 5088. Sagami Bay, Hondo, Japan, 369-405 fathoms. Seventy-three specimens. Aérope fulva A. Aa. Aérope fulva A. Agassiz, 1898. Bull. M. C. Z., 32, p. 81. We refer the fragments of an Aérope, of a bright yellow-brown color, to this Panamic species. Station 4766. Between Atka Island and Bowers Bank, Bering Sea, 1766 fathoms. Two specimens (anterior fragments only). Aceste purpurea A. Age. and Cl. Aceste purpurea A. Agassiz and Clark, 1907. Bull. M. C. Z., 50, p. 259. The specimens of Aceste collected belong to this Hawaiian species. Station 4911. Southwest of Koshika Islands, Japan, 391 fathoms. « 4913. Southwest of Koshika Islands, Japan, 391 fathoms. Three specimens. Mae = al | . a f s e aon 2s , * k sp ‘ ented Re a EE Traits eae a, oxi AGASSIZ AND CLARK: REPORT ON ECHINI. 137 Schizaster japonicus A. Ac. Schizaster japonicus, A. Agassiz, 1879. Proc. Amer. Acad., 14, p. 212. There is an excellent series of this species, ranging from 15 to 60 mm. in length. Station 4939. Kagoshima Gulf, Japan, 85 fathoms. « 4940. Kagoshima Gulf, Japan, 115 fathoms. « 4942. Kagoshima Gulf, Japan, 118 fathoms. « 4943. Kagoshima Gulf, Japan, 119 fathoms. « = 4945. Kagoshima Gulf, Japan, 70 fathoms. *« 4961. Between Kobe and Yokohama, Japan, 33 fathoms. «4962. Between Kobe and Yokohama, Japan, 36 fathoms, « 4964. Between Kobe and Yokohama, Japan, 37 fathoms. Thirty-one specimens. Schizaster ventricosus Gray. Schizaster ventricosus Gray, 1851. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (2) 7, p. 133. A remarkably interesting series of this species was taken, ranging from 9 to 74 mm. in length. There is the greatest diversity, shown in the relative length of the anterior and posterior petals and in the angle made by the latter with the longitudinal axis of the body. While it is possible to divide the specimens into three groups, ((1) with short, widely diverging, posterior petals, (2) with long, straight, little diverging, posterior petals, and (3) with very long petals, the pos- | terior pair straight and moderately diverging) it is impossible to draw hard and fast lines between such groups, and although the typical examples of each group are | obviously different from each other, it seems best to regard them all as veréricosus, : Station 4748. Off Bushy Point, near Yes Bay, Alaska, 185-300 fathoms. ‘* 4768. Bowers Bank, Bering Sea, 764 fathoms. «© = 4775. Bowers Bank, Bering Sea, 584 fathoms. «© 4832. Between Nanao and Tsuruga, Hondo, Japan, 76-79 fathoms. «4842. Off Dogo Island, Sea of Japan, 82 fathoms. «© 4968. Between Kobe and Yokohama, Japan, 253 fathoms. « 4993. Between Otaru, Japan and Korsakov, Saghalin Island, 142 fathoms. * 5015. Off east coast, southern end of Saghalin Island, 510 fathoms. «© 5029. 48° 22’ 30” N. x 145° 43/ 30” W., 440 fathoms. « 5032. Yezo Strait, Japan, 300-533 fathoms. ** 5033. Yezo Strait, Japan, 533 fathoms. « 5036. Off south coast of Hokkaido, Japan, 464 fathoms. « 5037. Off south coast of Hokkaido, Japan, 175-349 fathoms. « 5039. Off south coast of Hokkaido, Japan, 269-326 fathoms. « 5040. Off south coast of Hokkaido, Japan, 140-269 fathoms. “ 5045. Off south coast of Hokkaido, Japan, 359 fathoms. 5046. Between Hakodate and Yokohama, Japan, 82 fathoms. © 5047. Between Hakodate and Yokohama, Japan, 107 fathoms, 138 BULLETIN: MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. Station 5049. Between Hakodate and Yokohama, Japan, 182 fathoms. * 5051. Between Hakodate and Yokohama, Japan, 399 fathoms. « 5053. Suruga Gulf, Japan, 503 fathoms. «5054. Suruga Gulf, Japan, 282 fathoms. «5055. Suruga Gulf, Japan, 124 fathoms. « 5056. Suruga Gulf, Japan, 258 fathoms. « =—-5059. + Suruga Gulf, Japan, 197-297 fathoms. « 5067. Suruga Gulf, Japan, 293 fathoms. “ 5072. Suruga Gulf, Japan, 148-284 fathoms. « 5087. Sagami Bay, Hondo, Japan, 614 fathoms. « 5088. Sagami Bay, Hondo, Japan, 369-405 fathoms. “« 5091. Off Gulf of Tokyo, Japan, 197 fathoms. « 5092. Off Gulf of Tokyo, Japan, 70 fathoms. « 5093. Off Gulf of Tokyo, Japan, 302 fathoms. Two hundred and seventy-five specimens. Periaster rotundus A. Ac. and CLarK. This species is extraordinarily like Zimicola from the Gulf of Mexico, as it has two genital pores and the general shape of the test is of that species. The posterior petals are shorter in rotuadus (just one-half the lateral ones, instead of nearly two- thirds as in Jimicola) and have fewer pairs of pores relatively (less than 65 per cent of the number in the lateral petals instead of over 75 per cent as in démicola). The mouth is nearer the centre of the actinal surface in rotundus (two-fifths of the long axis from the anterior end, instead of one-third as in démicola). The test is 37 mm. long, 35 mm. wide, and 31 mm. high. The color of the test is pale brown, and the numerous spines are silvery-white (dry). Station 4946. Between Kagoshima and Kobe, Japan, 39 fathoms. One specimen. Periaster fragilis A. Ac. and Crark. The specimen upon which this species is based is obviously immature, and has no genital openings. At first sight it might be mistaken for a young Schizaster ; but comparison with specimens of S. japonicus and S. ventricosus of the same size and smaller shows at once that such is not the case. In young Schizasters the area occupied by the petals and peripetalous fasciole covers most of the abactinal surface, the abactinal system is far back of the center, and the anterior ambu- lacral furrow is already deep. None of these characters are found in the specimen under discussion. That it is not the young of the preceding species is shown by the extraordinary shortness of the posterior petals, the narrower, flatter test, and the character of the actinostome. ‘The test is 16 mm. long, 14 mm. wide, and 10 mm. high. The lateral petals are 5.38 mm. long and have 18 pairs of pores, 30 Ropes Poni ale ‘ AGASSIZ AND CLARK: REPORT ON ECHINI. 139 while the posterior petals are 2 mm. long and have only 7 pairs of pores. The labial plate is short and in contact with only one ambulacral plate on each side, and the actinostomal membrane carries only very small plates, while in ro¢undus the labial plate is long and in broad contact with two ambulacral plates on each side, and the actinostome is covered by four large and six or seven smaller plates. We are forced, therefore, to regard this specimen as a young example of an un- described species. The test and spines are nearly white, while the peripetalous fasciole is purple. Station 4913. Southwest of Koshika Islands, Japan, 391 fathoms. One specimen. Bulletin of the Museum of Comparative Zoology AT HARVARD COLLEGE. Vou. LI. No. 6. REPORTS ON THE SCIENTIFIC RESULTS OF THE EXPEDITION TO THE EASTERN TROPICAL PACIFIC, IN CHARGE OF ALEXANDER AGASSIZ, BY THE U. 8S. FISH COMMISSION STEAMER ‘‘ ALBATROSS,” FROM OCTOBER, 1904, TO MARCH, 1905, LIEUT. COMMANDER L. M. GARRETT, U.S. N., COMMANDING. XI. DIE XENOPHYOPHOREN. Von Franz EILHARD SCHULZE. WitH OnE PLATE. [Published by Permission of Gzorce M. Bowers, U. 8S. Fish Commissioner. ] CAMBRIDGE, MASS., U.S. A.: PRINTED FOR THE MUSEUM. ‘ NovemMBeER, 1907. was No. 6.— Reports on the Scientific Results of the Expedition to the Eastern Tropical Pacific, in charge of ALEXANDER AGASSIZ, by the U. S. Fish Commission Steamer “ Albatross,” from Octo- ber, 1904, to March, 1905, LIEUTENANT COMMANDER L. M. GaRRETT, U.S. V., Commanding. XI. Die Xenophyophoren. Von FRANZ EILHARD SCHULZE. Im Jahre 1892 hat Goés im Bulletin of the Museum of Comparative Zodlogy at Harvard College, Vol. XXIII, Nr. 5, III, p. 195-198 unter der Bezeichnung Neusina agassizi einen seiner Ansicht nach neuen Organismus als ‘“‘a peculiar type of arenaceous Foraminifer from the American tropical Pacific” nach mehreren Exemplaren beschrieben, welche von Alexander Agassiz im Jahre 1890 bei einer seiner Albatross- Expeditionen in der Nahe der Galapagos-Inseln an folgenden drei Stationen erbeutet waren: Position. Nummer der Albatross-Station.. |———— ______—_. Tiefe in Meter. Breite. Lange. ° ? ait aan 3399 Ea ie aN 81 4 W. 3097 3414 10 14 N. 96 28 W. 3972 8415 14 46 N. 98 40 W. 3415 Die gewissen Algen, z. B. Padina pavonia, dusserlich sehr dhnlichen, blattformigen Korper von Kinderhand-Groésse und 0,5-2 mm. Dicke zeigen nach Goés “a triangular, fan-like or reniform figure, with more or less strongly arcuate edge. . . . Sometimes the shape is that of a biauri- culated leaf, produced much more in breadth than in height. The edge is often undulated in broad folds, and sometimes new individuals sprout 1 This paper has also been published in the Sitzungsberichte der Gesellschaft naturforschender Freunde, Berlin, 1906, p. 205-229, 1 Taf. 144 BULLETIN: MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. from the broad side, forming irregularly shaped clusters of two or three individuals. The chambers constitute arcuated, concentric, more or less complete bands, increasing in length with age, forming a fan-like growth, commencing with a pointed triangular juvenile stage. . . . The chamber wall is thin, often wrinkled, and here and there pierced by irregularly formed pores of different size. In some places a faint striation running perpendicular to the chamber sutures across the chamber wall can be discovered, probably indicating the divisions into chamberlets. The interstice between the two side walls is crossed by numberless irregular partitions, forming masses of small chambers of different size and form, giving to the structure a sponge-like texture. The color is commonly sooty, with shades in dark olive; when dried, it becomes grayish clay- colored.” Als auffalligsten Charakter bezeichnet aber Goés mit Recht das reich- liche Vorkommen netzartig verbundener Biindel von feinen, gelblichen, aus einer chitinartigen Substanz bestehenden, 3-6 » dicken Faden, welche ein den ganzen Korper durchsetzendes, feine Sandteilchen und Schalen- reste umschliessendes Stroma bilden. Am Schlusse seines Aufsatzes macht Goés darauf aufmerksam, dass eine von Jullien vor der Kiiste von Liberia in 4 bis 5 Meter Tiefe gedredgter und von Schlumberger im Jahre 1890 in den Mém. Soc. Zool. de France, Tom. III, p. 211 als Jullienella foetida Schlbgr. beschriebener Organismus wahrscheinlich mit seiner Neusina nahe ver- wandt sei, obwohl bei ihm kein aus diinnen Chitinfaden bestehendes Stroma, wohl aber eine mehr einfache und regelmdssige Kammerbildung, sowie eigentiimliche réhrenférmige Randausliufer vorkommen. Goés ist geneigt, seine neue Gattung Neusina nebst Schlumbergers Jullvenella als Reprasentanten einer besonderen neuen Foraminiferen- familie hinzustellen. Bald nachdem die Arbeit von Goés erschienen war, wies R. Hanitsch in der englischen Zeitschrift “ Nature” 1893, Vol. XLVII, p. 365 und 439 darauf hin, dass die von Goés beschriebenen und als Sandforamini- feren gedeuteten (Veusina agassizi genannten) Tiefseegebilde schon im Jahre 1889 von Haeckel in seinem Report on the deep sea Kera- tosa (The Voyage of H. M. S. Challenger, Zoology, Vol. XXXII, p- 62 und 63) unter der Bezeichnung Stannophyllum zonarium Hkl. als Tiefsee-Hornspongien ausfithrlich beschrieben und abgebildet seien. In gleichem Sinne dusserte sich in demselben Bande Vol. XLVII, p. 390 der “‘ Nature” 1893 F. G. Pearcey, welcher zwar auch von der SCHULZE: DIE XENOPHYOPHOREN. 145 volligen Ubereinstimmung der Neuwsina agassizi Goés mit Haeckels Stannophyllum zonarium iiberzeugt ist, aber auf Grund einer Prifung des betreffenden von Haeckel benutzten Challenger-Materiales die Auffassung Haeckels von der Zugehoérigkeit des Stannophyllum und verwandter Formen (meiner Xenophyophoren) zu den Spongien be- streitet und sie (wie Goés seine Neusina) zu den Sandforaminiferen stellt. . “In not one species,” so sagte er I. c. pag. 390, ‘“‘could I find the slightest trace of any of the flagellated chambers characteristic of sponges.” Diese Mitteilung von F. G. Pearcey hat dann R. Hanitsch veranlasst, bald darauf in demselben Bande der ‘“ Nature”? 1893 noch einmal in dieser Sache das Wort zu ergreifen und 1. c. pag. 439 darauf hinzu- weisen, dass zwar die konzentrischen Linien an den flachen Seiten des blattformigen Stannophyllum mehr dem Wachstumstypus der Foramini- feren als der Spongien entspréchen, dass aber “the chitinous lining in the tube-like body of some Foraminifera certainly bears not the slightest resemblance to the distinct fibrous stroma of Stannophyllum, which re- minds me much more of the filaments of the true horny sponge Hircinia.” Auch meinte Hanitsch, dass “the presence of oscula, pores, subdermal cavities, horny skeleton, etc.” (auch ohne Nachweis von Geisselkam- mern) ‘‘are sufficient to characterise the form as a sponge,” und kam inbezug auf die systematische Stellung der mit Stannophyllum zonarium Haeckel identischen Neus:na agassizi Goés zu folgendem Schluss: “I do not as yet see sufficient reason to differ from Haeckel in regarding it as a sponge, although I have never observed flagellated chambers and cells any more than he.” Ich selbst habe dann im Jahre 1905 in den “ Wissensch. Ergebnissen der deutschen Tjefsee- (Valdivia) Expedition, Bd. XI,” die Resultate von Untersuchungen mitgeteilt, welche an dem mir damals zuganglichen Materiale der von Haeckel als Trefsee-Hornspongien, von mir aber als eine besondere Rhizopoden-Gruppe, ‘‘ Xenophyophora,” aufgefassten Organis- men angestellt waren. Das Material zu diesen Studien setzte sich zusammen 1. aus den reichen Schatzen der Challenger-Expedition, welche schon im Jahre 1889 mit Beigabe zahlreicher vortrefflicher Abbildungen von Haeckel im Challenger Report, Zoology, Vol. XXXII, beschrieben, mir jedoch durch das besonders dankenswerte freundliche Entgegenkom- men des Direktors des British Museum of nat. hist. grésstenteils zur nochmaligen Untersuchung anvertraut waren ; VOL. LI. — NO. 6 10 146 BULLETIN: MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 2. aus den zwar nicht zahlreichen, aber recht gut konservierten Objekten, welche von der ersten deutschen Tiefsee- (Valdivia) Expedi- tion heimgebracht und mir von deren Leiter, Herrn Prof. C. Chun, zur Bearbeitung tberlassen waren ; sowie 3. aus jenen Xenophyophoren, welche von der Albatross-Expedition der Jahre 1889-90 erbeutet und mir grésstenteils (d. h. mit Ausnahme der von A. Goés studierten Exemplare) von Herrn Prof. Al? Agassiz zur wissenschaftlichen Verwertung geliehen waren. Als einige fiir die Auffassung der ganzen Organismengruppe besonders wichtige allgemeine Ergebnisse meiner Untersuchungen fihre ich hier folgende auf. In einem aus Fremdkérpern (Xenophya) zusammengesetzten lockeren Stiitzgeriist von verschiedener (aber fiir die einzelnen Gattungen und Arten meist sehr charakteristischer) Form jindet sich ein System von entweder baumartig verzweigten oder netzformig verbundenen, hier und da mit Endiffnungen versehenen, diinnwandigen Réhren, welche entweder ein KERNREICHES PuasMopIUM oder zahlreiche rundliche Kotballen (StER- KOME) wmschliessen. Wdhrend das Plasmodium gewéhnlich viele kleine, glatte, stark lichtbrechende, farblose.Kérnchen von Baryumsulfat (Gra- nellen) enthdlt und nur gelegentlich (nach Ausstossen dieser letzteren) in etnzelne rundliche Zellen (Gameten ?) zerfallt, finden sich zwischen den Sterkomen fast immer gelbliche oder rotliche Konkremente von Eisenoxyd- hydrat (Xanthosome). Nach dem vorwiegenden Besitze der GRANELLEN habe ich die das Plas- modium enthaltenden, meist mehr oder weniger isolierten Réhren als GRANELLARE, die mit Sterkomen gefiillten Réhren dagegen als STERKO- MARE bezeichnet. Aus den Endéffnungen der Granellare ragt zuweilen ein hyaliner oder mit Granellen durchsetzter Plasmaklumpen fret hervor. Bei einer (systematisch jedenfalls zu sondernden) Hauptabteilung der Aenophyophoren, welche ich mit Haeckel nach einer Gattung Stannoma Hkl. als eine besondere Familie Stannomidae, STANNOMIDEN, bezeichne, tritt zu den Fremdkorpern als ein eigenartiger, vom Organismus selbst produzierter Bestandteil des Stiitzgeriistes noch ein System zarter, etn- Jacher oder verdstelter Faden, der LINELLEN, hinzu, welche sich in Menge zwischen den wibrigen Festteilen ausspannen und dem Kérper eine mehr jilzartige, biegsame Konsistenz verlethen. Die andere, dieser Linellen entbehrende Hauptgruppe der Xeno- phyophoren wird nach der Gattung Psammina als Psamminidae, PSAMMINIDEN, bezeichnet und zeigt wegen der direkten festen Verlitung SCHULZE: DIE XENOPHYOPHOREN. 147 der Xenophya einen mehr starren und briichigen Charakter des ganzen Korpers. Zur Familie der Psamminidae rechnete ich ausser den schon von Haeckel charakterisierten Gattungen Psammina Hkl., Cerelasma Hkl., Holopsamma Carter und Psammopemma Marshall noch eine neue Gat- tung Psammetta F. E. Sch., deren damals zundchst einzige Species in der Gestalt so sehr einem menschlichen BlutkOrperchen gleicht, dass ich sie erythrocytomorpha F. E. Sch. genannt habe. Indem ich beim Studium der feineren Struktur- und Bauverhaltnisse der Xenophyopho- ren von den verhaltnismassig gut konservierten Stiicken dieser letzteren Spezies, welche die deutsche Tiefsee- (Valdivia) Expedition erbeutet hatte, ausging, gelang es mir, eine befriedigende Einsicht in die Orga- nisationsverhaltnisse der ganzen Gruppe zu gewinnen. Von den Stannomidae standen mir Vertreter der drei Gattungen Stannoma Hkl., Stannophyllum Hkl. und Stannariwm Hkl. zu Gebote. Mit diesem, im ganzen aus 2 Familien, 8 Gattungen und 22 Arten bestehenden Materiale konnte ich in den ‘‘ Wissensch. Ergebn. der ersten deutschen Tiefsee-Expedition” Bd. XI, im Jahre 1905 eine Charakte- ristik, systematische Ubersicht und Bestimmungstabelle aller damals bekannten Xenophyophoren, sowie auch eine tabellarische und karto- graphische Darstellung ihrer geographischen Verbreitung, also eine Monographie der Xenophyophoren geben. Seitdem ist mir durch das Entgegenkommen des Leiters der hol- landischen Siboga-Expedition, des Herrn Prof. Max Weber, noch ein weiteres, aus dem Gebiete des Malayischen Archipels stammendes Xenophyophoren-Material zugegangen, tiber welches ich vor kurzem in einer eigenen Abhandlung: Die Xenophyophoren der Siboga-Expedi- tion in dem Werke: ‘“Siboga-Expeditie,” Vol. IV, bis 1906 ausfithrlich berichtet habe. Von besonderem Interesse erwies sich dabei eine stidlich von Celebes, dicht vor der Miindung der Boni-Bai auf Schlamm- boden in Menge gefundene, der Psammetta erythrocytomorpha F. E. Sch. in Bau und Struktur sehr nahestehende, aber durch ihre rein kugelige Gestalt ausgezeichnete neue Form, welche ich naher untersucht und 1. c. als Psammeta globosa F, E. Sch. beschrieben habe. Jetzt ist mir durch die Giite des Herrn Prof. Al. Agassiz noch das Xenophyophoren-Material zur Untersuchung und Beschreibung anver- traut, welches er bei seiner in den Jahren 1904/5 ausgefiihrten Albatross- Expedition erbeutet hat. 148 BULLETIN: MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. Obwohl diese Kollektion nur schon bekannte Arten enthalt, und eine eingehende mikroskopische Untersuchung auch hinsichtlich des feine- ren Baues dieser merkwirdigen Organismen keine wesentlich neuen Tatsachen ergeben hat, ist sie mir doch wertvoll geworden durch die Gelegenheit zur Priifung des friher Ermittelten an zahlreichen weiteren Objekten anderer Provenienz und besonders durch die nicht unerheb- liche Erweiterung unserer Kenntnis von der geographischen Ver- breitung einiger Formen. Im Ganzen setzt sich dies an Individuen ziemlich reiche Material zusammen aus 5 Arten, welche simtlich zu den Stannomiden gehoren, namlich Stannoma dendroides Hkl., Stannoma coralloides Hk1., Stannophyllum zonarium Hkl., Stannophyllum globigerinum Hkl., und Stannophyllum alatum (Hkl.) = (Stannarium alatum Hkl.). Ich bespreche jede einzelne Form fiir sich und beginne mit Stannoma dendroides Hkl. Die Charakteristik, welche Haeckel bei der Aufstellung des Spezies- begriffes Stannoma dendroides Hkl. im Jahre 1889 im Challenger Report ]. c. p. 72 gegeben hat, bezieht sich vorwiegend auf die 4ussere KOrperform. Sie lautet : ‘“arborescent, irregularly branched (partly dichotomous, partly polychotomous), with slender cylindrical branches tapering towards the conical distal end. Branches free, without anastomoses. The body of the tree-like sponge is 30 to 50 mm. high, 20 to 30 mm. broad, very soft and flexible, in the dry state friable. The short stem, 10 to 20 mm. in height, 3 to 5 mm. in thickness, is either cylindrical or inversely conical, tapering towards the small base, and divided into three to six stout main branches, 3 to 4 mm. in diameter. These divide again into secondary and tertiary branches of varying lengths, between 5 and 20 mm. The branches are slightly curved, and gradually taper from 3 or 2 mm. to 0.5 mm. or less in thickness ; the conical end also tapers gradually.” An den feinen, nur 1-3 pw dicken Linellen, welche nicht zu Biindeln vereinigt, sondern mehr isoliert in verschiedener Richtung verlaufen, beobachtete Haeckel keine Verzweigungen. Als Xenophyen fand er vorwiegend Radiolarien-Skelette und Hexactinelliden-Nadeln. Indem ich in meiner Monographie im Jahre 1905 dieser Schilderung noch einige Ziige hinzufiigte, hob ich hervor, dass die Verzweigung der SCHULZE: DIE XENOPHYOPHOREN. 149 haumartig verdstelten Stéckchen, wenn auch nicht ausschliesslich, so doch vorwiegend in ein und derselben Ebene erfolgt, und dass das untere verschmalerte Stielende nicht selten in eine lockere, ganz aus Linellen bestehende Faser-Masse ausliuft. Obwohl nun das mir jetzt zur Disposition gestellte, grade an Stannoma dendroides Hkl. ziemlich reiche Material der Albatross-Expedition 1904/5 zundchst zu einer wesentlichen Abi&énderung dieser Charakteristik keine Veranlassung bietet, habe ich es doch benutzt, um tiber einzelne Fragen Aufklarung zu gewinnen, die bisher noch keine befriedigende Losung erfahren hatten. Dahin gehort z. B. die Vorstellung, welche wir uns von der Art der Befestigung der ganzen Gebilde am Boden zu machen haben. Nach Haeckels oben wortlich wiedergegebenen Darstellung ist das untere Stielende von Stannoma dendroides “either cylindrical or inversely conical tapering towards the small base.” Trotzdem zeigt die auf Taf. III in Fig. 1 seiner Abhandlung gegebene Abbildung eines ganzen Stéckchens von Stannoma dendroides eine flache basale Aus- breitung des unteren Stielendes, welche auf einer anndhernd platten festen Unterlage aufsitzt. Ich selbst hatte frither an den zahlreichen (weit titber hundert) Exem- plaren von Stannoma dendroides Hkl., welche ich in dem Xenophyopho- ren-Material der Albatross-Expedition von 1899-1900 vorfand, zwar die meisten mit einem einfach konisch-verschmiélerten glatten unteren Ende aufhoren sehen, jedoch bei manchen Stiicken am Stielende die schon mehrfach erwahnte und in meiner Xenophyophoren-Monographie Taf. IV, Fig. 1-3 abgebildete lockere bitschelformige Fasermasse der Linellen gefunden. Ich nahm damals an, dass alle Stéckchen mit einem solchen Faser- schopfe regelmassig an irgend welchen Festkorpern des Bodens ange- heftet gewesen seien, und dass, wo ein solcher Schopf fehlt, er nur beim Fange abgerissen ware. Als ich jetzt aber die zahlreichen Exemplare der Albatross-Expedition vom Jahre 1904/05 auf die Beschaffenheit ihres unteren Stammendes naher priifte und dabei auch die mir noch zugdngigen Stiicke fritherer Expeditionen zum Vergleich heranzog, fiel es mir auf, dass in dieser Hinsicht sehr auffallige Unterschiede bestehen. Es zeigte sich nadmlich, dass von den iitber 50 Stiicken, welche von der Albatross-Station 4742 — O° 34! N.; 117° 15,8’ W. stammen, nur wenige einen basalen Faser- schopf besitzen, die meisten vielmehr mit einem eznfachen glatten konischen oder abgerundeten Stielende aufhoren. Ebenso ist es bei der Mehrzahl aller von der Albatross-Expedition 1899/1900 herriithrenden Stiicke. 150 BULLETIN: MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. Ein wesentlich anderes Verhalten zeigen dagegen einige Stéckchen der Albatross-Expedition 1904/05, da sie unten nicht mit einer Ver- schmdlerung, sondern im Gegenteil mit einer quer abgestutzten Verbrei- terung enden. Diese letztere ist bei zwei Stiicken kolbig verdickt, bei einem aber trompetenformig verbreitert. Die annahernd plane End- flache weist bei allen dreien kleine Rauhigkeiten auf, als ob sie von einer rauhen Unterlage abgerissen ware, und ist bei einem Stiick noch mit zahlreichen grésseren Foraminiferenschalen besetzt. Mit einer dhnlichen terminalen Stielverbreiterung muss auch jenes Stannoma dendroides-Stockchen einer festen Unterlage aufgesessen haben, welches Haeckel in seinem Werke: Deep sea Keratosa der Chal- lenger-Expedition 1]. c. Plate II, Fig. 1 abgebildet hat. Es hat sich herausgestellt, dass bei der gréssten Zahl aller unter- suchten Stiicke das untere Stielende sich konisch verjiingt und eine glatte oder leicht héckerige Oberflache hat, wahrend es bei einzelnen Stéckchen in ein lockeres Linellenbiischel auslauft, bei einigen anderen Exemplaren dagegen sich terminal verdickt und mit einer verbreiterten quer abgestutzten Basalflache endet. Dementsprechend wird man wohl annehmen miissen, dass die Mehr- zahl der Stannoma dendroides-Stoéckchen mit ihrem Stiele lose im Sand oder Schlamm stecken, wie etwa eine Pennatula, dass andere dagegen entweder mit einem basalen Linellenbiischel an Fremdk6rpern des Meeresgrundes angeheftet sind oder mit einer verbreiterten End- flache des Stieles der nahezu ebenen Oberflache einer derben (Forami- niferen-) Sandmasse, vielleicht auch einer kompakten festen Unterlage aufsitzen. Noch ein anderer Umstand ist mir bei einer vergleichenden Durch- sicht aller mir jetzt vorliegenden zahlreichen Exemplare von Stannoma dendroides Hkl. aufgefallen, dass nimlich die Hauptdste, welche zu- ndchst aus dem einfachen basalen Stiel durch mehr oder minder weit- gehende Verzweigung entstehen, keineswegs immer einen kreisrunden Querschnitt zeigen, sondern oft stark abgeplattet sind. Diese Abplat- tung ist dann stets in gleicher Richtung erfolgt, so dass hand- oder facherformige Gebilde entstanden sind, deren untere platte Hauptaste sich in ein und derselben Ebene ausbreiten. Nur die letzten Endaste sind drehrund und zwar meist einfach fingerformig mit geringer Ver- schmalerung an dem abgerundeten freien Distalende. Stannoma dendroides Hkl. ist bei der unter Alexander Agassiz in den Jahren 1904/5 ausgefithrten Albatross-Expedition an folgenden 4 Sta- tionen erbeutet. SCHULZE: DIE XENOPHYOPHOREN. 151 Position. Nummer der Station. |——————————_____|_ Tiefe in Meter. Stiickzahl, Breite Lange 4649 5 Wy bree 85 19.5 W. 4090 1 4717 5 10 S. 98 56 W. 3937 1 4721 8 75S; 104 10.5 W. 8814 3 4742 0 34 N 117 15.8 W. 42438 circa 50 Stannoma coralloides Hkl. In der Gattung Stannoma kennen wir neben St. dendroides Hkl. noch eine durch die reichlichen Anastomosen ihrer 4-8 mm. langen und nur 2-3 mm. dicken, drehrunden und tberall gleich starken Gertistbalken- stiicke ausgezeichnete Spezies von 20-40 mm. Gesamtdurchmesser. Die meist dichotomische Verdstelung des Balkensystems erfolgt nicht in ein und derselben Ebene, sondern in verschiedenen Richtungen. Bei dieser als Stannoma coralloides Hkl. bezeichneten, der vorigen im feineren Bau sehr &hnlichen Form fand Haeckel “the fine spongin- fibres much more numerous, larger and more richly developed,” und als Aenophya fast ausschliesslich Radiolarien. In den wenigen aus oberen abgerissenen Korperpartien bestehenden Exemplaren, welche mir frither bei Abfassung meiner Monographie allein zu Gebote standen, konnte ich nur sehr zarte Linellen von hdchstens 2 » Durchmesser sehen, wahrend Haeckel bei S¢. coralloides grade die Starke der Linellen hervorhebt, welche er meistens bis 4 mp, ja sogar gelegentlich 5 bis 10 » dick fand. Bei den mir jetzt von der Albatross- Expedition 1904/05 vorliegenden Stiicken, welche in den unteren Kor- perregionen etwas besser erhalten sind, finde ich nun zwar (in den untersten Partien) zwischen zahllosen feinen Linellen von 1-2 » Dicke auch einige dickere (bis zu 4 «), aber die grosse Mehrzahl ist doch be- deutend dinner als bei Stannoma dendroides, wo sie ja durchschnittlich 3-4 p stark gefunden werden. Ich muss also dabei bleiben, dass fiir Stannoma coralloides die erheblich diinneren Linellen (St. dendroides gegeniiber) charakteristisch sind. Von Interesse erscheint mir ferner der Umstand, dass bei einem der neuen Albatross-Exemplare einzelnue der untersten, abwiirts gerichteten Balken in je ein lockeres Linellenbischel auslaufen. Auch hier diirfte es sich, ebenso wie bei dem oben erwa&hnten basalen Linellenschépfen des Stieles von Stannoma dendroides-Béumchen um eine Einrichtung 152 BULLETIN: MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. zur Befestigung des ganzen Stockes an kleinen festen Korpern des Schlammgrundes handeln. Wie bei den frither bekannt gewordenen Exemplaren bestehen die Aenophya fast ausschliesslich aus Radiolarien. 3 Die finf etwa kirschgrossen Exemplare von Stannoma coralloides, welche die Albatross-Expedition 1904/05 mitgebracht hat, stammen simtlich von der Station 4742 —0° 3.4! N.; 117° 15.8! W.— welche in 4243 Meter Bodentiefe einen feinen, von Foraminiferen und Radio- larien durchsetzten Schlick ziegte. Stannophyllum zonarium Hkl. Obwohl mir von jenen Gebilden, welche Goés unter der Bezeichnung Neusina Agassizt Goés als Foraminiferen beschrieben hat, keine Original- stiicke zur Untersuchung zugangig gewesen sind, muss ich sie doch auf Grund seiner eigenen (zu Anfang dieser Abhandlung pag. 206 ausfithr- lich mitgeteilten) Darstellung und den beigegebenen Abbildungen fir Aenophyophoren halten und wie Hanitsch und Pearcy dem Formenkreis von Stannophyllum zonarium Hkl. zurechnen. Gerechtfertigt erscheint dies ausser durch die weitgehende Ubereinstimmung der Korperform und des Baues besonders durch das von Goés selbst hervorgehobene reichliche Vorkommen der eigenartigen und fiir die Xenophyophoren- Familie der Stannomidae so tberaus charakteristischen Linellen. Als eine nahe Verwandte der Neusina hat Goés ferner (wie schon oben pag. 206 erw&hnt wurde) die von Schlumberger zuvor als Fora- minifere beschriebene Jullienella foetida Schlumberger hingestellt. Um diesen merk wiirdigen Organismus.aus eigener Anschauung kennen zu lernen, habe ich mich durch freundliche Vermittelung des Herrn Prof. Raphael Blanchard an den Direktor der geologischen Sammlung der Sorbonne, Herrn Prof. Haug, gewandt, welcher die grosse Giite hatte, mir eines der in seinem Laboratoire in trockenem Zustande aufbewahrten Exemplare von Schlumbergers Jullienella nebst einigen Fragmenten zur Untersuchung anzuvertrauen. Ich habe mich davon iberzeugt, dass in diesen von Schlumberger vortrefflich beschriebenen und naturgetreu abgebildeten Gebilden keine Linellen vorkommen. Auch konnte ich weder in der kompakten harten Schale, noch in den hier und da vorhandenen Inhaltsresten irgend welche Spuren von Sterkomaren oder Granellaren resp. den charakteristischen Granellen auffinden. Dagegen liess sich zwischen den beiden festen Grenzplatten das schon von Schlumberger erkannte System undeutlich geschiedener, SCHULZE: DIE XENOPHYOPHOREN. 153 sehr unregelmdssiger Hohlraume, wie sie vielen Sandforaminiferen zukommen, leicht nachweisen. Ich kann daher die Judlienella nicht fiir eine Xenophyophore, sondern muss sie wie der erste Beschreiber fiir eine Foraminifere halten. Bei der Untersuchung des reichlichen, tiber 100 Stiicke betragenden Materiales von Stannophyllum zonarium Hkl. habe ich zundchst die dussere Gestalt der bis zu Kinderhand-grossen Exemplare beriicksichtigt. Neben der Hauptmasse, welche die schon von Haeckel, Goés und mir friiher ausfithrlich beschriebene und mehrfach abgebildete einfache gestielte Blattform mit einem an beiden Flachen ausgepragten System konzentrischer, dem freien oberen Konvexrande parallel laufender Furchen zeigt, finden sich zahlreiche Exemplare, welche unter Verlust des Stieles zu einer nieren-, bohnen- oder sichelformigen Platte ge- worden sind, wie sie 4hnlich von Goés in seiner Fig. 9, von mir in meiner Monographie auf Taf. V, Fig. 2 dargestellt ist. Dabei hangen gewohnlich von den schmalen Seitenrandern der einzelnen konvexen Bandzonen der Platte ausgefranste Linellenbiischel herab, wie sie auch schon von Goés und mir frither beschrieben und abgebildet sind. Nicht selten erheben sich von der Seitenfléche einer Platte ziemlich recht- winklig aufsitzende kleine platte Auswiichse von gleicher Beschaffenheit wie die Platte selbst, von mehreren Millimetern Hohe und von sehr verschiedener Gestalt. Einmal sah ich auch an der Seitenflache eines sonst normalen Exemplares ein anderes gleich grosses und ebenfalls typisches Stiick mit einem langen verschmilerten, ziemlich drehrunden und an der Basis etwas verbreiterten Stiele fest aufsitzen. Dieser letztere Fall scheint mir deshalb wichtig, weil er darauf hin- deutet, dass die ganzen Gebilde normaler Weise zunachst wirklich mit der verbreiterten Basis ihres Stieles am Meeresgrunde anderen festen Korpern oder Sandflaichen aufsitzen, so wie es Haeckel in seinen Ab- bildungen dargestellt hat. Freilich scheint hier grade der Stiel besonders leicht der Degeneration anheimzufallen und zwar zundchst durch Auflockerung und Auffaserung zu einem einfachen Linellenbiischel. Spéiter dirfte er durch Vergraben- sein im Sande oder Schlick zur vélligen Auflésung und zum Abfallen von dem Korper selbst genétigt werden, ahnlich wie auch die unteren Seitenrandpartien der ganzen Platte. Gut erhaltene Stiele sind bei Stannophyllum zonarium nur selten anzutreffen. Dafiir, dass nach dem Zugrundegehen des Stieles der blattformige Ké6rper gewodhnlich noch mit seinen unteren Seitenrandern im Schlamme steckt, spricht der so haufige Besatz dieser letzteren mit Linellenbitscheln. 154 BULLETIN : MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. Zuweilen aber habe ich auch solche Linellenbischel aus einer der beiden Seitenflachen der Kérperplatte schrige abwarts hervorstehen sehen ; was dann darauf hinweisen diirfte, dass hier der ganze K6rper mit dieser Seitenflache auf dem Schlamme oder Sande flach oder schrage aufgelegen hat. Stannophyllum zonarium Hkl. ist von der Albatross-Expedition 1904/05 an folgenden Stationen erbeutet : Position. Nummer der Station. |———————_—_———__—_—————————_|_ Tiefe in Meter. Stiickzahl. Breite Lange a en ME ee ae CE Ey, 7 4647 4 33 S. 87 42.5 W. 3667 ca. 40 4649 5 Et: 85 19.5 W. 4090 ca. 80 4651 Biya Ss 82 59.7 W. 4066 ca. 50 4653 5: AS. $1 24 W. 980 1 4656 6 54.6 S. 838 34.3 W. 4066 ca. 10 4658 8 29.5 S. 85 35.6 W. 4334 z 4666 TL 66. -s. 84 20.3 W. 4755 1 4717 5 10 S. 98 56 W. 3937 11 4721 S376 cS; 104 105 W. 3814 4 4742 0 34 N. 117 158 W. 4243 ca. 50 Stannophyllum globigerinum Hkl. Die durch grosse Weichheit und Schlaffheit des ganzen K6érpers, sowie durch reichlichen Gehalt an verhdltnismassig grossen Foraminiferen- schalen ausgezeichnete Spezies Stannophyllum globigerinum Hkl. ent- behrt des bei St. zonarium stark ausgepraigten dichteren Linellenfilzes der beiden planen Grenzflachen. Wahrend manche Exemplare noch eine Andeutung jener bei St. zona- rium so deutlich hervortretenden Zonen zeigen, welche durch die dem oberen konvexen Scheibenrande parallel] laufenden beiderseitigen Furchen der Scheibe getrennt werden, lasst sich bei anderen davon nichts mehr erkennen. Wo der stets etwas abgeplattete Stiel vorhanden ist, geht er meistens in ein terminales Linellenbischel aus, seltener endet er quer abgestutzt. Verwachsungen zweier Stiicke, sowie unregelmdssig gestaltete leisten- oder plattenférmige Erhebungen auf einer oder beiden Seitenflachen kommen zuweilen vor. Neben den als Xenophya dominierenden Foraminiferen finden sich iiberall auch zahlreiche Radiolarienskelette, seltener Kieselnadeln oder anderweitige Fremdkorper. SCHULZE: DIE XENOPHYOPHOREN. 155 Gefunden ist Stannophyllum globigerinum Hkl. an folgenden vier Stationen der Albatross-Expedition 1904/05: Position. Nummer der Station. |——————_———___—_—————_|_ Tiefe in Meter. Stiickzahl. Breite. Lange. ° , iS tk SS a Se es 4647 4 88 § 87 42.5 W. 3667 1 4717 6 10 S. 98 66 W. 3937 1 4721 8 16 & 104 10.5 W. 3814 3 4742 0 34 N 117° 168 -W. 4243 16 Stannophyllum alatum (Hkl.) = Stannarium alatum Hk. Als Haeckel die Gattung Stannarium fiir solche Stannomiden auf- stellte, deren lamelléser Korper seitliche Fliigelplatten aufweist, machte er selbst schon auf die enge Verwandtschaft derselben mit Stannophyllum aufmerksam, aus welcher sie seiner Ansicht nach durch seitliches Aus- wachsen neuer Platten entstanden sein diirfte. Das mir jetzt vorliegende Material der Albatross-Expedition 1904/05 enthalt einige Stiicke, welche in:der dusseren Gestalt zwar ganz mit Haeckels Stannarvum alatum tbereinstimmen, in den meisten tbrigen Charakteren aber so wenig von der einfache Blattform aufweisenden Gattung Stannophyllum abweichen, dass ich sie in diese letztere viel- gestaltige Gattung stellen muss. Dies diirfte sich um so mehr rechtfertigen, als ja bei einigen Stannophyl- lum-Arten schon gelegentlich geringe leisten- oder plattenformige Erhe- bungen an den Seitenflachen des blattformigen Korpers gefunden sind. Ob es sich tibrigens empfiehlt, den von Haeckel aufgestellten Spezies- begriff als solchen festzuhalten oder die recht verschiedenartigen Sticke, welche diese merkwiirdige Fligelbildung zeigen, an schon bestehende Stannophyllum-Arten anzuschliessen resp. zu verteilen, kann zweifelhaft erscheinen. Ich ziehe zuniachst das erstere vor und halte einstweilen die Ausbildung der grossen senkrechten einfachen oder gelappten Flu- gelplatten, welche zu 3, 4 oder selbst mehreren von einer axialen Fort- setzung des kraftigen Stieles auseinanderweichen, in Verbindung mit der derben lederartigen Konsistenz des ganzen Korpers und dem kraftig entwickelten, an Stannophyllum zonariuwm erinnernden Linellensystem fiir ausreichend, um einen besonderen Speziesbegriff, Stannophyllum alatum, gleichwertig den tibrigen von Haeckel innerhalb der Gattung Stannophyllum aufgestellten Arten anzunehmen. Hierbei ist freilich festzuhalten, dass sémtliche bisher unterschiedenen Stannophyllum-Arten 156 BULLETIN: MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. keine prignanten. und scharfen Unterschiede aufweisen, sondern mit- einander durch mannigfache Ubergiinge verbunden sind, wie schon friiher mehrfach von Haeckel und mir hervorgehoben ist. Ubrigens will ich noch betonen, dass bei den Stiicken der Albatross- Expedition 1904/05, welche ich zu Stannophyllum rechnen muss, ent- weder eine so deutlich ausgeprégte quere Endabstutzung des kurzen dicken Stieles vorkommt, dass man ein Abreissen von einer ziemlich ebenen Unterlage anzunehmen veranlasst ist, oder dass eine lockere Linellenschopfbildung besteht. In beiden Fallen haften zahlreiche gréssere Foraminiferenschalen diesem basalen Stumpf oder Schopf an ; was hier umso mehr auffillt, als die Xenophya des ganzen wbrigen Korpers fast ausschliesslich aus Radiolarienskeletten besteht. Stannophyllum alatum Hkl. ist von der Albatross-Expedition nur in drei Exemplaren an der einen Station 4742 — 0° 3.4! N.; 117° 15.8! W. — 4243 m. tief gefunden. Die folgende Tabelle gibt Auskunft tiber die sAémtlichen Xenophyopho- ren-Funde der Albatross-Expedition 1904/5. Von den 146 Fangstationen dieser Expedition, welche mir wegen aus- reichender Tiefe des Meeresgrundes (d. h. unter 500 fathoms = 915 m.) iiberhaupt fir Xenophyophoren inbetracht zu kommen scheinen, ergaben demnach 10 Stationen, also ca. 15% solche Rhizopoden. Diese Fund- orte liegen simtlich zwischen dem 12. Grad siidlicher und dem ersten Grad nordlicher Breite, sowie zwischen dem 81. Grad und 118. Grad westlicher Linge. Die Bodentiefe betragt im allgemeinen ca. 4000 m., nur an einer Station (4653) 981 m. Fiir alle Fundorte ist Schlammgrund notiert. Hinsichtlich der Haufigkeit der verschiedenen Spezies ist bemerkens- wert, dass Stannophyllum zonarium Hkl. an allen diesen Fundorten und zwar grésstenteils in reichlicher Menge erbeutet ist. Auch Stannophyl- lum globigerinum Hkl. und Stannoma dendroides Hkl. kamen ziemlich haufig vor (an 4 von den 10 Stationen), wahrend Stannoma coralloides und Stannophyllum alatum sich nur an je einer der betreffenden Sta- tionen fanden. Da durch die hier mitgeteilten Ergebnisse der Albatross-Expedition 1904/05 und durch die unlaingst von mir verOffentlichten Xenophyopho- ren-Funde der hollindischen Siboga-Expeditie (Lieferung IV bis) unsere Kenntnis von der geographischen Verbreitung der Xenophyophoren nicht unerheblich gewonnen hat, und da auch die von Goés bearbeiteten Xeno- phyophoren-Funde der Albatross-Expedition vom Jahre 1891 in jenen Zusammenstellungen noch keine Aufnahme gefunden hatten, welche ich ; ; a ‘| me ik i PRD Sat ee es Ane ie 157 DIE XENOPHYOPHOREN. SCHULZE wn}D)D wnur.abrqojb wnpphydouunzy unpliydouuny wnurtabrq016 unpphydouuniy wnur1ab2rQojb unpphydouuny wnur1a6190)6 unpphydouuny THH wnjojD ‘THH wnur.cab190)6 wnpphiydouuny wnpfiydouuniy ULNLLDUOZ unjjhydouunjiy UNILYUOZ wnphydouunry Uni.tpUoz mnpjhydouuny wWNrLDUoZ wunjjhydouunpy wniwpuoz unphydouunrs ULnr.LDUOz wnjjhydouunzy UNniLoUoZ unphydouuny ULNILDUOZ wnyphydouunjy ULN2LDUOZ wunphydouunzy wNLLDUOZ unphydouunry ‘THH wnrinuoz unpjhiydouuny $ap10})D.L09 puouunz¢ "‘THH $2p207)0.400 DuULoUUnY sapioipuap puouunzy sapio.puap DUoUuUnIg) Sapiolpuap puouunzy sapio.upuap puouuDnjiy ‘THH Sapro.puap DULOWUDI SY SPGP vI8s LE68 GSLP PEEP 990F 186 990F 060F L996 *1040]q Ul eFJOLL ‘MA SGT LIT| 'N VE 0 ‘M GOL FOL; 'S GL 8 ‘AA *-99 88 21'S OLS9 AS06278 SS: Seat ‘M 998 G8 | 'S 9'6Z 8 “M $8 €8 | S OFE 9 pi ais eal Solna Kee A 2 ‘M L69 2 | 'S' Ih g B S'CLESS (| Ss: AT 8 “M GCP = ‘S u ‘esugT “oplorg "WOIqSOg GPLP IZLP LILY 999F 899F 9S9F S99F TSOP 6P9F LEP ‘uOTeyg 158 BULLETIN: MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. im Jahre 1905 in meiner Monographie der Xenophyophoren gegeben hatte, so lasse ich hier eine Ubersicht aller bisher bekannt gewordenen Fundorte von Xenophyophoren folgen, mit Angabe der Bodentiefe und der betreffenden Station der inbetracht kommenden Expeditionen. I. ATLANTIK. Position. Tiefe in Meter. Expedition Station. Breite. Lange. fe) , (eo) , 38 2op UN. 35 50 W. 3065 Chall. 70 22. 18> ON: 22 2 BWV 4392 Chall. 89 af) 47S. 80.20) 7 We 3138 Chall. 331 II. INDIK. Position. Tiefe in Meter. Expedition Station. Breite. Lange Oo , O° , 1 47.8 S. 41 458 O. 1668 Valid. 250 4 50.5 S. 127 59-" 0. 2081 Siboga 227 5 40.7 S. 120 45.5 O. 1158 Siboga 211 G 12:0."s: 4b" 17.8. -O. 2959 Vald. 240 6 24 S. 124° 39. . O. 2798 Siboga 221 10 35.6 S. 5 2 Sas Ot eyo. 2050 Siboga 295 nen EEEREEEEREREERE Til SPAZIEIK: Position. Tiefe in Meter. Expedition Station. Breite. Lange. 385 41 N. 157 42 O. 4209 Chall. 241 35) 220) AN. 169 63. -O. 5307 Chall. 244 14 46 N. 98 40 W. 3344 Alb. 3415 10 Aa dN: 06 28: SOW. 3972 Alb. 3414 2 256 Ye NS. 134 oA Os 3660 Chall. 216 A. 2.7 DOT” INE 124 53 W. 39385 Chall. 198 1 pe. SS WE 3097 Alb, 3399 0. 5550 U5 ON. 137 54 W. 4507 Alb. 3684 (171) 0 34N. IL 156.8" W. 4243 Alb. 4742 0: (S35 151 34 W. 4438 Chall. 271 1 In meiner Monographie (im Jahre 1905) als Albatross-Station 17 aufgefihrt. SCHULZE: DIE XENOPHYOPHOREN. 159 III. PAZIFIC, Continued. Position. ———| Tiefe in Meter. Expedition Station. Breite Lange. oO ‘ oO , Oran $s, 147°" Oi 2013 Chall. 220 2 8 S.-« 149 9). We 5353 Chall. 270 o 48 8S. 152 56 W. 4758 Chall. 272 4,33... 8. 87 425 W. 3667 Alb. 4647 Hb 10).S. 98 56 W. 8937 Alb. 4717 ial ly Se. 3 85 19.5 W. 4090 Alb. 4649 56 41 S. 82 59.7 W. 4066 Alb. 4651 47 SS 81 24 W. 981 Alb. 4653 6 54.6 S. 83 34.38 W. 4066 Alb. 4656 Tp, 5. 162° 15. WS 5033 Chall. 274 8 7.5 S. 104 10.5 W. 3814 Alb. 4721 3, 29.6 S. 85 35.6 W. 4334 Alb. 4658 er oo... 84 203 W. 4755 Alb. 4666 Bu ae ° 5, 98 46 W. | 4154 Chall. 294 Von den 33 jetzt bekannten Fundorten gehéren demnach 3 dem Gebiete des atlantischen, 6 dem des indischen und 24 dem des stillen Ozeans an. Séimtliche Fundorte liegen zwischen 40° nérdlicher und 40° siid- licher Breite. Die meisten finden sich in der Nihe des Aquators, d. h. zwischen 10° nordlicher und 10° siidlicher Breite. Nur ganz wenige liegen ausserhalb der Tropen, namlich drei nérdlich vom nordlichen und zwei siidlich vom stidlichen Wendekreis. Auf der hier folyenden kleinen Karte werden diese Verhiltnisse zu unmittelbarer Anschauung gebracht durch die roten Zeichen, bei welchen durch die Zahl der Zacken die Anzahl der an ein und demselben Orte gefundenen Spezies angegeben ist, wahrend ein kreisrunder Fleck den Ort bezeichnet, wo nur eine Spezies erhalten ist. Eine Anordnung der 33 Fundorte nach der Bodentiefe ergibt folgende Tabelle : BATHYMETRISCHE VERBREITUNG DER XENOPHYOPHOREN. . Position. Tiefe anc a Expedition See =. als ee Bpezies. Meter. Station. Breite. Lange ae a Peer er aay NSE TE | Ro nsp (eo) 981 | Albatros 4653 5 5 S.| 81 24 W.| Stannophyllum zonarium Hkl. 1158 | Siboga 211. S 120 45.5 O. | Psammetta globosa F. E. Sch., Psammina globigerina Hkl., Stan- nophyllum globigerinum Hk. 160 BULLETIN: MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. BATHYMETRISCHE VERBREITUNG DER XENOPHYOPHOREN. Continued. ; Position. ies ee Spezies. cee Breite. Lange 1668 | Valdivia 250 .| 1 47.8S.| 41 5880. | Psammetta erythrocytomorpha F. E. Sch. 2013 | Challenger 220; 0 42 S.|147 0 O. | Psammina globigerina Hkl. 2050 | Sib. 295 . .|10 35.6 S. | 124 11.7 O. | Psammophyllum globigerinum Hkl. 2081 | Sib. 227 . 4 50.5 S.|127 59 O. | Psammina globigerina Hkl. 2798 | Sib. 221 . 6 24 §.|124 39 O. | Stannophyllum globigerinum Hkl. 2959 | Vald. 240 6 12.9S.| 41 17.30. | Stannophyllum globigerinum Hkl. 3065 | Chall. 70 88 25 N.| 35 50 W.| Holopsamma cretaceum Hkl. 3097 | Alb. 3399 17 N.| 8 4 W.| Stannophyllum zonarium Hkl. 3138 | Chall. 331 . 37 47 S.| 30 20 W.| Psammina plakina Hkl. 3344 | Alb. 3415 14 46 N.| 98 40 W.| Stannophyllum zonarium Hkl. 3660 | Chall. 216 A 256 N.|184 11 O. | Cerellasma lamellosa Hkl. 3667 | Alb. 4647 433 §.| 87 42.5 W.| Stannophyllum zonarium Hkl., Stan- nophyllum globigerinum Hk. 3814 | Alb. 4721 8 7.5 S.|104 10.6 W.| Stannoma dendroides Hkl., Stan- nophyllum zonarium Hkl., Stanno- phyllum globigerinum Hkl. 3935 | Chall. 198 . 2 55 124 53 =W.| Stannophyllum reticulatum Hkl. 3937 | Alb. 4717 510 S.| 98 56 W.| Stannoma dendroides Hkl., Stanno- phyllum zonarium Hkl., Stanno- phyllum globigerinum Hkl. 3972 | Alb. 3414 10 14 N.| 96 28 W.| Stannophyllum zonarium Hkl. 4066 | Alb. 4651 . 5 41 S.| 82 59.7 W.| Stannophyllum zonarium Hkl. 4066 | Alb: 4656 - . 6 54.6 S.| 83 34.3 W.| Stannophyllum zonartum Hk. 4090 | Alb. 4649 617 S.| 85 19.6 W.| Stannoma dendroides Hkl., Stan- nophyllum zonartum Hkl. 4154 | Chall. 294 . 89 22 S.| 98 46 W.| Holopsamma argillaceum Hkl. 4209 | Chall. 241 385 41 N.| 157 42 O. | Stannophyllum flustraceum Hk. 4248 | Alb. 4742 0 3.4N./117 15.8 W.| Stannoma dendroides Hkl., Stan- noma coralloides Hkl., Stannophyl- lum zonarium Hkl1., Stannophyllum globigerinum Hkl., Stannophyllum alatum Hkl. 4334 | Alb. 4658 8 29.5 S.| 85 35.6 W.| Stannophyllum zonarium Hkl. 4892 | Chall. 89 22 18 N.| 22 2 W.| Psammopemma calcareum Hkl. 4438 | Chall. 271 0 33 S.|151 34 W.| Cerelasma gyrosphaera Hkl., Stan- noma dendroides Hkl., Stannoma coralloides Hkl., Stannophyllum zonarium Hkl., Stannophyllum ra- diolarium Hkl., Stannophyllum pertusum Hkl., Stee ee venosum Hkl., Stannophyllum glo- bigerinum Hkl. 4507 | Alb. 3684 (171)} 0 50 N.|137 54 W.| Stannoma dendroides Hkl., Stan- noma coralloides Hk1., Stannophyl- lum zonarium Hkl., Stannophyllum globigerinum Hkl. 4755 | Alb. 4666 ./11 55 S.| 84 20.3 W.| Stannophyllum zonarium Hkl. 4758 | Chall. 272 . .| 348 S.|152 56 W.| Psammopemma radiolarium Hkl., Stannoma dendroides Hkl., Stan- nophyllum alatum Hkl. 5033 | Chall. 274 . .| 725 S.|152 15 W.| Psammina nummulina Hkl. 5807 | Chall. 244 . .|35 22 N.|169 53 O. | Stannophyllum annectens Hkl. : 5353 | Chall. 270 . 2 34 §.|149 9 W.| Stannarium concretum Hkl. F SW Seg SO a a ee al ee ee 1 In meiner Monographie (im Jahre 1905) als Albatross-Station 17 aufgefiihrt. SCHULZE: DIE XENOPHYOPHOREN, 161 Man sieht, dass von den 33 bekannten Fundorten 27, also fast 82%, zwischen 2000 und 5000 m. Tiefe haben und dass von diesen wieder 12 Fundstellen, also nahezu 34% der ganzen Reihe, zwischen 4000 und 5000 m. tief sind. ! Nur 3 Fundorte bleiben oberhalb 2000 m., und von diesen erreicht eine sogar (mit 981 m.) noch nicht einmal 1000 m. Von den drei unter 5000 m. tiefen Fundorten geht der tiefste bis zu 5353 m. hinab. Ein Einfluss der Bodentiefe auf die Verbreitung der einzelnen syste- matischen Gruppen ldsst sich nicht erkennen. Weder die beiden Familien der Psamminiden und Stannomiden, noch die einzelnen Gat- tungen zeigen eine deutliche Abhangigkeit ihres Vorkommens von der Bodentiefe. Héchstens kénnte man hervorheben, dass die Gattung Psammetta bisher nur oberhalb 2000 m. gefunden ist. Einzelne Spezies, wie z. B. Stannophyllum zonarvwm Hkl., kommen in sehr verschiedenen Tiefen vor — von 981 bis 4755 m. Zum Schluss gebe ich eine nach dem Zoolog. System geordnete Uber- sicht der Fundorte aller bisher bekannt gewordenen Xenophyophoren- Spezies. Es sind also bisher die Stannomiden in weiterer Verbreitung gefunden als die Psamminiden und speziell einige Arten, wie Stannoma dendroides HkL, Stannophyllum zonarvum Hkl., und Stannophyllum globigerinum Hkl., besonders reichlich im O6stlichen Teile des tropischen Pazifik. Die Psamminiden scheinen mehr dem Indischen Ozean und speziell dem Gebiete der Sunda-Inseln anzugehoren. NACH DEM SYSTEM GEORDNET. Position. Tiefe Expedition Station. |——@ @§——_—_____________| in Breite. Lange. rane A. Psamminidae F.E. Sch. I. Psammetta F. E. Sch. o ° ’ 1. Ps. globosa F. E. Sch. | Siboga 211. .| 5 40.7 S.| 120 45.5 O. | 1158 2. Ps. erythrocytomorpha F.E.Sch.. . ...| Valdivia 250 .| 1 47.8 S.} 41 588 O. | 1668 II. Psammina Hkl. 1. Ps. plakina Hkl. . .| Chall. 331 . .|37 47.0 S.| 30 20.0 W.! 3138 Chall. 220 . .| 0 42.0 S.|147 0.0 O. |2013 2. Ps. globigerina Hkl. Siboga 211. .| 5 40.7 S. | 120 45.5 O. | 1158 Siboga 227. .| 4 50.5 S.|127 59.0 O. | 2081 3. Ps. nummulina Hk). .| Chall. 274 . .| 7 25.0 S.|152 15.0 W. | 5033 III. Cerelasma Hkl. 1. C. gyrosphaera Akl. .| Chall. 271 . 0 33.0 S. | 151 34.0 W. | 4438 2. C. lamellosa Hkl. . .| Chall. 216 A 2 56.0 N.| 134 11.0 O. | 3660 VOL. LI. — NO. 6 11 162 BULLETIN: MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. NACH DEM SYSTEM GEORDNET, Continued. Position. Expedition Station. |————_________————_ | in Breite Lange abhi IV. Holopsamma Carter Oo Ooi ae, 1. H. cretaceum Hkl. Chall. 70. . .|88 25.0 N.| 35 50.0 W. | 3065 2. H. argillaceum Hkl. .| Chall. 294 . .|89 22.0 S.| 98 46.0 W. | 4154 V. Psammopemma Marshall 1. Ps. radiolarium Hkl. .| Chall. 272 8 48.0 S.| 152 56.0 W. | 4758 2. Ps. calcareum Hkl. .| Chall. 89 22 18.0 N.| 22 2.0 W. | 4892 B. Stannomidae F. E. Sch. I. Stannoma Hkl, Chalk 271. -.. 0 33.0 S.| 151 34.0 W. | 4488 Chall. 272 . .| 8 48.0 S.| 152 56.0 W. | 4758 Alb. 3684 (171)| 0 50.0 N.; 187 54.0 W. | 4507 1. St. dendroides Hkl. .|4 Alb. 4649 .| 5 17.0 S.| 85 19.5 W. | 4090 Alb. 4717 5 10.0 S.| 98 56.0 W. | 3937 Alb. 4721 8 7.5 S.| 104 10.5 W. | 3814 Alb. 4742 0 3.4N./117 15.8 W. | 4248 eee Sit : ae S. | 151 ne W. | 4438 , hall, 272)". < 48.0 S.|152 56.0 W.| 4758 2. St. corallodes Hl. -|) Arh 3684 (171)| 0 50.0 N.| 187 54.0 W.| 4507 Alb. 4742 .| O 34 .N.]117 15.8 W. | 4243 II. Stannophyllum Hk. Chall. 271 0 38.0 S.| 151 34.0 W. | 4488 Alb. 3299 1 7.0 N.| 81 4.0 W. | 3097 Alb. 3414 .|10 14.0 N.}| 96 28.0 W. | 3972 Alb. 3415 . .|14 46.0 N.| 98 40.0 W.| 3415 Alb. 8684 (171)| 0 50.0 N.| 187 54.0 W. | 4507 Alb. 4647 . .| 4 83.0 S.| 87 42.5 W. | 3667 Alb. 4649 5 17.0 S.| 85 19.5 W. | 4090 1. St. zonarium Hkl. . |< Alb. 4651. 5 41.0 S.| 82 59.7 W. | 4066 Alb. 46538 _. 5 47.0 S.| 81 24.00 W.| 981 Alb. 4656 6 54.6 S.| 88 34.3 W. | 4066 Alb. 4658 .| 8 29.5 S.! 85 856 W. | 4384 Alb. 4666 .|11 55.0 S. | 84 20.3 W. | 4755 Alb. 4717 5 10.0 S.| 98 56.0 W. | 3937 Alb. 4721 8 7.5 S.|104 10.5 W. | 8814 Alb. 4742. 0 3.4 N./117 15.8 W. | 4243 2. St. radiolarium Hkl. .| Chall. 271 . 0 33.0 S.|151 34.0 W. | 44388 3. St. pertusum Hkl. . .| Chall. 271 . 0 33.0 S. | 151 34.0 W. | 44388 4. St. venosum Hkl. .| Chall. 271 . .| 0 88.0 S.|151 34.0 W. | 4438 Chall. 271 . .}| 0 33.0 S.|151 34.0 W. | 4488 Alb. 3684 (171)| 0 50.0 N.| 187 540 W. | 4507 Valdivia 240 .| 6 12.9 S.| 41 17.8 O. | 2959 eee 21. 5 40.7 S. | 120 ae - ie ea iboga 221 . 6 24.0 S. | 124 39. . | 279 5. St. globigerinum HEL. . 1) Sinoga 295.. || 10 35.6 S.| 124 11.7 O. | 2050 Alb. 4647 4 33.0 S.| 87 42.5 W. | 8667 Alb. 4717 .| 5610.0 8S.| 98 56.0 W. | 3987 Alb. 4721 .| 8 7.5 S.| 104 10.56 W. | 8814 Alb 4742 . .!| 0 34N./117 15.8 W.| 42438 6. St. reticulatum Hkl...| Chall. 198 .| 2 55.0 N.| 124 53.0 W. | 3985 7. St. flustraceum Hkl. .| Chall. 241 . ./385 41.0 N.| 157 42.0 O. | 4209 8. St. annectens Hkl. . Chall. 244 . .|385 22.0 ne 169 oe = — Chall. 272 . .| 3 48.0 S.|152 56.0 W.| 475 9. St. alatum HEL. . Alb. 4742 0 84.N/117 158 W.| 4243 III. Stannarium Hkl. St. concretum Hkl. . Chall. 270 . 2 34.0 S.|149 9.0 W.| 5853 1 In meiner Monographie (im Jahre 1905) als Albatross-Station 17 aufgefiihrt. ot 7 ’ Scuutzg. — Die Xenophyophoren. TAFEL. Fundorte von Xenophyophoren. ‘usroydodydouox uoA oJLOpUn Bulletin of the Museum of Comparative Zodlogy AT HARVARD COLLEGE. Vou.- Lis. No. 7. THE CIDARIDAE. By Husert Lyman CLARK. WitnH ELEVEN PLATES. CAMBRIDGE, MASS., U.S. A.: PRINTED FOR THE MUSEUM. DecEMBER, 1907. No. 7.— The Cidaridae. By Hupert LYMAN C.LaRK. Introduction. THE opening years of the present century have witnessed the publica- tion of an unusual number of quarto volumes dealing with the morphol- ogy and classification of the Echini. In each of these the Cidaridae receive considerable attention, and many genera of that family, new either in name or in contents, are proposed. As the different writers reveal wide divergence of opinion as to the relative importance of the characters on which the classification of the Echini is based, the arrange- ment of the Cidaridae differs to an unusual degree in these several re- ports. Mortensen (:03)? practically rejects previous classifications and the principles on which they are based, and, ignoring the fossil forms, to which his method is not applicable, recognizes thirteen genera and a subgenus, defined wholly in terms of the pedicellariae, the spicules of the pedicels, and occasionally the spines. It is only fair to state, however, that the writer says frankly, these features are not “ sufficient for definitive diagnoses.” He includes in his classification 42 species, and lists 12 others which he is unable to place satisfactorily because of lack of infor- mation about the pedicellariae. Very soon after this volume appeared, de Meijere’s (:04)? valuable report on the “Siboga” Echini was pub- lished. Unwilling to accept Mortensen’s genera unreservedly, the writer adopts the clumsy and unsatisfactory method of recognizing only a single genus, Cidaris, and using Mortensen’s names for subgenera. Later in the same year Agassiz (:04)° in his report on the Panamic deep-sea Kchini, points out the weaknesses of Mortensen’s method and the unsatis- factory nature of his results, and emphasizes anew the great morpholog- ical significance of the test (including the abactinal system). Two years 1 The Danish Ingolf-Expedition, 4, 1. Echinoidea. Part 1. Th. Mortensen. Translated by Torben Lundbeck. 193 pp., 21 pls. Copenhagen, 1903. 2 Die Echinoidea der Siboga-Expedition. J.C.H.de Meijere. 252 pp., 23 pls. Leiden, 1904. 8 The Panamic Deep Sea Echini. Alexander Agassiz. Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., 31, 243 pp., 112 pls. 1904. 166 BULLETIN : MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. later Déderlein (:06),? in an effort to avoid some of the difficulties of Mortensen’s system, and yet to retain the valuable results of his work, offers a classification of the recent Cidaridae, consisting of ten genera and five subgenera, defined chiefly in terms of the pedicellariae. This classi- fication, however, is quite different from any of its predecessors because, while Déderlein attempts to apply rigidly the recent International Code of zodlogical nomenclature, his interpretation of certain perplexing cases is quite different from either Mortensen’s or Agassiz’s. Finally Agassiz and Clark (:07)? reject the proposed innovations of both Mortensen and Déderlein and offer considerable evidence in support of their view that the pedicellariae of the Cidaridae are as unreliabie for generic char- acters as are the spines. It is perfectly obvious, therefore, that the classification of the Cidaridae is at the present time in a state of great confusion, and that some effort should be made to reduce it to order and place it on a permanent basis. Thanks to the great kindness of Mr. Agassiz, a very unusual amount of material, both recent and fossil, has been accessible to me during the past two years, and I have endeavored to find and formulate a natural arrange- ment of the Cidaridae. Needless to say, Mr. Agassiz is not responsible in any way for statements made or opinions expressed in the following pages, but whatever value my results may have are due to his constant sympathy and encouragement, and I wish here, in this inadequate way, to express my thanks to him. I have also to thank Dr. Richard Rath- bun for the privilege of examining the collection of Cidaridae in the United States National Museum, and this proved to be of added interest because it has recently been studied by Dr. Mortensen, who, in many cases, left labels in his own hand, showing the views he held as to the identification of the specimens. As my point of view differs fundamen- tally from his, I desire to do him full justice, and the examination of a collection, a large part of which has been named by him, was therefore of special importance to me. Finally I may add that in the prepara- tion of this report I have personally handled not less than 3,100 speci- mens, representing 48 of the 60 recent species which appear to me to be | valid, and all of the 15 recent genera herein recognized. 1 Die Echinoiden der deutschen Tiefsee-Expedition. Ludwig Doderlein. 290 pp., 42 pls. Jena, 1906. 2 Hawaiian and other Pacific Echini. The Cidaridae. Alexander Agassiz and Hubert Lyman Clark. Mem. Mus. Comp. Zodl., 34, 42 pp., 44 pls. 1907. % = tog + 7 a | ans ie CLARK: THE CIDARIDAE. 167 Historical summary. The first writer to use the name Cidaris for a genus of Echini was Klein (1734), who, however, included all of the regular sea-urchins under that name. Linné (1758) used the same name for a species of Kchinus, but Leske (1778) was the first writer subsequent to Klein who recog- nized Cidaris as a genus. Only one of the 28 species which he includes in the genus belongs in the family Cidaridae as understood to-day, and to that one he gave the name papillata. Now it is clear from both text and figures that Leske intended to include under the name “ Czdaris papillata” all those regular Echini with the conspicuous interambulacral tubercles of the Cidaridae. His “species” is therefore a composite group, including not only the now well-known European Dorocidaris papillata, but also Phyllacanthus tmperialis and several species of the restricted genus Cidaris, one of which appears to have been ¢ribuloides Lamarck. The next writer to deal with the classification of the Echini was Lamarck (16), and he clearly indicates and defines the group which we now call the Cidaridae. He called them “ Turbans,” under his genus Cidarites. So far as the Cidaridae are concerned the name Cidarites is equivalent to Leske’s Cidarts papillata and is obviously a synonym of Cidaris. It cannot be used, therefore, at the present time for any genus of animals. Lamarck listed eleven species of “ Turbans,” all but one of which were recognized and described by Alexander Agassiz in 1872, in his classic ‘¢ Revision of the Echini.” No attempt to subdivide the genus Cidaris was made until 1835, when Brandt established the genus Phyllacanthus for a supposedly new species, dubia. He divided Lamarck’s Cidarites into two sections, A (including the species not in B and for which he selected and named ¢ribudoides Lam. as the type species) and B, Phylla- canthus, with dubia for the type, and including also ¢mperialis, hystriz, geranioides, and pistillaris. Later investigation made it plain that of these four only ¢mperialis and pistillaris are congeneric with dubia, and the other two were therefore returned to Cidaris. In 1872 A. Agassiz showed, however, that Lamarck’s baculosa, verticillata, and annulifera had important features in common with dubia and imperialis and accord- ingly placed them in Phyllacanthus. When Agassiz and Desor (’46) considered the Cidaridae, they neglected Phyllacanthus, but established Goniocidaris with geranioides for the type, and with it associated a “ new ” species qguoyt, which subsequently proved to be synonymous with Lamarck’s tubaria. In 1854 Desor suggested as genera of fossil Cida- ridae, Rhabdocidaris, Diplocidaris, Porocidaris, and Leiocidaris, and in 168 BULLETIN : MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 1858 he described the fossil LKocidaris.s The same year (1858) Quenstedt named Polycidaris and Leptocidaris for fossil forms. In 1862 Cotteau described the remarkable fossil Orthocidaris, and the fol- lowing year the equally interesting fossil Temnocidaris. In 1863, A. Agassiz suggested the name Stephanocidaris for Lamarck’s bispinosa, and Prionocidaris for pistillarts. At the same time he proposed Chon- drocidaris asa new genus fora notable species from the Hawaiian Islands, and Gymnocidaris for metularia Lam. and a supposedly new species, minor. He also proposed Orthocidaris and Temnocidaris as new genera of recent Cidaridae, but later (1869) withdrew them as preoccupied by Cotteau’s fossil forms. At this later date he suggested Dorocidaris for a new species, abyssicola, associating with it affinis Phil. and papillata Leske. With the last Lamarck’s hystrix is synonymous, and consequently, as a result of these various changes, there remained in Lamarck’s genus ‘‘Cidarites: Turbans” only the well-known West Indian species, tribuloides. In the “ Revision of the Echini” (1872) A. Agassiz recognized only six genera of the recent Cidaridae, as follows : — Cidaris Klein, with 3 species. (Including Gymnocidaris A. Ag.) Dorocidaris A. Agassiz, with 1 species. (Including Orthocidaris A. Ag.) Phyllacanthus Brandt, with 6 species. (Including Prionocidaris A. Ag., and Chondrocidaris A. Ag.) Stephanocidaris A. Agassiz, with 1 species. Porocidaris Desor, with 1 species. Goniocidaris Desor, with 3 species. (Including Temnocidaris A. Ag.) This classification has been maintained by Agassiz ever since, without any changes other than the addition of ten more species (1881, 1883, 1898) and the unique genus Centrocidaris (1904). In 1877 Studer described Schleinitzia as a recent genus allied to Phyllacanthus. In 1883 Pomel divided the “ Cidaridés” into three subfamilies, the Cidariens, Goniocidariens, and Rhabdocidariens. The first contains four genera, including of Agassiz’s six only Cidaris, which is divided into five sections (subgenera?) ; the second subfamily con- tains four genera also, including Dorocidaris and Goniocidaris of Agassiz’s list ; the third contains seven genera, including the remaining three of Agassiz, though Stephanocidaris is considered only a subgenus (?) of Phyl- lacanthus. Although Pomel thus recognizes fifteen genera and six sub- genera (?), his classification of the recent forms is essentially identical with that of A. Agassiz. The new genera which he proposes are T'ylo- cidaris, Stereocidaris, Typocidaris, and Pleurocidaris, all for fossil pe NES, tS al fae CLARK: THE CIDARIDAE. 169 forms. [is proposed subgenera of Cidaris are, Plegiocidaris, Para- cidaris, Procidaris, Polycidaris, and Eucidaris. In 1884 Zittel proposed Anaulocidaris for a fossil cidaroid, and in 1885 Déderlein used the name Discocidaris for some recent Japanese species. In 1887 Déderlein pub- lished a classification of the Cidaridae, including the fossil as well as the recent forms. Of the 22 genera which he recognizes, 15 include only fossil species. He rejects Stephanocidaris altogether, and uses Desor’s name Leiocidaris for Phyllacanthus. For some inexplicable reason he considers Porocidaris sharreri A. Ag. as a living representative of Pomel’s genus Pleurocidaris. To another of Pomel’s genera, Stereo- cidaris, he assigns three recent Japanese species which he describes. He proposes four new genera of fossil cidaroids, but only gives names to three: Mikrocidaris, Triadocidaris, and Miocidaris. In 1889 Duncan’s * Revision of the Genera. . . of the Echinoidea ” appeared, with a classi- fication of the Cidaridae, which at first sight seems unique, but on exam- ination proves to be novel only in the rank assigned to the different groups. The writer divides the family into two sections, of which the first contains four genera and one subgenus, and the second contains two genera. For recent forms only the genus Cidaris, with a sub- genus Goniocidaris, is allowed, but the heterogeneous nature of such a genus is so far acknowledged that it is divided into seven “ divisions,” of which five contain the recent species. These five “divisions” with the subgenus Goniocidaris correspond in name and contents to the genera maintained by A. Agassiz. In 1902 Lambert proposed for certain fossil and recent Cidaridae previously referred to Stereocidaris, the name Phalacrocidaris, and in 1903 he suggested for some fossil species allied to Phyllacanthus, the name Aulacocidaris. In 1903 Mortensen entirely rearranged the recent species of the family, uniting or separating them according to resemblances or differ- ences in the large globiferous pedicellariae. In this way he makes thir- teen genera and a subgenus, and although he uses the names of the six genera of A. Agassiz, the grouping of the species is wholly different from that writer’s. Mortensen’s classification is as follows : — Dorocidaris A. Ag. (emend.), 4 species. Tretocidaris, g. n., 3 species. Stephanocidaris A. Ag. (emend.), 3 species, Schizocidaris, g. n., ] species. Cidaris Klein (emend.), 8 species. Chondrocidaris A. Ag., 1 species. Acanthocidaris, g. n., 1 species. 170 BULLETIN : MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. Stereocidaris Pomel, 10 species. Goniocidaris Desor, 4 species and subgenus Discocidaris Déderlein, 3 species. Petalocidaris, g. n., 1 species. Phyllacanthus Brandt (emend.), 3 species. Histocidaris, g. n., 1 species. Porocidaris Desor, 1 species and 1 variety. Genus undetermined, 12 species. Total, 56 species and 1 variety. ° Of these 56 species, seven, and the one variety, are described for the first time, but only one of them is figured. Unfortunately Mortensen was handicapped by lack of material and the apparent necessity of not de nuding even in part the specimens which were available, and as a conse- quence his descriptions are, with one exception, incomplete, and in several cases quite inadequate. Good photographs of his types would be a very great help in recognizing these supposedly new species. In 1906 Déderlein presents his classification of the recent Cidaridae, the result of more than twenty years’ study of the family. It is radically different from his earlier (1887) arrangement, not merely because no reference is made to fossil forms, but because he endeavors to make use of Mortensen’s principles, which his own observations often contradict s and his judgment not infrequently condemns.” This latest arrangement of the family is as follows : — Cidaris Leske (syn. Dorocidaris A. Ag.), 4 species. Tretocidaris Mortensen, 3 species. Cidarites Lamarck (syn. Cidaris emend. Mortensen). Subgenus Dorocidaris A. Ag., 4 species. Gymuocidaris A. Ag., 3 species and ] variety. Stephanocidaris A. Ag., 5 species and 7 varieties. Chondrocidaris A. Ag., 1 species. Goniocidaris L. Agassiz et Desor. Subgenus Goniocidaris s. str., 6 species. Discocidaris Déd., 6 species. Stereocidaris Pomel, 14 species. Acanthocidaris Mortensen, 1 species. Phyllacanthus Brandt, 1 species and 3 varieties. Histocidaris Mortensen, 2 species. Porocidaris Desor, 1 species and 1 variety. Genus undetermined, 6 species. Total: 10 genera, 5 subgenera, 57 species, and 12 varieties. 1 Compare page 102, line 24, with page 106, lines 34-86 and page 109, lines 20-21. 2 See p. 93 et seg. CLARK: THE CIDARIDAE. | | Itt In 1907 A. Agassiz and Clark published descriptions and numerous figures of nine new species of Cidaridae and instituted two new genera, Anomocidaris and Aporocidaris, They also furnished much additional information concerning Stephanocidaris, Centrocidaris, and Acanthoci- daris and in regard to diversity of form in the pedicellariae of the group. Fundamental Principles for a Natural Classification. Before attempting to set forth a revised classification of the Cidaridae, if it is hoped to have it stable and generally acceptable, one ought to make plain the principles on which it is based. These principles must take into account not only the characters afforded by the specimens themselves and the proper estimation of the relative value of these, but also the selection of names for the genera and species held to be valid. Fortunately there is coming to be more and more general agreement among zodlogists as to the principles which should govern in the selec- tion of names, and the very general acceptance of the International Code of Nomenclature, at least in its essentials, indicates clearly the approach of the time when nomenclature will be fixed. In the following pages adherence has been given to the rules of the International Code, but whenever there has been room for difference of opinion as to the appli- cation of those rules, that course has been followed which would cause the least possible change from currently accepted names. Consequently there are few changes from the names established or indorsed by A. Agassiz in the “ Revision of the Echini” and almost universally used in the last quarter of the nineteenth century. Unfortunately there is no code by which can be determined the relative importance of the various characters which distinguish the different species and genera of Echini. Here each writer is thrown upon his own resources, and his proposed classification will stand or fall according to the judgment he displays in selecting stable and significant characters. The fundamental diffi- culty with the classification of Mortensen is that it is based almost wholly upon the characters of the pedicellariae alone, and the history of zoology shows again and again that a classification based on a single char- acter, however suggestive it may be, is never reliable. The characters afforded by the pedicellariae are important, but those organs are, like all calcareous formations among echinoderms, liable to great diversity. It is of no special importance in this connection whether the pedicellariae are modified spines or not, the only point being whether, like the spines, 172 BULLETIN : MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. they show great individual variability. The evidence offered by A. Agassiz and Clark (:07) cannot be ignored or denied, and we are there- fore forced to conclude that neither spines nor pedicellariae can be de- pended on to furnish unvarying characters. On the other hand, Duncan errs in placing his reliance almost exclusively on the test and in neglect- ing the characters afforded by the spines and pedicellariae. The classi- fication used by A. Agassiz and the first one proposed by Déderlein (87) show a judicious balancing of the various characters, and un- doubtedly must serve as the basis for the natural classification we are seeking. Déderlein’s latest arrangement of the Cidaridae does not ap- peal to me as being well-balanced, for many excellent characters afforded by the test and spines are neglected or given little weight, while the in- teresting diversities of the pedicellariae are permitted to outweigh all else. It seems to me there can be little question, either on a priori grounds or as a result of observation, that the characters afforded by the test are the most important in determining relationships among the Cidaridae, and that those of the corona appear to be more reliable than those of the abactinal system and actinostome. The size of the two latter as compared with each other and with the size of the test are useful factors in many cases, but there is considerable individual di- versity in these proportions. ‘This is true also of the arrangement of the plates of the abactinal system, the position, form, and size of which nevertheless often furnish characters of very great weight. The pri- mary spines reveal obvious and tempting features, but these must be used with caution, they are generally so variable. Curiously enough, how- ever, in certain cases a character afforded by the primaries is very constant, even though in nearly related species the same character may be very variable. The pedicellariae well repay careful) examination and often re- veal interesting and constant peculiarities, but, as has already been em- phasized, they, like the spines, are subject to great individual diversity. Indeed, it seems to be true that a species which has very variable spines is likely to have equally variable pedicellariae. The secondary, and even the miliary, spines sometimes show characters of real value, although in certain cases they are as variable as the primaries. The calcareous par- ticles in the tube-feet seem to be so uniform in the family but so variable, within these limits, in the individual that they afford no real help in classification. In the classification set forth in the following pages I have attempted to place the proper value on each of the features of Cidaridean anatomy mentioned above, and I have also taken into account geographical and CLARK: THE CIDARIDAE. L7a bathymetrical distribution. Even the suggestions of size, color, habitat, and habits have not been ignored in the effort to learn the real interrela- tionships of the species. At the suggestion of Mr. Agassiz, I have in- cluded the genera of fossil Cidaridae, as well as the recent forms, in order that the result may be as useful to palacontologists as to zodlogists, and I have endeavored to give special consideration and due weight to those characters upon which palaeontologists are obliged to rely I am forced to the conclusion, however, that in most cases little value attaches to the presence or absence of crenulation on the tubercles, to the straight- ness or sinuosity of the ambulacra, or to the amount of confluence of the areolae. While these features are frequently very obvious in fossils, ex- perience with large series of specimens shows that they are very variable in individuals of the same species, and the most striking differences may be due to the age or condition of the specimen. Far be it from me to claim that the genera which I have adopted are all of equal value or that they ought to be adopted as herein defined by all future writers. The genera Phyllacanthus and Stereocidaris are notably unsatisfactory, and it is quite likely that they will be entirely rearranged in the light of further knowledge. Perhaps the same is true of Goniocidaris. But it is hoped that the classification and nomenclature set forth in the following pages may be a real step towards the ideal which we seek. The Genera. In attempting to apply the principles outlined above, it will be con- yenient to begin with those genera which are accepted by A. Agassiz, Déderlein, Mortensen, and Pomel, and virtually by Duncan also. These genera are: — Cidaris Leske. Porocidaris Desor. Goniocidaris L. Agassiz et Desor. Phyllacanthus Brandt. Déderlein (:06) has reached the very disturbing conclusion that papillata is the type of Cidaris, and that consequently Dorocidaris A. Ag. isa synonym of Cidaris Leske. Acting on this belief, he has introduced Lamarck’s name Cidarites for Cidaris as commonly used, and divides it into three subgenera, to one of which he applies the name Dorocidaris A. Ag. In doing this, Déderlein overlooks the very im- portant fact that Leske’s Cidaris papillata is a composite group which was first broken up by Lamarck. It includes at least three species, — imperialis, which Brandt removed to Phyllacanthus; papillata, which 174 BULLETIN : MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. A. Agassiz removed to Dorocidaris ; and tribuloides (or possibly metularta ; it matters little which), which remains thus as the type of Cidaris. Moreover Brandt, who was the first writer to subdivide Cidaris, dis- tinctly states that ¢tribuloides is the type of Cidaris s. str., and as “first reviser” he undoubtedly had the right to select the type. There is therefore no need of upsetting a number of familiar names and caus- ing considerable confusion by insisting on papillata as tho type of Cidaris. Indeed, if we are to discuss this question, zmperialis has a better claim than papillata to be the type of Cidaris, for it is undoubt- edly the first species Leske names, though he has it confused with papillata under the varietal name major. In resurrecting Lamarck’s name Cidarites, which is clearly a substitute for, and synonym of, Cidaris, Doderlein violates the old principle “ once a synonym, always a syno- nym,” and certainly if Dorocidaris A. Ag. is a synonym of Cidaris Leske, as Déderlein says, it cannot be used for a subgenus of Cidarites. It is surprising that so good a zodlogist as Déderlein should have com- mitted two such errors. Since Déderlein’s Cidarites equals Cidaris Mortensen and his ‘“Cidaris” is equivalent to Dorocidaris A. Ag., the latter can be added to our list of accepted genera, which will also include several genera of recent Cidaridae adopted by Mortensen, Doderlein, and Agassiz and Clark, as follows: — Dorocidaris A. Agassiz. Stereocidaris Pomel. Chondrocidaris A. Agassiz. Acanthocidaris Mortensen. We may also add five genera of fossil Cidaridae, accepted by Pomel, Déderlein, and Duncan, regarding which there can be little question : — Orthocidaris Cotteau. Polycidaris Quenstedt. Temnocidaris Cotteau. Diplocidaris Desor. Tetracidaris Cotteau. The following genera are fully described and figured by A. Agassiz or by A. Agassiz and Clark, and their validity is not likely to be questioned, with the possible exception of Stephanocidaris, which some zodlogists may not wish to separate from Phyllacanthus. So far as the evidence goes, however, it is fully entitled to recognition. Stephanocidaris A. Agassiz. Aporocidaris A. Agassiz and Clark. Centrocidaris A. Agassiz. Anomocidaris A. Agassiz and Clark. There still remain no less than 21 genera and several subgenera of Cidaridae which have been proposed and are entitled to consideration. CLARK: THE CIDARIDAE. 175 To these I have given special attention, but the great majority do not seem to me to be based on sufliciently reliable or tangible characters to warrant their recognition. The following list includes them all, with my opinion as to the proper status of each ; those which appear to me to be worthy of use are indicated by black-faced type. Rhabdocidaris Desor: not distinguishable Saat Lerner ell Leiocidaris Desor : 44 Kocidaris Desor: not distinguishable from ies or else from Archaeocidaris, according to what species is considered the type. It is true that the first species mentioned by Desor (keyserlingi) does not agree with the diagnosis of the genus, but since Déderlein (’87) has definitely selected that species as the genotype, Eocidaris becomes a synonym of Cidaris. Leptocidaris Quenstedt: very probably not one of the Cidaridae. Gymnocidaris A. Ag.: not distinguishable from Cidaris. Prionocidaris A. Ag.: “ ‘4 ** Phyllacanthus. Schleinitzia Studer: “ % cs rp Tylocidaris Pomel: apparently a valid genus, though allied to Cidaris. Typocidaris Pomel: not clearly distinguishable, and too near Cidaris and Doro- cidaris. Pleurocidaris Pomel: not distinguishable from Phyllacanthus. Plegiocidaris ea Pomel: hopelessly indistinguishable. Eucidaris Anaulocidaris Zittel: not distinguishable from Cidaris. Discocidaris Déderlein : not ce ** Goniocidaris. Mikrocidaris | Triadocidaris f Miocidaris J Phalacrocidaris! Lambert: ? Aulacocidaris! Lambert: ? Tretocidaris Mortensen: see below. Schizocidaris Mortensen: not worthy of separation from Goniocidaris. Petalocidaris Mortensen: ‘“‘ Sek Sipe ta a hs Histocidaris Mortensen: ‘“ aes “5 ** Porocidaris. Déderlein: not distinguishable from each other and too near Cidaris and Dorocidaris. 1 J have been unable to see the original descriptions or any figures of these two genera, as the papers in which they are published are not to be found in either Cambridge or Boston. But Aulacocidaris (Lambert, 1903; Bull. Soc. Hist. Nat. Savoie, (2) VIII, p. 222) is evidently closely related to Phyllacanthus and is proba- bly not distinguishable, while Phalacrocidaris (Lambert, 1902; Mem. Soc. Geol. France, Pal. IX, fase. III, Mem. 24, p. 27) is based on Doderlein’s living species of Stereocidaris from Japan, but includes a number of fossil forms. As Stereocidaris is itself only distinguishable with great difficulty, it is very unlikely that Phalacro- cidaris is tenable. 176 BULLETIN : MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. The genus Dorocidaris is difficult to separate, on the one hand, from Cidaris, and on the other from Stereocidaris, but 1s particularly close to the latter, and it is almost impossible to draw a sharp line between them. Moreover, it contains a rather heterogeneous lot of species. One of these, D. micans Mortensen, seems to be quite unique, and I think it may well be made the type of a new genus for which I would suggest the name Calocidaris. The remaining species fall naturally into three groups, distinguished from each other by their abactinal systems, spines, pedicellariae, and distribution. I see no objection to recognizing these groups as genera, and such a course has some obvious advantages. A typical Dorocidaris such as papillata has the abactinal system irregularly angular and often indistinctly defined, and the globiferous pedicellariae have a conspicuous end-tooth on each valve. But other species have the abactinal system circular or pentagonal and sharply defined, and some of the globiferous pedicellariae are often more or less like those of Cidaris. To this group D. bartletti A. Ag. belongs, and as Morten- sen has made that species the type of a new genus, Tretocidaris, that name must attach itself to this section of Dorocidaris, even though few of the species have the remarkable pedicellariae which Mortensen considers the distinguishing character of the genus. Tinally, a group of three small species, characterized by their thickened secondaries, | globiferous pedicellariae without end-tooth on the valves, sparsely tubercled abactinal system, and antarctic or subantarctic distribution, may be conveniently designated as Austrocidaris. The table on the opposite page gives the genera adopted in the present paper, with their authors, the year in which they were proposed, and the type-species of each. The number of recent species in each, which seem to me valid, is also indicated. The number of fossil specimens to which specific names have been given is in the vicinity of 200 ; of these, Déderlein lists 135, but there is reason to believe that many of these represent different ages or indi- vidual forms of single species, and it is not unfair to assume that the number of extinct species actually known to science does not exceed the number of species now living. The following key will bring out the obvious if not the most important characters by which the 21 genera here recognized may be distinguished. It is hoped that such a key may be of use to palaeontologists as well as to zodlogists. The dimensions are given in millimeters, and the horizontal diameter of the denuded test (abbreviated for convenience to “h.d.”), taken at the ambitus, is used as the unit for determining the relative proportions of the various bine — CLARK: THE CIDARIDAE. LF Number Genus. Author, Year. Type-species. of Recent Species. tnceris: 5 <. +) Leske. ©...) 1778 tribuloides Lamarck . .. . 3 Phyllacanthus .| Brandt . . 1835 | imperialis Lamarck 5 Goniocidaris .| L. Agassiz et Desor. . .|1846/ geranioides Lamarck . 7 Diplocidaris. .|Desor. . . .| 1854) gigantea Agassiz ‘ 0 Porocidaris . .| Desor. . . .|1854] veronensis Desor, but of re- cent species, purpurata ene Thomson ; , 6 Polycidaris . .| Quenstedt . . | 1858) multiceps Quenstedt : 0 Orthocidaris .| Cotteau. . .|1862| inermis A. Gras . 0 Temnocidaris .| Cotteau. . .|1862| magnifica Cotteau . 0 Stephanocidaris | A. Agassiz. . | 1863] bispinosa Lamarck. 3 Chondrocidaris | A. Agassiz. .| 1863! gigantea A. Agassiz 1 Dorocidaris. .| A. Agassiz. . | 1869 abyssicola A. Agassiz 5 Tetracidaris .|Cotteau. . .|1872| reynesi Cotteau . 0 Tylocidaris . .| Pomel . . .| 1883] gibberula L. Agassiz et Desor . 0 Stereocidaris .| Pomel . . .|1883] cretosa Mantell, but of recent species, grandis Doderlein 9 Tretocidaris. .| Mortensen . . | 1903] bartletti A. Agassiz 9 Acanthocidaris | Mortensen . .| 1903} curvatispinis Bell 3 Centrocidaris .| A. Agassiz . 1904 | doederleini A. Agassiz 1 Anomocidaris .| A. Agassiz and Clark . . .|1907| japonica Doderlein. . . . 1 Aporocidaris .| A. Agassiz and Clark, 3 1907 | milleri A. Agassiz. . « . 3 Calocidaris . .| gen. nov. . .{1907|micans Mortensen . a uicg i Austrocidaris .| gen.nov. . .{|1907] canaliculata A. Agassiz . 3 21 genera and 60 recent species. parts. The other abbreviations used are self-explanatory. The “ vertical diameter ” means the vertical distance from the margin of the abactinal system, at the end of an ambulacrum, to the lowest part (usually several millimeters distant from the edge of the actinostome) of the same am- bulacrum, measured with a pair of dividers. When the measurement from the centre of the abactinal system is normally very different from this, special reference is made to the fact. In all cases maximum measurements are used for comparison; thus, when it is said that the “‘abactinal system equals .40 h.d.,” what is meant is that the greatest diameter of the abactinal system (it is not always circular) equals .40 of the greatest diameter of the test. ‘‘ Primary spines about equal to h. d.” means that the longest primary is about equal to the greatest di- ameter of its own test. The relative position of the pores of a pair is indicated as “horizontal” or ‘‘ oblique,” according to whether a line drawn outward from the tubercle on the margin of the median am- bulacral area, at right angles to that margin, passes above both pores or VOL. LI. — NO. 7 12 178 BULLETIN : MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. through the outer pore of the pair. Unless otherwise noted, the colors given are those of dried Museum specimens. In using this, and all other keys given, it should be constantly borne in mind that the younger the individual, the less will it show generic and specific characters ; in proportions, number of coronal plates, and of secondary and miliary spines, arrangement of the abactinal system, form of the primary spines, and color, the young are often quite different from the adults. They can only be identified with certainty on com- parison with other specimens, old, young, and intermediate, and usually, for very young specimens, it is necessary to know the place and means of collection. On the other hand, unusually large specimens often have the abactinal system and actinostome relatively smaller than in speci- mens of more moderate size. Variations of five per cent or more, on either side of any mean given, may therefore be expected. The keys are all based on supposedly normal, mature specimens, the age being estimated by the presence and size of the genital openings, the appearance of the primary spines and abactinal system, and to some extent by the size. Although the radial plates of the abactinal system are not con- nected with any sort of light-detecting or visual organs, they have been so generally called “ ocular” (ocellar in German and ocellatres in French) plates that the name is here retained, as preferable to the alternative term “radial,” which Duncan uses, but which is not really quite so distinctive. Key to the Genera. Genera marked with an * have no living representatives. Pores horizontal or nearly so, distant (space between the two of a pair evidently exceeding diameter of a pore); surface of interval flat, or with a groove connecting pores, never elevated. (Individuals in which this feature is obscure are characterized by stout or more or less thorny spines, 1.5-2.5 h. d. [if less than 1.5 h. d., coronal plates very few, 5 or 6], and unsunken and, even actinally, quite distinct areolae.) Recent species exclusively Indo-Pacific. With pores in 4 more or less regular vertical series in each poriferous zone. With 4 vertical series of coronal plates in each interradius from ac- tinostome to ambitus \. 203. Sos. Fe 8 os 6 oe Sen With only 2 series of coronal plates in each interradius . . . *Diplocidaris With pores in only 2 vertical series in each poriferous zone. Ambulacral and interambulacral plates with more or less numerous, nearly circular pits, irregularly scattered . . . . . . “*Yemnocidaris CLARK: THE CIDARIDAE. 179 Ambulacral and interambulacral plates without such pits. Abactinal system of numerous thin plates, with very large anal sys- tem around which ocular and genital plates form a single narrow ring; genitals, except madrepore, much wider than high, often twice as wide ; oculars nearly as high ; collar of primaries spotted with white; lowest actinal primaries with very wide coliar and | a short thick cap of outer layer of spine, flattened, curved, and ! somewhat serrate at tip, when fully developed . . . Stephanocidaris Abactinal system not as above; collar of primaries not white- spotted ; actinal primaries not provided with a distinct cap. Median interambulacral area less than .30 of interambulacrum Phyllacanthus Median interambulacral area more than .30 of interambulacrum, densely covered with minute tubercles . . . . . . Chondrocidaris | Pores nearer together, usually more or less oblique, often separated by an elevation and never yoked together by a groove. All primary tubercles large, smooth, and imperforate . . . . . *Tylocidaris Primary tubercles, at least at ambitus, perforate. Ambulacra more than half as wide as interambulacra . . . . Centrocidaris Ambulacra not half so wide as interambulacra, usually much less. Coronal plates with areolae so small their diameter is less than one- quarter horizontal length of plate and only about one-half verti- cal height este tey het Teh omee sree oe eS . *Orthocidaris Coronal plates with areolae which occupy a large proportion of plate. Ambulacra broad, .35-.45 of interambulacra, with median area correspondingly wide, sometimes sunken and more or less bare ; median space of interambulacra, especially along verti- cal, and inner portion of horizontal sutures, sunken deeper than areolae, especially at angles, and more or less bare; in some species, however, miliary tubercles cover so much of inner half of each coronal plate that parts of vertical suture are concealed and only short, bare, horizontal furrows are visible, and even these may be only faintly indicated. Coronal plates numer- ous in proportion to h. d., 6-11. Primaries always rough and more or less thorny or prickly, often flaring at tip . . Goniocidaris Ambulacra less than .385 of interambulacra, or, if more than that, primaries not thorny. Coronal plates numerous and narrow, 9-15, with areolae merg- ing into each other throughout the whole series . . *Polycidaris Coronal plates rarely more than 9, areolae at ambitus and abac- tinally never merged together. Primary spines long, 2-3 h. d.,not at all thorny or prickly, broad and somewhat depressed at base, tapering much but gradu- ally, often slightly curved, and with a conspicuous light-col- ored or spotted collar, one-fifth or more of the length Acanthocidaris Primary spines very diverse, but never as above. Only tridentate or, more rarely, bidentate, pedicellariae present, but these abundant and often very large CAC min TIGR ii wh baw cat's we sd be Porocidaris 180 BULLETIN : MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. Globiferous pedicellariae present, but often only small ones. Abactinal system very large (.60-.70 h.d.); | ambulacral plates few, generally less than 380; poriferous zones not at all sunken; secondary and miliary spines alike, cylindrical and more or less club-shaped; no tridentate pedicellariae present . . . . . . Aporocidaris Abactinal system less than .60 h. d.; ambulacral plates more than 40 (except, of course, in young indi- viduals). Abactinal surface conspicuously bare, with no primary spines or well-developed tubercles or areolae much above ambitus; no tridentate pedicellariae pres- ent oe as cea oe 4S Admomocrdaess Abactinal aiine soe so detentenoably bare; at least two primary spines well above ambitus in each interradius. Areolae little or not at all sunken; actinostome gen- erally larger than abactinal system, which is usu- ally .40-.45 h. d.; median ambulacral area with only a single marginal series of tubercles, though there are usually other smaller, scattered tubercles between, and these may form 1-5 vertical series. Primaries .65—1.60 h. d. but commonly about equal to li. d., rather stout, usually blunt; secondaries broad; flat, and truncate ©. 5°33). . Cidaris Areolae more or less deeply sunken ; actinbeeoiire usu- ally smaller than abactinal spotatt median am- bulacral area usually with a double marginal series of tubercles, inner much smaller. Primaries 1-3 h. d.; secondaries diverse. Small (25-40 mm. h. d.); abactinal system with few, generally less than 200, tubercles; secondaries, especially ambulacral, rounded, thickened, and more or less club-shaped; no tridentate pedicel- lariae; large globiferous pedicellariae with no end-tooth on the valves. Subantarctic, north to about SoS 5 ot 2. a s. Ausirocidaris Larger (30-70 mm ); shastinal system ie more numerous tubercles; secondaries flat and thin, and usually narrow. ‘Tridentate pedicellariae usually present and large globiferous, often with an end-tooth on the valves. Northern hemi- sphere, seldom south of the equator. Abactinal system sharply defined, more or less dis- tinctly circular or pentagonal in outline; ocular plates with outer margin convex or straight, little notched by ambulacra. Some or all of large globiferous pedicellariae, if not like small ones, have curved valves, large terminal open- ing, and no end-tooth, asin Cidaris . . Tretocidaris Rie ai hinn dite __— er 4 ¥ CLARK: THE CIDARIDAE. 181 Abactinal system not very sharply defined, rather irregular in outline, with re-entering angles, between ocular and genital plates; oculars with more or less concave outer margin or deeply notched by ambulacra. Large glob- iferous pedicellariae never as in Cidaris. Abactinal system thick and solid, more or less elevated; genital and ocular plates with more or less convex surfaces, thickly and uniformly covered with tubercles of approxi- mately equal size; ambulacral secondaries usually larger than those on genital, ocular, and uppermost coronal plates and often conspicuously contrasted with them. Cor- onal plates few, 4-7, rarely 8 or 9; upper- most 1 or 2 or even 3 without primary spines. Primaries never smooth, but pro- vided with longitudinal rows of granules, or with ridges, 1 or more of which may be ele- vated to form conspicuous, though delicate, buttress-like ‘‘ wings” along basal half of spine; if these buttress-like “wings” are not present, terminal portion of spine often more or less fluted and flaring. Globiferous pedicellariae, both large and small, com- ‘ monly lack conspicuous end-tooth. . Stereocidaris Abactinal system flat, usually not uniformly covered with tubercles, some of which are also larger than cthers; ambulacral second- aries not noticeably contrasted with others abactinally. Coronal plates 6-8, rarely 9, all (except usually uppermost 1, or rarely 2) with primary spines. Primaries some- times perfectly smooth, never with “ wings,” and seldom with flaring tip. Globiferous pedicellariae, both large and small, com- monly with conspicuous end-tooth. Median ambulacral area .55 of ambulacrum in width; primaries shining as though polished, white more or less shaded with greenish or pink, or both . . . . . Calocidaris Median ambulacral area less than .50 of am- bulacrum; primaries never shining as though polished . ... . . . .WDorocidaris The above key gives little clue to the relationships of the genera with each other, and a natural arrangement must necessarily be largely a matter of speculation. There can be little question that Cidaris is 182 BULLETIN : MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. nearest to the ancestral form and the centre from which the different genera have come. Whether Tylocidaris represents a more primitive type, because of its imperforate tubercles, is an open question. The other genera fall rather naturally into three groups, which correspond to the three “sous-tribus” of Pomel, but the lines between these groups are not clear enough to warrant any recognition of subfamilies. The following table indicates these three groups, and in the succeeding pages the genera will be taken up in the order here given, which indicates roughly their possible relationships. _ Tylocidaris. Cidaris. Phyllacanthus. Goniocidaris. Dorocidaris. Chondrocidaris. Polycidaris. Tretocidaris. Diplocidaris. Orthocidaris. Calocidaris. Tetracidaris. Austrocidaris. Stephanocidaris. Centrocidaris. Temnocidaris. Aporocidaris. Stereocidaris. Anomocidaris. Acanthocidaris. Porocidaris. Diagnoses of the Genera, and the Recent Species. In view of the large number of recent Cidaridae described since the publication of A. Agassiz’s “Challenger” Echini, a complete revision of the family will not be without value, so, to the extended diagnoses of the genera here accepted, artificial keys to the recent species contained in each are added, with a few remarks concerning each one, and a refer- ence to a good figure when one has been published. Three apparently new species, represented in the Museum of Comparative Zodlogy by several specimens each, are also described and figured. No attempt at a synonymy is made, since the “ Revision of the Echini” gives all that is needed in that line for the species long enough known to have been burdened with many names. References to published figures are given for every species which has ever been figured, and photographs are added of all species which have never been figured hitherto, except only Dorocidaris nuda, of which no specimen has been available. CLARK: THE CIDARIDAE. 183 TYLOCIDARIS. Tylocidaris Pomel, 1883, Class. Meth. Gen. Ech., p. 109. Plate 1054, figs. 1-7, Pal. France. Terr. Crét., 7, Cotteau, 1862. Test small or of moderate size, much as in Dorocidaris; coronal plates 5-8; areolae distinctly sunken, sometimes large, and tending to merge together vertically ; primary tubercles large, smooth, and imperforate; median interambulacral and am- bulacral areas and poriferous zones as in Cidaris or Dorocidaris; pores large, close together, slightly oblique. Abactinal system of moderate size, about .45-.60 h. d. Actinostome somewhat smaller than abactinal system. Primary spines very stout, club- or acorn-shaped. Secondaries and pedicellariae ? It is dificult to know how much weight can wisely be laid on the absence of perforations in the tubercles, but it is a character never shown in perfect tubercles of living Cidaridae. On the whole, the combination of imperforate tubercles with the curious short, stout spines makes the genus easy to recognize. Doderlein (’87) lists four species, all from the Cretaceous of Europe. CIDARIS. Cidaris Leske, 1778. Add. Nat. Disp. Ech., p. 17. Test moderately high; vertical diameter usually about .60 h. d. (ranges from .50-.75) ; thick and solid (in metularia, thickness of an ambulacral plate at ambitus is about .55 of its horizontal length) ; coronal plates 6-9 (sometimes 10, very rarely 11); areolae not sunken but tending to merge together actinally ; median inter- ambulacral area little or not at all sunken, more or less uniformly tuberculated ; sutural lines often not visible at all; ambulacra .20-.35 of interambulacra in width; poriferous zones little sunken; median ambulacral area with a single conspicuous marginal series of tubercles and 1-3 (rarely none, or in large specimens 4 or 5) irregular vertical series of much smaller ones between; sutural lines more or less obscured and not conspicuously sunken ; pores oblique, with distance between two of same pair about equal to diameter of a pore and with surface of interval more or less elevated. Abactinal system .30-.50 h. d. Actinostome .40-.55 h, d., usually larger than abactinal system, sometimes half as large again. Primary spines about equal to h. d. (range from .65-1.60 h. d.), stout, cylindrical or terete, usually blunt, slightly rough but not thorny, covered with longitudinal series of granules which are usually low and rounded but may be conspicuous and sharp; actinal primaries not peculiar, little or not at all flattened; ends rounded and generally fluted. Secondary spines flat, truncate, rather broad and not tapering towards tip, which may indeed be widened. Pedicellariae of 3 kinds present as a rule, but tridentate may be wanting, or rarely large globiferous ones fail; latter have curved valves, large terminal opening, and no end-tooth. This genus is one of the most easily recognized of the family, although some of the individuals with long spines approach quite nearly in appearance to T're¢oci- 184 BULLETIN : MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. daris afinis. Indeed it is possible that some of the specimens of C. tribuloides with long, tapering spines, which have been collected in the West Indies, are really hybrids between that species and affinis, but there is no proof that this is the case. There are only 8 valid recent species of Cidaris, and they are quite sharply distinct from each other. The form which Déderlein (87) described under the name galapagensis is not constantly distinct from ¢howarsii and must be referred to that species. All of the living species are littoral forms, and rarely occur at a greater depth than 50 fths., but are found along nearly all tropical and subtropical coasts. Numerous fossil species from Tertiary, Cretaceous, Jurassic, Triassic, and even Permian strata have been named. The following key to the recent species is based on the examination of 845 specimens representing all three. Key to the Species. Small, h. d. rarely exceeding 30 mm.; median areas .45-.60 of ambulacral width, usually bare and often sunken; abactinal system .45-.50 h. d.; genital plates always clearly in contact with each other; coronal plates 5 or 6, rarely 7 : Pier ea itu nca: Abr bry metularia Medium to large, h. d. 80-70 mm.; median areas seldom more than .40 of ambulacral width, always provided with miliary tubercles; abactinal system usually less than .45 h. d.; some or all of genital plates sepa- rated in mature specimens ; coronal plates 7-10, rarely 11. Median interambulacral area more than .10 h. d.; abactinal system usually over .40 h. d.; small spines olive, fawn-color, or red- brown, with tips usually darker . one tribuloides Median interambulacral area less than .10h. d.; abactinal system usually less than .40 bh. d.; small spines dark red-brown, purple, or nearly black, with tips not noticeably darker . . . . . thouarsw Cidaris metularia. Cidarites metularia Lamarck, 1816, Anim. s. Vert., 3, p. 56. Cidaris metularia Blainville, 1830, Zoophytes: Dict. Sci. Nat., 9, p. 212. Plate lg, fig. 1, Rev. Ech., A. Agassiz, 1873. Although having a far more extensive range than either of the others, this species shows much less diversity in the length and form of the primary spines; they are generally about .80 h. d. and are rarely if ever 1.20 h.d. The stalks of the large globiferous pedicellariae have a well-developed “limb.” The colors are generally brighter than in the larger species, and the cross-banding of the primaries is usually very distinct; some Hawaiian specimens are very red, more or less marked with yellowish or reddish white. The geographical range is from Cape of Good Hope, northward on the east coast of Africa into the Red Sea (including Madagascar, Mauritius, Bourbon, and the Seychelles), thence eastward along the re ‘ c Pat A - CLARK: THE CIDARIDAE. 185 southern coast of Asia with the adjoining islands, through the East Indian archi- pelego and out into the Pacific, as far as the Solomon, Fiji, and Hawaiian Islands. Curiously enough, metularia does not seem to reach either Japan (except the Liu- kiu Islands) or Australia. The only difference that can be detected between Mauritian and Hawaiian specimens is that, in the latter, the median ambulac- ral area is somewhat broader and flatter, but the difference is very slight and inconstant. Cidaris tribuloides. Cidarites tribuloides Lamarck, 1816, Anim. s. Vert., 3, p. 56. Cidaris tribuloides Agassiz, 1835, Prodrome, p. 188. Plate 1d, Plate 2, figs. 1-3, Rev. Ech., A. Agassiz, 1872. Little need be said further in regard to this well-known species, save that the primary spines are frequently cross-banded, especially in young specimens, and in old specimens are almost always more or less encrusted with colonies of Bryozoa, and similar foreign material. The relative length and thickness of the primaries differ to a remarkable degree in specimens from different localities. The general appearance of specimens from the Cape Verde Islands is thus strikingly different from that of the ordinary West Indian form. On the other hand, many of the specimens dredged in the West Indies, by the “ Blake,” have the primaries so long and slender that there is a noticeable superficial resemblance to Tretocidaris affinis. Connecting forms between the extremes are, however, common. The stalks of the large globiferous pedicellariae have no “limb.” The geographical range is con- fined to the Atlantic Ocean, from the Bermudas and Azores on the north to Brazil, the Cape Verde Islands, and Cape Palmas on the south. In the Museum are several old tests without spines, which are almost certainly this species, labelled “Mer Rouge,” but a mistake in labels is always possible, and these have doubtless been mixed at some time with West Indian specimens. ‘There is also a very small (5 mm. h. d.) but perfect specimen from “51° 26’ 8. and 68° 5’ W., 57fths.,” collected by the ‘‘ Hassler.”” If there has been no mistake, this would indicate a remarkable southern range. Small specimens from Ascension Island, Atlantic Ocean, in the collection of the National Museum, like those collected by the “Challenger” at Bahia, and Fernando Noronha, Brazil, have verticillate swellings on the primaries, but are not otherwise peculiar. Cidaris thouarsii. Cidaris thouarsti Agassiz and Desor, 1846, Cat. Rais. Ann. Sci. Nat. (3) 6, p. 326. Plate 10, Jap. Seeigel, Diderlein, 1887. This is the well-known substitute for ¢ribuloides on the west coast of America. It is easily distinguished from that species by the color and other characters men- tionedabove. Its range is comparatively limited, however, as it is not known from south of the equator (save in the Galapagos) nor from north of the Gulf of Cali- 186 BULLETIN : MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. fornia. After a careful comparison of numerous excellent specimens from Mexico, Panama, and the Galapagos, it is clear that there is no constant character by which C. galapagensis Déderlein (87) can be distinguished from thouarsiz. Specimens from the Galapagos usually have the short and very stout spines figured by Do- derlein, and apparently do not have tridentate pedicellariae, but some Galapagos specimens have long, slender, tapering spines, while some from the coast of Mexico have spines like those of most Galapagos specimens; and individuals from Panama occasionally lack the tridentate pedicellariae. Diderlein’s present opinion (1906) seems to be that galapagensis should be regarded as a variety of ¢houarsii. PHYLLACANTHUS. Phyllacanthus Brandt, 1835, Prodrome, p. 267. Test much as in Cidaris but thinner; thickness of an ambulacral plate only .380- .40 of its horizontal length; coronal plates vary greatly in different species, ranging from 5 to 11; areolae not at all sunken and usually quite distinct even near actino- stome; median interambulacral area not deeply sunken, though it may be bare and sutural lines distinct; ambulacra .20-.40 of interambulacra in width; poriferous zones little sunken; median ambulacral area generally with a double series of marginal tubercles {inner much smaller than outer) and 1-4 additional, more or less regular, vertical series between; but when ambulacra are very narrow, median area may be as in Cidaris, and when very broad, median area may be bare and without additional tubercles; pores nearly or quite horizontal; distance between two usually much greater than diameter of pore; surface of interval flat or hori- zontally grooved, so that pores are connected by a furrow. Abactinal system much as in Cidaris. Actinostome varies greatly in different species. Primary spines exceedingly variable, usually 1.5-3 h.d. and quite stout; actinal primaries either as in Cidaris or somewhat flattened, thick and truncated at tip, slightly curved and somewhat serrate. Secondary spines flat, but length and breadth very variable. Large globiferous pedicellariae variable in form and often entirely lacking, but tridentate and small globiferous pedicellariae are generally present. Large specimens of this genus are easily recognized, but small ones are often puzzling. In very young specimens the pores are arranged much as in Cidaris, and this condition has not wholly disappeared in specimens 20 mm. in diameter ; in thomasii even the largest specimens do not have the interval between the pores perfectly flat. On the whole the genus is difficult to characterize properly and the recent species are not well defined. But the combination of characters mentioned in the key to genera is unlike that of any other cidaroid, and with proper care a specimen of Phyllacanthus over 30 mm. h. d. should be recognized without great difficulty. No other genus, however, shows so great diversity in the length and form of the spines, and, as might be supposed, the pedicellariae are also very varia- ble. There seem to be only five valid species in this genus, but it must be con- fessed that the confusion of baculosa with annulifera, and the latter with Stepha- nocidaris bispinosa, has led to a most unfortunate situation, and there can be no doubt that a careful revision of the genus based upon abundant material from the a ee x “eS , » Fo~@& ¢ pi Cd i heh Sa RS ag ts 8. CLARK: THE CIDARIDAF. 187 Red Sea, Mauritius, the East Indies, and Australia is sadly needed. In the light of such material I believe that additional species will be recognized, and it is quite possible that the genus will need to be divided. For the present, however, I see no better course than to let the genus stand as it is. It seems to be generally agreed that Studer’s (80) Schleinitzia crenularis is a Phyllacanthus, probably annulifera; while the observations of Déderlein (87 and : 03) and de Meijere (: 04) show that PA. dubia Brandt (35) and parvispina Woods (80) are appar- ently synonyms of imperialis. The species designated australis by Ramsey (’85) is apparently baculosa aud Rhabdocidaris recens Troschel is clearly wnnulifera, _ All of the recent species are littoral and are confined to the Indo-Pacific region, but many extinct species have been described from Tertiary, Cretaceous, and Jurassic strata of Europe and America. The following key to the living species is based on the examination of only 118 specimens, but each of the five species is represented by at least four examples. Key to the Species. Ambulacra very broad, .40 interambulacra or more; median area broad, sunken and bare; median interambulacral area also sunken and bare; primaries seldom exceed h. d., provided with several whorls of vertical plate-like projections or flat, blunt thorns. . . . . « verticillata Ambulacra less than .40 interambulacra; median Penlacea and inter- ambulacral areas not conspicuously sunken and bare. Collar of primary spines without spots or longitudinal lines of deep red or purple. Coronal plates 5-6 (rarely 7); abactinal system small (.30-.40 h. d.); actinostome large (.60-.55h.d.) . . . . . - ... tmperialis Coronal plates 6-9 (rarely 10); abactinal system panei mate or often exceeds actinostome. Primary spines stout 1.5-2.5 h.d., terete, slightly swollen above collar, smooth, or with granules arranged in longitudinal series, becoming ridges near nee: no ads as thorns or pro- PEPE MMB 5 <6. ets . thomasit Primary spines not as above. sometimes fdconed at a Seaadly with conspicuous thorns; collar smooth, reddish or purplish, mnspotted” .. 4. 5 . . « annulifera Collar of primary spines with Guieedble ante of purple or maiden red, arranged in longitudinal rows and sometimes merged into lines. . baculosa Phyllacanthus verticillata. Cidarites verticillata Lamarck, 1816, Anim. s. Vert., 3, p. 56. Phyllacanthus verticillata A, Agassiz, 1872, Rev. Ech., pt. 2, p. 151, Plate Lf, fig. 3, Rev. Ech., A. Agassiz, 1873. This well-known and unmistakable species reaches a diameter of 35-40 mm. The general coloration is dark brown and green, with the shades lighter in young 188 BULLETIN : MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. individuals. It ranges throughout the East Indian region, north to Anima Oshima in the Liu-kiu Islands and southward along the east coast of Australia; it has been reported from as far west as Mauritius and Zanzibar, and. as far east as the Fiji, Samoan, and Hawaiian Islands. Its occurrence in the latter group seems doubtful, as it was not represented in the very extensive collections made by the “ Albatross” in 1903. Although ordinarily a littoral form, a specimen from a depth of 547 fths. is reported by de Meijere (:04). Phyllacanthus imperialis. Cidarites imperialis Lamarck, 1816, Anim. s. Vert., 3, p. 54. Phyllacanthus imperialis Brandt, 1835, Prodrome, p. 268. Plate if, figs. 2,6, 7, Rev. Ech., A. Agassiz, 1873. Plate 58, figs. 3,4, Semon’s gesam. Ech., Déderlein, 1903. é This is another well-known species, dark brown or purple in color, and of large size (up to 75 mm. h.d). Some or all of the primary spines frequently have two or more narrow rings of light color near the distal end. The geographical range of this species is from the Red Sea and Zanzibar to and throughout the East Indies and along the east coast of Australia. I am in doubt as to whether the varieties recognized by Doderlein are really sufficiently constant to be worthy of names, Phyllacanthus thomasii. Phyllacanthus Thomasti A. Agassiz and Clark, 1907, Haw. Pac. Ech.: Cid., p. 15. - Plates 27-30, Haw. Pac. Ech. Cid., A. Agassiz and Clark, 1907. This handsome species reaches as large a size as the preceding, and the long, tapering, stout spines give it a very characteristic appearance. In the largest specimens the small spines and test are dark reddish-brown, but in specimens -30-.40 mm. h. d., the ambulacra and their spines are very pale brown, in sharp contrast to the interambulacra and abactinal system. At all ages the primary spines are salmon-colored, thickly spotted with white, and having a brown collar, but in old specimens they are more or less encrusted with foreign material which conceals the true color, and the collar is much wider and darker than in the young. ‘This species is known only from the vicinity of the Hawaiian Islands. Phyllacanthus annulifera. Cidarites annulifera Lamarck, 1816, Anim. s. Vert., 3, p. 57. Phyllacanthus annulifera A. Agassiz, 1872, Rev. Ech., pt. 1, p. 150. Plate 58, figs. 5-11, Semon’s gesam. Ech., Diderlein, 1903. This species has been so persistently confused, on the one hand with the much rarer Stephanocidaris bispinosa (q. v-), and on the other with an East Indian variety of the much commoner P&. baculosa, that the limits of its geographical CLARK: THE CIDARIDAE. 189 range are really unknown. There appears to be a variety of daculosa common in the Hast Indies, in which the primaries are cross-banded as in this species, and this form has been confused with annulifera. Now if de Loriol (73) and Mor- tensen (:03) were correct, it would be clear that Lamarck’s annulifera is this variety of daculosa, and in that case the present species should be called litheni, as de Loriol clearly figures and describes it under that name. Mortensen says he has examined Lamarck’s type and it is daculosa, but A. Agassiz examined all of Lamarck’s types some forty years ago and satisfied himself that the present species is Lamarck’s annulifera. In a disagreement such as this it is obvious that the earlier investigation is the one least liable to error, for there had been considerably less time for a chance confusion of labels or specimens. Both de Loriol and Mortensen apparently overlook the fact that A. Agassiz examined Lamarck’s types in Paris and that there has never been the slightest reason for supposing that he made any mistake in associating Lamarck’s name with this species. Until it can be shown that such a mistake was made, the name it has borne so long should be retained for this species. So far as we now know, it is an Australian and Hast Indian form, and does not occur in the Red Sea or along the African coast. The Museum of Comparative Zoology has two fine specimens from the Gulf of Siam, received from the Copenhagen Museum. They were collected by Mortensen, and labelled by him “Stephanocidaris bispinosa.” °The species is apparently nearly as variable as daculosa, both in coloration and in the form of the primary spines; in some cases the secondaries are green and the primaries cross-banded with purple and green, but in other specimens the secondaries are pale brown and the primaries are dull with less distinct markings. The secondaries usually (perhaps always?) have a median longitudinal stripe, darker than the ground color. The primaries are frequently flattened and wid- ened at the base, tapering to the tip and quite thorny, much as in Stephenocida- ris, but they are often nearly cylindrical with few thorns. I am not satisfied that the varieties recognized by Doderlein are sufficiently constant to warrant their recognition by name. Phyllacanthus baculosa. Cidarites baculosa Lamarck, 1816, Anim. s. Vert., 3, p. 55. Phyjllacanthus baculosa A. Agassiz, 1872, Rev. Ech., pt. 1., p. 150. Plate 1f, figs. 4,5, Rev. Ech., A. Agassiz, 1873. Plate 59, figs. 1-5, Semon’s gesam. Ech., Diderlein, 1903. Common, variable, and widely distributed as is this much-discussed and per- plexing species, its true characters and the limits of their variability are still little understood. It seems useless in the present state of our knowledge to attempt to recognize varieties, and we can only say that with all the diversity of coloration and of primary spines, the deep red or purple spots on the collar of the primaries is an obvious character almost always present. It is true de Louiol (’83) and de Meijere (:04) have described specimens with a narrow unspotted collar, but it is 190 BULLETIN : MUSEUM OF GOMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. quite possible that these are not really Jaculosa. It is interesting to note that the purple spots on the collar may merge together, not only longitudinally so as to form parallel vertical lines, but also diagonally, so that the collar appears check- ered with light-colored, diamond-shaped spots. These spots are occasionally rounded, and then the color shows some resemblance to that of the primaries of Stephanocidaris. Further evidence of the close relationship existing between that genus and daculosa is found in the abactinal system of the latter, where some or all of the ocular plates may be broadly in contact with the anal system. The coronal plates are 8-10 or even 11 in the largest specimens (64 mm. h. d.), and the color is brownish-red or purplish, but is quite variable. The geographical range appears to coincide with that of ¢mperialis. A remarkably handsome spine of a Phyllacanthus, quite unlike any of daculosa which I have seen, in the Museum collection from * Ile Bourbon,” inclines me to Mortensen’s (:03) view that the identity of daculosa and pistillaris is still open to question. If it isnot doubtful, this species ought to be called by the latter name, as it has precedence in La- marck’s work. Déderlein (:06), on the strength of Loven’s (’87) descrip- tion and figure, adopts the Linnean specific name cidaris for this species, quite overlooking Loven’s own statement (p. 146): “ Be that as it may, the species name: Cidaris L., left to its fate by the author himself, is to be laid aside as without validity, though of some historical interest.” In the collection of the United States National Museum there is a notably fine specimen (No. 14,032) from the Bonin Islands, labelled “anxnulifera”’; the secondaries are very long, with a deep brown longitudinal stripe, and the collar of the primaries has some indistinet white spots as well as the characteristic deep purplish-red dots. It is quite possible this is an undescr.bed species. In the same collection is a large series of specimens from Aden (No. 21,459), which have been labelled by Dr. Mortensen “ Cidaris metularia”’; the primaries are remarkably short and stout, much as in Cidaris, and as Mortensen did not clean an ambulacrum, it is not strange that he failed to see the very characteristic poriferous zones. But it is hard to understand how he overlooked the conspicuous purple spots on the collar of the primaries. CHONDROCIDARIS. Chondrocidaris A. Agassiz, 1863, Bull. M. C. Z., 1, p. 18. Test much as in Phyllacanthus, but densely covered with minute tubercles bearing miliary spines and small globiferous pedicellariae; median interambulacral area very broad, generally .35-.40 of interambulacrum, nearly flat; ambulacra narrow, only .20-.25 of interambulacra; median ambulacral area covered with about eight vertical series of tubercles, of which the marginal ones are slightly larger; pores horizontal, widely separated, connected by a groove. Abactinal system .35-.40h. d., with ocular plates entirely excluded from anal system; genitals broadly in contact. Actinostome about equal to abactinal system. Primary spines stout, nearly cylin- drical, sometimes slightly tapering, about equal to, or somewhat exceeding h.d., provided with stout, blunt, thorny projections, and often near the tip with longi- CLARK: THE CIDARIDAE. 191 tudinal lamellae. Secondary spines few, flat, and blunt, confined to scrobicular circles and margins of ambulacra; latter very slender. Large globiferous pedi- cellariaze usually wanting ; tridentate infrequent, with slender straight valves ; small globiferous abundant, on very short stalks, with prominent end-tooth on valves. This is a monotypic genus, closely related to the preceding but easily distin- guished at a glance by the peculiarly bare appearance of both ambulacra and interambulacra. Chondrocidaris gigantea. Chondrocidaris gigantea A. Agassiz, 1863, Bull. M. C. Z., 1, p. 18. Plate la, Rev. Ech., A. Agassiz, 1873. This species is of special interest because of its huge size (up to 95 mm. h. d.), its remarkable primary spines, and its very broad median interambulacral areas densely covered with minute miliaries. The color is brown of some shade, the countless miliaries with a distinctly greenish-yellow cast. It is a curious fact that really young specimens of gigantea have not yet been taken, none in the collections of either the National Museum or the Museum of Comparative Zool- ogy being less than 75 mm. h. d., and de Loriol’s (’83) specimen, the smallest yet recorded, was more than half that size. Most of the known specimens are from the Hawaiian Islands, but it is also reported from Lifu, Loyalty Islands (Bell, 99), and Mauritius (de Loriol, ’83). The latter is remarkable for having only 5 coronal plates, while Hawaiian specimens have 8-10. ‘The record of this species from the Lepar Islands, given by Sluiter (’95), is said by de Meijere (:04) to rest only on spines of “ C. (Stephanocidaris) bispinosa.” DIPLOCIDARIS. Diplocidaris Desor, 1854, Syn. Ech. foss., p. 45. Plate 1, fig. 5, Syn. Ech. foss., Desor, 1854. Test much as in Phyllacanthus; coronal plates 7-8; areolae little or not at all sunken, sometimes merging together actinally ; median interambulacral area not sunken or bare, but with few, scattered tubercles ; ambulacra narrow, less than .25 of interambulacra in width; poriferous zones more or less sunken; median am- bulacral area narrow, with usually only a single marginal row of tubercles, the intervening bare space sometimes conspicuous ; pores nearly horizontal and widely separated, in vertically very narrow plates, which are so crowded that they have the appearance of having slipped on each other laterally, so that the pores are apparently in 4 vertical series in each zone. Abactinal system small, with large, usually angular, genital and small ocular plates. Actinostome larger than abacti- nal system. Primary spines very stout, with longitudinal series of low tubercles which tend to merge into ridges near the tip. Secondaries and pedicellariae ? This genus is very different from any living Cidaridae in the arrangement of the pores, but in all other respects it is strikingly like Phyllacanthus, especially some 192 BULLETIN : MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. specimens of Ph. imperalis. The crowding of the pores is very similar to what occurs in Asterias and other starfishes, where the ambulacral plates are so crushed together that a straight, single row of pores is forced into such a zigzag arrange- ment that it has the appearance of two parallel series. There is no reason to con- sider the arrangement in Diplocidaris as anything other than a highly specialized condition. It seems strange that it is not found in any living species of Cidaridae. Doderlein (’87) lists 5 species of this genus, all from the Jurassic strata of Europe. THTRACIDARIS. Tetracidaris Cotteau, 1872, Rev. et Mag. Zodl. (2), 23, p. 445. Plate 29, figs. 7-11, Rev. et Mag. Zool. (2), 23, Cotteau, 1872. Test large, circular at ambitus, somewhat depressed; coronal plates very numer- ous (16 in each complete vertical series), arranged in 4 series in each interradius from actinostome to above ambitus and thence in a double series to the abactinal system; areolae somewhat sunken ; median interambulacral areas narrow and with few miliaries ; ambulacra narrow, only about .20 of interambulacra in width ; porif- erous zones little sunken; median ambulacral area nearly bare, with a marginal series of tubercles and a few scattered miliaries; pores nearly horizontal, widely separated, and crowded into a double series in each zone, much as in Diplocidaris. Abactinal system “large.” Actinostome? Primary spines rather slender, nearly cylindrical, somewhat ridged. Secondaries and pedicellariae ? In the arrangement of the pores this species is intermediate between Diplo- cidaris and Phyllacanthus, but it is not in any sense a connecting link between these genera. It may be regarded as a specialized offshoot of the Diplocidaris branch. Duncan (’89) thinks it may be related to Astropyga, and there is some reason for thinking it is not genetically connected with the Cidaridae at all. Only one species is known, reyzes?, from the European Cretaceous strata. STHPHANOCIDARIS. Stephanocidaris A. Agassiz, 1863, Bull. M. C. Z., 1, p. 18. Test, ambulacra, interambulacra, and relative proportions as in Phyllacanthus, but coronal plates 6-8; abactinal system .40-.45 h. d. and actinostome either larger or smaller; anal system large and made up of numerous plates (in a specimen 42 mm. h.d. there are over 50 anal plates, and in a young specimen 12 mm. | h. d. there are 25); all plates of abactinal system relatively thin; genital plates much wider than high, except madrepore, which is much larger than others; ocular plates wide and high, 4-sided, outer side convex, inner usually correspond- ingly concave; genitals and oculars together form a ring around anal system of CLARK: THE CIDARIDAE. 193 nearly uniform width except where madrepore juts in! Primary spines some- what flattened near base, conspicuously thorny; collar wide, greenish, reddish or dark with conspicuou, white spots; in young specimens these white spots project as granules, but in mature specimens, collar is smooth; actinal prim- aries slightly curved, with a very wide collar, often more than half their length, and provided with a distinct cap of outer layer of spine ; this cap is truncate, thick, and somewhat serrate. Large globiferous pedicellariae are wanting in all available specimens. Although there can be no doubt of the close relationship between this genus and Phyllacanthus, the discovery of a new species of Stephanocidaris in the Hawaiian Islands, of which numerous specimens are available for study, shows how clearly justified A. Agassiz (63) was in making Cidarites bispinosa Lamarck the type of a separate genus. The characters shown by the primary spines are exhibited in specimens only 12 mm. h. d., and even in these specimens the genital plates are widely separated ; it is not, however, until a diameter of over 20 mm. has been reached that the remarkable character of the abactinal system becomes ap- parent. The three species here recognized are confined to the central and eastern portions of the Indo-Pacific region. The following key is based on the examination of 106 specimens of the first and third species. 1Jt is worth noting that in a young Stephanocidaris 6 mm. in diameter, the ocular plates are all excluded from the periproct, except that of the left posterior ambulacrum, which barely touches an anal plate; in a specimen 7 mm. in diam- eter, the left posterior ocular is clearly in contact with the anal system and the right posterior ocular barely touches it; in a specimen 12 mm. in diameter, the two posterior, and the left anterior oculars are all clearly in contact with, while the odd anterior ocular barely touches, the periproct ; in another specimen of the same size, all the oculars except the right anterior are clearly included ; in a specimen 14 mm. in diameter, and in all larger ones, all the oculars are broadly in contact with the anal system. It seems to be true, therefore, of Stephanocidaris that the oculars of the bivium come into contact with the periproct before those of the trivium do and of the latter the right anterior ocular is the last to enter. Examination of a series of young Cidaris tribuloides shows that the same course is followed in that species, except that in one specimen the odd anterior ocular was excluded, while the right anterior was no longer so. These facts are strikingly in accord with the condition often found in Tretocidaris and always in Acanthocidaris, where the right anterior ocular is the only one excluded. And I may add that in Arbacia nigra and spatuligera, in adult specimens of which the posterior oculars, and often the left anterior, are in contact with the anal system, the same course of entrance of the oculars is followed; and while I have found a very few specimens in which the odd anterior ocular is also insert, I have yet to find an Arbacia in which the right anterior ocular is not excluded. The reason for this condition is not clear. VOL. LI. —NO. 7 13 194 BULLETIN: MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. Key to the Species. Primary spines not red; interambulacral secondaries whitish with a longi- tudinal green stripe. Primaries stout, less than 2 h. d.; ambulacral secondaries dark green; abactinal system larger than actinostome. ... . . bispinosa Primaries slender, 2-3 h. d.; ambulacral secondaries like those of inter- ambulacra; abactinal system smaller than actinostome. . . . glandulosa Primary spines red (in young, sometimes greenish) with more or less in- distinct cross-bands of white ; secondary spines reddish or brownish, not longitudinally striped; abactinal system not larger than actino- BOOTS sa Se oe ae a eg te dae een La ue Re ae, Sneha ee a Stephanocidaris bispinosa. Cidarites bispinosa Lamarck, 1816, Anim. s. Vert., 3, p. 57. Stephanocidaris bispinosa A. Agassiz, 1872, Rev. Ech., pt. 1, p. 160. Plate if, fig, 1, Rev. Ech., A. Agassiz, 1873. It would be amusing were it not irritating to note how entirely recent writers have ignored Agassiz’s (’73) description and figure of this beautiful and appar- ently very rare species. The trouble appears to date from de Loriol’s (73) fig- ure, which is certainly not bispizosu, but is probably P. annulifera, in one of its various color phases; his figure of /#tkeni is certainly annulifera, while his figure of annulifera appears to be baculosa. Koehler (95) evidently refers to the same form of Jdaculosa under the name aznulifera, while his Stephanocidaris bispinosa is probably true aznulifera. Bedford (1900) has apparently identified correctly his specimens of annulifera, so far as can be determined from his figures. Do- derlein (:03) and Mortensen (:04) entirely ignore Agassiz’s description, or else intimate that the description is inadequate because it fails to apply to their speci- mens. Asa matter of fact, it seems clear that neither of them has seen a speci- men of the real dzspizosa, but since they eall the variety of baculosa with banded primaries annulifera, they are obliged to do something with their specimens of real annulifera, and so they suppose them to be S¢. dispinosa, Agassiz’s description and figures to the contrary notwithstanding! Their lead is somewhat reluctantly followed by de Meijere (:04), who is unwilling to ignore Agassiz’s statements ; but he, too, records Ph. annulifera as St. bispinosa. This species reaches a diameter of over 50 mm. Authentic specimens are known only from Australia and Malacca. Stephanocidaris glandulosa. Cidaris (Cidaris) glandulosa de Meijere, 1904, Siboga-Exp. Ech., p. 18. Plate 1, figs. 5, 6, Siboga~Exp. Ech., de Meijere, 1904. Among the interesting Echini collected by the ‘ Siboga,” in the Dutch Kast Indies, were 14 small (7-25 mm. h. d.) specimens, taken at depths of 38-51 fths., = CLARK: THE CIDARIDAE. 195 which de Meijere described as Cidaris glandulosa. There can be no question of their close relationship to S¢. déspinosa, and it is quite possible, as de Meijere (p. 5) himself suggests, that they are the young of that species. Besides the characters already mentioned in the key, these specimens were remarkable for the number of large globiferous pedicellariae, like those of P. baculosa, which they bore. Stephanocidaris hawaiiensis. Stephanocidaris hawaiiensis A. Agassiz and Clark, 1907, Haw. Pac. Ech, Cid., p. 18. Plates 24 and 25, Haw. Pac. Ech. Cid., A. Agassiz and Clark, 1907. A large series of specimens of this handsome species was collected among the Hawaiian Islands by the ‘ Albatross,” at depths of 20-320 fths. It is a typical member of the genus, and is not at all likely to be confused with any other species. The largest specimens are 34-42 mm. h. d. and have primaries 90-105 mm. long. TEMNOCIDARIS. Temnocidaris Cotteau, 1863, Pal. Franc. Terr. Crét., 7, p. 355. Plates 1085-1087 bis, Pal. Franc. Terr. Crét., 7, Cotteau, 1863. Test large, much like Phyllacanthus ; coronal plates 6-8; areolae very distinctly sunken ; median interambulacral area broad, well covered with miliary tubercles, with more or less horizontal, narrow grooves and deep, circular pits; ambulacra narrow, .20-.25 of interambulacra ; poriferous zones considerably sunken ; median ambulacral area with numerous tubercles, often arranged in horizontal series, and with a few deep, circular pits; pores widely separated, more or less nearly horizon- tal and connected as in Phyllacanthus. Abactinal system apparently larger than actinostome. Primary spines stout, as in Phyllacanthus. Secondaries and pedi- cellariae ? If Duncan (’89) is correct in his surmise that the pits are of post-mortem origin, Temnocidaris becomes of course a synonym of Phyllacanthus. Until this can be demonstrated, however, the genus is entitled to recognition. The three species which have been named are all from the Cretaceous. GONIOCIDARIS. Goniocidaris Agassiz et Desor, 1846. Cat. Rais. Ann. Sci. Nat. (8), 6, p. 387. Test moderately high, .50-70 h. d., but not especially thick or solid; coronal plates numerous in proportion to h. d., 6-11; areolae somewhat deeply sunken; median interambulacral areas deeply and distinctly sunken (deeper than areolae, especially at angles), and usually bare along vertical suture, often with short, bare, lateral depressions along inner end of horizontal sutures; in some cases, how- ever, vertical suture nearly concealed and only lateral furrows conspicuous ; in still 196 BULLETIN: MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOULOGY. other cases, even lateral furrows only faintly indicated; ambulacra broad, .85-.45 of interambulacra; poriferous zones more or less sunken ; median area much broader than a poriferous zone, usually sunken and often bare along middle; each ambu- lacral plate bears a single secondary tubercle, a little above inner pore, and in addition 1-8 miliary tubercles, between which more or less space is left bare (amount of bare space varies greatly in different species ; in tubaria, entire median ambulac- ral area is sunken and bare save for marginal tubercles, while in mikado scarcely any bare spaces are visible; other species clearly connect these two extremes) ; pores oblique or rarely horizontal; distance between two less than diameter of pore; surface of interval elevated or roughened. Abactinal system variable, rang- ing from less than .40 to over .50h.d. Actinostome about equal to abactinal system or smaller. Primary spines very variable, .75-2.00 h.d., always rough, and thorny or prickly ; tips of some usually more or less expanded into a large and conspicuous crown, cup, or even plate, which is often only of a little greater diameter than thick- est part of spine, but may become as much as .50 h.d.; actinal primaries variable. rough or serrate, usually somewhat flattened ; secondaries thick, of moderate length, more or less flattened, rounded at the end. Tridentate pedicellariae wanting, and large, globiferous ones with no end-tooth on the valves. The typical examples of this genus, such as ¢wbaria, are very easily recognized, but it is less easy to place such species as florigera and mikado. Nevertheless the genus is very generally accepted and seems to be a natural group. Mortensen (:03) has made two new genera (Petalocidaris and Schizocidaris) and a new sub- genus (Discocidaris) out of the species here included in Goniocidaris, but none of these rest on anything better than some trifling peculiarity in the large globiferous pedicellariae. Whether we are to find the origin of Goniocidaris in such a form as Phyllacanthus verticillata may be open to question, but the median ambulacral and interambulacral areas of that species could easily be transformed into those of G. tubaria, while perfectly horizontal pores are found in G. diserialis. There can be little question, in any case, that the three southern species are closely related to each other, and the same is true of the Japanese forms, while florigera seems to be structurally, as well as geographically, intermediate. The genus is’ appar- ently recent and confined to the southern and western Pacific Ocean. The follow- ing key is based on the examination of 133 specimens, including all of the species, except jlorigera. Key to the Species. Each coronal plate with but few (30-70) secondary and miliary tubercles, median interambulacral area conspicuously bare and often sunken; median ambulacral area commonly without miliary tubercles, except near margin, so that it is often bare and usually much sunken. Small (20 mm. or less h. d.) ; coronal plates, 6-8; abactinal system about .50 h.d. and actinostome nearly equal; some primaries taper to a point, while in many specimens, others, abactinal ones, are abruptly and enormously expanded at tip intoa plate, diameter of which may be .50 h.d.; primaries usually more or less covered, at least near base, with a coat of woolly, calcareous hairs . i lef mn ee os) CLARK: THE CIDARIDAE. 197 Moderate or large (20-50 mm. h.d.); coronal plates 6-11; abactinal system generally about .40 h.d., and only partially covered with miliary tubercles of various sizes; primaries seldom pointed and with no covering of woolly calcareous hairs. Abactinal system equal to, or larger than, actinostome; coronal plates with tubercles near vertical suture much smaller than those next O° BPOGINS I A ay ay oe hse? Cet ach Pa ‘ abs e tubarta Abactinal system smaller than pecinbatidp Jorotal ‘suites with tubercles rather large and of nearly uniform size . . . . .umbraculum Each coronal plate with numerous miliary tubercles, so that median inter- ambulacral area is usually covered by them, except on sutures ; if bare sunken areas are conspicuous at all, it is only on inner half of hori- zontal sutures; median ambulacral area with numerous miliary tuber- cles, tending to cover it, so that it is never wholly sunken and bare. Large (25-50 mm. h. d.) ; abactinal system almost uniformly covered with small tubercles; miliary tubercles on ambulacra, in horizontal series with deep furrows between. . . . A i Nien oo GETanieides Small (15-35 mm. h.d.); abactinal eaeranh not Panitarnity covered mith small tubercles; miliary tubercles in median ambulacral area never conspicuous, but often filling up entire space. Lower edge of ambulacral plates occupied by minute tubercles, leav- ing distinct bare spaces forming small, rectangular pits, which alternate with each other; primaries white or whitish in contrast with reddish-yellow secondaries . . . Bey te Aw) ak were, LOTIGENG No definite arrangement of tubercles on aiialaere clear, and no dis- tinct bare pits; primaries not “ whitish in contrast with” darker secondaries. Test high, .60-.70 h.d.; abactinal system much less than vertical diameter; primaries more or less covered with calcareous hairs and usually with a conspicuous, flat, tiorizontal plate just above eollar <3. 1s : wees . . mikado Test low, .50-.60 h. i 5 xBuctinal apetetn nearly or diate equals ver- tical diameter; primaries with relatively few, long and stout thorns, but, othermise) smooth) s))se.4 Fa eed a es AC Mi oserialis Goniocidaris clypeata. Goniocidaris clypeata Doderlein, 1885, Arch. Naturg., 51 Jhrg., 1, p. 82. Plate 6, Plate 4, figs. 8-20, Jap. Seeigel, Diderlein, 1887. This is one of the interesting species discovered by Doderlein in Japan, and will be easily recognized from his excellent figures and description. The prevail- ing color is whitish, pinkish, or brown of some shade. The material collected by the ‘‘ Albatross” shows beyond question that the little cidaroid described by Doderlein (87) as Porocidaris gracilis is a small example of this species, in which the spines with enormously expanded tips are wanting. The “ Siboga” eidaroid called C. hirsutispinus by de Meijere (: 04) is also evidently a young example of this species; the secondaries of clypeata are frequently exactly like de Meijere’s figure. Except this ‘Siboga” specimen, clypeata is known only from the vicinity of Japan. 198 BULLETIN : MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. Goniocidaris tubaria. Cidarites tubaria Lamarck, 1816, Anim. s. Vert., 3, p. 57. Goniocidaris tubaria Liitken, 1864, Bid. Kund. Ech., p. 187. Plate 10, fig. 5. Plate 11. Of this well-known species, nothing further need be said than that it seems to be perfectly distinct from geranioides, although the color (light yellowish, red, or deep brownish-red) is the same as that of many specimens of the latter. The geographical range of this species is Tasmania and northward along the east coast of Australia; a specimen labelled “ Goniocidaris geranioides ? Hast India” is in the collection of the M. C. Z. Goniocidaris umbraculum. Goniocidaris umbraculum Hutton, 1878, Trans. N. Z. Inst., 11, p. 306. Plate 10, figs. 3 and 4. This is the New Zcaland representative of the preceding species, and so far as can be determined from the three specimens at hand, is well entitled to specific rank. The bright green color of the test and the larger number of coronal plates (10, as against 8 in ¢udaria of the same size) are good characters in addition to those given in the key. Goniocidaris geranioides. Cidarites geranioides Lamarck, 1816, Anim. s. Vert., 3, p. 56. Goniocidaris geranioides Agassiz et Desor, 1846, Cat. Rais. Ann. Sci. Nat. (3), 6, p. 387. Plate 1g, figs. 3, 4, Rev. Ech., A. Agassiz, 1873. Although this species is quite similar to ¢wbaria in general appearance, the differences between them seem very constant; in addition to those mentioned above may be added the frequently darker color (nearly black) and the much less thorny spines of geranioides. The geographical range appears to be the same. Goniocidaris florigera. Goniocidaris florigera A. Agassiz, 1881, Challenger Kchini, p. 46. Plate 1, figs. 7-20, Challenger Ech., A. Agassiz, 1881. This “‘ Challenger” species from the East Indies shows the same extraordinary variety in its primary spines which is seen in clypeuta, and it would be surprising if the pedicellariae were not also variable. As I have no greater confidence in the characters furnished by pedicellariae than I have in those which spines afford, I can find no good reason for recognizing the genera and species based on the “‘ Challenger” material, which Mortensen (: 03) proposes : — Discocidaris serrata, Schizocidaris assimilis, and Petalocidaris florigera. Certainly if they are to be CLARK: THE CIDARIDAE. 199 accepted, more adequate descriptions are necessary, and the differences between the three species made more tangible. That C fimbriata de Meijere (: 04) is iden- tical with florigera seems to me practically certain. Goniocidaris mikado. Discocidaris (Cidaris) mikado Déderlein, 1885, Arch. Naturg., 51 Jhrg., 1, p. 80. Goniocidaris mikado Déderlein, 1887, Jap. Seeigel, p. 15. Plate 7, Jap. Seeigel, Diderlein, 1887. This is another of the Japanese echinoids, which Déoderlein’s excellent work has given us. Although undoubtedly nearly related to the preceding species and to clypeata, it is perfectly distinct and easily recognized. The minute, often nearly spherical, secondary spines are very characteristic. The color is almost cream-white, with a purplish tint abactinally and on the primaries. Specimens have as yet been taken only in the vicinity of Japan. Goniocidaris biserialis. Stephanocidaris biserialis Diderlein, 1885, Arch. Naturg., 51 Jhrg., 1, p. 79. Goniocidaris biserialis Déderlein, 1887, Jap. Seeigel, p. 10. Plate 5, Jap. Seeigel, Diderlein, 1887. This species is quite unlike the preceding in its general appearance, but re- sembles it in the obliteration of the bare depressed areas on ambulacra and in- terambulacra which characterize the typical members of the genus. The color of biserialis is quite variable, ranging from dull brownish-yellow, with more or less of a green tint, to yellow, olive-green, or brownish-red. It is known only from the vicinity of Japan. POLYCIDARIS. Polycidaris Quenstedt, 1858, Der Jura, p. 644. Plate 79, fig. 69, Der Jura, Quenstedt, 1858. Test of moderate size, circular at ambitus, flattened ; coronal plates numerous (9-15) ; areolae somewhat deeply sunken, merging together throughout the entire vertical series, even at ambitus; median interambulacral areas more or less bare and depressed ; ambulacra narrow, .15-.22 of interambulacra, straight; poriferous zones little sunken; median ambulacral area with only a single marginal series of small tubercles; pores oblique, near together, separated by a slight elevation. Abactinal system? Actinostome? Spines and pedicellariae ? Déderlein (’87) appears to think this genus is near Dorocidaris, but to me it is clear that its relationships are with Goniocidaris. Except for the narrow am- bulacra and the merged areolae, P. xonarius is strikingly like G. wmbraculum. Déderlein lists 5 species, all from the Jurassic strata of Europe. 200 BULLETIN : MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. ORTHOCIDARIS. Orthocidaris Cotteau, 1862, Pal. Franc. Terr. Crét., 7, p. 364. Plate 1088, Figs. 1-6, Pal. Frang, Terr. Crét., 7, Cotteau, 1862. Test of moderate size, circular at ambitus, very little flattened, so that it is subsphercidal; coronal plates numerous (14 or 15); areolae very small, scarcely at all sunken, their diameter less than one-fourth the horizontal diameter of plate at ambitus, and little more than one-half its vertical height; median interambulacral area very broad, covered with miliaries and not sunken; ambulacra narrow, .23 of interambulacra, straight; poriferous zones very narrow, not sunken; median ambulacral area with about 4 vertical series of tubercles; pores oblique, separated by a low elevation. Abactinal system very small, about .25h.d. Actinostome larger than abactinal system, subpentagonal, about .33 h.d. Spines and pedicellariae ? This is certainly a most un-cidaroid appearing sea-urclin, the straight, narrow ambulacra, the numerous small and nearly uniform miliaries, and the remarkably small areolae and primary tubercles are so unlike the Cidaridae, and yet if the areolae were sufficiently enlarged to merge together vertically, the resemblance to Polycidaris multiceps would be quite striking. Ouly one species has been named, tnermis, from the Cretaceous of Kurope. TRETOCIDARIS. Tretocidaris Mortensen, 1903, Ingolf-Exp. Ech., p. 16. Test moderately high but very variable (.45-.85 h.d.); coronal plates, 4-8; are- olae little or moderately sunken, tending to merge together actinally; median interambulacral area more or less depressed, bare or covered with small tubercles, sutural lines usually quite distinct ; ambulacra .20-.37 of interambulacra in width; poriferous zones more or less deeply sunken; median ambulacral area with a double series of tubercles along margin, inner much smaller; intervening space may be bare, or more or less covered with scattered tubercles; pores as in Cidaris. Abac- tinal system .49-.55 h. d., sharply defined, circular, or pentagonal; ocular plates with convex or straight outer margin, little or not at all notched by ambulacra; miliary tubercles covering abactinal system more or less variable in size and some- what irregularly scattered, leaving bare spaces here and there, especially along margins of genital plates. Actinostome, .37-.50 h. d., generally smaller than abac- tinal system. Primary spines 1-3 h.d., usually more or less cylindrical or terete, rarely with large and conspicuous thorns, but usually covered with longitudinal series of granules, which may be very low so that spine is nearly smooth or only granular, or may project sharply so that spine is prickly, or may be elevated and merged together so that spine is longitudinally ribbed; actinal primaries equally diverse ; secondaries flat and not peculiar. Large globiferous pedicellariae some- times wanting, sometimes as in Cidaris, sometimes with a very small opening and a powerful end-tooth on valves, and sometimes like small ones, which have a rather large opening and usually an end-tooth. This genus was established by Mortensen for three recent species (darfletti, annulata, spinosa) hitherto placed in Dorocidaris but whose pedicellariae, he vw" me é oe ~ PF oD CLARK: THE CIDARIDAE. 201 found, were very different from those of D. papillata. While the pedicellariae of bartletti are much too variable to be used as the basis for a genus, the abactinal system of that species is so noticeably and constantly different from papillata that I think the genus Tretocidaris may well be recognized. There are eight other species of Dorocidaris which fall into the same group. It is a much more natural and better differentiated genus than Stereocidaris, which has been quite generally recognized in the last decade. ‘The species of Tretocidaris are widely distributed, occurring in the North Atlantic, the Caribbean and Mediterranean Seas, the Gulf of Panama, northward along the Mexican coast, among the Hawaiian Islands, along the Japanese coast, southward into the Kast Indies and as far west as Ceylon. I have not attempted to determine whether any extinct species are to be referred to this genus or not. The following key is based on the examination of 938 specimens, representing all of the species recognized except tiara. Key to the Species. Test very high, .75-.85 h.d.; ambulacra very broad, .383-.57 of interam- bulacra, with median line bare; primaries with 8 longitudinal ridges (not notched or granular), pale pink at base, olive-green near tip . . tiara Test more flattened, generally less than .70 h.d.; ambulacra generally less than .83 of interambulacra. Median ambulacral and interambulacral areas bare along vertical sutural line; coronal plates 6-8. Test moderately flattened or high, .50-.70 h. d.; actinostome moderate, .80-.45 h. d.; median interambulacral area .25 or more of inter- ambulacrum in width, with several series of miliary tubercles on each coronal plate between scrobicular circle and vertical suture; abactinal system fairly well covered with tubercles; primaries 1.25-2.50 h. d.; West Indian. Abactinal system large, .45-.55 h.d.; areolae at least actinally well- sunken; primaries seldom cross-banded, usually terete, with longitudinal series of numerous minute prickles but never Vente ee ac ee eae oP a Sep ta fh Abactinal system small, .40-.45 h. d.; areolae very shallow; prima- ries prettily cross-banded with reddish (or purplish) and yellow- ish (cr greenish), sometimes cylindrical, often terete, frequently flaring at tip, not uncommonly flattened at base, with longitud- inal series of rather coarse teeth and often more or less thorny . bartlette Test much flattened, .45-.55 h. d.; actinostome large (.40-.50 h. d.) ; median interambulacral area .20 of interambulacrum, with only 1 or 2 incomplete series of miliary tubercles on inner end of coro- nal plates; genital and ocular plates with margins free from miliaries; Eastern Pacific. Primaries reddish, very slender, 1-1.50 h. d.; thickness of spine about 6 or 7% of length; covered with 14-15 longitudinal series of low, rounded granules; collar and secondaries dark, uniform, brownish-red; no tridentate pedicellariae . . . . . . . panamensis affinis 202 BULLETIN: MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. Primaries greenish, often cross-banded with darker, stout, about equal h. d.; thickness 8-12 % of length; covered with 12-13 longitudinal series of coarse, sometimes sharp granules; collar light reddish or whitish ; secondaries greenish, with a broad longitudinal stripe of brownish- or eae at tip; triden- tate pedicellariae common. . . whilys yee 5 Median ambulacral and interambulacral areas not at all bare: Coronal plates 4 or 5, rarely 6 even in large specimens; primaries slightly swollen near base, terete, almost smooth; large globifer- ous pedicellariae wanting. . . So os Gt enlace Coronal plates 6-8, rarely 5 even in cia specimens; primaries not as above. Areolae very small, those on largest coronal plate only .60-.65 of length of plate; abactinal system .40 h.d. and actinostome 15D We Geran amon - £ « » perplend Areolae moderate or banger cee | on greet conoid ite .70-.75 of length of plate; abactinal system about .50 h. d. and actino- stome about .46 h.d. Primary spines somewhat flattened, at least near base, with about 10 longitudinal series of coarse, sharp granules which usually become fused near tip into ridges; in ol specimens these ridges may occupy entire length of spine, no separate gran- ules being visible, while in other cases granules may be con- spicuous as sharp prickles almost entire length of spine; primaries white or whitish, spotted or banded with brownish- red or purple; collar very narrow . . . . + «> * OR@elemus Primary spines terete, with 12-15 longitudinal series sae fine, sharp granules which do not lose their individuality entirely, even near tip of old spines ; unicolor, white or pale yellowish ; collar ofmoderate width." soe. a ote Se oar ae eee reint Tretocidaris tiara. Dorocidaris tiara Anderson, 1894, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, 63, p. 188. Plate 5, figs. 2, 2a, Ill. Investigator Zool. Ech., Alceck and Anderson, 1895. This is one of the species collected by the “‘ Investigator,” the real position of which is somewhat doubtful, although the figures given in “ Illustrations... Zoology . . . Investigator” (1895, pt. 2, plate 5, figs. 2 and 2a) indicate its position in Tretocidaris. The test is extraordinarily high, even thqugh the measurements given by Anderson represent some other method of estimating the height of the test than that which is here used. There are several reasons why fiara is not synonymous with S¢. zadica Doderlein, as has been suggested, but it is still more incredible that it should be T. bracteata, as Mortensen (: 03, p- 173) asserts, unless Anderson’s description and figures are to be entirely ignored. Hither Mortensen has not seen a specimen of dracteata, or else his supposed specimen of ¢iara is not fiara at all. Anderson’s figures and descrip- tion are remarkably clear and complete, and unusually satisfactory, although he CLARK: THE CIDARIDAE. 203 fails to mention the pedicellariae. The test of ¢éara is chestnut-brown, green abactinally, especiaily towards the anus; the secondaries are olive-green with a darker longitudinal band. The largest specimen was 42 mm. h.d. The only recorded locality for ééara is off Colombo, Ceylon, in 142-400 f{ths. Tretocidaris affinis. Cidaris affinis Philippi, 1845, Arch. Naturg., 11 Jhrg., 1, p. 351. Plate 1, fig. 5, Rev. Ech., A. Agassiz, 1872. Plate 1, fig. 1, Ingolf-Exp. Ech., Mortensen, 1903. This well-known species has been confused with Dorocidaris papillata so long that it may be hard to believe it is really quite different. We are indebted to Mortensen (:03) for showing its right to specific rank (although he makes no reference to the abactinal system !), but we cannot follow him in placing it in the genus Cidaris. Mediterranean and West Indian specimens appear to be alike in all particulars ; Mortensen says the tridentate pedicellariae were wanting in his Mediterranean specimens, but those in the collection of the M. C. Z. from Cape Sagras and from the Mediterranean have them normally developed. Mortensen says the spines are 1-1.5 h.d., but our large series of specimens show a much greater range, 1.25-2.40 h.d. The largest specimen is 38 mm. h.d. The color is variable, but the small spines of the test are more or less greenish, tipped with dark red, while the entire abactinal system (or at least the sutural lines) and the bare areas on ambulacra and interambulacra are dark red ; the primaries are dull grayish, more or less pink or white near base, and with a greenish or brownish collar. In West Indian specimens the color is often very light, the secondaries and test being nearly cream-color with the former tipped with reddish. In other West Indian specimens the color is sometimes nearly slate-color, with little trace of reddish. This species ranges throughout the North Atlantic eastward into the Mediterranean, and southwestward to Barbados and the Gulf of Mexico, down to a depth of 500 fths. Tretocidaris bartletti. Dorocidaris Bartletti A. Agassiz, 1880, Bull. M. C. Z., 8, 2, p. 69. Tretocidaris bartletti Mortensen, 1903, Ingolf-Exp. Ech., p. 16. Plates 8 and 9. Also Plate 2, figs. 16-27, Blake Ech., A. Agassiz, 1883. In his original description Agassiz called attention to the resemblance between the primary spines of this species and of Stephanocidaris. Young specimens of bartletti, for this reason, show quite astriking resemblance to young specimens of that genus, but a careful examination shows important differences in the primaries as well as in the test. In spite of the very great diversity exhibited in both its spines and its pedicellariae, there can be no question as to. the real relationship of this species. Mortensen (:03) names two closely allied, supposedly new species, which he found in the British Museum ; one, annulata, 1 am unable to distinguish 204 BULLETIN : MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. from éartletti, for no characters are given which do not occur in some specimens of that species; the other, spézosa, may prove to bea valid species, but its affinities cannot be determined from the published description. The largest specimen of bartletti in the collection of the Museum of Comparative Zoology is 49 mm. h. d.; another (Plates 8 and 9), not quite so large (47 mm. h. d.), has the longest spines 93 mm., nearly all cylindrical and not at all thorny. The test of these specimens is brown, varying from fawn-color to deep red-brown, or even deep red on the abactinal system. In the National Museum there is a magnificent specimen of bartletti 68 mm. in diameter. This species is known only from the West Indies in 88-397 fths. Tretocidaris panamensis. Dorocidaris panamensis A. Agassiz, 1898, Bull. M. C. Z., 33, p. 73. Plates 1, 2, Pan. Deep Sea Kch., A. Agassiz, 1904. This handsome species is the Pacific representative of 7. affinis, but is quite ob- viously distinct. The tridentate pedicellariae are wanting in all of the thirteen specimens examined, of which the largest is 35 mm. h.d. The geographical range of panamensis seems to be limited to the west coast of Central America and around Cocos Island, in 66-112 fthms. Tretocidaris dubia, sp. nov. Plate 6, figs. 3 and 4. Test somewhat flattened; vertical diameter about .52h.d.; coronal plates 6; areolae distinct and not very deeply sunken; median interambulacral area not sunken, very sparsely covered with tubercles, only 6 or 7 on each coronal plate in addition to the scrobicular circle; ambulacra wide, nearly .40 of interambulacra; poriferous zones broad and little sunken; median ambulacral area with a double series of rather large tubercles on each margin, with space between perfectly bare ; pores slightly oblique, rather large. Abactinal system .45-.50 h. d., nearly circular, and clearly defined, elevated at centre, very sparsely covered with small secondary spines; genital plates rather large, higher than wide, with pores near outer edge; ocular plates more or less triangular, one (right anterior) or more excluded from anal system, which is about one-half of abactinal system and has an outer series of 7-10 rather large plates and 9-12 smaller ones at centre; all plates of abactinal system carry a few rather coarse tubercles of nearly uniform size; each genital plate has 14-20+ such tubercles and each ocular, 8-12+. Actinostome slightly smaller than abactinal system, not at all sunken, closely covered with stout plates, 8 or 4 in each interambulacrum and about 8 or 9 pairs in each ambulacrum. Primary spines short, about equal to h.d., nearly cylindrical, seldom tapering, but often truncate or slightly flaring at tip, covered with 12-13 low, longitudinal series of coarse, sometimes sharp granules; actinal primaries much as in Cidaris and usually longitudinally ridged at tip; secondaries long and narrow, flat and slightly widened at tip. Pedicellariae not peculiar; large and small globiferous, as in panamensis ; tridentate much as in affinis. General color of test decidedly greenish, especially abactinally, but anal system reddish-brown; miliary and secondary CLARK: THE CIDARIDAE. 205 spines whitish, longitudinally striated with deep reddish-purple; on secondaries, striations merge to form a broad stripe at tip of spine; primary spines dull grayish, sometimes indistinetly cross-banded with brown; collar flesh-color or whitish. Largest specimen 25 mm. h. d. ; vertical diameter, 18 mm. ; abactinal system, 12 mm.; actinostome, 11 mm.; longest primary, 25 mm., a trifle more than 2 mm. thick at base. That this species is closely related to panamensis seems clear, but that it is quite distinct is certainly indicated by the available material. None of the specimens of either are in any way intermediate. Both species were taken by the ‘ Albatross ”’ at Station 3378, in 112 fathoms off Galera Point, Cape San Francisco, Ecuador, but only paxamensis was found near Cocos Island, and only dudia at Station 3397, in 85 fathoms off Galera Point. Possibly dubia is a more southern species; at any rate, it is known only from the coast of Ecuador. Tretocidaris calacantha. Dorocidaris calacantha A. Agassiz and Clark, 1907, Haw Pac. Ech. Cid., p. 11. Plates 13, 14, 34, 35, Haw. Pac. Ech. Cid., A. Agassiz and Clark, 1907. This very distinct species reaches a size of 43 mm.h. d., with spines 81 mm. long. It is very pale brown with a greenish east, especially on the abactinal system; the secondaries each have a broad green stripe; the primaries are very faintly banded with brown and at the base are finely spotted with white. This is one of the species found by the ‘‘ Albatross”’ at the Hawaiian Islands, where it is not rare in 127-198 {ths. Tretocidaris perplexa, sp. nov. Plate 6, figs 1 and 2; and Plate 7, figs. 1-4. Test somewhat flattened; vertical diameter, about .55 h.d.; coronal plates 7 or 8; areolae small, only .60-.65 of horizontal length of plate, distinct and not very deeply sunken; median interambulacral area very fully covered with tubercles, smallest next to vertical suture, which is quite distinct ; ambulacra about one-third of interambulacra in width; poriferous zones, broad and little sunken; median ambulacral area with a double series of tubercles on each margin, inner much smaller, and between these, 3-6 irregular series of small tubercles which sometimes, but not always, conceal vertical suture; pores nearly horizontal, large, their hori- zontal diameter much exceeding vertical. Abactinal system about .40 h:d., nearly circular and clearly defined, flat and quite thickly covered with small secondary spines; genital plates rather large, nearly square or somewhat pentagonal, with pores near outer edge; ocular plates more or less triangular, with apex truncated, when in contact with anal system, either who!ly excluded, or some, or all except right anterior one, in contact with a large anal plate; anal system about one-half of abactinal, with an external series of 10-12 large plates and 12-15 smaller ones at centre ; except along margins all plates of abactinal system covered with rather coarse tubercles of nearly uniform size; each genital plate has 50-80 + such tuber- cles and each ocular 20-35-++. Actinostome small, only about .35 h.d., not at all 206 BULLETIN : MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. sunken, closely covered with stout plates, 4 in each interambulacrum and about 10 pairs in each ambulacrum. Primary spines short, about equal to h.d., nearly cylindrical, seldom tapering, but often flattened and widened at tip, covered with 14-24 longitudinal series of coarse, sharp granules; actinal primaries much as in Cidaris and nearly smooth; secondaries, long and narrow, but rather thick and often with a deep longitud.nal furrow on outer surface at tip, which is thus crescent- shaped in cross-section. Pedicellariae not peculiar; no large globiferous ones were found, but small globiferous and tridentate, like those of dula, are frequent. General color of test decidedly greenish, especially abactinally; miliary spines greenish ; secondary spines greenish with a broad longitudinal stripe of deep reddish-purple; primary spines dull grayish with a bright olive-green base and collar. Largest specimen, 50 mm. h.d.; vertical diameter, 27 mm. ; abactinal system, 20 mm.; actinostome, 18 mm.; longest spine, 40 mm., 3 mm. thick at base, 5 mm. wide at tip. Tn some ways this species is much like dua, but aside from the differences in the tuberculation of the test, the small areolae, abactinal system and actinostome, and the short primaries with olive-green collar and conspicuously flattened tips, are very characteristic of perpleva. The resemblance between the two species in the color of the secondary spines is quite noticeable. Two of the five known specimens of this species were collected by the “ Albatross” in the Gulf of Cali- fornia on a bottom of coarse sand, in 36-39 fathoms. The other three are said to have been picked up on the shore of Clarion Island, the westernmost of the Revilla Gigedo Islands. Tretocidaris bracteata. Dorocidaris bracteata A. Agassiz, 1879, Proc. Amer. Acad., 14, p. 197. Plate 10, figs. 1 and 2. This is apparently the East Indian representative of dartletti, though it is a smaller species and obviously quite different. Mortensen (: 03), on the supposed characters of the large globiferous pedicellariae, places bracteata in Stephano- cidaris, but as we have already seen, he probably did not have a specimen of that genus for comparison. Moreover, the pedicellaria which he figures as a “large globiferous ” of Uracteata is exactly like the smadl, globiferous pedicellariae of this species, while the large globiferous pedicellariae of this species are actually like those of Cidaris. However, these large ones are very infrequent and may be want- ing, while the small ones are often very large, and it is apparently one of these latter that Mortensen has figured as the characteristic pedicellaria of Stephanoci- daris! It seems to me that this serves as an illustration of the danger of relying on the pedicellariae. This species is relatively small, the largest specimen being only 29 mm. h. d. The secondaries are pale purple or rose, with or without yellowish tips, or flesh-colored with a longitudinal rosy stripe; in old specimens those of the ambulacra may be darker than those of the interambulacra, and thus noticeably contrasted with them, and the abactinal system is dark brownish-red ; the prima- ries always show more or less clearly the dark markings, which are usually pur- CLARK: THE CIDARIDAE. 207 plish, but may be reddish or greenish. Originally discovered by the “ Challenger ” near Amboina, this species has since been taken only by the “ Albatross” in Sagami Bay, Japan. Its bathymetric range is 15-114 fms. Tretocidaris reini. Cidaris (Dorocidaris) rent Déderlein, 1887, Jap. Seeigel, p. 7. Plate 4, figs. 1-7, Jap. Seeigel, Doderlein,1887. Plate 1, figs. 2,3, Siboga-Exp. Ech., de Meijere, 1904. Although this species is closely related to the preceding, the material at hand supports Déderlein’s opinion that his Japanese specimens were a new species; curiously enough, however, he makes no reference whatever to bracteata! The primary spines of the two species are quite distinct, as already shown; the ocular plates of reizé are narrower and higher than in éracteata and more broadly in contact with the anal system, and the difference in color is very marked; when reini is not uniformly yellowish with dull white spines, the uppermost coronal plates, the interambulacral miliary spines, the genital plates and the anal system are deep reddish, while the ocular plates and ambulacra with all their spines are pale yellowish in marked contrast, just the opposite of the coloration in dracteata ; the primaries of reivi are apparently not banded or spotted in adults, but if de Meijere’s identification of bis small Kast Indian specimens is correct, the young must be very much like those of dracteata. In size and in the pedicellariae, the - two species agree well; the largest reizi reported is 84 mm. h.d. LHxcepting the four young Cidaroids taken by the “Siboga” near the Kei Islands and Timor which de Meijere refers to this species, but which might just as naturally be called bracteata, reint has not been taken yet anywhere but in Sagami Bay and Ka- goshima Gulf, Japan, in 83-158 fths. DOROCIDARIS. Dorocidaris A. Agassiz, 1869, Bull. M. C. Z., 1, p. 254. Test much as in Tretocidaris, but ranging up to only .70-.75 h.d. Abactinal system very different, its outline not often sharply defined and rather irregular, with re-entering angles between genital and ocular plates; latter more or less pen- tagonal and deeply notched by ambulacra. Primary spines cylindrical, at least near base, or terete, sometimes smooth, but usually with longitudinal series of granules, or ridges, never “ winged” however, and generally not flaring at tip. Globiferous pedicellariae, both large and small, with a conspicuous end-tooth on the valves ; tridentate pedicellariae usually present. Although this genus is quite easily distinguished from the preceding, the line of division between it and Stereocidaris is exceedingly hard to draw, and it is an open question whether there is sufficient ground for keeping them separate. As small genera are more convenient and wieldy, however, we may retain the division recognizing that the line is a very arbitrary one. As here used, Dorocidaris in- cludes five species, which are found only in the Atlantic Ocean and almost entirely 208 BULLETIN: MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. north of the equator. Numerous fossil Cidaridae from Tertiary, Cretaceous, Jurassic, and possibly even Triassic strata are to be referred to either this genus or the preceding. The following key is based on the examination of 536 speci- mens, represeuting all of the living species, except xuda. Key to the Species. Primary spines more or less white and smooth, rarely conspicuously gran- ular, prickly, or ridged, and neither flaring nor conspicuously flattened at tip ; median ambulacral area less than .60 of ambulacrum and almost wholly covered with small tubercles . . . «to 4 2 gO gsanegrs Primary spines more or less prickly, granular, or deed: Each coronal plate with only a few tubercles on inner half (generally less than 25, not counting scrobicular circle) ; sutural line of ambu- lacra usually distinctly visible; each ambulacral plate with lL or 2, seldom 3, tubercles; primaries more or less cylindrical, often flar- ing at tip, and never conspicuously flattened there; median inter- ambulacral area less than .25 of interambulacrum in width; sutural line usually quite distinctly sunken and bare. Whole abactinal surface well covered with light-colored secondary and miliary spines . . . + « | papitata Whole abactinal surface appearing cacti Mee oi ean number of secondary and miliary spines present; test ae but all spines reddish-brown or purple . . . ; nuda Each coronal plate with numerous (more than 30) tithenates on inner halite sutural line of ambulacra often not visible, each plate with 2-5 tubercles. Median interambulacral area less than .25 of interambulacrum; sutural line quite distinct; abactinal system with numerous tubercles (genital plate with 110+; ocular with 80+); primaries often flattened near tip, sometimes peeca expanded into broad flat PANS o0 oa «te eioheees Median oe ambelacenn area ae Sie more than. 25 of ‘nteeamsula cea : sutural line well concealed by tubercles; abactinal system with rather few, large tubercles (genital plate with 55+; ocular with 20+); primaries terete, covered with sharp granules and never either conspicuously flattened or flaring at tip . . . +. . . rugosa Dorocidaris abyssicola. Dorocidaris abyssicola A. Agassiz, 1869, Bull. M. C. Z., 1, p. 253. Plate 1, figs. 1-4, Rev. Ech., A. Agassiz, 1872. This species seems to be quite distinct from papillata, and while it is occa- sionally much like dlakei or rugosa in certain features of the test, the primaries commonly distinguish it from either of them at a glance. In addition to the characters given in the key may be mentioned the following: the abactinal sys- tem is very large (.48-.55 h.d.), while the actinostome is relatively quite small (.35-.45 h.d. but only .70-.80 of the abactinal system) ; the test is usually under CLARK: THE CIDARIDAR. 209 .60 h.d. in vertical diameter, and it, as well as the secondaries, is pale brown or yellowish; the abactinal system is sometimes quite red; the uppermost coronal plates do not carry primaries, and even the second ones may lack a well-developed spine ; the primaries are usually about 1.25 h.d. and never exceed 2 h.d. The diameter of the test is usually about 25 or 30 mm. but is sometimes 35 or 40, and the largest specimen is 68 mm. h.d. This species ranges from St. Lucia north- ward to the coast of South Carolina and the region south of Martha’s Vineyard at depths of 100-200 fths. Dorocidaris papillata. Cidaris papillata Leske, 1778, Add. Nat. Dis. Ech. Klein, p. 61 (partim). Dorocidaris vapillata A. Agassiz, 1869, Bull. M. C. Z., 1, p. 254. fate 1b, Rev. Ech., A. Agassiz, 1872. Nothing more need be said of this well-known species than that it does not seem to occur in the western part of the Atlantic, but is apparently confined to the northern and eastern parts of that ocean and to the Mediterranean Sea. The bathymetric range is from a few fathoms down to about one thousand. Mor- tensen’s (:03, p. 170) assurance that the ‘‘ Challenger” specimen from St. Paul’s Rock is really papil/ata is important in this connection, but I think it possible that the individual may prove to be rugosa’ In size papillata reaches a diameter of 58 mm., while in ‘color it is quite variable, ranging from grayish-white to reddish- yellow, becoming brick-red on the abactinal system, with dull grayish or yellowish primaries. Dorocidaris nuda. Dorocidaris nuda Mortensen, 1903, Ingolf-Exp. Ech., p. 171. This species is apparently distinct from all the other members of the genus, but its real relationships can only be determined when it is more fully described. Possibly it is not so closely allied to papillata as I have assumed. The size is not mentioned, but the test is white and the spines purple or reddish-brown. It has been taken only in the Gulf of Guinea and near the Cape Verde Islands, in 53- 250 fths. Dorocidaris blakei. Dorocidaris Blakei A. Agassiz, 1878, Bull. M. C. Z., 5, p. 185. Plate 4, Bull. M, C. Z., 5,9, A. Agassiz, 1878, Plate 1, Blake Ech., A. Agassiz, 1883. This is one of the most interesting discoveries of the “ Blake,” and specimens with fully developed primaries are indeed unique. The color is grayish with more or less of a yellow-brown tinge to the test. The largest specimen is 837 mm. h. d. with spines 76 mm. long. Specimens in which there are none of the conspicu- ously flattened primaries are easily recognized by the large abactinal system, VOL. LI. — NO. 7 14 210 BULLETIN: MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. .45-.55 h.d., almost uniformly covered with small tubercles; the narrow porifer- ous zones, about .20 of ambulacra, and the numerous small tubercles on the interambulacra. This species ranges from Havana to Barbados in 197-450 fths. Dorocidaris rugosa, sp. nov. Plates4and 5. Plate 7%, figs. 5-8. Test rather high, vertical diameter about .60 h.d.; coronal plates 7; areolae deeply sunken and distinct; median interambulacral area very fully covered with tubercles, smallest next to vertical suture, which is quite distinct ; ambulacra less than one-third of interambulacra in width; poriferous zones narrow and deeply sunken; median ambulacral area with a double series of marginal tubercles, inner much smaller, and between these some small scattered tubercles tend ta conceal vertical suture; pores oblique, small. Abactinal system about .45-50 h. d., irregular in outline, stout and heavy somewhat as in Stereocidaris, covered with rather coarse tubercles; genital plates somewhat pentagonal, with lateral margins con- cave, and pores not far from centre; ocular plates more or less pentagonal, usually wholly excluded from anal system, but posterior ones sometimes in contact with anal plates, more or less notched on outer edge by ambulacra; anal system not quite one-half of abactinal, with an external series of 10-12 large plates and 12-15 smaller ones at centre; except along margins all plates of abactinal system covered with rather coarse tubercles of nearly uniform size; each genital plate has 50-60 + such tubercles and each ocular plate 20-30 +. Actinostome small, about .40 h. d., not at all sunken, closely covered with stout plates, 5 in each*interambulacrum and about 10-12 pairs in each ambulacrum. Primary spines long, 2-2.5 h.d., terete, usually swollen just above collar, and thence tapering to tip, covered with 12-16 longitudinal series of conspicuous sharp granules; actinal primaries slightly flattened, a little curved and somewhat serrate; secondaries not peculiar, of mod- erate length and width, flat, blunt, or truncate at tip. Pedicellariae as in papillata. General color of test yellowish or brownish, more or less rose-red or brick-red, abactinally ; secondaries and miliaries same as test; primaries whitish or grayish, abactinal ones sometimes bright rose; neck smooth, polished, white, brownish, or pink; collar narrow, pale brownish or rarely lighter than neck. Largest specimen in the Museum of Comparative Zodlogy, 40 mm. h.d.; vertical diameter, 24 mm. ; abactinal system, 20 mm.; actinostome, 17 mm.; longest primary, 80 mm., 5 mm. thick near base, somewhat more than 1 mm. thick at tip. In the National Museum is a fine specimen 60 mm. h.d. This species is clearly the representative of papillata in the western Atlantic, but may be readily distinguished from that species by the broader and more com- pletely covered median interambulacral area, the much more fully tubercled median ambulacral area, the more uniformly tubereled abactinal system, and the terete and very prickly primary spines. The distribution of rugosa is only imperfectly known; the specimens I have examined are from stations between 32° N. lat. (off Savannah, Ga.) and Barbados and St. Vincent, in 164-337 fathoms. There are 8 specimens in the collection of the U. S. National Mu- seum, several of which have been labelled by Mortensen. One (No. 21,444) is labelled ‘‘ Stereocidaris ingolfiana,” which is a very natural mistake, as small CLARK: THE CIDARIDAE. yA ID » specimens of the two species are very difficult to distinguish. The others are labelled “ Dorocidaris papillata,” which is what one would naturally call them, if rugosa is not to be recognized as valid. CALOCIDARIS, gen. nov. (Greek, cards, beautiful, + cidaris), Test large and rather high; coronal plates 7 or 8; areolae distinct and con- siderably sunken, the most actinal tending to merge together vertically ; median interambulacral area not at all sunken, covered with numerous miliaries and with more or less horizontal grooves or narrow furrows, such as occur in Temnocidaris ; ambulacra about .25 of interambulacra in width; poriferous zones scarcely at all sunken; median ambulacral area very wide, about .55 of ambulacrum, with very few tubercles aside from the customary double marginal series; pores oblique, large and close together. Abactinal system not quite .50 h.d., of very irregular outline; ocular plates deeply notched by ambulacra. Actinostome very small, only about .65 of abactinal system. Primary spines 3 h.d., cylindrical, white, smooth, and polished like porcelain, more or less tinged with pink and green; actinal primaries flat and longitudinally fluted, but not notched or serrate. Sec- ondaries flat and tapering, many bluntly pointed. Pedicellariae as in Dorocidaris. Although in many respects like Dorocidaris, the very broad and nearly bare median ambulacral areas, the remarkable color, and especially the smooth, pol- ished primaries, mark this genus at a glance. The largest primaries are all broken in the specimen in the Musum of Comparative Zodlogy, so that their length is not shown in the figure given. But a specimen in the U. 8. National Museum, which is the most beautiful echinoid I have ever seen, is nearly perfect. The primaries are 160 mm. long, rather more than 3 times the diameter of the test, and scarcely taper at all, but are cylindrical throughout their entire length. The genus is monotypic and very few specimens are known. The above descrip- tion is based on a specimen 61 mm. h. d., from near Barbados, but two other specimens in the U. 8. National Museum have been examined. Calocidaris micans. Dorocidaris micans Mortensen, 1903, Ingolf-Exp. Ech., p. 20. Plate 3. This is easily the handsomest, as well as one of the largest, of the West Indian cidaroids. It reaches a diameter of more than 60 mm. The test is white, and the secondaries nearly so, but the abactinal system and adjoining coronal plates are pale green; the primaries when dry are shining white, witha pink base and occasional faint, irregular marks of the same color ; they look as though artificially polished. In alcoholic specimens the spines have a greenish shade and the pink is deeper. The only known specimens of this beautiful species were taken by the “ Albatross” off the northwestern coast of Cuba in 205 fths., and by the “ Blake” off Barbados in 125 fths. 212 BULLETIN : MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. AUSTROCIDARIS, gen. nov. (Latin auster, the south wind, + cidaris). Test flattened, .50-.60 h.d., but otherwise much as in Dorocidaris; abactinal system much more sparsely covered with miliaries ; secondaries more or less nearly cylindrical and thickened at tip; primaries generally short, often less than h.d., and usually smooth (in individuals where primaries are long and rough, second- aries are nearly flat, so that resemblance to Dorocidaris is marked). Tridentate pedicellariae wanting and globiferous pedicellariae with no end-tooth on valves ;_ eggs and young carried by female (mortenseni ?). Were it not for their geographical isolation it would hardly be worth while to attempt the separation of these three small species from Dorocidaris, but as they have the above given peculiarities in common and are probably more nearly related to each other than to any other forms, it is convenient to keep them apart. They are confined to the southern parts of the Atlantic and Indian oceans, their known range extending from 75° W. to 90° H. longitude and from about 35° to nearly 70° S. latitude. The following key is based on the examination of 70 specimens of nutriz and canaliculata. Key to the Species. Actinal primaries not conspicuously flat, trowel-shaped, and entire. Median ambulacral and interambulacral areas bare and more or less deeply sunken; interambulacral area usually with a conspicuously deep vertical furrow ; vertical diameter about .55-.60 h.d.; abacti- nal system and actinostome rather small, .35-.40 h.d., about equal, or former*smaller® *s ic) 4.4 4 ee NY eae > Median ambulacral and interambulacral areas little bare, and not at all sunken; vertical diameter about .45-.55 h. d.; abactinal system and actinostome large, about .50 h. d., about equal or former larger . . nutrix Actinal primaries conspicuously flat, trowel-shaped, and entire; primaries Ci a a ee mie ei ee erm rere Benoni eR Austrocidaris canaliculata. Temnocidaris canaliculata A. Agassiz, 1863, Bull. M. C. Z., 1, p. 18. Plate 1, g, fig. 2, Rev. Ech., A. Agassiz, 1873. Plate 2, figs. 1-3, Challenger Ech., A. Agassiz, 1881. Some of the differences between this species and the next have already been set forth by Mortensen (:03), but he has entirely ignored the more important differ- ences in the test and abactinal system. Moreover he has himself been led astray by the remarkable diversity which this species exhibits in its color, spines, and pedicellariae, and has described as a new species of Stereocidaris, which he calls lorioli, the long-spined form of canaliculata, which the ‘‘ Challenger” collected off the mouth of the River Plate (Station 320). The Museum of Comparative Zool- ogy contains one of the “‘ Challenger” specimens from St. 320, and also a large CLARK: THE CIDARIDAE. 213 series of specimens from Patagonia. ‘The latter so completely yet gradually con- nect the individuals having primaries 2.5 h. d. with those fromthe Falkland Islands in which the primaries are only .65 h. d., that their identity cannot be doubted. Had Mortensen carefully examined an interambulacrum, he probably would not have been misled. Although usually about 25-30 mm. h. d., there are specimens of canaliculata at hand 36 and 39 mm.; the primaries range from 16 to 63 mm. The color varies from very pale yellowish (with pink necks on the primaries) to very dark brown. ‘This species is apparently confined to the eastern and southern coasts of Patagonia and the neighboring islands. The bathymetric range is from the shore to 600 fathoms. A specimen in the National Museum, which was obviously collected many years ago, is labelled “ Navigator Islands.” Austrocidaris nutrix. Cidaris nutrix Wyville Thomson, 1876, Journ. Linn. Soc. London, 13, p. 62. Fig. 4, p. 63, Journ. Linn. Soc. London, 13, Wyville Thomson, 1876. There can be little question that this species is quite distinct from the preceding. Like it, however, it shows considerable diversity in color and the length of the pri- maries ; some specimens are almost black, with light-colored primaries, while others have the test and secondaries, as well as the primaries, very light colored- Mortensen (:03) asserts, without offering any evidence to support his view, that the specimens collected by the ‘ Challenger ”’at stations 147, 153 and 156 are not this species because the water was too deep at those stations for a shallow water species like zwtriz. In view of the fact that a number of echinoderms are known with a very great bathymetric range, we can hardly consider the argu- ment conclusive. The largest specimen of zutrix at hand is only 30 mm. h. d., but the primaries are 66 mm., while a specimen 26 mm. h. d. has primaries only 18 mm. This species appears to be confined to Crozet, Heard, and Kerguelen Islands, and the neighboring seas. Austrocidaris mortenseni. Goniocidaris mortenseni Koehler, 1902, Belgica Ech. et Oph., p. 5. Figs. 1,11, 17, 29, 30, Belgica Ech., Koehler, 1902. It is quite possible that this species does not belong here, but so far as can be judged from the description and figures given it is most nearly allied to the fore- going species. Koehler says nothing about the secondaries, and as the primaries are very long, it is possible that the secondaries are not especially peculiar. The largest specimen was 26 mm. h. d., with primaries 60 mm. ‘The color of the test and secondaries is very dark, while the primaries are reddish. Koehler says there was no indication that the species is ‘‘ viviparous,”’ but as he only had a single mature specimen, and that possibly a male, further light is needed on this point. The specimens were collected by the “ Belgica” in the Southern Ocean, near 70° S. latitude and 87° KE. longitude, in depths of 55-330 fths. 214 BULLETIN: MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. CENTROCIDARIS. Centrocidaris A. Agassiz, 1904, Pan. Deep Sea Ech., p. 32. Test very flat, vertical diameter generally less than .50 h. d.; coronal plates 7 or 8 ; areolae very little sunken; median interambulacral areas narrow, a little sunken, and bare; ambulacra very broad, .55-.60 of interambulacra ; poriferous zones little or not at all sunken; median ambulacral area broad, flat, or somewhat depressed, with a double marginal series of tubercles, outer much larger; intervening space bare, or each ambulacral plate may carry an additional miliary tubercle; pores very large, nearly or quite horizontal ; distance between two about equal to diam- eter of pore; surface of interval slightly elevated. Abactinal system moderate, .45-.50 h.d., with few (about 100) tubercles ; genital plates much higher than wide, narrow, and bluntly-pointed externally; oculars entirely excluded from anal sys- tem, very wide and low but sharply pointed, with a markedly concave outer margin. Actinostome, .40-.45 h.d, Primary spines straight, cylindrical, slender, and nearly or quite smooth, about equal to h. d. or somewhat longer ; actinal prima- ries not peculiar save for a wide collar; secondaries flat, thin, and narrow. All three kinds of pedicellariae usually present; large globiferous ones of two quite distinct sorts, one with broad, flat valves and neither lip nor end-tooth, the other with curved valves (like Cidaris), but with a prominent end-tooth and lip. This monotypic genus was established for a very interesting and handsome cidaroid taken by the “ Albatross” in 1891 off Cocos Island, 52 fths. In 1904— 05, the “ Albatross’ obtained a dozen additional specimens near Hood Island, Galapagos, 100-300 fths., so that it is now possible to diagnose the genus fully. It is quite distinct from Goniocidaris, though it resembles it in the broad ambu- lacra, but it is doubtful if it is nearer to any other known genus. Centrocidaris doederleini. Goniocidaris Doederleint A. Agassiz, 1898, Bull. M. C. Z., 32, 5, p. 73. Centrocidaris Doederleint A. Agassiz, 1904, Pan. Deep Sea Ech., p. 33. Plate 14, figs. 1, 2, Pan. Deep Sea Ech., A. Agassiz, 1904. In young specimens the primary spines are very white and shining, and have 8-10 slightly elevated, glassy, longitudinal ridges, but these practically disappear with age and the spines become dull and yellowish. In alcoholic specimens the secondaries are green, slightly tipped with dark yellow, while the test is greenish with the lines between the genital and ocular plates and the bare spaces of ambu- lacra and interambulacra deep purplish or dull red. The largest specimen is 28 mm. h. d. and the longest spines measure 33 mm. APOROCIDARIS. Aporocidaris A. Agassiz and Clark, 1907, Haw. Pac. Ech. Cid., p. 36. Test flattened, .50-.60 h.d. (but abactinal system sometimes so much elevated that vertical diameter from centre of aral system, .60-.80 h.d.), rather thin and fragile; coronal plates 6, rarely 7; areolae only slightly sunken; median interam- CLARK: THE CIDARIDAE. 215 bulacral area rather wide, bare, and slightly sunken along sutural line; ambulacra about .30 of interambulacra; poriferous zones almost flush with test; ambulacral plates few, 80-32 in largest specimens ; median ambulacral area somewhat wider than a poriferous zone; each ambulacral plate is vertically wide and carries only a single tubercle, except in large specimens, when a second smaller tubercle is present and then vertical suture is obscured; pores very close together, somewhat oblique. Abactinal system very large, .60-.70 h. d., either flat or more or less ele- vated, with few or many tubercles. Actinostome .40-.50 h. d., consequently only .60-.80 of abactinal system, and notable for small number of plates borne by mem- brane, more or less of which near outer margin is quite bare. Primary spines slen- der, straight, and cylindrical, very finely prickly, white or nearly so, 1.5-3 h. d.; actinal primaries either coarsely or finely serrate or entire; secondaries and milia- ries alike, cylindrical or club-shaped, blunt and more or less erect, rather scattered. Pedicellariae of only one kind, globiferous, but very variable in size. The affinities of this interesting genus are rather obscure, for although the sec- ondary spines resemble those of Austrocidaris nutrix, it is hard to believe that there is any close relationship to that species. There are no other living species of Cidaridae which approach sufficiently near the three rare species placed here to give us any real clue to their natural position. Although 4. millert has actinal primaries similar to those of Porocidaris, there is little else to ally it with that genus, and the other two species are even more different. The large abactinal system, few ambulacral plates, unsunken poriferous zones, somewhat bare actino- stome, and the primary spines are strikimg reminders of Salenia. Two of the species are discoveries made by the “ Albatross” and are found only in the deep waters of the Pacific Ocean ; although m/lert was once taken in 465 fths., most of the specimens are from over 1,600 fths. and fragilis has been taken only at depths exceeding 1,500 fths. The third species was found by the “ Belgica” in much shallower water, but in the far Antarctic Ocean. The following key is based on the examination of 116 specimens of the two “ Albatross” species. Key to the Species. Test moderately high, .55 h. d. and more; abactinal system elevated, with numerous tubercles (250-300 on a system 13 mm. across) ; ambulacral plates about 20,in a specimenlimm.h.d.. .. . . milleri Test flat, about .50 h.d.; abactinal system not sistaten with anienaragivel few tubercles (100-200 on asystem 13 mm. across); ambulacral plates about 15, in a specimen 15 mm. h. d. Color reddish- or yellowish-brown; arctic . . . ..... . . « fragilis Coles bay or peddian ;antarctte: 0) 34 is 6 ete Le elle ee tneerto Aporocidaris milleri. Porocidaris Milleri A. Agassiz, 1898, Bull. M. C. Z. 32, 5, p. 74. Aporocidaris Milleri A. Agassiz and Clark, 1907, Haw. Pac. Ech. Cid., p. 37. Plate 6, Pan. Deep Sea Ech., A. Agassiz, 1904. The test of this species is grayish, sometimes with a purple tinge, or yellowish, and the secondaries are of about the same color or paler. The primaries are 216 BULLETIN: MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. nearly or quite white. The largest specimen is 31 mm. h. d., while the primaries are sometimes 75 mm. long. The abactinal system is often elevated 3 or 4 mm. above the test. The ‘‘ Albatross” collected this species in 1891, in the deep water between Acapulco and Panama, and the Galapagos, 465-1880 fths., while in 1904-05 she found it common in the still greater depths south and south- west of the Galapagos, 2005-2153 fths. Aporocidaris fragilis. Aporocidaris fragilis A. Agassiz and Clark, 1907, Haw. Pac. Ech. Cid., p. 37. Plate 23, figs. 5-8, Haw. Pac. Ech. Cid., A. Agassiz and Clark, 1907. Of this species, the only known specimens, the largest of which is 23 mm. h. d., with primaries over 40 mm. long, were taken by the “ Albatross ” in the North Pacific, south of Alaska and southwest of Kamchatka in 1557-1973 fths. Aporocidaris incerta. Porocidaris incerta Koehler, 1902, Belgica Ech. et Oph., p. 7. Figs. 2,16, Belgica Ech., Koehler, 1902. Koehler’s supposition that this species is related to milleri is quite correct, though in the shape of the test it is more like fragilis. The position of incerta in this genus is confirmed not only by Mortensen’s (:03) examination of the pedi- cellariae, but by a careful comparison of Koehler’s description, with a specimen of fragilis of the same size (15 mm. h.d.) as his largest specimen. It is difficult to make out from that description just how much difference there is between the Arctic and Autarctic species. The latter was taken by the “ Belgica” about 20 degrees south of Kerguelen Island, in 55-165 fths. Stereocidaris, Stereocidaris Pomel, 1883, Class. Meth. Gen. Ech., p. 110. Test very similar to Dorocidaris, but usually flatter (.50-.60 h.d.), with fewer coronal plates (4-7, rarely 8 or 9) and relatively fewer primary spines (3-7, rarely 8, in each vertical series) ; that is to say, uppermost coronal plate without primary spine, and second often, third very rarely, similarly bare. Abactinal system large (.85-.55 h.d., usually about .50), often convex, and noticeably thick and stout, but this character varies much within a single species; abactinal miliaries and second- aries usually very small, but this character also varies much. Primary spines usually flaring at tip, or if tapering, provided at base with conspicuous buttress-like “wings”; “winged” primaries are usually noticeably compressed, but otherwise primaries are cylindrical. Globiferous pedicellariae, large and small, commonly lack a conspicuous end-tooth on valves. This is the most poorly defined and unsatisfactory genus in the family, and yet the species contained in it have something about their general appearance which is distinctive and makes it possible to recognize them usually at a glance. They show considerable diversity in test, spines, and pedicellariae, and some in- dividuals are strikingly like Dorocidaris. It is only when a considerable amount CLARK: THE CIDARIDAE. 217; of material is available for comparison that such individuals can be properly placed. Unfortunately in preparing the following key there have been available only five species, represented by 69 specimens, and it is probable that errors have crept in which might have been avoided had a larger series of specimens been available. However, Anderson’s and Doderlein’s descriptions and figures are sufficiently complete and accurate to make it possible to include their species. Diderlein’s (:06) measurements and figures have been of the greatest help. The Japanese species need revision based on plenty of material, and it is possible that the three species here recognized will prove to be simply forms of a single species, as the differences between them are slight. All the recent species occur in depths of 40 fathoms or over, and all but one (éagolfiana) are found only in the Indo-Pacific region. A number of fossil species from the Cretaceous are referred to this genus. How Déderlein (: 06) can lay great stress on the form of the pedicellariae in Stereocidaris and write without qualification “ Grosse und kleinere globifere Pedicellarien ohne unpaaren Endzahn”’ (p. 102), is incomprehensible, for his own figures (Plates XXXVI and XXXVII) contradict the statement flatly. Had I examined no specimens, the study of Diderlein’s figures would have satis- fied me that the pedicellariae are no more reliable than the spines. Key to the Species. Actinostome very small, .20-.35 h.d., usually under .30 except in young specimens. Primary spines often more or less trigonal, but seldom with three con- spicuous “wings” near base; tridentate pedicellariae wanting ; pedicels contain perforated plates besides thorny curved rods. Longest primary spines, 1.3-2.7 h. d., thickness commonly less than 8% of length; perforated plates in pedicels small, with few large holes CP SEU Lie? a See oe One Re ReIngn wreath eee Car indica Longest primary spines about 1.35 h. d., thickness about 10% of length; perforated plates in pedicels broad, with many small holes. . . capensis Primary spines commonly with three conspicuous wings near base; tridentate pedicellariae common; pedicels with few or no per- SERGE BLAU CH. pl ach iar ik th aid Canents cM Aksacd overt lelersitle, Vals CPICAMERACE Actinostome larger, almost always over .35 h. d. Primaries pale pink or reddish, with 10-16 longitudinal series of fine prickles, which often merge into ridges, and 1 (or more) of these becomes a conspicuous “ wing” or “ buttress ” on basal half of spine, which is also often flattened ; primaries tapering towards tip ; coronal plates 5 or 6 (rarely 7). Abactinal system coarsely tubercled; median ambulacral area de- pressed and bare along vertical suture, each plate with only 1 or 2 tubercles; color of test and secondaries madder purple . . . alcocki Abactinal system with numerous small tubercles ; median ambulacral area not depressed, often elevated along vertical suture, which is seldom visible, crowded with tubercles, each plate with 4-6 ; color of test and secondaries brownish, usually very pale ; no tridentate POGICCUME A hee ee a SAM ire 2M eh 6 OF Be otngelnane 218 BULLETIN: MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. Primaries cylindrical, at least near base, never provided with “ wings,” but with more or less evident, longitudinal series of rounded or sharp granules, tending to become ridges near tip of spine, which is often flaring. Ambulacra very narrow, only .18-.25 of interambulacra, not deeply sunken; median area closely covered with 6 series of tubercles ; all miliaries very minute ; neck of primaries white . . microtuberculata Ambulacra .25~.38 of interambulacra in width. Secondaries not white; actinostome much smaller than abactinal system ; tridentate pedicellariae present. Abactinal system elevated 10% or more above test; abactinal surface appears very bare from small, wide, closely appressed miliaries; primaries not white with purple collar... . grandis Abactinal system flat or little elevated; abactinal surface well covered with ordinary miliaries; primaries when perfectly clean, white, usually with a distinct purple collar. . . Jleucacantha Secondaries white or whitish; actinostome nearly equal to abac- tinal system; no tridentate pedicellariae . . . . . . sceptriferoides Stereocidaris indica. Stereocidaris indica Doderlein, 1901, Zool. Anz., 23, p. 19. Plate 10, figs. 1, 2; Plate 11, Deutsche Tiefsee Exp. Ech., Doderlein, 1906. This species appears to be very variable, and Déderlein (: 06), recognizes four varieties (integra, africana, carinata, sumatrana), based upon slight differences chiefly in primary spines and pedicellariae. He says, however, that he doubts the constancy of any of these varieties except sumatrana, which appears to be well- marked. Doderlein’s admirable descriptions and his tables of measurements are all that could be desired, but the figures given often suffer from indistinctness ; they are quite good enough, however, to reveal the notable diversity in the pedi- cellariae of this species. The color is yellowish, each of the larger secondaries with a dark spot and the actinal primaries white. The largest specimen measured 46 mm.h.d. The distribution of izdica is from Somali-Land to the Moluccas, in 443-715 fths. Stereocidaris capensis. Stereocidaris indica var. capensis Déderlein, 1901, Zodl. Anz., 23, p. 19. Stereocidaris capensis Déderlein, 1906, Deutsche Tiefsee Exp. Ech., p. 110. Plate 10, figs. 3-6, Deutsche Tiefsee Exp. Ech., Doderlein, 1906. Although closely related to the preceding species, Déderlein considers the South African form entitled to specific rank. As he finds the chief and most constant character in the calcareous plates of the pedicels, the species seems to me open to serious doubt, for I do not consider that any importance can be attached to the exact form of the microscopic, calcareous particles of the Echini. The only known specimeus of capensis were taken by the “ Valdivia ” CLARK: THE CIDARIDAR. 219 off Cape Colony in 278 fths. The largest measured 36 mm. h. d. The color is gray, with a brownish tinge, the secondaries with darker tips, and the actinal primaries whitish. Stereocidaris tricarinata. Stereocidaris indica var. tricarinata Doderlein, 1901, Zodl. Anz., 23, p. 20. Stereocidaris tricarinata Déderlein, 1906, Deutsche Tiefsee Exp. Ech., p. 112. Plate 9, Deutsche Tiefsee Exp. Ech., Diderlein, 19906. This species seems to be rather better defined than capensis, but as its validity depends largely on the value assigned to certain features of the pedicellariae, there is still room for some doubt as to its proper standing. The deformed specimen to which Diderlein has given the varietal name ¢eretispina is indeed very different from the typical form, but as it was a parasitized individual, its peculiarities may be pathological. The ‘‘ Valdivia” collected ¢ricarinata only in the vicinity of Sumatra in 206-417 fths. The largest specimen was 54 mm.h.d. The color of the test is dark reddish; the primaries are gray with rosy-necks; the actinal primaries whitish; the larger secondaries have a dark spot. Stereocidaris alcocki. Dorocidaris alcocki Anderson, 1894, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, 63, pt. 2, 3, p. 191. Plate 5, figs. 3, 3a, Ill. Investigator Zoél. Ech., Alcock and Anderson, 1895. There can be little question of the validity of this species unless zzdica proves to be even more variable than is supposed. If the published descriptions are accurate (and there is no apparent reason for doubting them), the two species are quite distinct. The ‘Investigator’ took alcocki in the Laccadtve Sea in 636 fths. It is a small species, only 25-26 mm. h. d. Stereocidaris ingolfiana. Stereocidaris ingolfiana Mortensen, 1903, Ingolf-Exp. Ech., I, p. 38. Plate 6, figs. 1-5, 11, Ingolf-Exp. Ech., Mortensen, 1903. It is rather curious that this very distinct and interesting species should not have been described until so recently, for adult specimens are easily distinguished from any other North Atlantic or West Indian species. Even when the primary spines are missing or do not have the “ wings” developed, the species may be recognized by the very numerous slender secondaries and miliaries, and the more or less elevated median ambulacral area, densely covered with minute tubercles. Mortensen’s description lacks nothing, but in the table of measurements it is evident that “height” is estimated in some variable way; for while in a large series of tests of such a variable species as D. papiliata, for example, there is sometimes a variation of 20% in the vertical diameter, Mortensen’s measure- ments would indicate a variation of 30% among 8 specimens of ixgol/fiana ; and while papillata is occasionally .75 h. d. in height, Mortensen gives one speci- 220 BULLETIN : MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. men of zzgolfiana over .90 h.d., or, in other words, almost spherical! The specimens in the Museum of Comparative Zoology are .54-.58 h.d., while Mor- tensen’s table gives .61-.91 h. d. as the range for his 8 specimens; it can hardly -be doubted that this difference is due to the method of measurement used. In the diameter of the abactinal system and the actinostome, Mortensen’s figures, .41-.54 h.d. for the former and .36-.40 h. d. for the latter, accord well with the measurements of the specimens in the Museum of Comparative Zodlogy. One error in his table occurs which may be either a slip of the pen or a misprint; the specimen 28 mm. h. d. is said to have the abactinal system only 10.5 (the same as the actinostome), while examination of the figure given on Plate 6 (which is appar- ently that specimen) shows the abactinal system to be about 14 mm., which is what would be expected. The largest specimen recorded is 35 mm. h. d.; the color is brownish, but not at all distinctive. The geographical range is from Iceland to Nevis, in 165-665 fths. Stereocidaris microtuberculata. Cidaris (Stereocidaris) microtuberculata Yoshiwara, 1898, Ann. Zool. Jap., 2, pt. 2, p. 57. Plates 1 and 2. Although this species is closely allied to the following, it is easily distinguished by the characters given in the key. The test and small spines are yellowish- brown witha greenish tinge, and the larger secondaries have a median, longitudinal stripe of a darker shade. The fully developed primaries, when clean, are white. This is the biggest member of the genus, the diameter of the largest known specimen being 86 mm. ; Stereocidaris grandis. Dorocidaris grandis Doderlein, 1885, Arch. Naturg., 51 Jhrg., 1, p. 77. Stereocidaris grandis Doderlein, 1887, Jap. Seeigel, p. 42. Plate 1, Plate 2, figs. 1-11, Jap. Seeigel, Doderlein, 1887. Plates 33, 36, Haw. Pac. Ech. Cid., A. Agassiz and Clark, 1907. The series of specimens at hand from Japan and Hawaii shows that this is a well-characterized but somewhat variable species. The primaries are quite stout (the thickness 5-7% of the length), usually deep pinkish, especially at base, but often brown, gray, or green, while the test is gray, yellowish, or greenish, and the secondaries yellowish or greenish, often with a broad, longitudinal green stripe; the general effect is greenish, more or less inclined towards yellowish. ‘The largest specimen in the series is 40 mm. h.d., but Déoderlein’s largest specimen was 61 mm. Specimens of grandis are known not only from Japan and Hawaii, but also from the Dutch Hast Indies (de Meijere :04). It is possible that those to which de Meijere refers as having “die Halse’’ “hell violet” are really to be referred to the next species. CLARK: THE CIDARIDAE. 221 Stereocidaris leucacantha. Stereocidaris leucacantha A. Agassiz and Clark, 1907, Haw. Pac. Ech. Cid., p. 23. Plates 15, 32, Haw. Pac. Ech. Cid., A. Agassiz and Clark, 1907. Although this Hawaiian species, collected at a number of stations by the “ Albatross,” is very close to grandis in many ways, the two are easily distin- cuished at a glance, and no intermediate specimens have been seen. The largest specimen is 57 mm. h.d. The color is somewhat variable, that of the test and secondaries ranging from almost yellowish-white to deep purplish-gray ; there is usually a decidedly purple cast actinally. The primaries are longer and more slender than in grandis (the thickness only 4 or 5% of the length), and are white when clean. The fully grown ones almost always have the collar deep purple, sharply contrasted with the white neck. In many specimens the seconda- ries show an evident green tinge. Stereocidaris sceptriferoides. Cidaris (Stereocidaris) sceptriferoides Doderlein, 1887, Jap. Seeigel, p. 5. Stereocidaris sceptriferoides Doderlein, 1887, Jap. Seeigel, p. 42. Plate 2, figs. 12-17, Jap. Seeigel, Doderlein, 1887. This species, although it appears to be very rare, is well characterized. The globiferous pedicellariae are very slender, the valves often have a conspicuous end-tooth, and the opening may be very long aid narrow. The only known specimens of this species were taken in Japanese waters. ANOMOCIDARIS. Anomocidaris A. Agassiz and Clark, 1907, Haw. Pac. Ech. Cid., p. 30. Test rather flat, vertical diameter about .50 h. d., but sometimes, through eleva- tion of abactinal system, conspicuously rounded-conical; vertical diameter from centre of anal system in such cases being about .60 h. d.; coronal plates 7-9; areo- lae abactinally small, very shallow and indistinct, on the uppermost plates practi- cally wanting, but at ambitus and below deeply sunken and merging together near actinostome ; median interambulacral.area covered with small tubercles, not at all bare or sunken, but sutural lines distinct; ambulacra about .30 of interambulacra ; poriferous zones not deeply sunken; median ambulacral area with two or three series of tubercles on each side, inner much smaller and more or less incomplete; vertical sutural line usually distinct; pores nearly horizontal; distance between two not quite equal to diameter of pore. Abactinal system moderate, about .47 h. d. ; anal system small, less than .40 of abactinal system and composed of only about 20 plates and grains; oculars rather small and genitals very widely in contact with each other. Whole abactinal surface more or less densely covered with very small secondaries, miliaries, and pedicellariae. Actinostome small, .35 h. d., only about .75 of abactinal system. Primary spines slender, 1-1.50 h. d.; thickness 3-5% of length; cylindrical with longitudinal series of minute granules, sometimes nearly smooth, often flattened and widened at tip; actinal primaries very variable, some- 222 BULLETIN : MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. times flattened, curved, and entire, slightly notched or even serrate, but frequently thick, straight, and more or less smooth; secondaries flat, those on ambulacra quite narrow. Large globiferous sometimes, and tridentate pedicellariae always, want- ing; small ones sometimes with, more often without, end-tooth on valves. ; The above diagnosis of this interesting monotypic genus is based on a large series of specimens, 11-40 mm. h.d., which admits of little question of the iden- tity of Déderlein’s S¢. japonica and Yoshiwara’s C. tenuispinus. Some of the peculiarities are given by those writers in their original descriptions of the only species, which they regarded as a Stereocidaris. While its nearest relatives are probably to be found in that genus, it is quite distinct from them and is well entitled to generic rank. For a full discussion of this genus and its type species, see A. Agassiz and Clark, 1907, Bull. M. C. Z., 51, p. 112-114. Anomocidaris japonica. Dorocidaris japonica Déderlein, 1885, Arch. Naturg., 51 Jhrg., 1, p. 76. Stereocidaris japonica \)dderlein, 1887, Jap. Seeigel, p. 34. Cidaris (Stereocidaris) tenuispinus Y oshiwara, 1898, Ann. Zool. Jap. 2, pt. 2, p. 57. Anomocidaris tenuispina A. Agassiz and Clark, 1907, Haw. Pac. Ech. Cid., p. 30. Anomocidaris japonica. A. Agassiz and Clark, 1907, Prelim. Rep. Albatross 1906 Ech., Bull. M. C. Z., 51, p. 112-114. Plate 31, figs. 5-8, Haw. Pac. Ech. Cid., A. Agassiz and’ Clark, 1907. Plate 3, Jap. Seeigel, Doderlein, 1887. The only known specimens of this species have been taken in Japanese waters, in 40-284 fths. The largest specimen is 40 mm. h.d. The color of test and sec- ondaries is commonly some shade of brown, often reddish, sometimes greenish, while the primaries are grayish or brownish, often with a decidedly olive-green tinge, rarely rosy-reddish; the neck is brown, usually polished and shining. ACANTHOCIDARIS. Acanthocidaris Mortensen, 1908, Ingolf-Exp. Ech., 1, p. 21. Test high, .60-.70 h. d:; coronal plates 7 or 8; areolae not at all sunken and very distinct, even actinally ; median interambulacral area somewhat sunken and bare along vertical suture; ambulacra about .25 of interambulacra; poriferous zones little sunken; each ambulacral plate slightly curved, with a single large tubercle near upper margin of median portion, a much smaller one near lower margin half- way to inner end, and a very minute one (which usually carries a pedicellaria) just beneath largest; this arrangement is remarkably constant, regardless of age and size ; it is well shown in a specimen 9 mm. h. d., and is not essentially different in one 52 mm. h.d.; in some very large specimens, however, another small secondary tubercle may be borne on inner end of plate; median vertical suture usually visible, but there is no noticeable median bare strip; pores oblique much as in Cidaris. Abactinal system about .45 h.d., very flat; peculiar in that all oculars are broadly CLARK: THE CIDARIDAE. 223 in contact with anal plates except right anterior one; this ocular is wholly or very nearly excluded ; instead of being an individual peculiarity (as sometimes occurs in Tretocidaris et al.), this curious arrangement is remarkably constant, and is as evident in a specimen 17 mm. h.d. as in those over 40 mm. Actinostome .35- 40 h.d., generally about .90 of abactinal system. Primary spines unique, 2.5- 3.3 h. d., straight or somewhat curved, nearly smooth; base broad and depressed, somewhat triangular in cross-section, with more or less evident traces of longitudi- nal series of granules, but in large specimens these are scarcely visible; collar enormously wide, .20 or more of length of spine, and abruptly contrasted with remainder in color; this remainder bears 10-20 sharply distinct longitudinal ribs, which are seemingly continuations of series of granules on collar; outer limit of collar not straight, 7. e. forming a ring around spine, but more or less deeply concave on both sides, especially actinally ; tip of primary blunt or more or less expanded; actinal primaries conspicuously capped and serrate as in Stephanoci- daris, but much stouter than in that genus ; secondaries long, slender, and flat. All three kinds of pedicellariae present ; globiferous, both large and small, lack an end- tooth on valves; stalks of large ones usually with a “limb.” This notable genus will be recognized at first sight by the peculiar, handsome spines somewhat resembling those of Coelopleurus. The above diagnosis is based upon the examination of fifty fine specimens of hastigera, representing all ages. The type of the genus is the species named by Bell (93) curvatispinis, but nothing is known of its test or abactinal system, for neither Bell nor Mortensen (: 03) has attempted any description beyond spines and pedicellariae. It is interesting to find that the “Siboga” collected in the East Indies a third species of this genus, which de Meijere (: 04) has named Cidaris maculicollis. His careful de- scription of the primary spines leaves no doubt as to the proper relationship of this new form, although the describer, in spite of the primaries, places it in the same subgenus with C. metularia, tribuloides, etc., because he considers the large globiferous pedicellariae like those of Cidaris. As a matter of fact, however, the valve of a pedicellaria which de Meijere figures is quite as near Acanthocidaris as it is to typical Cidaris. On account of the broad collar and the serrate actinal primaries, de Meijere (: 03) originally described maculicollis as a Porocidaris, but it really has as little in common with that genus as with Cidaris. Key to the Species. Collar of primary spines very light-colored, unspotted ; remainder of spine reddish or brownish. Secondaries cream-color or yellowish; base of primaries with distinct angles, which may be somewhat serrate . . . . . curvatispinis Secondaries dark reddish-brown ; base of primaries aS seated angles, not in the least serrate. . . . ota oo Lar MERE DEL Collar of primary spines greenish, with iad Got : binds of spine whit- ish with 3 or 4 cross-bands of reddish . . . . . . . . . « « maculicollis 224 BULLETIN : MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. Acanthocidaris curvatispinis. Cidaris curvatispinis Bell, 1893, Trans. Zool. Soc., London, 13, p. 303. Acanthocidaris curvatispinis Mortensen, 1903, Ingolf-Exp. Ech., 2 Apia. Plate 38, Trans. Zool. Soc. London, 13, Bell, 1893, Nothing is known in regard to this species, except that Bell has figured the entire animal and Mortensen the pedicellariae. The type specimen in the British Museum, and a second specimen in Paris, are both from Mauritius and are the only ones known. The type specimen is about 50 mm. h.d., with primaries 150 mm. long; many of the latter are banded near the tip with brownish and yellowish. Acanthocidaris hastigera. Acanthocidaris hastigera A. Agassiz and Clark, 1907, Haw. Pac. Ech. Cid., p. 39. Plates 37-42, Haw. Pac. Ech. Cid., A. Agassiz and Clark, 19907. In addition to the differences mentioned above, this species may be distinguished from the preceding by the stouter primaries and their entire lack of any cross- barring or bands of color. It was found by the “Albatross” to be common among the Hawaiian Islands. When cleaned, the test is nearly white in young specimens, with the median ambulacral area red, the actinostome decidedly green, and the abactinal system dull greenish-red; in older specimens the white is re- placed by reddish-cream color, and there is little green evident anywhere. When uncleaned the test is, like the secondaries, dark brownish-red, much lighter in very young specimens. The largest specimen is 52 mm. h.d.; the longest primaries are 145 mm. All of the “ Albatross” specimens were taken on sandy bottom in comparatively shallow water, 23-222 fths. Acanthocidaris maculicollis. Porocidaris maculicollis de Meijere, 1903, Tijdsch. Ned. Dierk. Vereen. (2) 8, p. 1. Plate 3, figs. 18, 19, Siboga-Exp. Ech., de Meijere, 1904. The secondaries of this species are described as having “a dark longitudinal stripe,” but the ground color is not mentioned. The four specimens collected by the “Siboga” were all small (10-18 mm. h.d) and were evidently young ones. They were taken at depths of only 39-53 fths., and at each of the three stations mussel-shells formed a characteristic feature of the bottom. POROCIDARIS. Porocidaris Desor, 1854, Syn. Ech. Foss., p. 46. Test rather high, .60-.75 h. d.; coronal plates, 7-9; areolae more or less sunken and merging actinally ; median interambulacral area with vertical sutural region somewhat sunken and bare; ambulacra .18-.34 of interambulacra; poriferous zones very little sunken; median ambulacral area with a single marginal row of tubercles, CLARK: THE CIDARIDAE. 225 and even this may be incomplete in small specimens; between are more or fewer scattered tubercles, but there is never a complete second series even in very large specimens; vertical sutural line, bare; pores oblique, close together, surface of interval rough or elevated. Abactinal system variable in size, oculars and especially genitals with noticeably wide bare margins. Actinostome .30-.45 h. d., with few or no interambulacral plates. Primary spines, when fully developed, long, 1.5—4 h. d, cylindrical or nearly so, white (sometimes tinged with rose, purple, or yellow) with a darker collar; actinal primaries flat, somewhat curved, coarsely and sharply serrate ; secondaries flat and not peculiar. No globiferous pedicellariae whatever ; tridentate pedicellariae very variable in size (.80-6.0 mm.) and form, with 2-4 (generally 3) unusually stout, wide valves. This is one of the most distinct and easily recognized of the genera of recent Echini, but the species it contains are most perplexing and are exceedingly diffi- cult to distinguish from each other. The genus has a wide geographical range, as it occurs in the North Atlantic Ocean, the Caribbean Sea, among the Galapagos Islands, the Hawaiian Islands, the Hast Indian Islands, and the Nicobar Islands, along the coast of Japan, near Australia, and along the east coast of Africa, it depths ranging from 169 to 799 fths. Several species from the Tertiary have been named, and serrate spines, like the actinal primaries of Porocidaris, occur in the Jurassic. There is little diversity of color in the genus, for the test, the collar of the primaries, and the small-spines are commonly some shade of brown, often becoming very dark or deep purple with age, while the primaries are usually very white. The following key is based on the examination of 54 specimens representing all the species, except misakiensis. Key to the Species. wontceliuriae allwith Z valves = 606 ea se te ew 8 ke 8 me purpurata Pedicellariae mostly with 3 valves. Abactinal system .40-.55 h.d.; primaries rather stout (thickness of large ones 3-6% of length), finely and sharply thorny. (These prickles are not always easily seen with the unaided eye, but are so distinct that a spine cannot be drawn upward between thumb and finger when lightly closed upon it.) Small spines in interambulacra, outside scrobicular circles, above am- bitus, very few; ambulacra almost wholly bare between marginal rows of tubercles; primaries stout, 1.5-2.5 h. d. (thickness 5-6 per cent of length), often becoming larger and fluted near tip, with numerous (25-30) longitudinal series of prickles . . . . . . sharreri Small spines more numerous on upper half of test ; ambulacra usually ~ with scattered tubercles; primaries somewhat less stout, with about 12-15 longitudinal series of prickles, more or less tapering and never enlarged and fluted at tip, but occasionally with large projecting thorns near base. Primaries less stout (thickness 3-4 per cent of length); no special depression on inner surface of valves of large pedicellariae above hypophysis ; test, secondaries, and collar of primaries light red- dish-or yellowisi-brown 3.4.0... 5 6s 2. Ss egans VOL. LI. — NO. 7 16 226 BULLETIN: MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. Primaries stouter (thickness about 4.5 per cent of length) ; a distinct triangular impression on inner surface of valves of large pedi- cellariae above hypophysis; test, secondaries, and collar of primaries deep, dark brown . . . . .« misakiensis Abactinal system .35-.45 h. d.; primaries very sése ad ibation, 2. 5-4h. d. (thickness only 2-3 per cent of length); very nearly smooth (slip easily between thumb and finger). Large pedicellariae always with 3 valves, which are distinctly pointed ; anal system about .50 of abactinal; median ambulacral area about .87 of ambulacrum; size smail, under 35 mm. h. d.; color and primaries very white and shining. . . . cobosi Large pedicellariae very variable, sometimes with aa 2 or with 4 valves, which are usually broad and are rounded at tip; anal sys- tem about .45 of abactinal; median ambulacral area about .50 of ambulacrum; size large, up to 85 mm. h.d.; color usually very dark and primaries yellowish . . . . . . . » « » « « vamiabues Porocidaris purpurata. Porocidaris purpurata Wyville Thomson, 1872, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (4) 10, p. 302. Plate 59, Porcupine Ech., Wyville Thompson, 1875. One needs only to compare a specimen of this cidaroid with any other member of the genus to reject Mortensen’s (:03) proposed genus “ Histocidaris,”’ for aside from the pedicellariae, the only feature in which purpurata differs noticeably from the others is the presence of an exceptionally wide collar on some of the primaries of some specimens, and that can hardly be considered a very useful character. Moreover Mortensen’s proposed variety ¢alismani, which he thinks may even be a distinct species, cannot be recognized, for the primaries with swollen, fusiform, violet collars occur in typical purpurata, and one is figured by Thomson (’75), though they are not present in all specimens. The small spines and some of the abactinal primaries are light reddish- or purplish-brown. The largest recorded specimen is 50 mm. h.d. This species is known only from the North Atlantic, save for the specimen from the Nicobar Islands, collected by e “ Valdivia,” and referred to purpurata by Doderlein. Porocidaris sharreri. Porccidaris Sharreri A. Agassiz, 1880, Bull. M. C. Z., 8, p. 71. Plate 3, Blake Ech., A. Agassiz, 1833. This handsome West Indian species was dredged by the “ Blake” off Georgia in 279 fths. (in company with S¢. ingolfiana ) and also near Barbados in 356 fths. The general color is red-brown and not at all purplish. The largest specimen is 69 mm. h. d., with spines 114 mm. long. CLARK: THE CIDARIDAE. 225 Porocidaris elegans. Porocidaris elegans A. Agassiz, 1879, Proc. Amer. Acad., 14, p. 198. Plate 3, Challenger Ech., A. Agassiz, 1881. Originally collected by the “Challenger ” off New South Wales and southeast from the Philippines, specimens of Porocidaris, referred to this species, have since been taken by the “ Valdivia” near Sumatra, and off the east coast of Africa, and by the “ Siboga” among the Dutch Hast Indies. One of the specimens collected by the latter vessel measured 85 mm. h. d. The specimen from the Bay of Biscay reported by Koehler (’96) is doubtless not this species ; but probably purpurata, though it might be sharrert, with which species elegans agrees in coloration and many other points. The 5 specimens taken by the “ Siboga” which de Meijere (: 04) calls “ Cidaris elegans juv. ?” are rather peculiar, especially the pedicel- lariae, and their real relationship is doubtful. The specimens taken by the “ Valdivia ”’ differ from elegans, not only in their remarkably light coloration, but in their small abactinal system, actinostome and anal system, the very thorny primaries, and their large number of coronal plates. It is quite likely that they are a distinct species. Porocidaris misakiensis. Cidaris (Porocidaris) misakiensis Yoshiwara, 1898, Ann. Zool. Jap., 2, pt. 2, p. 58. Plate 2, fig. 16, Siboga-Exp. Ech., de Meijere, 1904. This is the most dubious species of the genus, especially as no complete de- scription or figures have appeared. Aside from the original preliminary descrip- tion, the only available information about misakiensis is contained in de Meiere’s * Siboga’’ report (:04). He found one specimen which might be referred to this species, but the difference between it and elegans is difficult to understand, and it will be surprising if the two prove to be really distinct. Yoshiwara’s specimen was 39 mm. h. d., and de Meijere’s was 50 mm. The color is said to be dark brown. Porocidaris cobosi. Porocidaris cobosi A. Agassiz, 1898, Bull. M. C. Z., 32, 5, p. 74. Plate 9, Pan. Deep Sea Ech., A. Agassiz, 1904. This is the handsomest species of the genus, and except purpurata, the easiest to recognize. It has been taken only once, and then by the “ Albatross,” near Chatham Island, Galapagos, on a rocky bottom in 385 fths. The largest specimen is only 35 mm. h. d. 228 BULLETIN : MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. Porocidaris variabilis. Porocidaris variabilis A. Agassiz and Clark, 1907, Haw. Pac. Ech. Cid., p. 32. Plates 16-22, 23, figs. 1-4, Haw. Pac. Ech. Cid., A. Agassiz and Clark, 1907. This species was found by the ‘‘ Albatross ” to be common among the Hawaiian Islands, and some very fine specimens were secured. The largest is deep purple, and measures 85 mm. h. d.; the others are various shades of brown, and one was very light-colored, like codosi. It is possible that if misakiensis is really distinct from elegans, this species may prove to be identical with Yoshiwara’s. CLARK: THE CIDARIDAE. abyssicola (Dorocidaris). Acanthocidaris. aflinis (Tretocidaris). africana (Stereocidaris indica). alcocki (Stereocidaris). Anaulocidaris. annulata (Tretocidaris). annulifera (Phyllacanthus). Anomocidaris. Aporocidaris. assimilis (Schizocidaris). Astropyga. Aulacocidaris. australis (Phyllacanthus). Austrocidaris. baculosa (Phyllacanthus). bartletti (Tretocidaris). biserialis (Goniocidaris). bispinosa (Stephanocidaris). blakei (Dorocidaris). bracteata (Tretocidaris). calacantha (Tretocidaris). Calocidaris. canaliculata (Austrocidaris). capensis (Stereocidaris). carinata (Stereocidaris indica). Centrocidaris. Chondrocidaris. Cidaridae. Cidaridés. Cidariens. Cidaris. cidaris (Echinus). Cidarites. clypeata (Goniocidaris). cobosi (Porocidaris). crenularis (Schleinitzia). cretosa (Stereocidaris). curvatispinis (Acanthocidaris). = INDEX. 208 | Diplocidaris. 222 | Discocidaris. 203 | doederleini (Centrocidaris). 218 Dorocidaris. 219 | dubia (Phyllacanthus). 175 dubia (Tretocidaris). 203 ies 1gg | clegans (Porocidaris). 99) Eocidaris. 214 Eucidaris. 198 | fimbriata (Goniocidaris). 192 | florigera (Goniocidaris). 175 | fragilis (Aporocidaris). 187 912 | galapagensis (Cidaris). geranioides (Goniocidaris). 189 | gibberula (Tylocidaris). 203 | gigantea (Chondrocidaris). 199 | glandulosa (Stephanocidaris). 194 Goniocidariens. 209 | Goniocidaris. 206 | gracilis (Porocidaris). 205 grandis (Stereocidaris). 911 Gymuocidaris. 212 | hastigera (Acanthocidaris). 218 | hawaiiensis (Stephanocidaris). 218 | hirsutispinus (Goniocidaris). 214 | Histocidaris. 190 | hystrix (Cidaris). 177 168 | imperialis (Phyllacanthus). 168 | incerta (Aporocidaris). 183 | indica (Stereocidaris). 167 | imermis (Orthocidaris). 167 | ingolfiana (Stereocidaris). 197 | integra (Stereocidaris indica). oo japonica (Anomocidaris). 177 ‘| Leiocidaris. 224 | Leptocidaris. 229 ror 175 214 207 187 204 227 175 175 199 198 216 186 198 avr pleas 194 168 195 197 220 175 224 195 197 175 167 188 216 218 177 219 218 222 175 175 230 BULLETIN: MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. leucacantha (Stereocidaris). 221 | recens (Rhabdocidaris). 187 lorioli (Stereocidaris). 212 reini (Tretocidaris). 207 liitkeni (Phyllacanthus). 189 reynesi (Tetracidaris). Ly Rhabdocidariens. 168 maculicollis (Acanthocidaris). 224 | Rhabdoeidaris. 175 magnifica (Temnocidaris). 177. | rugosa (Dorocidaris). 210 idaris). 184. on xa) Salenia. 215 micans (Calocidaris). 211 Sap Ah ; sceptriferoides (Stereocidaris). 221 microtuberculata (Stereocid- ASH Su Schizocidaris. 1s aris). 220 Ws Tens Fe Schleinitzia. 175 mikado (Goniocidaris). 199 Speer eae Mikrocidaris. 175 serrata (Discocidaris). 198 ae melah sharreri (Porocidaris). 226 milleri (Aporocidaris). 215 ee: os cor spinosa (Tretocidaris). 200 Miocidaris. 175 P : 5 caceat es bree Stephanocidaris. 192 misakiensis (Porocidaris). 227 ere eats Stereocidaris. 216 a een Aa sumatrana (Stereocidaris indica). 218 multiceps (Polycidaris). 177 talismani (Porocidaris purpu- nonarius (Polycidaris). 199 rata). 926 nuda (Dorocidaris). 209 | Temnocidaris. 195 nutrix (Austrocidaris). 213 | tenuispina (Anomocidaris). 229 tenuispinus (Stereocidaris). 222 Orthocidaris. 201 | teretispina (Stereocidaris tricari- nata). 219 panamensis (Tretocidaris). 904 Tetracidaris. 192 papillata (Dorocidaris). 209 | thomasii (Phyllacanthus). 188 Paracidaris. 175 | thouarsii (Cidaris). 185 parvispina (Phyllacanthus). 187 tiara (Tretocidaris). 202 perplexa (Tretocidaris). 205 Tretocidaris. 200 Petalocidaris. 175 Triadocidaris. 175 Phalacrocidaris. 175 | tribuloides (Cidaris). 185 Phyllacanthus. 186 | tricarinata (Stereocidaris). 219 pistillaris (Phyllacanthus). 167 | tubaria (Goniocidaris). 198 Plegiocidaris. 175 | Turbans. 167 Pleurocidaris. 175 | Tylocidaris. 183 Polycidaris. 199 | Typocidaris. 175 Porocidaris. 224 Priowocidaris. 175 | umbraculum (Goniocidaris). 198 Procidaris. 175 a tae purpurata (Porocidaris). 296 | variabilis (Porocidaris). 227 veronensis (Porocidaris). 177 quoyi (Goniocidaris). 167 | verticillata (Phyllacanthus). 187 CuaRK. — The Cidaridae. EXPLANATION OF PLATES. PLATE 1. Stereocidaris microtuberculata Yoshiwara. Nat. size. Abactinal view. Piate 1. Cidaridae. CLARK. — The Cidaridae. PLATE 2. Stereocidaris microtuberculata Yoshiwara. Nat. size. Side view of same specimen as Plate l. Cidaridae. Plate 2. Crakk. — The Cidaridae. PLATE 3. Calocidaris micans (Mortensen). Nat. size. 1. Ambulacral view of partly cleaned specimen ; all primary spines broken. 2. Abactinal view of same. Plate 3: Cidaridae. |. CLARK. — The Cidaridae- PLATE 4. Dorocidaris rugosa, SP- nov. Nat. size. Abactinal view. Plate 4. Cidaridae. : ; | Ji © an FT — ins aoe maid CuarKk. — The Cidaridae. PLATE 5. Dorovidaris rugosa, sp. nov. Actinal view. Nat. size. Plate 5. Cidaridae. a CLARK. — The Cidaridae. PLATE 6. 1-2. Tretocidaris perplexa, sp. nov. Nat. size. 1. Abactinal view. 2. Actinal view. 3-4. Tretocidaris dubia, sp. nov. Nat. size. 38. Abactinal view of partly cleaned specimen. 4. Actinal view of same. Cidaridae. , Plate 6. CLARK. — The Cidaridae. PLATE 7. 1-4. Tretocidaris perplexa, sp. nov. Nat. size. 1. Abactinal view of partly cleaned specimen. 2. Actinal view of same. 3. Interambulacral view of same. 4. Ambulacral view of same. 5-8. Dorocidaris rugosa, sp. nov. Nat. size. 5. Abactinal view of partly cleaned test. 6. Actinal view of same. 7. Interambulacral view of same. 8. Ambulacral view of same. Cidaridae. Sa) AN Y he rs Plate “I CLARK. — The Cidaridae. PLATE ‘8. Tretocidaris bartletti (A. Agassiz). Nat’ size. Abactinal view of specimen with cylindrical spines. Plate 8. Cidaridae. in ee ee . ras == -. = “i }- pa ote CuARKE. — The Cidaridae. PLATE 9. Tretocidaris bartletti (A. Agassiz). Nat. size. Interambulacral view of same specimen as Plate 8. Cidaridae. Plate 9. CuagK. — The Cidaridae. PLATE 10. 1-2. Tretocidaris bracteata (A. Agassiz). Nat. size. 1. Abactinal view of partly cleaned specimen. 2. Side view of same. 3-4. Goniocidaris umbraculum Hutton. Nat. size. 3. Ambulacral view of bare test. 4. Abactinal view of same. 5. Goniocidaris tubaria (Lamarck). Nat. size. Interambulacral view of partly cleaned, small specimen, with slender spines. Plate 10. Cidaridae. - 7 1 at ——' _ ~ \ a iar $n CuarkK. — The Cidaridae. PLATE 11. Goniocidaris tubaria (Lamarck). Nat. size. 1. Abactinal view of partly cleaned, large specimen with short, stout spines. 2. Side view of same. Cidaridae. Plate Pils ve Bulletin of the Museum of Comparative Zodlogy AT HARVARD COLLEGE. Vou. LI. No. 8. NOTICE OF SOME CRINOIDS IN THE COLLECTION OF THE MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. By Austin Hopart CLark. Witu Two PLatEs. CAMBRIDGE, MASS., U.S. A.: PRINTED FOR THE MUSEUM. JaNuARY, 1908. No. 8. — Notice of some Crinotds in the collection of the Museum of Comparative Zodlogy. By Austin Hopart CLARK. Two species of Crinoids were met with during the cruise of the “ Albatross” in the eastern Pacific, one near the Central American coast, and the other approximately midway between the Marquesas Islands and Central America. The former, an unstalked form belonging to Heliometra, is represented by four specimens from three stations; the latter, a species of Bathycrinus, is represented by a single specimen without arms. The Bathycrinus, however, is a species of consider- able interest, for not only does it greatly extend the range of the genus, which was hitherto known in the Pacific only from Kamchatka and southern Japan, but it presents a most extraordinary superficial resem- blance to Rhizocrinus in certain of the characters of the stem and basals ; so close, in fact, that the specimen was first recorded (Mem. Mus. Comp. Zodl, 1906, 33, p. 49) under that generic name, and a close examination under a microscope is necessary to reveal its true affinities. Of the new species here described, Heliometra juvenalis calls for special mention. While undoubtedly closely allied to H. eschrichtit, it is remarkable in having prominent basals, cirri with less than twenty segments, and very short and stout lower pinnules, which are, in fact, much the shortest on the arms. The enlarged ovaries, however, con- taining ova, show that the specimens are adult, although the structure is that of very young specimens of other species of the genus. While no positive statement can be made on only two specimens, this seems to be a case of arrested development at a very early stage. Whether it is a permanent character or not must be left for future investigation ; nothing similar is recorded, nor have I met with a similar case in my studies on the group. STALKED CRINOIDS. Bathycrinus equatorialis, sp. nov. Radials and arms lacking. Basals closely united into a smooth ring, slightly wider above than below, about as high as its greatest diameter; the sides of the ring are markedly convex, a character not known in any other species of Bathycrinus. 234 BULLETIN: MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. Stem 287 mm. long with ninety-two columnars ; the five columnars immediately following the basal ring are very thin and discoidal, the sixth thicker, the seventh about twice the height of the sixth; the following segments increase in length, the sixty-fourth being 4.25 mm. long and 1 mm. in diameter, and the ninety-second 4.90 mm. long by 1.75 mm. in greatest diameter. The columnars differ from those of all known species of Bathycrinus in being practically cylindrical until after the eightieth, when the articulations begin to be very slightly enlarged; but they are never markedly “‘ dice-box shaped,” as in the other species. In general the stem bears a striking similarity to the stems of Rhizocrinus, the more so as the thin discoidal segments at the summit are closely united so as to appear, on superficial examination, as a single piece, and I had some difficulty at first in decid- ing to which genus it belonged. The basal ring is large for Bathycrinus, but shows no sutures whatever, even under strong magnification, nor is there the slightest evidence of incorporated radials. The small number of discoidal seg- ments at the summit of the stem also suggests Rhizocrinus, but in that genus there are never more than two which are broader than long, and usually only one; the topmost columnar in Rhizocrinus, moreover, is always considerably longer than are the very thin proximal columnars of Bathycrinus. Examination of the surface ornamentation of the basals and columnars shows the deep and confluent pitting peculiar to Bathycrinus, and not the fine, shallow, scattered imdentations of Rhizocrinus. As an item of interest it may be mentioned that the seventeenth, fiifty-fourth, and fifty-fifth columnars have the axes of both faces in the same plane; the axes are normally at right angles to each other, although occasionally the angle of divergence is considerably less than 90°. The rapid enlargement of the proximal columnars, together with their segregation into what appears superficially to be a single segment, and the cylindrical form of the majority suggest an interesting possibility in regard to the original figure of Bathycrinus aldrichianus. Of this figure Dr. Carpenter says: ‘The numerous thin joints immediately beneath the cup, which are so characteristic of the genus, are not properly represented in the woodcut, and the joints just below where these ought to be are considerably longer than one would expect to find so near the cup. It may be assumed that Mr. Wild’s drawing was photographic in its accuracy, so far as he could make out the structure of the small specimen; but errors may have crept in during its reproduction on wood, and the cut was pub- lished during Sir Wyville’s absence from England, so that he had no opportunity of revising it. Under these circumstances it appeared preferable to say nothing about the stem in the specific diagnosis given above rather than to attempt to describe it from a probably incorrect woodcut.” While in Bathycrinus australis, B. carpenterti, and B. pacificus from twenty to twenty-five or even more of the proximal columnars are short and discoidal, in B. gracilis and B. complanatus the number is much reduced, being only about half as many or even less; in B. equatorialis only the first five are short enough to be comparable to the proximal segments in the other species, and from then on the length increases rapidly. CLARK: CRINOIDS. 235 In B. aldrichianus the stem is represented as having ouly a single segment wider than high. Judging from B. equatorialis, this segment might easily have been three or four coalesced columnars appearing as a single one, and that following might have been in a similar condition. Even if this were not so, the stem structure of B. equatorialis throws a new light on the specific variation in Bathycrinus, and suggests strongly that the stem of B. aldrichianus as figured is in all essentials correct. At the time the species was dredged by the ‘“ Challenger,” the only small stalked crinoids on board were five specimens of Rhizocrinus; as all of the five had the characteristic basals still attached to the stems, confusion with them is out of the question. In the same haul with B. aldrichianus, it is recorded that Hyocrinus stems were secured; but the stem as figured is certainly not that of a Hyocrinus. Sixteen days later Rhizocrinus was dredged again; but in this case also the basals were ¢ si¢z. Four months later Bathycrinus australis and Hyo- crinus were dredged; but the stem cannot be that of either of these. It was not until the last of February three years later that any more small stalked crinoids were found, too late for their stems to have become incorporated in the figure. Type Cat. 22,664, U.S. National Museum, from “ Albatross” Station No. 4742, 0° 3.4’ north latitude, 117° 15.8’ west longitude, 2320 fathoms, taken Feb- ruary 15, 1905. Bathycrinus caribbeus, sp. nov Radials and arms lacking. Basals closely united into a smooth ring, slightly wider above than below, longer than wide, the sides perfectly straight. Stem 85 mm. long with about one hundred segments, the proximal seven short and discoidal, then rapidly becoming longer, reaching a length of 1.3 mm. with a width of 0.4 mm. in the middle of the stem, the last segment being 2.8 mm. long by 1.2 mm. in diameter at its much expanded end. Above the middle of the stem the columnars are cylindrical; distally the articulations be- come more and more prominent and are greatly expanded on the last two segments. While it is possible that the elongated basals and small number of short dis- coidal joints in this specimen are indications of immaturity, the completely an- chylosed condition of the basals and the apparently full complement of columnars seem to show that this is not the case; and that the latter may be characteristic of much larger specimens we have just seen in the case of B. equatorialis. Bathycrinus caribbeus forms an interesting addition to the crinoid fauna of the Caribbean Sea, the more so since the depth at which it was found is consid- erably less than the lowest previous record for the genus (B. carpenterii 743 fathoms), while the bottom temperature (40° F.) is remarkably high. Type Cat. 22,665, U. S. National Museum, from “ Albatross” station No. 2751, 16° 54’ 00” north latitude, 63° 12’ 00” west longitude, 687 fathoms ; blue Globigerina ooze ; bottom temperature, 40° F. The discovery of four species of Bathycrinus since the publication of the 236 BULLETIN: MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. ‘Challenger ” report makes a key to the species of the genus very desirable, especially since Dr. Carpenter in his key only included the three species dis- covered by the ‘‘ Challenger” and the “ Porcupine,” omitting the interesting form dredged by the ‘ Vgringen.”” In the preparation of the following key I have examined specimens of all the species given, with the exception of B. aldri- chianus. There are two additional species as yet undescribed, one dredged by the ‘‘ Valdivia” off Enderby Land, and the other from the Atlantic coast of the United States. Key to the species of Bathycrinus. A. Basal ring squarish, or wider than high. a. basal ring with straight or concave sides; columnars markedly “ dice- box shaped,” the articulations prominent; 10-25 short discoidal colum- nars at summit of stem. b. arms perfectly smooth, brachials not overlapping. c. costals and brachials low and rounded, non-carinate. d. first brachials as long as or longer than wide; columnars short, 25 or more at summit of stem wider than high. (Northern and northeastern Atlantic). B. carpenterii (Danielssen snd Korsi: dd. first brachials wider than long; columnars long, 15 or less at summit of stem wider than high. (Northwestern Pacific), .-. . « . %... .d..complanatus A. HoGigeks ce. costals distinctly carinate; brachials high, compressed, and carinate. (Near the Crozet Islands). B. australis A. H. Clark. bb. brachials with raised and prominent distal edges, imparting a serrate appearance to the arms. c. costals with a strong, rounded, median keel. d. lower part of radial funnel much constricted. (Equatorial Atlantic)... . . . B.aldrichianus Wyville Thomson. dd. radial funnel slopes evenly downward from the upper to the lower edge. (Coasts of southern Europe). . . B. gracilis Wyville Thomann cc. costals with no trace of a median keel. (Off southern Japan). B. pacificus A. H. Clark. aa. basal ring with markedly convex sides ; columnars cylindrical ; five short discoidal columnars at summit of stem. (Equatorial Pacific). B. equatorialis, sp. nov AA. Basal ring markedly longer than wide. (Caribbean Sea). B. caribbeus, sp. nov. The following table gives the bathymetrical, thermal, and geographical range of each species of Bathycrinus, and of the genus as a whole, as now known; but the data given will doubtless be greatly modified by future discoveries, as but one species, B. carpenterii, can be considered to be even approximately understood ; it is probable that the geographical range, even of this species, is much greater than that given, and there may be a corresponding lack of information in regard to the limits of the thermal and bathymetrical altitudes inhabited by it. 237 : CRINOIDS. CLARK ‘sprode1 paysiqnd ey [Je wor poyndurog x ‘("H 009 “S 99 nog") puvy Aqiapuy FO ‘(AA 8°ST oLIT (NFS 00) BOLOUTY [e1jueg pue spuvsy svsonbivyy oy} Usemjzog ‘uvdvr U1ayyNos JO ‘dnois sapuvi -W0,) ‘puvsy oddog Jo "MF “MSS Seria OF INOqY ‘UBIdO UVIPUT IY} JO ‘AAS ‘SPUBIS] J9Z0ID oY} IvaN "Bag Uvaqqey (‘M9 oF% ‘NLP ol) SHOW S[NVI “9G Jo sve “nue y-PH ‘CN 0G NOE 04 “N QE oLF) Spuvysy ArvuBD on} qnoq¥ 0} YIMos d1J9}siUTY WoT ‘OULPLY Ulezseq *‘pIVM}IOU PUB PUL]VI] PU VIAVUIPUBIG U98Mj9gq ‘SyITUT] [woTTJomAYIVG puB [BUIIT]} Molieu fq pepunog ynq ‘urzjodowsos A[quqorg MOIINqIIysSIg [voIydess0e4 0 99S 0'0F 9°96 G'9E RSE of 9E 0 998 0'OP 9°96 G'9E SFE o0 OF “(qyoquerqe,q) » UIT | erngesreduray, WINUWIXe 0 9°9S 60 o60€ ‘(qloyuorge7) oingeloduey, VANUATU CESS CESS OCES 0GES G06 G06 LOST LOST LEFT O09T 189 189 0¢81 O¢8T FOLT GEFs 9IIT 6ST T8ST| SsEs~e . *(smioyye a) ee eae CEG OZES G06 LOST GLET 189 OSsT L489 *(sutoyge yy) yydeq TUN UAT AL ‘ds ‘¢ sypiojonba “gq snoyiond *g snypumduos “gq s1p.ysno “7 snaqqu.oo "GF snupiyaiiplo “ siponib “J niaquadipa "J snulo Ay eg ee eee 238 BULLETIN : MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. UNSTALEKED CRINOIDS. Heliometra rhomboidea (P. H. CarrenteEr.) This species was met with during the “Albatross”? Eastern Pacific Expedition at three stations near the Central American coast; in all, four specimens were secured, a calyx without arms or cirri (Station No. 4622), an immature specimen and fragments of the arms of an adult (Station No. 4621), and a nearly perfect specimen, but with only three cirri remaining (Station No. 4630). The specimen from Station No. 4630 expands 300 mm. The three remaining cirri have fifty-four, fifty-two, and forty-eight segments respectively. The first pinnule is 18 mm. long, with fifty-five segments, the second 22 mm. long, with fifty-three, and the third 17 mm. long, with thirty-one. The second pinnule is rather stouter than the first, the segments proportionately slightly longer; the third pinnule has the segments considerably elongated ; the two following pin- nules are about the length of the third, but have twenty-five to thirty segments, of which the terminal five or six are short, the others elongated. In the ten arms syzygia occur in all cases in the third brachials, nine times in the eighth (once in the ninth), once in the twelfth, twice in the thirteenth, five times im the fourteenth, and once in the fifteenth (the tenth arm is missing). Distally syzygia occur forty times at intervals of three brachials, eight times at intervals of four, and six times at intervals of two. It will be seen that this specimen is almost identical with the one described by Dr. Hartlaub from the bay of Panama. I quite agree with him that it must be referred to H. rhomboidea, in spite of the fact that the species is not known be- tween Panama and the Straits of Magellan. It is quite distinct from any of the numerous forms found along the shores of the north Pacific which were unknown at the time Dr. Hartlaub wrote. The detached arms from Station No. 4621 are somewhat different from those of the specimen just noticed. The brachials are quadrate, all longer than wide, becoming elongate distally and overlapping, the distal border finely serrate; a close comparison shows that the brachials overlap rather more than do those of the other specimen, and the arms are therefore more rough, while the two proximal pinnule segments are proportionately somewhat larger (the first shorter and more oblong) and more expanded laterally, the second being more distinctly trapezoidal. The distal intersyzygial interval is decidedly more variable, being in four cases of two brachials, eight cases of three, thirteen of four, seven of five, six of six, four of seven, one of eight, and one of nine. These differences, however, are of minor systematic importance in this species, and, in fact, in many speices of Heliometra, although in others they may be of considerable value, and I have no hesitation in assigning this specimen, as well as the previous one, to H. rhomboidea. Station No. 4621 also yielded a small specimen having an expanse of 150 mm. The cirri have thirty-six segments, the third syzygy is usually in the fourteenth brachial (but once in the fifteenth), and the distal intersyzygial interval is three to five (usually three) segments. It will be seen that this CLARK: CRINOIDS. 239 specimen, in regard to the disposition of the syzygia, most nearly agrees with the first. The example from Station No. 4622 consisted merely of a calyx, without cirri, and with the arms lost after the third or eighth brachials; as nearly as can be determined, however, it is identical with the preceding. In the.more perfect specimen, the cirri had from forty-eight to fifty-four seg- ments, while H. rhomboidea is given as having forty or less. This, however, is a matter of no importance, for the three remaining cirri of the specimen are of the type frequently seen on the extreme upper edge of the centro-dorsal in many species of Heliometra (in the type H. eschrichtii, for example) which are some- what abnormal in being longer than usual, slender, with more than the normal number of segments; these must not be confused with the ‘‘long-mature ” cirri of Dr. Carpenter, which arise just below them. The following localities are added to the known distribution of Heliometra rhomboidea : Station No. 4621. 6° 36’ north latitude, 81° 44’ west longitude, 36.4 miles from land; 581 fathoms. Station No. 4622. 6° 31’ north latitude, 81° 44’ west longitude, 40.8 miles from land ; 581 fathoms. Station No. 4630. 6° 53’ north latitude, 81° 42’ 5” west longitude, 556 fathoms; green sand, large Globigerinae ; bottom temperature, 40.5° F. Heliometra juvenalis, sp. nov. Centro-dorsal hemispherical, bearing twenty to thirty cirri; these are 10-12 mm. long with fifteen to twenty segments, mostly somewhat longer than wide, but be- coming squarish distally; there are no dorsal spines, but the distal border of the last five to ten segments is somewhat raised ; basals plainly visible as interradial tubercles; radials about twice as wide as long; first costals rather shorter than the radials; axillaries pentagonal, about as long as wide; the costals are rounded and well separated laterally ; ten arms 75 mm. long, the first brachial short and wedge shaped, the second larger and irregular, the four following oblong; from this point the brachials become obliquely quadrate, longer than wide, becoming more elongate distally ; first pinnule 2 mm. long, with four or five squarish segments; second pinnule similar, but slightly longer ; third pinnule longer still, with eight segments; the fourth pinnule is 4 mm. long, with about twelve segments ; but the fifth is 6 mm. long, with fifteen segments, mostly rather longer than broad, of which the third, fourth, and fifth bear a large rounded genital gland ; the fourteen following pinnules are similar, and bear also large genital glands, after which the pinnules become more slender, and do not develop genital glands; syzygia occur in the third, eighth, and twelfth brachials, and distally at intervals of three. Color (in spirits) dull yellow ; probably bright yellow in life. Types Cat. 283, 284 M. C. Z., from off Cape Raper, Davis Strait; 60 fathoms; taken September 13, 1892, by Rev. A. M. Norman. 240 BULLETIN: MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. The two specimens upon which this species is based are among the most ex- traordinary unstalked crinoids I have ever seen; that they are adult is shown by the great enlargement of the genital glands, which contain ova; but all the other characters, the prominent basals, long radials, costals, and brachials, and rudimen- tary lower pinnules, and the few cirrus joints, are clearly juvenile, and in general the specimens appear to be much less developed than some of the very large 7. hondoensis, which are less than half their size. Psathyrometra, sp. Some fragments of arms from ‘“ Albatross ” Station No. 2818, 0° 29’ 00” south latitude, 89° 54’ 30” west longitude (Galapagos Islands), belong to a species of this genus, possibly P. digradata, which has been found in the Galapagos group. The specimen was taken in 392 fathoms on a bottom of black and white sand, the bottom temperature being 43.9° F. The Galapagos specimen of P. bigradata was found in 385 fathoms, at a temperature of 43.2° F. This is the first record for the arms of any species of the genus, outside of the Bering Sea and Sea of Japan, where fairly good specimens have been obtained. Dr. Hartlaub’s examples all lacked the arms beyond the syzygy in the third brachial, and this is the condition in which species of this genus are usually re- covered, as is the case with the closely allied Zenometra of the Caribbean Sea. Antedon serrata, sp. nov. Centro-dorsal low-hemispherical, bearing about thirty cirri; these are 7 mm. or 8 mm. long, and consist of eleven to fourteen segments, the first two short, the others rather longer than wide; the proximal half are more or less “ dice-box ” shaped ; opposing spine minute; radials just visible as small interradial triangles ; first costals very short; axillaries triangular, about twice as wide as high; ten arms 45 mm. long; first two brachials wedge shaped, the longer side out; third brachial wedge shaped, the longer side in; next three brachials oblong, then becoming quadrate, at first short, but after the eleventh about as long as wide, and elongate after the middle of the arm; syzygia occur in the third, eighth, and twelfth brachials, and distally at intervals of two; first pinnule 5 mm. long, com- posed of fifteen segments, the first very short, the second rather longer than broad, then becoming elongated ; the ends of the segments are turned outward and pro- duced dorsally, and armed with very fine spines; the five following pinnules are ’ similar to the first, but considerably shorter, with the distal eversion of the pinnule segments more marked, the dorsal projection equal to from one half to nearly the whole length of the segment; the remaining pinnules become more slender, and the projection of the distal end of the pinnule segments gradually dies away. Color (in spirits) brownish, the arms narrowly banded on about every third brachial with darker. CLARK: CRINOIDS. 241 Type Cat. 254 M. C. Z., from Tokio Bay, Japan, 8-12 fathoms, Alan Owston collection, taken October 22, 1899. The great amount of eversion and overlapping of the lower pinnule segments make this species one of the most readily distinguishable of the genus. Antedon psyche, sp. nov. Centro-dorsal low-hemispherical, bearing thirty to thirty-five cirri, the pole bare ; cirri 7 mm. long, with fifteen or sixteen segments, all slightly longer than wide, remarkably uniform, the articulations somewhat expanded ; there are no dorsal spines, but the opposing spine is prominent; radials visible as a low triangle in the interradial area; first costals low and wide, deeply incised by the axillary, and with a prominent latero-anterior tubercle ; axillaries broader than long, produced posteriorly, where they rise into a slight rounded tubercle ; the first costals and axillaries are in apposition laterally, but are not laterally flattened. Ten arms 55 mm. long, the first brachial wedge shaped (the shorter side in), the second irregular, and the third squarish; two following brachials roughly oblong, then quadrate, becoming triangular, longer than wide after the ninth, quadrate again at about the middle of the arm, and much elongate and “‘dice- box” shaped distally. First pimnule, 4 mm. long, with eight to ten segments, the first squarish, the following becoming progressively elongated ; the pinnule tapers gradually from the base to the tip; second pinnule 7 mm. long, at the base about as stout as the first, but flagellate distally ; it contains eleven segments, the first shorter than broad, the second longer than broad, the others elongated ; the distal segments have the distal edges set with fine spines; the third pinnule resembles the second, but is shorter, and the fourth is shorter still, about the length of the first ; the following pinnules become more slender, the distal pinnules being 7 mm. long, very slender, with fifteen to eighteen segments, the first two somewhat en- larged, the first broader than long, the second trapezoidal, and the others greatly elongated and slender. Syzygia occur in the third, eighth, and twelfth brachials, and distally at inter- vals of one brachial. . Color (in spirits) light pinkish, the lower part of the arms, the calyx, and cirri, white. Type Cat. 252 M. C. Z., Japan, probably in the vicinity of Tokio or Sagami bays. Alan Owston collection. This species belongs to a small but interesting group of the genus Antedon, the species of which are characterized by small size, small number of cirrus segments, and by having the first pinnule never longer, and usually shorter and somewhat stiffer, than those following; the group comprises such species as Antedon nana, A. briseis, A. minuta, and A. adrestine, and occurs from Amboina and the Tonga islands northward to Japan. The comparatively large number of cirri on a hemispherical centro-dorsal, and the length of the second pinnule (which is much the longest) suffice to distinguish 4. psyche from the other described species of this group. VOL. LI. — NO. 8 16 242 BULLETIN: MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. Himerometra acuta, sp. nov. Centro-dorsal discoidal or low-hemispherical, bearing about thirty-five marginal cirri; these are 20 mm. long with twenty segments, about half of which are rather longer than wide, the remainder squarish; the terminal segments are rather compressed laterally, and have a faint dorsal keel passing into the spine of the penultimate; radials just visible in the angles of the calyx; first costals short, oblong, free laterally, furnished with a rounded lateral projection; axillaries low pentagonal, nearly twice as broad as long; distichals two, articulated; the junc- tions of the costals, distichals, and lower brachials more or less tubercular, the costals and distichals having rounded lateral projections; twenty arms 85 mm. to 90 mm. long, the first six brachials oblong, the following obliquely quadrate (almost triangular), about half as long as wide, becoming less obliquely quadrate and finally oblong distally ; first pinnule 4.5 mm. long, slender, weak, and tapering, with twelve or thirteen segments, the first three short, the remainder becoming progressively longer ; second pinnule 10 mm. long, much stouter than the first, stiff and styliform, with fifteen segments, the first two wider than long, the remainder elongated ; following pinnules shorter than the first, with about eight segments, gradually increasing in length distally. Color (in formalin) yellow-brown, the skeleton dull yellow. Types Cat. 288 M. C. Z. from Fiji, collected November 25, 1897; four specimens. This species comes nearest to Himerometra marginata (P. H. Carpenter) from the Philippines, but the great enlargement of the second pinnule, which is styliform, stiff, and rigid, serves to distinguish it at a glance. Himerometra heliaster, sp. nov. Centro-dorsal low-hemispherical or thick discoidal, bearing thirty to thirty-five cirri in two or three more or less irregular marginal rows; cirri 20 mm. to 23 mm. long, with seventeen to twenty-three segments, mostly rather longer than broad, the distal without dorsal spines ; opposing spine well developed ; terminal claw short and curved ; radials concealed; first costals narrow, oblong, about four times as wide as long; costal axillaries pentagonal, somewhat broader than long; costals rounded and widely free laterally, their junction slightly tubercular; distichals and palmars 2, the axillary resembling the costal axillary, the preceding segment like the first costal, but somewhat longer; twenty-five to thirty arms 125 mm. long, the first five or six brachials oblong and slightly tubercular, then becoming quadrate, nearly triangular at the seventh or eighth (much wider than long), then becoming gradually less and less obliquely quadrate, and practically oblong at the tips of the arms; syzygia occur in the third brachials, again between the sixteenth and twentieth, and distally at intervals of’ one to eleven (usually five or six); first pinnule 9 mm. long, slender and flagellate, with twenty-five segments, the first three squarish, then gradually becoming elongated (about twice as / e ¢ ‘ 4 CLARK: CRINOIDS. 243 long as wide, or even a little more, in the outer third of the pinnule), then short again on the terminal segments; second pinnule 15 mm. long, much stouter than the first, stiff, composed of fifteen segments, the first three squarish, then rapidly becoming elongated, reaching a maximum length (on the eleventh or twelfth) of somewhat over three times the width ; third and following pinnules much shorter than the first (5 mm.), with twelve to fifteen segments, becoming gradually longer and more slender distally, where they are 9 mm. long. The first distichals, first palmars, and first brachials are united basally, but free distally ; the axillaries and second and following brachials are widely free. In one arm of the type both the first and second brachials contain syzygies, and both bear pinnules. Color (in spirits) grayish brown. Type Cat. 290 M. C. Z. from Ebon, Marshall Islands, collected by Rev. B. G. Snow. Himerometra persica sp. nov. Centro-dorsal low-hemispherical, bearing about twenty-five cirri, a large area at the pole free; cirri 27 mm. long with thirty-five segments, mostly slightly longer than wide, becoming squarish distally, the last sixteen to eighteen bearing sharp dorsal spines; radials just visible; first costals trapezoidal, about three times as broad as long, axillaries pentagonal, about once and a half as broad as long, with a sharp anterior angle ; costals rounded and widely free; distichals 4 (3 +4) or 2; twenty to twenty-five arms 150 mm. long, the first eight brachials roughly oblong, then quadrate (much broader than long), becoming oblong toward the ends of the arms; a syzygy in the third brachial, another at about the seven- teenth, and others distally at intervals of five to twelve (usually about seven) ; distichal pinnule 13 mm. long with thirty-six segments, all somewhat longer than wide, but not much so; the pinnule is very slender and flagellate, the first four segments being the broadest, and being slightly carinate; first brachial pinnule similar, but longer (16 mm.) and stouter basally, the five or six proximal segments sharply carinate, the pinnule then tapering gradually to the long delicate flagellate tip; the next pinnule is the same as that on the second brachial, and of the same length; the next few pinnules decrease rapidly in length, then increase somewhat distally, but do not become very long; the carination of the basal pinnule segments becomes less and less marked, and is not noticeable after the sixth; it is at its maximum on the pinnules of the second and fourth brachials. Color (in spirits) dull brown, the skeleton somewhat lighter. Types Cat. 291 M. C. Z. from the Persian Gulf, collected by F. W. Townsend. This species is not very nearly related to any of the other species of Himero- metra; according to the key given by Hartlaub for the ‘“‘ Savignyi Group” it would fall with H. crassipiina ; but the slender and flagellate lower pinnules serve at once to distinguish it. 244 BULLETIN: MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. Note on six-rayed specimens of Tropiometra carinata (Lam.). Six-rayed individuals of recent free crinoids have hitherto been regarded as quite rare. Although tetraradiate examples are not uncommon, I can find but a single record of a specimen with more than five radials. It was therefore with considerable surprise that I found among about three hundred and forty speci- mens of Tropiometra carinata no less than seventeen. It is interesting that all of the six-rayed specimens came from Rio Janeiro, all of the sixty or more from Zanzibar and Mauritius being normal. This gives us for the Brazilian specimens 6 % of six-rayed individuals. These six-rayed specimens are all but one of comparatively small size, the diameter being between 100 mm. and 120 mm., the exception having an expanse of 190 mm.3; this last is the only one sexually mature. Normal specimens of this species average from 230 mm. to 270 mm. in diameter, the size of those from Rio, Zanzibar, and the south Pacific being practically the same. | An examination of the disks of twelve of the specimens shows that in three cases it is quite impossible to determine which is the extra ray, as there are six ambulacra converging on the disk, all precisely alike; an examination of the rays themselves also furnishes no clue; one specimen has the interpolated ray between the two on the left side, one has it behind the right posterior, while seven have the extra ray inserted behind the left posterior. Dr. Carpenter, in his monograph on the ‘‘ Comatulae”’ collected by the “‘ Chal- lenger,” mentions a small dry six-rayed “ Antedon” in the British Museum collection. Suspecting from my examination of these specimens that it was prob- ably an example of the same species, and also from Brazil, 1 wrote to Professor Bell of the British Museum for information concerning it. He very kindly replied that it was, as I had surmised, 7ropiometra carinata, but there was no record of the locality whence it had come. In the recent stalked crinoids it is interesting to note that Rhizocrinus lofotensis alone is known with more than five rays, and, as in Zroptometra carinata, this variation is confined to a single locality, the coast of Norway. Among the fossil crinoids six-rayed individuals appear to be extremely rare, the figure by Rosinus (De stellis marinis quondam nunc fossilibus, p. 24, no. 3, pl. 1, fig. 3, 1719) of a six-rayed Encrinus liliiformis being the only record I know of this condition. The genera used for the free crinoids in this paper are those recently proposed in a preliminary paper on a revision of the family Antedonidae (semsu A. H. Clark, 1907), in which that family is restricted so as to be equivalent to the genus Antedon, as understood by Dr. P. H. Carpenter. The old genus Antedon is broken up into a number of well-marked homogeneous genera, whereby thie inter- relations of the various species are much better shown than by the old method of uniting some three hundred or more widely varying specific types under one generic name. The following key shows the relations of these genera to each other from the point of view of differential characters. There are, in addition CLARK: CRINOIDS. 245 to those given, two other types which should be raised to generic rank, but, as they are both West Indian and do not occur in the territory where the free cri- noids considered here are found, it has seemed desirable to leave them fora report upon West Indian species. Key to the genera of Antedonidae. A. Pinnule ambulacra plated. a. pinnules stout and prismatic, stiff, and closely set ; radials and costals, and lower brachials, strongly flattened laterally (¢. e. “ wall-sided ”). b. first pinnule similar to, but shorter than, those following; cirri very long, with more than 80 segments; the distal pinnules extend for several millimeters beyond the terminal brachials, which are ab- ruptly recurved. c. centro-dorsal long-conical or columnar, the cirri in 5 double verti- cal rows; cirri stout; 10-20 arms. ‘ ‘Astorometta (Antedon pacehopode nm i. ‘Come cc. centro-dorsal thick-discoidal or columnar, the cirri without definite arrangement, or in 15 more or less defined vertical rows ; cirri slender; 10-30 arms . Ptilometra iCamatuteas macronema ag Mawnan): bb. first pinnule longer than those following; the distal pinnules short, not extending beyond the terminal brachials, which are not incurved. c. first pinnule markedly larger, stouter, and longer than those fol- lowing, composed of comparatively few large, stout segments ; cirri elongate, slender, always spiny, with more than 26 seg- ments; genital pinnules not differentiated ; 10-30 arms Thalassometra (Antedon villosa A. H. Crave), cc. first pinnule longer, but smaller and more slender than those following, with much more numerous and shorter joints; cirri short, stout, and smooth, with less than 30 segments ; genital pinnules always more or less expanded ; 10-50 arms . Charitometra (Antedon incisa P. H. Caneawran). aa. pinnules rounded-carinate, the genital pinnules much expanded ; costals and lower branchials laterally compressed, with concave sides, the former with broad, thin, flange-like latero-posterior borders ; cirri short, stout, and smooth; 10 arms. . Unite Eoecwamecrs (aeden acoela P. ce Cinvavneny: aaa. pinnules cylindrical, stiff and spine-like, well separated, the first small, short, and weak, with squarish joints; proximal segment of lower pin- nules (especially the first) enormously expanded ; cirri spiny ; 10-50 arms... . . . . Calometra (Antedon callista A. H. CLarx). aaaa. proximal pinnules slender, elongate, cylindrical, stiff, with much elon- gated segments, the first shorter than the following; distal pinnules strongly prismatic ; costals and lower brachials rounded, free laterally ; 20-30 arms Pe RU ae ReT ate St cacsta ies. eh ah ve ght bork peakeonder Stylometra (Antedon spinifera P. H. CARPENTER). 246 BULLETIN : MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. AA. Pinnule ambulacra not plated. _a. apinnule on the third (epizygal) brachial. b. costals united by syzygy; disk always more or less plated Zygometra (Antedon microdiscus BELL). 6b. costals united by bifascial articulation ; disk naked, or with small, scattered, calcareous granules. c. lower pinnules stout and prismatic, subequal in length; costals and lower brachials in close apposition, with sharply flattened sides. d. one of the lower pinnules somewhat enlarged; first two brachials not enlarged ; first pinnule as large as or larger than the second or third; distal pinnules do not extend beyond tip of arm; brachials ajc triangular, or quadrate; 10 arms : Nanometra panieicn minor X HL ‘Chaser dd. lower pinnules about equal in size, but the first some- what shorter than those following; distal pinnules extend beyond tip of arm; brachials very short, ob- long, or short-quadrate, the first two ie diets large; 10 arms : Tropiometra (Olmande carinata ‘Lathes cc. one or more of the lower pinnules elongated, slender, and flagellate, cylindrical, or flattened. d. the greatly elongated and flagellate lower pinnules are composed of very numerous short and broad segments, and are more or less serrate toward the tip; costals always well-separated and rounded ; centro-dorsal hem- ispherical, with very numerous cirri, which are long with numerous segments, long proximally, shorter distally, where they are sharply carinate or bear low spines ; terminal claw curved, moderate in length, or short, always with an opposing spine; middle and distal brachials triangular or quadrate ; 10 arms . Heliometra, (Alecto eschrichtti J. M ie dd. the first of the greatly elongated and flagellate lower pinnules is composed of very numerous short and broad segments; but the others are composed of greatly elongated smooth segments; rays rounded, well-separated ; centro-dorsal discoidal, bearing very numerous cirri, which are long, with greatly elongated smooth segments; terminal claw long and nearly straight, with no opposing spine; middle and distal brachials oblong; 10 arms . Thysanometra (Antedon Pe iallnites x H. ‘Cue ddd. all of the lower pinnules have elongated segments. e. first segment of the elongated lower pinnules always short; costals and lower brachials usually rounded and free laterally, occasionally et Pe CLARK: CRINOIDS. 247 flattened against each other; centro-dorsal hem- ispherical or discoidal, the cirri without definite arrangement; cirrus segments fairly uniform throughout, one or more always Pan “‘ dice-box shaped ;” 10 arms. ; Antedon de Fréminville, 1811, (Asterias bifida Paver ee. all the pinnules, especially the lower, greatly elongated, the latter composed of greatly elon- gated segments of which the first, like those following, is greatly elongated ; centro-dorsal conical or columnar, with 5 broad inter-radial areas or ridges dividing it into five radial areas, each with definite vertical rows of cirrus sockets ; 10 arms. Ff. costals and lower brachials smooth, well separated, and rounded, cirri smooth, with all the segments elongated, arranged in 3, 4, or 5 vertical rows in each radial area. Psathyrometra (Antedon fragilis A. H. Cuark). Jf. costals and lower brachials in close ap- position and strongly “ wall-sided ” ; cirri with much elongated segments proxi- mally, very short and spiny segments distally, arranged in two vertical rows in each radial area . Zenometra (Antedon columnaris P. H. Ciavannent! cec. lower pinnules cylindrical, one or more very stout, styli- form, and more or less elongated. d. cirri with 50-70 short segments, bearing stout spines distally ; first pinnule only enlarged, greatly elongated ; following pinnules very short, in abrupt contrast ; costals and lower brachials with straight sides, the former rounded and widely separated ; brachials tri- angular or quadrate, rather long ; 40-60 arms Pontiometra (Antedon andersoni P. H. CARPENTER). dd. cirri with 15-40 subequal short segments; the en- larged lower pinnules followed by pinnules of inter- mediate character. e. cirri irregularly placed on a discoidal centro- dorsal; costals and lower brachials with con- vex sides, giving them a characteristic swollen appearance; brachials short, mostly oblong or short-quadrate ; 10-50 arms Himerometra (Antedon crassipinna Haare), ee. cirri in ten vertical rows ona conical centro- dorsal; costals and lower brachials with straight sides; brachials long ; 10-15 arms. 248 BULLETIN: MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. Adelometra (Antedon angustiradia P. H. CARPENTER). aa. no pinnule on the third (epizygal) brachial. b. centro-dorsal discoidal, the few short and stout cirri in two or three irregular marginal rows; radials and lower brachials not tuber- cular; 10-30 arms . Cyllometra Pies manca Pp. HL Cusenaill bb. centro-dorsal conical, the numerous elongate and slender cirri in more or less definite vertical rows; costals and lower brachials strongly tubercular ; 10 arms Perometra (Matedan divnedae re H. ‘Clee CuaRK. — Crinoids. Fig. 1. Fig. 2. Fig. 3. Fig. 4. Fig. 5. PuatTeE 1. Bathycrinus equatorialis. Type. Antedon psyche. Detached arm. Antedon psyche. Type. Antedon serrata. 'l'ype. Heliometra juvenalis. Type- Plate 1. Crinoids. 1 \ SS 3 EEE ~ CLARK. — Crinoids. PLATE 2. Tropiometra carinata. Specimens showing six rays. Fig. 2, specimen with six equal ambulacra. Fig. 4, specimen with five primary ambulacra, that running to the right posterior arm dividing, one half going to a ray interpolated between the right and left posterior rays. a v ~ = 4 Bulletin of the Museum of Comparative Zodlogy AT HARVARD COLLEGE. Vou bh,” No. 9. NEW PLAGIOSTOMIA AND CHISMOPNEA. By SaMuEL GARMAN. CAMBRIDGE, MASS., U.S. A.: PRINTED FOR THE MUSEUM. Fresruary, 1908. on a ae ee in. No. 9.— New Plagiostomia and Chismopnea. By SAMUEL GARMAN. PLAGIOSTOMIA. In the Myliobatidae there are four well-marked genera. Three of these have been established in some manner ever since the time of Cuvier. The fourth, Aetomylaeus, species of which have been recog- nized quite as long, has been lost in one of the others, hidden by resem- blances. Outwardly its species are so like those of Myliobatis that they have readily passed as congeneric. It was only upon the disclosure of internal differences of the structure that the value of certain external pe- culiarities was given proper consideration. The absence of a serrated spine behind the dorsal fin, if not the result of accident, for one item, has been looked upon as questionably sufficient for specific distinction. On dissection of-some of the species, however, this feature is found to be ~ associated with a division of each pectoral at the side of the head, that is, with absence of pectoral rays connecting the cephalic portions with the main sections of the pectoral fins, a characteristic of Aétobatus and not of Myliobatis in which the species have been located heretofore. We may note slight differences in the appearance of the pectorals opposite the angles of the mouth after discovery of the lack of pectoral rays in these positions, but the import of these features has been overshadowed by the fact that in the species under notice they are associated with a dentition practically the same as that of Myliobatis. Further comparisons assure us that in these species we are dealing with a genus distinct from Mylio- batis and considerably more specialized, as is evident from the division of the pectorals and the loss of the serrated dorsal spine. In brief summa- tion, the new genus agrees with Myliobatis in dentition and in nasal valves, while it differs in the divided pectorals and in the lack of a dorsal spine ; and it agrees with Aétobatus in the pectoral divisions, while dif- fering in regard to dentition, nasal valves, and absence of the spine. These peculiarities, with others of less value perhaps, suffice to fix the place of the new genus, Aetomylaeus, as intermediate between Mylio- batis and Aétobatus. How the divergences and the accompanying af- 202 BULLETIN: MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. finities affect the classification may be more clearly seen in the following synopsis : Pectoral fins continuous at the sides of the head; a serrated spine behind the dorsal fin ; nasal valves confluent, broadly free behind the isthmus ; teeth of each jaw in a broad median and in narrow lateral series Myliobatis. Pectorals not continuous, the two cephalic parts forming one lobe; no serrated spine behind the dorsal fin ; nasal valves in a quadrangular flap, free behind the isthmus ; teeth of each jaw ina broad median and in narrow lateral series Aetomylaeus. A serrated spine behind the dorsal ; nasal valves in two pointed lobes, not free behind the isthmus ; teeth of each jaw in a broad single row. . a ent ed eS Sve jc ee Pectorals not continuous, cephalic portions in two iba H a serrated spine behind the dorsal fin ; nasal valves confluent, broadly free behind the isthmus; teeth of each jaw in seven or more rows, median more often broader’ So...) e es je See ei eb ee eg! pie ee Aetomylaeus, gen. nov. The body and fins of this genus are like those of Myliobatis and of Aétobatus. It is distinguished from both by absence of a serrated dorsal spine on the tail, from the first by absence of pectoral rays connecting the cephalic with the main lateral portions of the fin, and from the second by the dental laminae, each of which consists of a broad median series at each side of which there are three narrow rows, as in Myliobatis. ‘The mesopterygia are fused with the shoulder girdle, as in Aétobatus. This genus partakes of the characters of both the genera mentioned; but by the grouping of those possessed in common, and by the possession of others peculiar to itself, it appears to be entitled to recognition as distinct from either. The type species is that figured by Gray, 1834, in the Illustrations of Indian Zodlogy, 2, Plate 101, under the name Myliobatis maculatus, and described by Miller and Henle in 1841. The species described by Miller and Henle as Myliobatis milvus has the same structure, and in all probability Rata nichofit of Bloch and Schnei- der, and Myliobatis vespertilio of Bleeker agree with maculatus in their anat- omy and should be included. Provisionally the genus may be constituted as below. No caudal spine; tail long, slender, whip like ; origin of dorsal fin behind the ends of the bases of the ventrals ; back armed with small tubercular spines in the middle ; disk less than twice as wide as long ; brown-edged ocelli on the hinder part of the disk . . . . . maculatus. GARMAN: NEW PLAGIOSTOMIA AND CHISMOPNEA. 250 _ Origin of dorsal fin opposite the ends of the bases of the ventrals ; back smooth ; disk less than twice as wide as long; green brown-edged ocelli on hinder part of disk . .. . . . milvus. Disk twice as broad as long ; blue cross-bands, about five, disappearing with age, no spots ._ nichofit. Origin of dorsal fin backward from ends of bases of ventral fins: back smooth ; disk less than twice as broad as long ; brownish with networks of black lines, anteriorly in bands’. vespertilio. Rhinobatus rasus, sp. nov. The snout of this species is pointed and elongate, more than three and a half times the width of the crown between the orbits. The rostral ridges are close together, parallel in most of their length, and show little or nothing of a groove between them. The crown is broad and has little convexity. The eyes are small and prominent. Lach spiracle is as large as the eye and has two folds on the hind margin, the inner one of which is the smaller. In width the nostrils are about one-fourth of the snout. The anterior nasal valve is narrow and does not extend upon the internarial space. Mouth, in width more than one-third of the length of the snout, nearly straight. Entire upper surface covered with fine scales, which are larger near the vertebral column and on the top of the head. A row of larger tubercular scales on each rostral ridge; two stronger tubercles in front of each eye, one or more at the inner edge of each spiracle, a row of nineteen large tubercles from the back of the head to the first dorsal fin, and a pair, the outer one of which is smaller, on each shoulder. Lower surfaces entirely covered by fine shagreen. Of the fins the hinder angle on each dorsal is pointed and the hinder margins are concave; the caudal is narrow. Brownish, whitish at each side of the rostrum, with a darker area opposite the shoulder girdle on the base of each pectoral fin, and with a clouded spot of darker below the end of the snout on an otherwise uniform whitish lower surface. Type Cat. 235 M. C. Z., from Akkra, Gulf of Guinea. This species is distinguished from the species R. percellens and R. rhinobatos by the pointed snout, the narrow nasal valve, the enlarged scales on the middle of the upper surfaces, and especially by the rostral ridges. Rhinobatus acutus, sp. nov. Rhinobatus acutus is readily distinguished from R. rhinobatos by its very long and more pointed snout, by its narrow nostrils, and by its wide internarial space, which last is one and one-third times the width of the nostrils; these features also separate this form from any other of the Indo-Asiatic species. Snout long, length little less than one-fourth of the total length, ending in a sharp point. Mouth nearly midway between the pelvis and the end of the snout, slightly arched, in width little less than one-third of the length of the snout. Rostral ridges slender, not widened at the end, confluent at about one-fifth of their length from their 254 BULLETIN: MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. bases, beyond which point to the extremity the ridges are hardly distinguishable. In either a transverse or a longitudinal section between the eyes the crown is convex. Spiracle as large as the eye, with two rudimentary folds on the hind margin of equal size and remote from one another. Nostrils comparatively small, in width about two-thirds of the internarial space and elliptical in shape, rather than short and broad and larger at one end than at the other, as is the case with R. rhinobatos, R. thouini, and allies; distance of the outer angle of one from that of the other less than half the length of the snout. Anterior nasal valve small, lateral extension from the free portion less than the length of the latter, not ex- tended from the margin of the nostril. The anterior nasal valve is not continued to the inner angle of the nostril; it is not extended upon the internarial space ; in fact it is carried very little of the distance from the free flap, or cirrus, toward the angle. Scales very small, keeled or sharp-pointed on the upper surfaces, those on the under surfaces more flattened. Compressed sharp tubercles appear in a row on each rostral ridge, increasing in size backward; three tubercles in front of each orbit, and a couple at the inner edge of each spiracle. About twenty larger tubercles occur between the back of the head and the first dorsal fin in a verte- bral row ; there is a pair of tubercles at each side of this row on the shoulder girdle, the inner one of each pair being the larger. A single tubercle stands at the origin of the second dorsal fin. Of the dorsal fins the second is somewhat larger than the first; both are convex on the front margin and concave on the hinder. The fin area of the caudal fin is small. Color an olivaceous-brown or brownish olive on the back, darker toward the spinal column, dingy white at each side of the rostral cartilage and between the ridges at its base, whitish on the lower surfaces. Type Cat. 807 M. C. Z., from Ceylon. Raia kincaidii, sp. nov. On the fins of Raia kincuidii the angles are so broadly rounded that the disk is best described as subround. The snout is of medium length; it is outlined in broad curves, and the tip has the appearance of an oblong or quadrangular slightly produced inset; the rostral cartilage is broad at the skull and tapers rapidly about half the way to the tip, where it ends ina sharp point. The eyes are of medium size ; they are prominent, and the interorbital space is slightly convex. Mouth moderate, curved forward in the middle, as wide as the distance between the shoulder spines, which is a little less than half that of the mouth cleft from the tip of the snout. Teeth rather large, in thirty-three rows on the upper jaw and thirty-one on the lower, with flattened crowns from which there is a raised sharp cusp at the posterior margin. Gill clefts small, the greatest width not more than half the length of the eye. Tail as long as the disk, depressed and strong anteriorly, tapering gradually to slender, with a dermal fold on each side and with a finlet behind the second dorsal. Dorsal fins equal, separated by a space of the ocular width bearing one or more tubercles. Upper surface covered by small, sharp, closely set hooked scales: a row of twenty-nine larger tubercles — GARMAN: NEW PLAGIOSTOMIA AND CHISMOPNEA. 255 compressed, hooked, striate-based, buttressed in front — above the vertebrae from the back of the head to the second dorsal fin; no larger tubercles around the eyes or the spiracles. Ventral fins broad, anterior portion of moderate length, notch of medium depth, containing four digits. Color of the back uniform slaty or leaden-brown, with small spots of black. A white spot on each side of the tail at one-fourth of the distance from the base to the end of the second dorsal fin, and a faint spot of light color near the middle of the hinder half of each pectoral fin. Lower surface of disk white, smooth; lower side of tail darker along the middle. Type Cat. 1261 M. C. Z., from Friday Harbor, Washington. The name is given in honor of Dr. Trevor Kincaid, to whom we are indebted for knowledge of the species. CHISMOPNEA. Chimaera barbouri, sp. nov. As compared with other species of the genus the body of this one is moderately stout and the tail is somewhat less elongate. A feature that at once serves to distinguish this species is the shape and height of the second dorsal fin ; as on Chimaera mirabilis of Collett, this fin is high anteriorly and posteriorly, and the outline is convex, while in the middle of its length there is a deep concavity where the height of the fin is less than half as much, the lowest portion being reached by a gradual descent from either end. The eye is large ; it occupies nearly one-third of the length of the head. The snout is massive ; its length is greater than that of the eye. The dental plates are thin and sharp on their outer edges. In each vomerine plate there are five enamel rods, as in C. monstrosa, but in C. barhouri, the inner one of the five, the longest and the strongest, stands at a little distance from the others. ach palatine plate has a pair of prominent longitudinal tritors on its side near the inner edge, and on each mandibular plate there is a single prominence not so elongate as those to which it is opposed on the roof of the mouth. These lateral tritors, being the results of wear on the sides of the enamel rods, only appear in older individuals, and of course are not present in the younger ones, which are provided with the marginal tritors on the edges of the plates, on the ends of the enamel rods, as was pointed out for other species of Chimaera in the article on the Chismopnea, 1904, Bull. M. C. Z., 41, p. 258. In a measure the palatine and mandibular plates of the specimen before us resemble those of some Callorhynchi, as may be seen by comparing with figures 1-4 of Plate 6 of the mentioned article. In the first dorsal fin the spine is triangular; it bears hooked spinules on the hinder angles. The dorsals appear to be widely separated, but they are united by a very low fold of membrane. The height of the first dorsal, from origin to apex, is much less than the entire length from the second dorsal to the origin of the first. The greatest length of the rays of the second dorsal approximates the length of the eye, which is about twice the length of the rays in the depth of the concavity of the fin. In height the supracaudal fin is somewhat less than 256 BULLETIN: MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. the second dorsal, and perhaps the rays are a trifle longer than those of the sub- caudal, which fin extends much farther forward and backward than the supra- caudal. A deep notch not quite reaching the inner edge of the fin separates the second dorsal from the supracaudal, and immediately behind this notch there is a portion of the supracaudal, in the individual under description, which rises in a sharp point followed again by a sharp notch not half the depth of the fin. It may be this point is a mere variation in this specimen. The caudal filament is of medium length ; it is apparently complete. There is no separate anal fin. As in C. affinis, the pectoral does not reach the ventral ; it is broader and less narrowed toward the end than in C. monstrosa. Lateral Line System. — One -respect in which this species differs from other Chimaerae is seen in the aural section of the lateral line system. On others the aural makes an angle backward in the middle and from this angle sends back a short line toward the dorsal spine; on the present specimen the line makes a curve across the aural region and has neither the angle nor the line extending backward. It is like that of the Callorhynchus figured in the article on the lateral system, Garman, 1888, Bull. M. C. Z., 17, Plates 3 and 4, and is unlike the aural of Chimaera monstrosa, as figured on Plate 2 of the same article, or of the other species of the genus. The lateral line on the flank starts from the junction of the occipital and the orbital in a short descending curve, behind which it rises to curve in the opposite direction, making a sigmoid from which it takes a nearly straight course backward to descend to the lower edge of the muscular bands of the tail below the anterior portion of the supracaudal fin. The jugular and the oral por- tions of the line are separated by a short space at their junction with the orbital. The oral makes a decided curve backward below the orbital above the angular, and another below it; in other Chimaeras the oral is more nearly straight. The out- ward curve in each cranial is farther forward than on C. phantasma, that is, farther from the aural junction, and the oral curves are more pronounced. The great curve, in front of the eye, in the suborbital, is more open than that of C. phantasma, more nearly resembling that of C. mitsukurti; it does not make so great a turn backward before passing forward to meet the rostral. The back is dark brown or blackish, shading to light on the lower portions of the flanks, and is marked by white spots: a small spot of white in front of each eye, another behind each orbit, one on each shoulder below the base of the dorsal spine above the lateral line, a larger one below the hinder extremity of the first dorsal, one below the anterior portion of the second dorsal, and another below the lateral line above the base of each ventral fin. Anteriorly the white spots are about the size of the pupil; posteriorly they are larger. Slight cloudings in the brown on the lower parts of the sides may or may not be due to accidents in preservation. Type Cat. 1281 M. C. Z., from Aomori, near Tsugaru Strait, Japan. Named in honor of Mr. Thomas Barbour, through whose enthusiastic interest the opportunity of description was provided. Bulletin of the Museum of Comparative Zodlogy AT HARVARD COLLEGE. Von. LE No. 10. NEW PHYTOPHAGOUS HYMENOPTERA FROM THE TERTIARY OF FLORISSANT, COLORADO. By CuHar.es T. BRvuEs. CAMBRIDGE, MASS., U.S.A.: PRINTED FOR THE MUSEUM. Marcu, 1908. No. 10.— Mew Phytophagous Hymenoptera from the Tertiary of Florissant, Colorado. By CHaRues T. BRUES. OvER a year ago I received from the Museum of Comparative Zoology the large collection of undetermined fossil phytophagous and parasitic Hymenoptera collected many years ago by Dr. S. H. Scudder in the Tertiary lake basin at Florissant, Colorado. Since then a large number of additional parasitica have been received from the same locality from Prof. T. D. A. Cockerell, who has been collecting there for the past two summers. The present paper contains a consideration of the phytophagous forms belonging to the Tenthredinidae, Lydidae, and Siricidae. These are very much less numerous than the parasitic ones. Three genera and twelve species are described as new, and reference has been made to the more definite records of occurrence of members of the group in the various Tertiary formations of Europe and North America, the only continents where they have been discovered. A catalogue of the recorded species and genera is also included. The figures are reproduced from drawings made with the aid of a camera lucida. THNTHREDINIDAE. Trichiosomites, gen. nov. Radial cell of front wings long, not appendiculate; divided at its basal third by a transverse nervure. Submedian cell only a little longer!than the median. Anal cell divided into cells connected by a petiole, much as in Pachyprotasis or Hemichroa. Basal vein and first recurrent nervure almost parallel, the second transverse cubitus and the second recurrent nervure interstitial. The long marginal cell and interstitial second recurrent nervure remind one of Trichiosoma, as does also the oval abdomen. There are such important differences, however, that I feel compelled to erect a new genus for the reception of the single species, which I cannot place in any described genus. The long marginal cell is similar to that of Paremphytus.1 1 Since this paper went to press Mr. S. A. Rohwer of the University of Colorado writes me that he has identified the same species in material from Florissant, which shows that the genus is closely related to Zarea Leach. The antennae are six- jointed. 260 BULLETIN: MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. Trichiosomites obliviosus, sp. nov. Length 9mm. Body broad and stout, the width of the abdomen being 3 mm. Color apparently black, with more or less brownish on the abdomen. Wings hyaline, the veins dark. Head rounded on the sides, its surface finely shagreened ; mesonotum more coarsely so or finely punctulate. Scutellum smooth. Metano- tum more or less rugose. All of the abdominal segments are of nearly equal length, the fifth widest, one and one-half times as wide as the first. Abdomen in outline regularly oval. Marginal cell in front wings very long and narrow, pointed, but not at all appendiculate, divided by a cross-vein at its basal third. Seca e5 Faas ae eaeeenn eee” Fig. 1. — Trichiosomites obliviosus Brues. Fore-wing. Humeral area divided by a cross-vein near the origin of the basal vein; sub- median cell longer than the median by one-third the length of the transverse median nervure. Basal vein and first recurrent nervure almost parallel. First and second submarginal cells not separated, the second recurrent nervure intersti- tial with the second transverse cubitus. Anal cell as in Pachyprotasis, divided into two by the fusion of the anterior and posterior nervures; the petiole thus formed as long as the distance from the fusion to the transverse median nervure. Type. — No. 2036, Mus. Comp. Zodl., Florissant, Col. (No. 1381, 8. H. Scudder Coll.). Phenacoperga CocKERELL. The type species and only one so far made known is P. coloradensis Ckll., from Florissant. It was first described in the genus Perga (Cockerell, : 077), but later made the type of Phenacoperga by its author (:08). Lophyrus Latreityez. Brischke (86) records the occurrence of Lophyrus in Prussian amber, but the genus has not been found fossil elsewhere. Hemichroa STEPHENS, A single species, H. eophila Ckll., has been described from Florissant by Pro- fessor Cockerell (: 06), who refers it to this genus without any doubt. There are no specimens in the collections which I have seen. BRUES: NEW PHYTOPHAGOUS HYMENOPTERA. 261 Dineura Dauvzom. Cockerell (: 06) has already recognized a species of this genus from Florissant to which he gives the name Dineura saxorum, and there is a second one in the present collection. The two may be separated as follows: Transverse median nervure received much before the middle of the first discoidal cell ; second recurrent nervure inserted a considerable distance before the tip of the second submarginal cell. . . . . . . saxorum CkIll. Transverse median nervure received just at or a trifle before the middle of the first discoidal cell; second recurrent nervure inserted at the ex- treme tip of the second submarginal cell . . . . . . laminarum, sp. nov. Dineura laminarum, sp. nov. Probably a female. Length 10 mm. Head and thorax very dark and abdomen pale, except at the tip, where it is brownish. Head rather small and narrow. Antennae black, very gradually attenuated toward the tip, reaching as far back as the base of the metanotum. The mesonotum is brown, with a narrow black border antgriorly, and shades into black behind. Scutellum black. Sides of the metanotum apparently pale like the abdomen. Legs, especially the posterior pair, distinctly preserved, apparently brown; tibiae and tarsi of the hind pair ae —_—— Fig. 2.— Dineura laminarum Brues. Wings. darker above. Wings hyaline, the veins fuscous or piceous. Humeral cross- vein inserted a short distance before the origin of the basal vein; transverse median nervure inserted just before the middle of the first discoidal cell. Margi- nal cell long and pointed, its cross-vein distinct. First submarginal cell quadrate, the first transverse cubitus and the first section of the cubitus subequal, second section a trifle longer. Second recurrent nervure inserted at the apex of the second submarginal cell, being almost interstitial with the second transverse cubitus. Anal cell with a long petiole. Recurrent nervure in hind wing in- serted three-fifths of the way from the base of the second submarginal cell. Type. — No. 2037, Mus. Comp, Zodl., Florissant, Col. (No. 4983, 8. H. Scudder Coll.). 262 BULLETIN: MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. This species approaches the genus Mesoneura in the disposition of the recurrent nervures in both pairs of wings, the second being almost interstitial with the second transverse cubitus. This character apparently tends to vary, however, as the vein is more nearly interstitial in one wing than in the other. It is a broad, stout species. Pteronus prodigus, sp. nov. ’ Sex? Length about 7 mm., most of the head broken away. -Color dark, varied with paler. The anterior part of the mesonotum and the prothorax are yellowish, while the scutellum and metathorax are darker. The mesonotum has an anterior triangular dark spot and dark lateral margins. Abdomen pale, banded on each segment with fuscous. The bands of the first and second seg- ments reach only half-way across ; the following grow wider to the sixth, and the seventh is again narrower. Wings hyaline, the venation as in Pteronus. Humeral field divided by a cross-vein opposite the base of the first discoidal cell. Marginal cell long and lanceolate, not divided. First submarginal cell small, obliquely rounded above, the first and second sections of the cubitus equal. Second sub- Fie. 38. — Pteronus prodigus Brues. Wings. marginal cell very long, over three times as long as the second section of the cubitus, receiving the two recurrent nervures. Third submarginal cell distinctly longer than high, and higher at the tip than at the base. Anal cell petiolate, its petiole originating just basad to the lower end of the basal nervure. Hind wings with the first discoidal and first submarginal cell separate. Type. — No. 2038, Mus. Comp. Zodl., Florissant, Col. (No. 14,071, S. H. Scudder Coll.). It is in a fine state of preservation, showing both front and hind wings, but lacking a part of the head. | The venation in this species is exactly like that of recent species, and the color markings are disposed with a similar tendency to those of P. ribesit Scop. and P. mendicus Walsh, two common North American species of recent times. Serres in his Géognosie (’29) has referred a fossil species from Aix to this genus, but it is very doubtfully a member of Pteronus, as the genus is at present restricted. BRUES: NEW PHYTOPHAGOUS HYMENOPTERA. 263 Scolioneura vexabilis, sp. nov. Length 9 mm. Broad and stout, dark colored or black with paler markings. Abdomen ferruginous except at the base and apex. Dorsum of thorax indistinctly pale around the edges. Antennae preserved only near the base, black; the joints toward the base about five or six times as long as wide. Thorax as wide as long, and not quite so wide as the oval abdomen, which is twice as long as wide. Wings indistinctly infuscated towards the base, the veins brown. Anal cell lanceolate, petiolate, as wide at its broadest part as three-fourths of the length Tea, Fie. 4. — Scolioneura vexabilis Brues. Fore-wing. of the transverse median nervure. Marginal cell long and narrow, pointed at apex ; apparently not divided by anervure. First submarginal cell small, more or less rounded at its base ; second and third long, each receiving a recurrent nervure ; basal vein and first recurrent nervure widely divergent behind. Type. — No. 2039, Mus. Comp. Zodl., Florissant, Col. (No. 1520, 8. H. Scudder Coll.). This species might perhaps be excluded from Scolioneura, as I cannot make out any cross-vein in the marginal cell. I can find no other suitable place, however, and think that it may best be left here. The hind wings are not well enough pre- served to show their venation, but the front ones are in good condition, with the exception of a part of the apical portion. Selandria Lzracu. Brischke ('86) mentions the occurrence of a single specimen belonging to Selandria in Baltic amber. Curtis (29) compares a form from the lower Oligo- cene at Aix with Selandria fuliginosa, but the latter is evidently the Tenthredo fuliginosa now placed in Tomostethus Konow. EKriocampa Hartia. Cockerell (: 06) has described Hriocampa wheeleri from Florissant, and there is a second species to be added from the Scudder collection. The two may be separated as follows : Second submarginal cell on the radius more than twice as long as the first submarginal on the cubital side; cross-vein in marginal cell strongly oblique; wings infuscated. . .. . . . . scudderi, sp. nov. Second submarginal cell on the radial side no aees than the first sub- marginal on the cubital side. Wingshyaline. . . . . . . wheeleri CkIl. 264 BULLETIN : MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. EHriocampa scudderi, sp. nov. Length about 9 mm. Body seemingly wholly black, with infuscated wings. Nervures piceous. Hind legs, or at least the femora and tibiae, black. Marginal cell long and pointed, the cross-vein strongly oblique, inserted much nearer to the tip than to the base of the second submarginal cell. First submarginal cell small, narrowed at the tip, the first transverse cubitus being only two-thirds the length of the first section of the cubitus. Second submarginal cell long and narrow, Fic. 5, — Eriocampa scudderi Brues. Fore-wing and a small portion of hind-wing. over three times as long as high at the tip. Basal vein and cubitus arising at the same point, the basal vein longer than the oblique apical side of the first discoidal cell. Anal cell with a moderately oblique cross-vein ; ‘rather weakly constricted behind basally, but the nervure is strongly thickened at the constriction. Type. — No. 2040, Mus. Comp. Zoél., Florissant, Col. (No. 8298, S. H. Scudder Coll.), very nicely preserved except for the hind wings and the antennae. Hriocampa, sp. There is a specimen (No. 2041, Mus. Comp. Zodl.; No. 9101, 8. H. Scudder Coll.), which is not well enough preserved to place positively in this genus, but which probably represents a third species. The wings are brown and the body pale, except the posterior margin of the thorax and the last two or three abdominal segments, which are dark or black. It is quite a strikingly colored species. Emphytus Kuve. This genus is said to be represented in Baltic Amber by Menge (’56). Paremphytus, gen. nov. Similar to Emphytus, but the basal nervure and the first recurrent nervure are widely divergent, not parallel as in that genus. The submedian cell is much longer than the median, and the first transverse cubitus absent. Anal cell divided by an oblique nervure ; not constricted behind toward the base. Margi- nal cell very long and unusually narrow beyond the cross-vein ; rounded at the tip but not appendiculate. First and second submarginal cells each receiving BRUES: NEW PHYTOPHAGOUS HYMENOPTERA. 265 a recurrent nervure. Antennae stout and thick, and possibly with the last joint long, as in Arge and its allies. However, this character is not very plainly to be seen on the specimen. I have not been able to locate this specimen with any degree of satisfaction. The similarity of the antennae to those of Arge ef ai. is very striking, but it is possible that the last joint is in reality several closely united ones. From these forms it differs at once by the non-appendiculate marginal cell and the divided anal cell. The absence of the first transverse cubitus reminds one of Emphytus, but the position of the first recurrent nervure is entirely different. Paremphytus ostentus, sp. nov. Female. Length 9 mm. Elongate, black, with indications of brownish bands on the abdomen. Head very small, considerably narrower than the thorax and about one-half as thick as wide. Abdomen with nearly parallel sides; obtusely rounded at the tip where the terebra projects quite distinctly. Wings distinctly infuscated, especially on the apical half. Marginal cell long, divided, gradually narrowed to the tip, which is rounded but not appendiculate. First submarginal Fig. 6.— Paremphytus ostentus Brues. Fore-wing. cell very long, as long as the second along the radial nervure; second submargi- nal strongly widened, so that the second transverse cubitus is twice as long as the first. Submedian cell much longer than the median, the basal nervure and the transverse median vein separated on the median vein by a distance almost as great as the length of the basal nervure. Anal cell with an oblique cross-vein. Type. — No. 2042, Mus. Comp. Zodl., Florissant, Col. (No. 11,586, S. H. Scudder Coll.). | Pseudosiobla Asumrap. Cockerell (07) has described a single species from Florissant. There are none in the material at hand. Taxonus Harrie. Two species of ‘Tertiary saw-flies have been referred to this genus. According to Konow, the well-known authority on the classification of these insects, the species described by Heer (47) as Zenthredo vetusta from the lower Miocene at Radoboj is referable to Taxonus (97). The second species was described by Scudder in his Tertiary Insects (’90) as 266 BULLETIN: MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. Taxonus nortont from the Green River beds of Wyoming. From his figures (P]l. 10, Figs. 26-27) of the wing venation there seems to be no doubt that the generic reference is satisfactory. Palaeotaxonus, gen. nov. Body elongate, subparallel ; the abdomen long, twice the length of the thorax, all its segments of equal width and of nearly equal length. Wing venation as in Taxonus, but the submedian cell is no longer than the median, the transverse median nervure being interstitial with the basal vein. Anal cell divided by an oblique cross-vein which is nearly as long as the transverse median nervure. Marginal cell long, pointed at the tip, divided by an unusually oblique, curved cross-vein. Second and third submarginal cells each receiving a recurrent ner- vure near the base. The present form resembles Taxonus in most respects, but differs very plainly in the interstitial transverse median nervure. ‘This is evidently a primitive trait which is exemplified in several of the other fossil saw-flies here -described. On this account I have thought the character to be of generic importance, especially taken in connection with its constancy among large groups of recent Hymenoptera. Palaeotaxonus ,typicus, sp. nov. Length 9.5 mm. Head and thorax black, the abdomen more or less rufous or brownish. Head square behind, rounded toward the front, twice as wide as thick. Antennae of equal thickness for at least the basal two-thirds ; black; the joints not very well differentiated in the specimen, but one somewhat beyond the middle is about four times as long as thick. Wings hyaline, humeral area with a cross- vein just basad to the origin of the basal vein, which is close to the origin of the Fie. 7. —Palaeotaxonus typicus Brues. Fore-wing. cubitus. Basal vein and first recurrent nervure almost parallel, slightly conver- gent behind. First section of the cubitus twice as long as the first transverse cubitus, which is one-third the length of the second submarginal cell. Third sub- marginal cell over three times as wide at apex as at base. Described from two specimens. Type. — No. 2043, Mus. Comp. Zoél., Florissant, Col. (No. 11,984, 8. H. Scudder Coll.). Also, No. 2044, Mus. Comp. Zoél., Florissant, Col. (No. 7051, 8. H. Scudder Coll.). BRUES: NEW PHYTOPHAGOUS HYMENOPTERA. 267 Dolerus JURINE. This abundant North American genus has not been found at Florissant, but it is known to occur in the middle Oligocene at Brunstatt in Alsace, where it was noted by Forster (’91). Schdberlin (88) has also found it in the upper Miocene in Oeningen. Macrophya pervetusta, sp. nov. Length 13 mm. Stout, entirely black, or at least very dark. Head nearly as wide as the thorax, over three times as wide as thick antero-posteriorly, the sides strongly convergent in front. Thorax elongate, twice as long as wide, the meta- thorax being considerably narrower than the mesothorax. Abdomen nearly as long as the head and thorax together, oval, with six segments clearly defined ; rounded broadly at the tip, the extreme apex obscured. Wings hyaline, or perhaps slightly infuscated. Venation typical of the genus, much like that of the recent M. albicincta. Marginal cell long, its dividing nervure entering the radius Fic. 8. — Macrophya pervetusta Brues. Fore-wing. much closer to the second transverse cubitus than to the first; first recurrent nervure received just before the middle of the first submarginal cell; the second near the base of the third. Submedian cell but little longer than the median on the externo-medial nervure. Anal cell constricted in the middle until the cross- vein practically disappears; basally it is not appreciably constricted below. Type. —No. 2045, Mus. Comp. Zoél., Florissant, Col. (No. 637, 8. H. Scudder Coll.). The venation and the very elongate hind coxae which project backwards later- ally so that their tips extend nearly to the middle of the abdomen, determine the systematic position of the species without any doubt. It resembles the present- day Lagium atroviolaceum Norton so greatly in size and color that I was tempted to refer it to Lagium. The antennae are not preserved, so that it seems better to refer it to the larger genus Macrophya in absence of positive evidence to the contrary., Tenthredo Liyné, Four species of Tenthredo, sezsu stricto, have been discovered at Florissant, one recently described by Cockerell, and three characterized in the present paper. Brischke (’86) has recognized a species in Baltic amber which he has not described, and Gravenhorst (’35) also noted the occurrence of the genus in the same formation. 268 BULLETIN : MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. Less exact references have been made to Tenthredo by Schoberlin (’88), two species from Oeningen; Serres (29) and Heer (61), species from Aix; and Schlotheim (’29), one from Baltic amber. These last cannot be regarded as generic determinations, and have no especial significance in the present state of our knowledge. Florissant species of Tenthredo. 1. Anal cell of hind wings sessile with or touching the first apical cell; dis- coidal cell of front wings very long, its diagonal length much more than twice the length of the basal nervure . . . « » » Ld. AUIG Sp Bowe Anal cell of hind wings shorter, not touching te first apical cell, but sepa- rated from it by a distinct vein or petiole. . . . 2 2. Petiole of anal cell in hind wing over one-half the eneeh of thie bavi nervure of the front wing, equalling the vein closing the second dis- coidal cell of hind wing . . ws. OE. anfossa, ape nave Petiole of anal cell very short, Tee ian one- third the vial of the basal MErVUre vce. Wc 3 3. Length 13 mm. First idisogidal a over Pour cia as tobias as the anal nervure in the front wing . . wie a OL 2. submersan Gin Length 17 mm. First discoidal cell ilaes than thiwe times as long as the basalnérvure... 747). seas ony Fee de! ania chr oe) Ie ng aee Tenthredo avia, sp. nov. Female. Length about 13 mm. Body probably variegated with yellow and black. The head is black and the antennae dark. Dorsum of thorax brownish black at the bases of the wings and paler along the parapsidal furrows. Scutellum yellowish; metanotum yellowish, with black reticulations. Median groove of mesonotum very distinct. Abdomen apparently very pale, with a dorsal line of spots, one to each segment; these are small, rounded-quadrate, and diminish in size apically. Wings hyaline, the veins unusually pale in color. Median cell shorter than the submedian by only one-half the length of the transverse median nervure. Third submarginal cell more than twice as high at the apex as at the base. Anal cell not contracted at the insertion of the cross-vein ; its sides sub- parallel, but the posterior side suddenly widens out basally, making the cell more than twice as wide as at the cross-vein. Posterior wing with the anal cell not separated from the first apical cell by a vein. Type. — No. 2046, Mus. Comp. Zo@l., Florissant, Col. (No. 3763, S. H. Scudder Coll.). Of the four species from the Florissant shales, this most closely approaches recent representatives of the genus. The preservation of the type is very good, except the sides of the abdomen, which are not distinguishable at first glance. This causes the abdomen to take on a singular subulate appearance quite foreign to its actual form. BRUES: NEW PHYTOPHAGOUS HYMENOPTERA. 269 Tenthredo infossa, sp. nov. Length 10.5 mm. Probably a female. Body stout ; dark in color. Head black, the thorax more or less light colored anteriorly; the scutellum and metan- otum black. Abdomen very dark, narrowly banded with pale on the sutures. Wings hyaline, the veins unusually dark. Antennae black, the apical three joints narrowing ; basal joints rather broad, the ones at the beginning of the flagellum three or four times as long as thick. Head small and broad, two and one-half times as wide at the temples as thick antero-posteriorly. Abdomen nar- rowly oval, twice as long as wide; the extreme apex not preserved, so that the sex cannot be positively determined. Marginal cell moderately long, its cross- vein only slightly curved ; first discoidal cell unusually short, hardly more than twice as long diagonally as the Jength of the basal vein, and more rhombic in Fig. 9. — Tenthredo infossa Brues. Wings. shape than usual. First submarginal cell quadrate, the first abscissa of the cubitus but little longer than the first transverse cubitus. Submedian cell longer than the median bya little more than the length of the transverse median nervure. Second submarginal cell receiving the recurrent nervure distinctly before the middle. Anal cell slightly constricted at the cross-vein, suddenly widened out behind toward the base to nearly triple its width at the cross-vein. Petiole at apex of anal cell in hind wing as long as the vein closing the second discoidal cell. Type. — No. 2047, Mus. Comp. Zool., Florissant, Col. (No. 11,988, S. H. Scudder Coll.). One specimen in a fine state of preservation. This species resembles Macrophya to some extent, more especially on account of the petiolated anal cell of the hind wing, but the form of the anal cell in the front wing is that of Tenthredo. The legs are not at all preserved. bo —~l av BULLETIN: MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. Tenthredo misera, sp. nov. Female. Length 17mm. Large and robust ; head and thorax dark, probably the head was black and the thorax black, varied more or less with brown. Abdo- men pale, very indistinctly indicated in the fossil. Head about two and one-half times as wide as thick. Antennae slender and tapering very gradually to the tip, the joints toward the base of the flagellum three or four times as long as wide. Wings hyaline, the veins rather weak and light in color. Marginal cell long, its cross-vein distinctly arcuate. First submarginal cell considerably narrowed above, the first section of the cubitus being nearly two times as long as the first section of the radius. Second submarginal cell receiving the recurrent nervure at its basal third. Submedian cell longer than the median by somewhat more than the length of the transverse median nervure. First discoidal cell diagonally about two and one-fourth times as long as the basal vein. Anal cell constricted imperceptibly at the cross-vein, and slowly widened basally behind; the cross- vein is distinctly oblique. Petiole at apex of anal cell in hind-wing only one- fourth as long as the vein closing the second discoidal cell. Type. — No. 2048, Mus. Comp. Zodl., Florissant, Col. (No. 12,400, 8. H. Scudder Coll.). | This is by far the largest species of Tenthredo here described. LYDIDAE. Atocus ScuppDER. This genus was erected by Scudder (’92) for a single species from Florissant. It comes very close to Neurotoma and Pamphilius as defined by Konow (:05). The only noteworthy character that separates it is the uniformly decreasing length of the antennal joints, the third, or first flagellar, joint being distinctly longer than the second in recent forms. If this character has been overlooked in figuring the type, it can scarcely be considered distinct from Neurotoma, to which it is more closely related than to Pamphilius (= Liolyda) on account of the absence of the humeral cross-vein. Electrocephalus Konow. This genus was proposed by Konow (’97) for a single species from Baltic amber. It is related to Janus aud Macrocephus. Cephus Larre!.te. An amber species is noted by Menge (’56), but no other fossil forms have been described or mentioned so far as | am aware. BRUES: NEW PHYTOPHAGOUS HYMENOPTERA. 271 Megaxyela petrefacta, sp. nov. Female. Length probably about 13 mm., the head nearly effaced. Dark in color, with the sutures of the abdomen pale on the sides; these markings are narrow near the base, but occupy the major parts of the several apical segments. Terebra exserted 14 mm., curved downward to the blunt tip. The abdomen is somewhat cylindrical and slowly narrowed to near the tip, when it suddenly rounds down to the base of the terebra. The head, antennae, thorax, and legs are not well enough preserved for description, but the wings show clearly their venation, although somewhat overlapped in position. The type is very similar to that of Megaxyela major Cresson. ‘The first marginal cell, however, lying just beneath the stigma, is nearly twice as long as wide, and the first recurrent nervure soe Fie. 10. — Megaxyela petrefacta Brues. Fore-wing. is only two-thirds as long as the vein that meets it to form the tip of the second discoidal cell. Otherwise the venation so far as preserved is scarcely distinguishable from the recent species. Type. — No. 2049, 2050 (reverse), Mus. Comp. Zool., Florissant, Col. (No. 1386, 4295, S. H. Scudder Coll.). Due to splitting of the rock and subsequent weathering, only the abdomen and wings are preserved, although the entire length can be made out. Jn venation and size this species is remarkably similar to WM. major Cresson, f1om Texas, of which it is undoubtedly a close relative. So far no other recent species have been discovered, and the genus appears to be restricted to the southwestern United States. SIRICIDAE. Paururus Konow. According to Konow (:05) the fossil described by Heer as Urocerites spectabilis from the lower Miocene of Radoboj belongs to this recent genus, and must be known as Paururus spectabilis Heer. Sirex Linne. Two species referred to this genus have been recognized in Baltic amber by Klebs (’89). 272 BULLETIN: MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. Lithoryssus parvus Bruvgs. There are three specimens of this species in the present collection (No, 2051- 2054, Mus. Comp. Zodl., Florissant, Col., No. 5080, 5110 (reverse), 5522, and 14,045, S. H. Scudder Coll.), none of them so perfectly preserved as the type, how- ever, which is in the American Museum of Natural History. In one the wings are better preserved, and I find that the humeral area is divided by a cross-vein just before the origin of the basal nervure, and not “apparently undivided,” as stated in the original description of the species (:06). In size they are all larger than the type, 4-5 mm., but seem otherwise identical. Cephites Herr. Two species, C. oeningensis and C. fragilis Heer, have been placed in this genus by Heer (’47), who considers them to be related to Cephus and Xiphydria.? The front wings have two radial cells, the first under but extending beyond the stigma; the first submarginal cell is large, seven-sided, and touches the stigma ; second longer and narrower; those beyond, if any, obliterated. Two discoidal cells, the first distinct and moderately large, rhomboidal ; the following (third) open apically where the neuration becomes obsolete. Humeral area narrow but distinct. Basal cell wider, the transverse median nervure present. From this diagnosis it will be seen that Cephites approaches Lithoryssus in many respects, and in view of the fact that such close relationship prevails be- tween many of the Florissant and Oeningen types, it is not unlikely that the two may be quite similar. I have therefore placed the European form near Lithoryssus, tentatively at least. 1 Konow (’97) believes that these are Neuroptera, but Handlirsch (:07) does not agree with him, and thinks that they have been correctly placed by Heer. Not having had access to any specimens, and thus compelled to rely on Heer’s figures, I have merely pointed out the resemblance which they apparently show to the American Lithoryssus. BRUES: NEW PHYTOPHAGOUS HYMENOPTERA. yar Gs CATALOGUE OF TERTIARY PHYTOPHAGA, Tenthredinidae. Trichiosomites obliviosus Brues. Bull. M. C. Z.; 1908, 51, p. 260. Miocene; Florissant, Colorado. Cimbex (larva) Menge. Progr. petrischule Danzig, 1856, p. 24. Lower Oligocene; Baltic Amber. Phenacoperga coloradensis Ckll. Science, 1907, n. s., 26, p. 446 (Perga) ; idem, 1908, 27, p. 118. Miocene; Florissant, Colorado. Lophyrus, sp. Brischke. Schrift. naturf. gesellsch. Danzig, 1886, n. f., 6, p. 279. Lower Oligocene; Baltic Amber. Hemichroa eophila Ckll. Bull. Amer. mus. nat. hist., 1906, 22, p. 501. Miocene ; Florissant, Colorado. Dineura saxorum Ckll. Bull. Amer. mus. nat. hist., 1906, 22, p. 499. Miocene; Florissant, Colorado. Dineura laminarum Brues. Bull. M. C. Z., 1908, 51, p. 261. Miocene; Florissant, Colorado. Pteronus, sp. Serres. Géogn. terrains tert., 1829, p. 229. Lower Oligocene; Aix, France. Pteronus prodigus Brues. Bull. M. C. Z., 1908, 51, p. 262. Miocene; Florissant, Colorado. Scolioneura verabilis Brues. Bull. M. C. Z., 1908, 51, p. 263. Miocene; Florissant, Colorado. Selandria, sp. Brischke. Schrift. naturf. gesellsch. Danzig, n. f., 1886, 6, p. 279. Lower Oligocene; Baltic Amber. Selandria (Tenthredo), sp. Curtis. Edinburgh new philos. journ., 1829, 7, p. 295. Lower Oligocene; Aix, France. Eriocampa wheelert Ckll. Bull. Amer. mus. nat. hist., 1906, 22, p- 500. Miocene; Florissant, Colorado. Eriocampa scudderi Brues. Bull. M. C. Z., 1908, 51, p. 264. Miocene ; Florissant, Colorado. Emphytus, sp. Menge. Progr. petrischule Danzig, 1856, p. 24. Lower Oligocene ; Baltic Amber. Paremphytus ostentus Brues. Bull. M. C. Z., 1908, 51, p. 265. Miocene; Florissant, Colorado. Pseudosiobla megoura Ckll. Bull. Amer. mus. nat. hist., 1907, 23, p. 612. Miocene ; Florissant, Colorado. Taxonus nortoni Scudder. Tert. ins. N. Amer., 1890, p. 604. Oligocene ; Green River, Wyoming. Taxonus vetustus Heer. Insectenf. tertiarg. Oeningen, 1849, 2, p- 172 (Tenthredo). Konow, Ent. nachr., 1897, 23, p. 36 (Taxonus). Upper Miocene; Oeningen. Palaeotaxonus typicus Brues. Bull. M. C. Z., 1908, 51, p. 266. Miocene ; Florissant, Colorado. Dolerus, sp. Schoberlin. Soc. entom., 1888, 3, p. 61. Upper Miocene; Oeningen. Dolerus tenax Forster. Abh. geol. spezialk. Els., 1891, p. 458. Middle Oligocene ; Brunstatt, Alsace. Macrophya pervetusta Brues. Bull. M. C. Z., 1908, 51, p. 267. Miocene; Florissant, Colorado. Tenthredo, sp. Serres.1 Géogn. terrains tert., 1829, p. 229. Lower Oligocene; Aix, France. 1 Compared with J viridis L., which is now referred to the genus Rhogogastera Konow. VOL. LI. —wno. 10 18 274 BULLETIN : MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. | Tenthredo, sp. Schlotheim. Tenthredo gervaisi Heer. Petrefactenkunde, 1820, p. 43. Saporta, Rech. climat. pays tert., 1861, Lower Oligocene; Baltic Amber. p. 153. Tenthredo, sp. Gravenhorst. Lower Oligocene; Aix, France. Uebers. schles. gesellsch. vaterl. cult., | Tenthredo submersa Ckll. 1835, p. 92. Bull. Amer. mus. nat. hist., 1907, 23, Lower Oligocene; Baltic Amber. p. 618. Tenthredo, sp. Brischke. Tenthredo avia Brues. Schrift. naturf. gesellsch. Danzig., Bull. M. C. Z., 1908, 51, p. 268. 1886; n: £:, (6. pi 279: Miocene ; Florissant, Colorado. Lower Oligocene ; Baltic Amber. Tenthredo infossa Brues. Tenthredo, sp. Schoberlin. Bull. M. C. Z., 1908, 51, p. 269. Soc. entom., 1888, 3, p. 61. Miocene ; Florissant, Colorado. Upper Miocene; Oeningen (two spe- | Tenthredo misera Brues. cies). Bull. M. C. Z., 1908, 51, p. 270. Miocene; Florissant, Colorado. Lydidae. Atocus defessus Scudder. Electrocephalus strahlendor fi Konow. Bull. 93, U.S. G. S., 1892, p. 24, pl. 11,} Ent. nachr., 1897, 23, p. 37. f. 5. Lower Oligocene; Baltic Amber. Cockerell, Science, 1907, n.s., 27, p.| Cephus, sp. Menge. 1138. Progr. petrischule Danzig, 1856, p. 24. Miocene ; Florissant, Colorado. Lower Oligocene ; Baltic Amber. Pamphilius, sp. (larva) Menge. Megaxyela petrefacta Brues. Progr. petrischule Danzig, 1856, p. 24. Bull. M. C. Z., 1908, 51, p. 271. Lower Oligocene; Baltic Amber. Miocene ; Florissant, Colorado. Siricidae. Paururus spectabilis Heer. Cephites fragilis Heer. Neue denkschr. schweitz. gesellsch. | Insektenf. tertiirg. Oeningen, 1849, 2, 1867, 22, p. 38. p. 174. Lower Miocene; Radoboj. Upper Miocene ; Oeningen. Sirex, 2 spp. Klebs. Cephites oeningensis Heer. Tagbl. naturforschervers., 1889, 62,| Insektenf. tertiiirg. Oeningen, 1849, 2, p. 269. p. 173. Lower Oligocene ; Baltic Amber. Upper Miocene; Oeningen. Lithoryssus parvus Brues. Bull. Amer. mus. nat. hist., 1906, 22, p. 492. fig. 1. Miocene; Florissant, Colorado. 86. :06. :06. 707. :072, :08. 729. gD "35. :07. "47. ’6l. BRUES: NEW PHYTOPHAGOUS HYMENOPTERA. 275 BIroUlLeGc h AP Eby. Brischke, D. Die Hymenoptern des bernsteins. Schrift. naturf. gesellsch. Danzig, n. f., 6, p. 278-279. Brues, C. T. Fossil parasitic and phytophagous Hymenoptera from Florissant, Colorado. Bull. Amer. mus. nat. hist., 22, p. 491-498. Cockerell, T. D. A. Fossil saw-flies from Florissant, Colorado. Bull. Amer. mus. nat. hist., 22, p. 499-501. Cockerell, T. D. A. Some fossil arthropods from Florissant, Colorado. Bull. Amer. mus. nat. hist., 23, p. 605-616. Cockerel]l, T. D. A. Some old world types of insects in the Miocene of Colorado. Science, n. s., 26, p. 446-447. Cockerell, T. D. A. The fossil sawfly Perga coloradensis. Science, n. s., 27, p. 113. Curtis, John. Observations upon a collection of fossil insects discovered near Aix in Provence. Edinb. new philos. journ., 7, p. 293-297. Forster, B. Die insekten des plattigen steinmergels von Brunstatt. Abh. geol. specialkarte von Elsass- Lothringen. Gravenhorst, J. L. C. Bericht tiber die in bernstein erhaltenen insekten der phys.-okon. gesell- schaft zu Konigsberg. Uebers. schles. ges., p. 92-93. Handlirsch, A. Die fossilen insekten und die phylogenie der renzten formen. Lieferung 6, Leipzig. Heer, Oswald. Die insektenfauna der tertiargebilde von Oeningen und von Radoboj in Croatien., 229 pp., 15 pls. Heer, Oswald. Recherches sur le climat et la vegetation du pays tertiaire. Genéve et Paris. 276 89. 197: :05. :05, "56. 20. "88. 90. 29. BULLETIN: MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. Klebs, R. Ueber die fauna des bernsteins. Tag. Deut. nat. vors., 62, p. 268-271. Konow, F. W. Ueber fossile blatt- und halmwespen. Ent. nachr., 23, p. 36-38. Konow, F. W. Genera insectorum. Tenthredinidae. Fasc. 29. Lydidae. Fasc. 27. Siricidae. Fasc. 28. Brussels. MacGillivray, A. D. A study of the wings of the Tenthredinoidea, a superfamily of Hymen- optera. Proc. U. 8. N. M., 29, p. 569-654, 24 pls. Menge, A. Lebenszeichen vorweltlicher, im bernstein eingeschlossener thiere. Progr. petrischule Danzig, p. 1-82. Schlotheim, E, F. von. Die petrefactenkunde. Gotha. Schoberlin, Edmund. Der Oeningen stinkschiefer und seine insektenreste. Soc. entom., 3, p- 42, 51, 61, 68-69. Scudder, S. H. The Tertiary msects of North America. Rept. U. 8. G. 8., 13, 734 pp., 28 pls. Serres, P. M. Géognosie des terrains tertiaires. Montpellier et Paris. Bulletin of the Museum of Comparative Zoology AT HARVARD COLLEGE. Won, iba.) Noe Lf. SOME JAPANESE AND EAST INDIAN ECHINODERMS. By Hupert Lyman Ciark. CAMBRIDGE, MASS., U.S. A: PRINTED FOR THE MUSEUM. ? Aprit, 1908. No. 11.— Some Japanese and East Indian Echinoderms, By Husert LyMan CLARK. THE Museum of Comparative Zodlogy received in the autumn of 1907 a collection of Echinoderms made by Mr, Thomas Barbour at Amboina and several other islands in the Dutch East Indies, including Dutch New Guinea. There are 362 specimens in this collection, representing thirty-two species, and while none of them is new to science, some are new to the Museum collection and many are of interest because of the localities where they were collected. The value of these specimens is greatly enhanced by Mr. Barbour’s notes on their color, habitat, and appearance in life. ; From Mr. Alan Owston the Museum has purchased an interesting lot of Echinoderms, consisting of 153 specimens, representing forty species, of which eight are new to science. The following pages give an anno- tated list of the seventy species contained in these collections and indi- cated as the Barbour collection and the Owston collection respectively, arranged systematically, with descriptions of the new forms. CRINOIDEA. Tropiometra macrodiscus. Antedon macrodiscus Hara, 1895. Zool. Mag., Tokyo, 7, p. 115. Troptometra macrodiscus A. H. Clark, 1907. Smiths. Mise. Coll., 50, p. 349. ] specimen, in excellent condition, about 450 mm. in diameter. Color in alcohol uniform deep yellow. Misaki, Sagami Bay, Japan. Owston collection. Kindly identified by Mr. A. H. Clark. Cyllometra manca. Antedon manca P. H. Carpenter, 1888. Challenger Reports, 26, p. 226. Cyliometra manca A. H. Clark, 1907. Smiths. Misc. Coll., 50, p. 357. 1 specimen, about 90 mm. in diameter. Color in alcohol pale purple; arms banded with whitish, Uraga Channel, Gulf of Tokyo, Japan; 20-30 fathoms. Owston collection. 280 BULLETIN: MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. ASTEROIDEA. Archaster typicus. Miiller & Troschel, 1840. Monatsb. Akad. Wiss., Berlin, p. 104. 60 specimens, 60-125 mm. in diameter. Saonek, Waigiou Island, New Guinea. — 45 specimens, 50-120 mm. in diameter. Amboina. Barbour col- lection. According to Mr. Barbour’s notes, these specimens were taken in very shallow water on a bottom of white sand. The color in life was orange-red, but in drying the specimens nearly all trace of this color was lost, and they became pale yel- lowish, with only here and there patches of orange-red. One of the specimens from Amboiua has 6 rays, while two of those from Saonek have only 4 rays each. Oreaster nodosus. Asterias nodosa Linné, 1758. Syst. Nat., ed. 10, p. 661. Oreaster nodosus Bell, 1884. Proc. Zod]. Soc. London, p. 70. 18 specimens, Humboldt Bay, New Guinea.—5 specimens, Sorong, New Guinea. — 3 specimens, Ansus, Jappen Island, New Guinea (135° 44’ E. x 19 47 S’.).—1 specimen, Amboina. Barbour collection. These specimens range from 80 to 800 mm. in diameter and exhibit the greatest diversity in the development of the great tubercles so characteristic of this spe- cies. In the youngest specimen there are present 15 tubercles, one at each radial corner of the disc and two on the ridge of each ray; those on the disc are largest and most nearly pointed, while those nearest the tips of the rays are small and nearly spherical. In’ specimens a trifle older there are 20 or 25 tubercles, one or two more having developed on each ray. The pair of tubercles which are found in large specimens at the proximal end of the rays, one on each side of the ridge, are first seen in an individual 165 mm. in diameter, but are quite small and rounded, and it is only in much larger specimens that they are fully developed. The tubercle at the centre of the disc is present in only six specimens, and none of these is under 200 mm. in diameter. In the largest individual it is wanting, but there are 72 tubercles, arranged as follows: one large one, with two or even three points, at each radial angle of the disc; one rather small but pointed one in each interradius not far from the margin, and in one interradius there are two such tubercles ; eight on the ridge of each ray, with a ninth on two of the rays; the usual pair at the base of each ray; and one, two, or even three extra tuber- cles on the sides of the rays near the base. No less than 20 of the tubercles ter- minate in two, three, or even four sharp, bare points. —In life, the color of this species shows considerable diversity, ranging from clay-color with the large tuber- cles muddy brown, or with the large tubercles deep red-brown, becoming vermil- ion at the base, or with the large tubercles black, with their bases, the tips of the — CLARK: JAPANESE AND EAST INDIAN ECHINODERMS. 281 arms, and the centre of disc claret-red, to a nearly uniform vermilion-red all over. Most of the dried specimens were dirty yellowish, but on being washed with alcohol the vermilion-red color returned to a greater or less degree in different, individuals and has not been lost by subsequent drying. The largest specimen (300 mm.) from Amboina is the most uniform and the brightest vermilion. — This species was found chiefly on bottoms where there was more or less vegetation or in open places about coral reefs. Culcita novae-guineae. Miller & Troschel, 1842. Sys. Ast., p. 88. Goniodiscus sebae Miller & Troschel, 1842. Sys. Ast., p. 58. 3 specimens, 80-130 mm. in diameter. Sorong, New Guinea. — 1 specimen, 75 mm. in diameter. Amboina. Barbour collection. The small series of Culcitas brought home by Mr. Barbour is of great interest because they prove that the starfish hitherto known as Goniodiscus sebae is the young of Culcita novae-guineae and not a distinct species closely related to the ancestral stock from which Culcita has sprung, as Déderlein has so ably argued (Semon’s Zool. Forsch. Aust., 5, lf. 4, p. 489-504). The specimen from Amboina is clearly Goniodiscus sebae, agreeing not only with Miller and Troschel’s de- scription, but with de Loriol’s (1885. Mém. Soc. Phys., Geneve, 29, p. 48; Plate 15, figs. 6-6e) description and figures, and with specimens in the Museum of Comparative Zodlogy collection from the Gilbert and Marshall Islands. It can- not, however, be separated in any way from the slightly larger young Culcita from Sorong, which is certainly identical with the other two specimens. On the actinal side the latter are exactly like Déderlein’s (1896. Semon’s Zool. Forsch. Aust., 5, If. 3, p. 8301-322) figures (Plate 20, fig. 9) of C. novae-guineae, but abactinally one is like C. x. plana (Plate 19, fig 1), while the other (the largest of all) is like C. n. arenosa (Plate 19, fig. 5). Judging from the 54 Culcitas accessible to me, it seems doubtful whether the varieties (or subspecies) of C novae-guineae, so earefully worked out by Doderlein, are really sufficiently distinct to warrant their recognition. — Mr. Barbour’s specimens were collected about the reefs and were of a yellowish-brown color, with something of an olive tint when alive. They were all flat and more or less discoidal in life and showed no tendency to the spherical form characteristic of many adult Culcitas. Gymnasteria carinifera. Asterias carinifera Lamarck, 1816. Anim. s. Vert., 2, p. 556. Gymnasterias carinifera v. Martens, 1866. Arch. f. Naturg., 32 (1), p. 74. 1 specimen, 130 mm. in diameter. Yellowish brown (dried). Sorong, New Guinea. Barbour collection. 282 BULLETIN: MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. Asterina cepheus. Asteriscus cepheus Miiller & Troschel, 1842. Sys. Ast., p. 41. Asterina cepheus v. Martens; 1866. Arch. f. Naturg., 32 (1), p. 85. 2 specimens, 33 mm. in diameter. Amboina. Barbour collection. In life these specimens were bluish green above, pale yellowish beneath, and these colors were little changed by drying. But on being washed with alcohol, the blue-green color was changed to orange-red, which faded to reddish-yellow on drying. Asterina exigua. Asterias exigua Lamarck, 1816. Anim. s. Vert., 2, p. 554. Asterina exigua Perrier, 1876. Arch. Zodl. Exp., 5, p. 222. 1 specimen, 30 mm. in diameter. In life dark fawn-color ; pale in dried speci- men. Under a stone, Tifu Bay, Buru Island, Moluccas. Barbour collection. Asterina pectinifera. Asteriscus pectinifer Miiller & Troschel, 1842. Sys. Ast., p. 40. Asterina pectinifera v. Martens, 1865. Arch. f. Naturg., 31 (1), p. 352. 2 specimens, Misaki, Sagami Bay, Japan. — 3 specimens, Tokyo, Japan. Owston collection. These specimens are 68-90 mm. in diameter, and the color in alcohol is a more or less indistinct orange-red, which becomes paler on drying. Linckia laevigata. Asterias laevigata Linné, 1758. Syst. Nat., ed. 10, p. 662. Linckia laevigata Liittken, 1871. Vid. Med., p. 265. 32 specimens, Amboina.—6 specimens, Sorong, New Guinea. —3 speci- mens, Gani, Halmaheira Island. —2 specimens, Manokwari, New Guinea. — 1 specimen, Pom, Jappen Island, New Guinea. Barbour collection. These specimens were all collected on sandy bottoms and were blue, ranging from bright cobalt to brownish blue, with the papular areas more or less dis- tinctly yellow. They were taken directly from the salt water and dried by artificial heat, so that in most cases there has been little change in form or color. They range from 85 to 265 mm. in diameter. Three of those from Amboina have only four rays each. The specimen from Pom has two madreporites but is not otherwise peculiar in any way. Examination of a very large series of specimens (343) in the Museum collection, from twenty stations between the Persian Gulf and Zanzibar on the west, and Samoa and Hawaii on CLARK: JAPANESE AND EAST INDIAN ECHINODERMS. 283 the east, has satisfied me that it is futile to attempt to separate Z. mudtifora from laevigata by any constant characters, although typical examples of the two forms are so easily distinguished. Specimens under 75 mm. in diameter usually show the characters of mad¢ifora, but in fully grown specimens all intergradations occur between the broad-rayed Jaevigata and the slender-rayed multifora. Unfortu- nately the number of madreporites is worthless as a character, for broad-rayed specimens occasionally have two, while slender-rayed specimens very often have only one. Most specimens from the western part of the Indo-Pacific region seem to have the rays long and slender, while most of those from Australia and the Pacific Islands have the rays short and broad, but this is far from being invariably true. On the whole I think we may retain multifora only as a form or variety of laevigata. The specimens in the Barbour collection showed a most extraordinary ' change in color when washed with alcohol. A few were placed in a jar of alcohol, which had been previously used, and their blue tints immediately became vivid orange-red. Thinking the change might be caused by impurities in the alcohol, further experiments were made, which showed that the effect is produced by the alcohol itself, and the mere application of perfectly pure alcohol for a few seconds is sufficient to change a bright blue color to bright orange-red. Subsequent application of an alkali had no visible effect. Continued immersion in alcohol results in the gradual loss of red, the specimens becoming brownish-yellow. On drying, the red specimens seem to retain the color quite well. In the lot of speci- mens from Amboina there are now to be seen brownish-blue, blue, orange-red, reddish-yellow, and brownish-yellow individuals. These facts emphasize the rule that little importance can be attached to differences in color shown by museum specimens of starfish. — One of the specimens from Amboina and one of those from Manokwari, each bore a specimen of the peculiar gasteropod, T’hyca pellu- cida, described by Kiikenthal in 1897 as found by him on specimens of Linckia at Ternate (see his “ Parasitische Schnecken,” Abh. Senck. Nat. Ges., 24 (1), p. 7; Plate 2, figs. 7-9). Nardoa tuberculata. Gray, 1840. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 6, p. 287. 5 specimens, 130-215 mm. in diameter. Sorong, New Guinea. Barbour collection. . These specimens were found on sandy patches among the reefs and in life were a fawn-brown, which in dried specimens has become deep tawny brown, more or less blotched with blackish abactinally on the rays. They agree with de Loriol’s (1893) specimens from Amboina in the entire absence of the dusky cross-bands on the rays shown in Herklot’s (1868) figure. One of the specimens has only a very few of the characteristic tubercles developed. Pteraster obesus, sp. nov. Rays 5. R=22 mm.,r=16 mm., R=1.4r. Breadth of ray at base, 16 mm. Interbrachial ares shallow. Disc high, vertical diameter, 16 mm.; rays — 284 BULLETIN : MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. not clearly marked off. Abactinal surface of rays high, rounded ; actinal surface somewhat flat. Distal end of ray upturned, so that ambulacral furrows terminate on abactinal surface. Supradorsal membrane rather thin with no sign of reticula- tions. Spiracula small but very abundant all over abactinal surface. Paxillae high with numerous spines (8-10 or more) of approximately equal size. About 30 of the paxillae have the spines longer and stouter than the others, and these push the membrane up into more or less conspicuous points or ridges, which are irregularly scattered and give the abactinal surface a rough, almost warty appear- ance. Apparently there are no other calcareous particles in the membrane. Os- culum large, surrounded by about 50 closely webbed long spines, which nearly close it. Ambulacra of moderate width ; feet in two rows. Adambulacral plates, each with six (near the mouth there may be seven) spines, the innermost much the smallest, the outermost longest; as the innermost is situated on the inner aboral corner of the plate and the others are on its adoral side, the series is distinctly curved, with the concavity away from the mouth; all the spines are united to each other and to the actino-lateral spine by a membrane which reaches nearly to their free ends, but from which they project distinctly. Actino-lateral spines short, only about half as long again as the outermost adambulacral spine; as they are approximately equal except at tip of ray, the actino-lateral “ fringe ” is narrow and nearly parallel-sided, and is thus completely concealed from above ; aperture-papilla small, free only along its aboral edge. Mouth-plates large, de- cidedly elevated at their aboral ends, where they terminate in a conspicuous point ; the points of the adjacent plates are closely appressed, so there is only one point for the two plates. ach plate bears on its margin 5-7 (usually 6) spines, of which the first is about as long as the plate, flat, about one-fourth as wide as long, and square-cut at the end; the second is about two-thirds as long and, although flat, is somewhat more tapering; the remaining 3-5 spines are very slender, pointed, and about half as long as the first; the spines are all free, no membrane being developed between them. On the surface of each mouth-plate, at about the centre, is a very conspicuous superoral spine; it is longer and much stouter than the first mouth-spine, and terminates in a heavy, sharp, triangular point. — Color of alcoholic specimen, purplish pink, lightest on the ambulacra. 1 specimen from Sagami Bay, Japan; 35° N. x 138° 48’ E., 75 fathoms. Owston collection. Pteraster multiporus, sp. nov. Rays 5. R=16mm.,r=10mm., R=1.6r. Breadth of ray at base 11 mm. Interbrachial arcs rather deep and angular. Disc moderately high, vertical diameter 8.5 mm.; rays not well marked off. Abactinal surface of rays rather high, rounded; actinal surface flat. Distal end of ray upturned so that ambulacral furrows terminate on abactinal surface. Supradorsal membrane thin, very indis- tinctly reticulated. Spiracula small but exceedingly numerous all over the abac- tinal surface. Paxillae low, with numerous spines (8-10 or more), which are CLARK: JAPANESE AND EAST INDIAN ECHINODERMS. 285 much longer than the stalk that bears them; these spines are slender and approx- imately equal, so that the entire abactinal surface is relatively smooth. Aside from the tips of these spines there do not appear to be any calcareous particles in supradorsal membrane. Osculum rather small, surrounded by 30-40 rather short, closely webbed spines. Ambulacra rather narrow; feet in two rows. Adambu- lacral plates each with five (sometimes six) spines, the innermost much the smallest, the outermost longest ; as the innermost is situated on the inner aboral corner of the plate and the others are on its adoral side, the series is distinctly curved, with the concavity away from the mouth ; all the spines are united to each other and to the actino-lateral spine by a membrane which reaches nearly to their free ends, but from which they project distinctly. Actino-lateral spines short, little longer than outermost adambulacral spine, flattened and widened at the bluntly-rounded tip; they are subequal and the actino-lateral “ fringe ” is accord- ingly narrow and nearly parallel-sided. Aperture-papilla small, free only along aboral edge. Mouth-plates moderate, each with six slender, nearly cylindrical but pointed spines along the margin, the innermost largest, outermost smallest; the entire group of twelve spines is completely united by a thin but conspicuous membrane; superoral spines moderately stout, cylindrical but pointed, slightly exceeding the longest oral spines. — Color of alcoholic specimen, purplish pink. 1 specimen from Sagami Bay, Japan; 35° N. x 138° 48’ E., 75 fathoms. Owston collection. Although taken at the same station with odesuws, it is an en- tirely distinct species. It is closely allied to reticulatus from the Hawaiian Islands, but differs in having webbed oral spines, short, broad, actino-lateral spines, and low paxillae. List of the species of Pteraster. militaris O. F. Miller, 1776. Zool. Dan. Prod., p. 234. North Atlantic and Arctic Oceans, 10-618 fathoms. pulvillus M. Sars, 1861. Overs. Norg. Ech., p. 62. North Atlantic and Arctic Oceans, 20-80 fathoms. danae Verrill, 1869. Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., 12, p. 386. Atlantic Ocean off east coast of South America, 30(?)—55 fathoms. affinis Smith, 1876. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (4) 17, p. 108. Royal Sound, Ker- guelen Island, 5-28 fathoms. ; caribbaeus Perrier, 1883. Stell. du “ Blake,” p. 216. Subtropical western At- lantic Ocean, 151-422 fathoms. aporus Ludwig, 1886. Zool. Jahrb., 1, p. 293. Behring Sea. rugatus Sladen, 1889. Challenger Report, 30, p. 473. Antarctic Ocean, vicinity of Heard Island, 150 fathoms. semireticulatus Sladen, 1889. Challenger Report, 30, p. 475. Antarctic Ocean, near Marion Island, 69 fathoms. stellifer Sladen, 1889. Challenger Report, 30, p. 474. Antarctic Ocean, near Cape Horn, 245 fathoms. 286 BULLETIN: MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. personatus Sladen, 1891. Proc. Roy. Irish Acad., (3) 1, p. 694. Atlantic Ocean, off Irish coast, 750 fathoms. ingoufi Perrier, 1891. Ech. Cap Horn, p. K 144. Antarctic Ocean, near Cape Horn, 150 fathoms. lebruni Perrier, 1891. Ech. Cap Horn, p. K 145. Antarctic Ocean, near Cape Horn and further south, 45-250 fathoms. alveolatus Perrier, 1894. Tal. et Trav. Ech. : Stell., p. 183. Atlantic Ocean, near Azores, 2256 fathoms. sordidus Perrier, 1894. Tal. et Trav. Ech.: Stell., p. 182. Atlantic Ocean, off Morocco, 633 fathoms. multispinus Clark, 1901. Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., 29, p. 326. Puget Sound. jordani Fisher, 1905. Bull. Bur. Fish., 24, p. 314. Eastern Pacific Ocean, off San Diego, Cal., 642-650 fathoms. reticulatus Fisher, 1906. Starfishes Haw. Isl., p. 1098. Pacific Ocean, near Hawaiian Islands, 284-298 fathoms. obesus Clark, supra. multiporus Clark, supra. Key to the species of Pteraster. Form more or less stellate, R > 1.8 r, usually 2-3.6 r. A stout spine (superoral) present on surface of each oral plate. A more or less conspicuous opening (osculum) present in centre of abactinal surface. Adambulacral comb with more than 5 spines. Stalk of paxilla short, not much higher than thick ; oral spines 6, similar, none so large as superoral. ... . » (a> w) eliteness Stalk of paxilla high and slender; oral spines 5, aneninast much the larg- est, larger than.euperoral { «+ 2.8). 2 0 ees «+ 6CGnibbaee Adambulacral comb with 3-5 spines. Oral spines 6; supradorsal membrane thick and smooth . . . lebrunt. Oral spines 4; supradorsal membrane thin. Paxillae with numerous (5-10) spinelets; superoral spine shorter and stouter than innermost oral; 4 well-developed adambulacral spines affinis. Paxillae with few (1-3) spinelets, of which one is very long ; superoral spine long, equalling innermost oral; innermost of 4 adambulacral spipes very small or-wanting ... ..'. . . » » 4» Jjerd@eee No-oseuliimipresent) 0s ce ele Sao ie DM Ses ot No superoral spine present. Adambulacral spines 5, in curved series; oral spines5 . . . . personatus. Adambulacral spines 4, in straight series; oral spines 6. . . . ~~ sordidus. Form more or less pentagonal, R < 1.8r, usually 1.8-1.7 r; superoral spine present. Adambulacral armature of 6-7 spines; paxillae spinelets 8-15. Abactinal surface more or less swollen and rough or warty in adult; oral spines 6 (5-7). CLARK: JAPANESE AND EAST INDIAN ECHINODERMS. 287 Oral spines rather slender, all united by membrane; superoral spine not stout and triangular-pointed; actino-lateral spines much longer near mid- dle of ray than neartip . . i) wbs, polowius. Oral spines not united by méiibeane : first _ (inbermost) very flat and truncate; superoral spine very stout and triangular-pointed ; actino-lateral spines of approximately equal length except at very tip of ray . obesus. Abactinal surface not much elevated and not at all warty. Oral spines 3, united by membrane; R=1.5rt+ .. . . . multispinus. Oral spines 6 or 7, not united by membrane; R=1.7r+ . ._ reticulatus. Adambulacral armature of 3-5 (rarely 6) spines. Oral spines 6. 2 innermost spines long, 4 lateral short, each group united by a web; thus 4 groups to each mouth angle; adambulacral spines usually 4; no spir- WOUER roy cae 5 ys Asha Oral spines of each Howth ‘agle all (12) ariited ny. a common membrane into a single group; adambulacral spines usually 5; spiracula very tetany de OPO One Ete a ami dia, Oral spines 3-5. Oral spines not united by a web. Adambulacral spines short, scarcely projecting beyond web . ._ stellifer. Adambulacral spines slender, projecting far beyond web . . . danae. Oral spines united together by a web. Adambulacral spines usually 38, sometimes 4, short, scarcely projecting beyond web. . ‘ . . rugatus. Adambulacral spines 3 5, eaanily 4, peeing far hayoud web. R= 1.75 r+; dorsal membrane thin, evidently reticulated semireticulatus. R=1.4r+; dorsal membrane thick, not at all reticulate . . ingou/fi. Echinaster eridanella. Miiller & Troschel, 1842. Sys. Ast., p. 24. 1 specimen, with six rays, 110 mm. in diameter. Very deep crimson-red in life. Manokwari, New Guinea. —1 specimen, with six rays, 60 mm, in diameter. Red in life. Makassar, South Celebes. Barbour collection. Asterias rollestoni. Bell, 1881. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 514. 1 young specimen, 50 mm. in diameter. Nearly white, more or less mottled with deep gray abactinally. Tokyo Bay, Japan, five fathoms. Owston collection. Although this specimen does not correspond perfectly to either Bell’s or Déderlein’s (Zool. Anz., 25, p. 333) description, 1 think there can be little doubt that it belongs to this species. 288 BULLETIN: MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. Asterias similispinis, sp. nov. Rays 5. R=25 mm., r=5 mm., R=5r. Interbrachial arcs acute. Rays little flattened, upper surface somewhat convex, sides scarcely vertical, and actinal surface not sharply marked off. Breadth of ray at base 5.5 mm. Disc moder- ate; vertical diameter 5 mm. Whole abactinal surface quite closely and very irregularly covered with low stout spines, which though blunt are not capitate ; there are three or four of these spines to each square millimeter; a median radial line is seldom well marked. Papular areas very variable in size, with from one to five papulae each. Among the spines are scattered small, rather stout and blunt (less commonly, acute) pedicellariae. On sides of ray can be distinguished a dorso-marginal and a ventro-marginal series of spines ; space between these dis- tinct but narrow; dorso-marginal series consists of a single (occasionally double near base of ray) longitudinal row of spines similar to and only a little larger than those on abactinal surface; ventro-marginal series made up of two rows which are quite separate at base of ray but become very closely appressed as tip of ray is approached, the lower spine of each pair being placed aboral to the upper; these spines are little longer than those of the dorso-marginal series, are nearly cylindrical, and blunt; near base of ray there may be two spines placed side by side on each infero-marginal plate, in the lower row of the ventro-marginal series. Most of the marginal spines of both series have a group of small pedicel- lariae at the base, which, however, do not form a surrounding wreath. Adam- bulacral armature consists of one or two large blunt cylindrical spines, very similar in appearance to the marginals; near base of ray every other plate bears two spines, the outer one nearer the mouth, but at middle of ray and beyond, most of the plates carry only a single spine; all of the adambulacral spines carry small pedicellariae, and there are similar pedicellariae on the plates within the ambulacral groove. There are no spines between the ventro-marginals and the adambulacrals, but no bare space is visible there, as the entire actinal surface is covered by those spines. Oral plates each with two marginal spines at the inner end, the innermost decidedly the larger; a still larger superoral spine is present on the surface of the plate near the middle. Madrepore plate free from spines, small, 1.5 mm. in diameter, situated about half-way between margin and centre of disc. — Color entirely bleached by alcohol. 6 specimens, 23-45 mm. indiameter. Taraku Island, near Nemuro, Hokkaido, Japan. Owston collection. It is only with the greatest hesitation that I venture to describe a new Asterias, in the face of the large number of imperfectly described or little known species which now make that genus a source of so much difficulty. But as the six speci- mens before me agree in all essentials and differ in important particulars from any of the species known to me, and most decidedly from any of the species hitherto known from Japan (see Doderlein’s key to the Japanese species of Asterias, Zool. Anz., 25, p. 331), I have felt justified in giving them a new name, based on the remarkable similarity between the adambulacral and marginal spines. : Hi CLARK: JAPANESE AND EAST INDIAN ECHINODERMS. 289 Although the reproductive organs are fairly well developed, I do not feel confi- dent that these specimens are full grown. OPHIUROIDEA. Pectinura gorgonia. Ophiarachna gorgonia Miiller & Troschel, 1842. Sys. Ast., p. 105. Pectinura gorgonia Liitken, 1869. Add. Hist. Oph., pt. 3, p. 33. 4 specimens. Diameter of disc, 10-11 mm. Green above, more or less blotched with yellowish white; arms conspicuously banded with same colors (dry). Sorong, New Guinea. Barbour collection. Pectinura infernalis. Ophiarachna infernalis Miiller & Troschel, 1842. Sys. Ast., p. 105. Pectinura infernalis Liitken, 1869. Add. Hist. Oph., pt. 3, p. 33. 34 specimens. Diameter of disc, 7-11 mm. Light gray to yellow-brown above, more or less variegated; arms distinctly banded with light and dark gray (dry). Sorong, New Guinea. Barbour collection. Ophiolepis annulosa. Ophiura annulosa de Blainville, 1834. Man. d’Act., p. 244. Ophiolepis annulosa Miller & Troschel, 1840. Arch. f. Naturg., 6 (1), p. 328. 3 specimens. Diameter of disc, 15-18 mm. Deep purplish brown above, with large spot at centre of disc, one equally large at base of each arm, and from five to eight bands on each arm, dark buff (dry). Sorong, New Guinea. Barbour collection. Ophiolepis cincta. Miiller & Troschel, 1842. Sys. Ast., p. 90. 2 specimens. Diameter of disc, 10 mm. Dull olive or brownish above; one specimen with arms indistinctly banded with lighter (dry). Amboina. Barbour collection. Ophioplocus imbricatus. Ophiolepis imbricata Miiller & Troschel, 1842. Sys. Ast., p. 93. Ophioplocus imbricatus Lyman, 1865. Illust. Catal., p. 69. 1 specimen. Diameter of disc, 14 mm. Dull brownish above on disc; light olive, with nine or ten narrow dark .bands on arms. Amboina. Barbour collection. VOL. LI. — No. fl 19 290 BULLETIN: MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. Ophiozona longispina, sp. nov. Diameter of disc, 7-10 mm.; length of arm, 15-25 mm. Disc flat, covered by about 60-75 plates, among which the central dorsal plate, the five radial primary plates, and ten radial shields are conspicuous. Radial shields oval, much larger than centro-dorsal, distinctly longer than wide, separated from each other by a lon- gitudinal series of three or four radial plates. (Relative size and arrangement of other dorsal plates decidedly variable.) — Dorsal arm-plates more or less diamond- shape, two outer sides shorter than inner, with angles rounded (especially dis- tal) or proximal truncate; first three or more (even out to the seventh sometimes) distinctly in contact. — Ventral surface of disc with interbrachial spaces covered by 15-25 plates. Oral shields large (about 1 mm. each way), pentagonal, with an inner angle, and outer side curved; lateral sides nearly as long as inner. Adoral plates somewhat variable, approximately quadrilateral but either broad or narrow; distinctly in contact within. Genital plates moderately large and plainly visible. Oral papillae four on each side, variable in relative size. No “ infra- dental’? papilla. — Ventral arm plates more or less quadrilateral, at least at base of arm, but becoming indistinctly pentagonal, hexagonal, or even heptagonal further out; first three or four wider than long, fourth or fifth about as long as wide, remainder rapidly becoming much longer than wide : first 4-8 distinctly in contact. — Side arm-plates rather small, coming in contact with each other dorsally at from fourth to eighth arm-joint and ventrally at from fifth to ninth joint; each one car- ries two (rarely three) long, slender, acute, well-spaced spines, which are usually longer than arm-joint and near base of arm, upper spine, which is longer than lower, may equal two arm-joints. — Tentacle-scale single, of moderate size. — Color (in alcohol) nearly white. 3 specimens. Uraga Channel, Gulf of Tokyo, Japan; 70 fathoms. Owston collection. List of the species of Ophiozona. pacifica Liitken, 1856. Vid. Med., p. 22. Pacific Ocean, off Mexico and Central America, littoral. impressa Liitken, 1859. Add. Hist. Oph., pt.2, p. 101. Atlantic Ocean off _ Florida, West Indies, and Brazil, 0-300 fathoms. nivea Lyman, 1875. Illust. Catal., 8, p. 9. Atlantic Ocean, off Florida and West Indies, 56-424 fathoms. antillarum Lyman, 1878. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zoél., 5, p. 127. Atlantic Ocean, off West Indies, 450 fathoms. depressa Lyman, 1878. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zodl., 5, p. 128. Pacific Ocean, off Meangis Islands, 500 fathoms. dubia Lyman, 1878. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zodl., 5, p. 224. Atlantic Ocean, off West Indies, 539 fathoms. insularia Lyman, 1878. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zodl., 5, p. 126. Pacific Ocean, off Fiji Islands. 310 fathoms. CLARK: JAPANESE AND EAST INDIAN ECHINODERMS. 291 stellata Lyman, 1878. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zodl., 5, p. 125. Pacific Ocean, off New Zealand, 700-1100 fathoms. tessellata Lyman, 1878. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zodl., 5, p. 223. Atlantic Ocean, off Wést Indies, 242 fathoms. clypeata Lyman, 1883. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zodl., 10, p. 234. Atlantic Ocean, off West Indies, 151-232 fathoms. marmorea Lyman, 1883. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. 10, p. 233. Atlantic Ocean, off West Indies, 114-250 fathoms. bispinosa Koehler, 1897. Ann. Sci. Nat., (8) 4, p. 319. Indian Ocean, off An- daman Islands, 112 fathoms. alba Liitken & Mortensen, 1899. Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., 23, p. 102. Pacific Ocean, off Cocos and Galapagos Islands, 770-1360 fathoms. contigua Litken & Mortensen, 1899. Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., 23, p. 101. Pacific Ocean, off Galapagos Islands, 1322-1360 fathoms. inermis Bell, 1902. Rep. Nat. Hist. ‘Southern Cross,” p. 217. Antarctic Ocean, off Cape Adare, South Victoria Land, 26 fathoms. casta Koehler, 1904. Oph. Exp. “Siboga,” pt. 1, p. 22. Arafura Sea, 312 fathoms. molesta Koehler, 1904. Oph. Exp. ‘‘ Siboga,” pt. 1, p. 23. Sulu Sea, 705 fathoms ; Atlantic Ocean, near Canary Islands, 1175 fathoms. capensis Bell, 1905. Mar. Inv. South Africa, 3, p. 256. Indian Ocean, off Cape Colony, 25-900 fathoms. projecta Koehler, 1905. Oph. Exp. “ Siboga,” pt. 2, p. 19. Banda Sea, etc., among Dutch East Indies, 8-63 fathoms. sincera Koehler, 1906. Mém. Soc. Zool. France, 19, p. 12. Atlantic Ocean, off Spain, 679-889 fathoms. longispina Clark, supra. Key to the species of Ophiozona. Tentacle pores not restricted to base of arm; tentacle scales present at least at base of arm. Tentacle scales present on all tentacle pores. Tentacle scales 2 Arm-spines 2. Arm-spines short, equal; radial shields small, separate or touching molesta. Arm-spines as long as side arm-plates, upper longer; radial shields large, BED APMES was Fate's, onilince tier ay aa ce ai coe cttta oy be hat ace, WS DUROSE. Arm-spines 3-5. Surface of disc smooth. Disk high but flat, margin raised above arms, with a short spine or knob at outer end of each radial shield . . . . . . . tessellata. Disc-margin raised little, or not at all, above arms; no spine or knob at outer ends of radial shields. Oral shields very small, little or not at all larger than one of the swollen adoral plates; arms short, 3-4 times diameter of disc marmorea. - 292 BULLETIN: MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. Oral shields normal; arms 4-6 times diameter of disc. Arms about 4 times diameter of disc; lower interbrachial space with less than 380 plates .. . ‘ts. Fo taped Arms about 6 times diameter of dee Lovet idterbadohiall space with more than 50 plates . . . -). >». » cclypeagar Surface of disc lumpy and irregular, ane ‘0 numerous, more or less swollen, small plates. Arms 3 or 4 times diameter of disc; ae a nearly or quite equal to joint, rather stout . . . . : : «+ » . Umnpressa. Arms 4 or 5 times diameter of dees arm-spines mae. about half as long as joint: ©.) ae oa 8 GS Re pales Tentacle scale single, though the ea pores may ave an extra small scale on the inner side. Arm-spines:4 04) 4 ale el oe eee ae “eel adie Ghetto Arm-spines 2-3. First side arm-plates of adjacent arms meeting in interbrachial space dubia. First side arm-plates not meeting. Arm-spines short and peg-like, not exceeding half the arm-joint. Radial shields well separated. Most of the disc plates with one or more small but conspicuous tubercles: jens % -| «. projeces: Disc plates without fubortles or at rips ‘gue a gigi large low tubercle on some of the primary plates. Upper arm-spine much the shorter; radial shield smaller than central primary plate... . «. + « | stellata: Upper arm-spine the longer; edie shield aipot than central primary “plate. +. \s . se a eppesne Radial shields more or less in contact: or sn earely slightly separated. Arm-spines 3 equal; mouth shield wide, touching first side arm-plate oneach side .. . .| 5 on Neale Arm spines 2, lower fbuben mouth shicld ee dian wide, not in contact with first side arm-plate. . . . . 2 6 SURGE Arm-spines two-thirds as long as arm-joint or sige radial shields separated. Side arm-plates meeting above, beyond first upper arm-plate antillarum. Side arm-plates not meeting above, before third upper arm-plate at least. Side arm-plates entirely separate above, at least on basal half of arm; radial shields small, about as broad as ae upper arm- 4 spine not longer than lower . . . . . contigua. Side arm-plates meeting beyond third - eighth upper arm-plate; radial shields large, longer than wide; upper arm-spine the longer. Basal under arm-plates longer than wide ; arm-spine not exceeding joint; mouth shield scarcely pentagonal, lateral sides much eorter. ‘than inner.) so! SG ee) eR 2 = Se Sy eI Ree ee ee eee CLARK: JAPANESE AND EAST INDIAN ECHINODERMS. 293 3 or 4 basal under arm-plates wider than long; upper arm- spine exceeding joint; mouth shield pentagonal, lateral sides nearly equal toinner . . . ie liesuen LOnGISPING, Tentacle scales wanting on all except basal pores, where ete are 2; arm-spines 8, short and peg-like .. . stake gia gmermigs Tentacle pores restricted to 3 beac toni of arm; no hontacle scales present; 3 MEPCe-ATM-APINES. 5) sii ee ee Met ae he Fas Vale) eta ae ee a: COPONSIS, Ophioglypha sterea, sp. nov. Diameter of disc 7-8.5 mm.; length of arm 15-20 mm. Disc flat but high (vertical diameter about 2 mm.), covered by rather more than 100 plates, among which the centro-dorsal is conspicuous; relative size and arrangement of dorsal plates variable. Radial shields small, not much larger than centro-dorsal, about as wide as long, broadly in contact; inner ends separated very slightly by a radial plate, outer ends distinctly separated by first upper arm-plate. — Arms high and compressed at base, becoming nearly cylindrical towards tip. First upper arm-plate nearly pentagonal with an angle between radial shields, about half as large as one of them; second plate quadrilateral, about twice as wide as long; these two plates are led in the disc notch; third plate quadrilateral with rounded corners, two or three times as wide as long; next three or four plates more or less hexagonal but wider than long and broadly in contact with each other; succeeding plates longer than wide, gradually becoming diamond- shaped with distal angle rounded; somewhere between fifteenth and twentieth arm-joint, these dorsal plates cease to be in contact with each other. — Upper ends of genital plates conspicuous dorsally on each side of base of arm, rounded, flattened, and as wide as second dorsal arm-plate plus half of first; each plate bears an “arm-comb” of about a dozen spinelets, which are minute, flat, and truncate ventrally, but become longer, cylindrical, and acute dorsally ; beneath this comb (and naturally concealed by it) on margin of side arm-plate is a delicate fringe of much more minute spinelets. — Ventral surface of dise with each interbrachial space covered by oral shield and about a dozen small plates. Oral shields very large (about 2 mm. long by 1.5 mm. wide), oval with narrow end inwards. Adoral plates very small, with parallel sides. Oral plates larger than adoral, somewhat swollen at inner end, and so forming a slight projection where they meet. Oral papillae four or five on each side; outermost widest and very flat, next two or three short and blunt, innermost longer and pointed ; at apex of jaw is an unpaired, pointed papilla, the longest of all. — First ventral arm-plate nearly triangular with base and outer angle rounded ; next three or four plates a trifle larger, more nearly square and broadly in contact; next five or six are longer than wide, more or less octagonal, and still in contact with each other; succeeding plates are hexagonal, pentagonal, and finally nearly circular, and are widely sepa- rated from each other. — Side arm-plates large ; high, broad, and flat near base of arm where they meet neither above nor below; they meet each other dorsally somewhere after the fifteenth joint and reals two or three joints sooner. 294 BULLETIN : MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. Each one carries four minute, well-spaced, pointed spines, about one-third as long as plate, nearly equal or uppermost shortest.— Tentacle pores conspicuous, first six or eight with scales on both sides, but further out tentacle-scales are confined to margin of side arm-plates and resemble so closely the arm-spines that it is not easy to distinguish between them; first pore entirely distinct from mouth-slit, with five scales on outer side and five on inner; second pore has six scales on outer (proximal) side and four on inner; third has six and four respectively; fourth, seven and four; fifth, seven and three ; tenth, sixth and none. — Color in alcohol white. 4 specimens, Uraga Channel, near Tokyo, Japan. 70 fathoms. Owston collection. When Lyman published his key to Ophioglypha (Challenger Report, 1882), he included 58 species as valid. Since then more than 40 additional species have been described, chiefly from the collections of the ‘‘ Siboga,” ‘‘ Albatross,” “Blake,” and “‘ Investigator,” so that it is with some hesitation that I add an- other to this already unwieldy group. The genus, however, is not so homoge- neous but that it can be separated into subordinate divisions which at some future time it may be desirable to recognize as genera. One of these groups, of which O. variabilis Lyman is a good representative, has the following characters : — Disc and arms high, latter rounded, with very short spines ; basal under arm- plates about as broad as long; side arm-plates not meeting below within disc ; oral shield large and conspicuous, covering a considerable part (sometimes nearly all) of ventral interbrachial space; adoral plates (usually small) at inner point of oral shield; first pair of tentacle pores not opening into mouth-slit; tentacle scales usually numerous. The following species belong in this group :— bullata Wyville Thomson. 1873. Nature, 8, p. 400. South Atlantic Ocean, 1240-2850 fathoms. convexa Lyman, 1878. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zodl., 5, p. 84. North Pacific, 2050- 2350 fathoms (tropical Atlantic, 114-270 fathoms ?). sculptilis Lyman, 1878. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 5, p. 84. Pacific Ocean, off Japan, 1875 fathoms. variabilis Lyman, 1878. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 5, p. 85. Dutch East Indies, 1425 fathoms (West Indies, 175-955 fathoms). ornata Lyman, 1878. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 5, p. 86. Tropical Pacific, north of Dutch New Guinea, 2000 fathoms. Jacazei Lyman, 1878. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 5, p. 87. South Pacific Ocean, south of Australia; coast of Chili, 2160-2600 fathoms. lienosa Lyman, 1878. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 5, p. 88. Antarctic Ocean, southwest of Australia, 1950 fathoms. radiata Lyman, 1878. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 5, p. 89. ,Pacific Ocean, off west coast of Luzon, Philippine Islands, 1050 fathoms. ) undata Lyman, 1878. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zodl., 5, p. 90. Pacific Ocean, west of Fiji Islands, 1450 fathoms. y I } fi CLARK: JAPANESE AND EAST INDIAN ECHINODERMS. 295 lapidaria Lyman, 1878. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool, 5, p. 90. Pacific Ocean, off Japan, 565 fathoms. fasciculata Lyman, 1883. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 10, p. 237. Atlantic Ocean, off Barbados, 288 fathoms. saurura Verrill, 1894. Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., 17, p. 288. Atlantic Ocean, off northeast coast of United States, 471-677 fathoms. obtecta Liitken & Mortensen, 1899. Mem. Mus. Comp. Zodl., 23, p. 119. Pa- cific Ocean, between Panama and Galapagos; vicinity of Galapagos Islands, 1201-1360 fathoms. sterea Clark, supra. Key to variabilis group of Ophioglypha.} Arm-spines 2 or 3 (rarely 4 near base of arm). Radial shields in contact for more or less of their length.” Arm-comb present ; basal upper arm-plates not ridged. Lower arm-plates separated by side arm-plates, beyond third joint. Arm-episer Only 3s) i) whee Week ee eee ee ay ee. Arm-spines more than 2. Radial shield clearly longer than broad; interradial a of dise not nearly filled by asingle plate .. . «a s obtecta. Radial shield about as wide as long ; ‘atoeradial margin of disc filled by asingle plate .. . a (ice iat Wedibe. TOES oman Lower arm-plates in contact at Ldcuas ie nish joint. Primary plates, radial shield, and two large plates in each interradius practically covering disc; oral shield very large, kei nearly entire interbrachial space beneath ... . «) te 6? | COnvemai Disc covered by more than 100 plates; oral shield carann’ about two- thirds of the interbrachial space . . . a ce. eis, PACORED, Arm-comb wanting; basal upper arm-plates tHaneveradly Hane . . Ssaurura. Radial shields completely separated by small plates. Primary plates large; a single big interradial marginal plate . . . bullata. Primary plates small; no large interradial plateon margin . . . . lienosa. Arm-spines 4 or more; radial plates more or less in contact. Arm-spines 4 or 5. 1 The species abdita Koehler, 1901, and mundata Koehler, 1906, very possibly belong in this group, but Koehler does not say whether the first pair of tentacle pores opens into the mouth-slit or not, and I am unable to satisfy myself on this point from the figures. Another species (insolita Koehler, 1904) I should certainly have placed here, judging from Koehler’s description and figure, but Koehler him- self places it in the group in which the first tentacle pores open into the mouth-slit ; I cannot reconcile his figure with such a grouping. 2 The figure of O. lacazei given by Lyman in the “ Challenger ” Report (Plate 6, fig. 5) shows the radial shields widely separated, in direct contradiction to the earlier figure (Bull. Mus. Comp. Zodl., 5, Plate 3, fig. 59) and to both of Lyman’s descriptions. 296 BULLETIN : MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. Under arm-plates separated beyond third or fourth. Basal upper arm-plates broadly in contact . . .. . . . . variabilis. Basal upper arm-plates separated beyond second . . . . . . . undata. Under arm-plates not separated until at least the sixth. Disc covered chiefly by 6 primary plates, 10 radial shields, and 5 large in- terradials ; a large interradial plate just outside oral shield ventrally fasciculata. Disc covered by numerous small plates, among which primary plates are not conspicuous; no large interradial plate outside oral shield _ sterea. Arm-spines 6 (rarely 5%) or more. Agm=-spines not more thami7 . °.. 200508) oer npr ae on Se Arp-spines not less than9 . °°. 2 3) 20s se ee A tO ee Ophiocoma brevipes. Peters, 1852. Arch. f. Naturg., 18 (1), p. 85. 6 specimens. Diameter of disc, 9-17 mm. Color of disk yellowish-brown, with more or fewer dark spots; arms variegated olive and yellowish with narrow dark cross-bands. Amboina.—3 specimens. Diameter of disc 10-12 mm. Color of dise variegated light and dark brown; arms as in Amboina specimens. Sorong, New Guinea. Barbour collection. Ophiocoma erinaceus. Miiller & Troschel, 1842. Sys. Ast., p. 98. 1 specimen. Diameter of disc, 8 mm. Color above and below deep purplish-. brown, the spines strongly tinged with red. Amboina. Barbour collection. This specimen is so easily distinguished from the other Ophiocomas in the collection that I am loath to accept the view held by Koehler and others that erinaceus is only a variety of scolopendrina. . Ophiocoma schoenleinii. Miller & Troschel, 1842. Sys. Ast., p. 99. 3 specimens. Diameter of disc, 9-15 mm. Color above and below deep purplish-brown, almost black; proximal margin of under arm-plates whitish; as tip of arm is approached, the light color becomes more: extensive, especially later- ally, passing up on the side arm-plates to the upper surface, until at the extreme tip the arm is prettily banded with white and brown. This peculiar type of coloration is occasionally seen in specimens of erizaceus. Amboina. Barbour collection. 1 Lyman says in his description of fasciculata, side arm-plates “meeting neither above nor below,” but his figure shows them apparently in contact beyond the sixth under arm-plate. fe eee Ee eee ee ee ee ee “1. CLARK: JAPANESE AND EAST INDIAN ECHINODERMS. 297 The re-discovery of this lost species, which Lyman was inclined to regard as identical with O. wendtii, while he held both to be of doubtful validity, is a matter of real interest. Koehler (1905, “Siboga” Oph., pt. 2, p. 63; 1907, Bull. Sci. France et Belg., 41, p. 327) has ably defended the validity of wendtii, while the specimens which Mr. Barbour has brought from Amboina show that schoenleinii is equally recognizable. It may be distinguished at once from erinaceus, which it superficially resembles closely, by the presence of a single large tentacle scale on all the arm-joints beyond the disc; there are usually two on the first arm-joint, sometimes on one side of the second, and very rarely on one side of the third or fourth. The arm-spines are shorter and the oral shields a trifle wider than in specimens of erizaceus of the same size. The color also appears to be darker and without any trace of reddish. From wendézi, these specimens are easily separated by the short, broad oral shields, nearly as wide at the inner as at the outer end, by the basal under arm-plates which are wider than long, and by the absence of long club-shaped dorsal arm-spines on every third or fourth joint; the color also appears to be a deeper, more blackish brown, and more uniformly dark on the arms. In spite of the fact that it seems to be not only possible but quite easy to divide our Museum specimens of Ophiocoma from the East Indies into these various species, I shall not be surprised if more extended observations, carried on at the shore, prove that erizaceus, schoenleinit, scolopendrina, and wendtii are merely intergrading forms of a single variable species. Ophiocoma scolopendrina. Ophiura scolopendrina Lamarck, 1816. Anim. s, Vert., 2, p. 544. Ophiocoma scolopendrina Agassiz, 1835. Mém. Soc. Sci. Neuchatel, 1, p. 192. 47 specimens. Diameter of disc, 6-22 mm. Color dorsally very variable, ranging from uniform deep purplish brown to light yellowish brown, more or less marked with darker and on the arms finely spotted with white; but on the ventral side the under arm-plates and oral shields are always more or less clear yellowish. Sorong, New Guinea. —3 specimens, similar to above. Amboina. Barbour collection. Ophiarthrum elegans. Peters, 1851. Monats. K. Akad. Berlin, p. 464. 1 specimen. Diameter of disc, 12 mm. Color: centre of dise nearly black ; margin of disc, arms, and interbrachial spaces yellowish or whitish finely spotted with brown; indistinct cross-bands of brown occur on the arms, especially near tip. Sorong, New Guinea. Barbour collection. Ophiomastix annulosa. Ophiura annulosa Lamarck, 1816. Anim. s. Vert., 2, p. 543. Ophiomastix annulosa Miller & Troschel, 1842. Sys. Ast., p. 107. ° 8 specimens. Diameter of disc, 12-26 mm. Color brown, beautifully marked with yellowish white, each upper arm-plate sharply outlined therewith ; spines whitish, spotted, or ringed with blackish. Amboina. Barbour collection. 298 BULLETIN: MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. Ophiarachna incrassata. Ophiura incrassata Lamarck, 1816. Anim. s. Vert., 2, p. 542. Ophiarachna incrassata Miller & Troschel, 1842. Sys. Ast., p. 104. 1 specimen. Diameter of disc, 24 mm. Color: disc greenish, centre, and areas over radial shields, light brownish (zo¢ in marked contrast) spotted with yellow; arms reddish buff; arm-spines light yellow, each with from two to four rings of brownish red; oral shields reddish buff, each with a round yellow spot. Amboina. Barbour collection. This very handsome specimen, though dry, is nearly perfect. It is of interest because the color agrees fairly well with Miller and Troschel’s original descrip- tion, whereas the “Siboga”’ specimens seem to have been deep green; at least Koehler says (1905, Oph. ‘ Siboga,” pt. 2, p. 65) that Herklot’s (1868) colored figure, which is very rich green, variegated on the disc with whitish, is *‘ suffisam- ment exact.” Ophiothrix longipeda. Ophiura longipeda Lamark, 1816. Anim. s. Vert., 2, p. 544. Ophiothrix longipeda Miiller & Troschel, 1842. Sys. Ast., p. 118. 2 specimens. Diameter of disc, 15 mm. Color purple variegated with whit- ish; spines and spinelets white or nearly colorless. Amboina.— 2 specimens. Diameter of disc 12 mm. Color similar to those from Amboima but lighter. So- rong, New Guinea. Barbour collection. Ophiocreas papillatus, sp. nov. Diameter of disc, 15 mm.; length of arm, about 250 mm. ; width of arm at base, 4 mm.; height of arm at base, 4 mm. Disc flattened, not higher than arms, concave at centre, covered by a thin skin, which is thickly dotted in radial areas and near margin with minute roundish calcareous granules; of these there are, where thickest, about 75 to a square millimeter. Radial shields long, narrow, and flattened especially towards centre, where they approximately meet; no two are elsewhere in contact. They appear to be made up of several thin, flat, super- posed, overlapping plates. Extending from outer end of radial shield at right angles to it, on margin of disc, is a small but very distinct plate, about a milli- meter long; it appears to limit upper border of genital slit. Arms approximately cylindrical but flattened ventrally, tapering very gradually, not at all enlarged at base. No upper arm-plates. Skin at base of arm thickly sprinkled with minute calcareous granules like those on disc. Genital plates nearly as large, but not so long, as radial shields; genital slits 4 mm. long, nearly vertical, and parallel. Oral shield wholly invisible. Adoral plates large but indistinctly outlined. Oral plates two, projecting and rather conspicuous. Oral papillae small, rounded, of unequal size, very variable, from five to nine on each side of mouth-slit, situated a 2 PEs 26 AEE CLARK: JAPANESE AND EAST INDIAN ECHINODERMS. 299 far up on sides of slit. Teeth papillae four to six, first or second much ljarger and. more acute than others. Teeth few, apparently only five or six, thick, rounded triangular. — Ventral arm-plates small, separated by rather stout side arm-plates which meet in midline. Tentacle pores very large, diameter equal to or exceeding distance between two consecutive pores ; buccal pair without scales but surrounded by a sprinkling of minute granules; first pair on arm much smaller than others and with no tentacle scaie; second pair with one tentacle scale; succeeding pores each with a pair of scales. Tentacle scales tapering, rather acute, and more or less spinulose at tip; outer one somewhat shorter than inner, but difference be- tween them is not great on any part of arm; inner one, where longest, is not equal to two arm-joints. Above outer tentacle scale, on each side of every joint until nearly at tip of arm, is a low, rounded tubercle. — Color pale reddish. 1 specimen (dry). Sea of Idzu, Hondo, Japan. Owston collection. In the large size of the tentacle pores as well as in general appearance, this species is very similar to O. japonicus Koehler, but the presence of oral papillae and of granules on the disc, as well as the short nearly parallel genital slits, are such important differences that it does not seem possible that the two can be identical. It must be granted, however, that specific differences in the genus are very slight, and it is by no means certain that the species now recognized are all valid. It seems to be useless to lay any stress on relative proportions of disc and arms, for, as Lyman Jong ago pointed out, these vary greatly with age. Moreover, the enlargement at the base of the arm, supposed to be characteristic of oedipus, appears to be essentially dependent on the condition of the reproductive organs and therefore of very uncertain value. Bearing these facts in mind, I have pre- pared the following list of, and key to, the species of Ophiocreas. The key shows not only the relationships of the new form herein described, but reveals the re- markably shght differences by which the various species are distinguished from each other. List of the species of Ophiocreas. lumbricus Lyman, 1869. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 1, p. 347. Atlantic Ocean, off West Indies, 60-580 fathoms. abyssicola Lyman, 1879. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 6, p. 64. Pacific Ocean, east of Japan, 2300 fathoms. oedipus Lyman, 1879. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 6, p. 65. Pacific Ocean, west of Philippine Islands, 500 fathoms; northwest of Halmaheira, 1108 fathoms; and Atlantic Ocean, off Ascension Island, 420-425 fathoms. carnosus Lyman, 1879. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zodl., 6, p. 68. Pacific Ocean, off west coast of Patagonia, 175 fathoms. caudatus Lyman, 1879. ‘Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 6, p. 64. Pacific Ocean, off Enosima, Japan, 345 fathoms. spinulosus Lyman, 1883. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 10, p. 281. Atlantic Ocean, off West Indies, 116-288 fathoms. 300 BULLETIN: MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. adhaerens Studer, 1884. Abh. K. Pr. Akad. Wiss. Berlin, p. 54. Indian Ocean, off west Australia, 45 fathoms. constrictus Farquhar, 1900. Trans. N. Z. Inst., 32, p. 405. Pacific Ocean, off New Zealand. sibogae Koehler, 1904. Oph. “Siboga,” pt. 1, p. 165. Pacific Ocean, off Hal- maheira, Kei and Rotti Islands, Dutch East Indies, 113-605 fathoms. japonicus Koehler, 1907. Bull. Sci. France et Belg., 41, p. 346. Pacific Ocean, off Japan. papillatus Clark, supra. Key to the species of Ophiocreas. Radial shields and upper arm-plates free from spines. Skin of disc and bases of arms free from numerous pits and pores. Oral shields very small, concealed; arms 5; 1 or 2 tentacle scales present on third and commonly on second pair of pores.1 Tentacle pores small, their diameter much less than distance between 2 consecutive pores. Radial shield long, narrow, thick; genital slits long, exceeding one-eighth of diameter of disc. First 5 or more (rarely only 4) tentacle pores with only 1 scale or none. Skin thick, soft, and smooth; radial shields long, meeting at centre of disc. Skin very thick, wrinkled; no oral EPS or calcareous granules on mouth angles . . . / +) « \CORRORER: Skin thick and minutely dapardulnteds acail oral papillae or calcareous granules on sides of mouth angles . . . caudatus. Skin thin, provided on disc with minute granules; radial shields short, not quite meeting at centre. . . - » « % Oceana First 2 or 3 (rarely 4) tentacle pores with 1 bentadle scale or none. Oral papillae present, 9 or 10 to each mouth angle; skin of disc with numerous minute calcareous granules. . . . . . . Jumbricus. Oral papillae wanting; skin of disc perfectly smooth . . . szbogae. Radial shields short, broad, thin, and flat; genital slits very short, less than one-tenth the diameter of disc? . . > we lle) COI SSeonme Tentacle pores very large, their diameter about equalling distance between 2 consecutive pores. No oral papillae; skin of disc smooth; poe slits long, converging japonicus. 5-9 small rounded oral papillae on each side of mouth-slit ; skin of disc and bases of arms rough with numerous small calcareous granules ; genital slits short and nearly parallel . . . . . . . . papillatus. 1 Not counting the buccal pair. 2 In both the original description (1879) and the Challenger Report (1882) it is said that the genital slits are “5 mm. long,” an obvious misprint for 0.5 mm., as shown both by context and fiyures. anno 8 OCS oe eT ee er ee ere SS ee a OE OL OE IEE EI e+ =o. Saree. CLARK: JAPANESE AND EAST INDIAN ECHINODERMS. 801 Oral shields large and conspicuous ; arms 5-7; no tentacle scales on first 3 pairs of pores, but 20n each succeeding pore . . .. . . . adhaerens. Skin of disc and bases of arms with numerous minute pits and pores constrictus. Radial shields and upper arm-plates with more or less numerous spines. spinulosus. ECHINOIDEA. Cidaris metularia. Cidarites metularia Lamarck, 1816. Anim. s. Vert., 3, p. 56. Cidaris metularia Blainville, 18380. Zoophytes: Dict. Sci. Nat., 60, p. 212. 1 specimen, 18 mm. in diameter. Guam, Ladrone Islands. Owston collection. - Phyllacanthus baculosa. Cidarites baculosa Lamarck, 1816. Anim. s. Vert., 3, p. 55. Phyllacanthus baculosa A. Agassiz, 1872. Rev. Ech., pt. 1, p. 150. 4. specimens, 24-38 mm. in diameter. Amboina. Barbour collection. Goniocidaris biserialis. Stephanocidaris bisercalis Doderlein, 1885. Arch. f. Naturg., 51 (1), p. 79. Goniocidaris bisertalis Doderlein, 1887. Jap. Seeigel, p. 10. 3 specimens, 25-32 mm. in diameter. Uraga Channel, Gulf of Tokyo, Japan, 20-30 fathoms. —1 specimen, 25 mm. in diameter. Sagami Bay (34° 58’ N. x 138° 45’ H.), Japan, 77 fathoms. Owston collection. Goniocidaris mikado. Discocidaris (Cidaris) mikado Doderlein, 1885. Arch. f. Naturg., 51 (1), p. 80. Goniocidaris mikado Doderlein, 1887. Jap. Seeigel, p. 15. 3 specimens, 20 mm. in diameter. Sagami Bay (34° 58’ N. x 138° 45’ E.), 77 fathoms. Owston collection. Diadema setosum. Cidaris diadema var. B setosa Leske, 1778. Add. Klein, p. xvii (nomen nudum). Echinometra setosa Leske, 1778. Add. Klein, p. 86; Plate 37, fig. 1, 2. Diadema setosa Gray, 1825. Ann. Phil., p. 4. 10 specimens, 33-55 mm. in diameter. Amboina. Barbour collection. — 1 specimen, 15 mm. in diameter. Sagami Bay, Japan, 2 fathoms. Owston collection. | 302 BULLETIN : MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. The specimens from Amboina are of special interest because they leave no doubt as to what species of Diadema Rumphius (1705) called Echinometra setosa. His specimens were the common Diadema of Amboina, and there can be no ques- tion that the specimens brought by Mr. Barbour from the same place are the same species. ‘These ten specimens all agree in having the straight, slender pedi- cellariae, which Mortensen (1904, Dan. Exp. Siam: Hch., p. 11) has pointed out as characteristic of the commonest Indo-Pacific species of Diadema. Dr. Mor- tensen follows Lovén (1887, Ech. des. by Linn., p. 124) in attaching Linné’s name saxatilis to this species, but Lovén’s argument seems very weak. It is only by altering Linné’s description and entirely ignoring his references to figures and to geographical distribution that his sazatilis can be applied to any Diadema, and even if all that were done, it would be absolutely impossible to tell to which of the five species recognized by Mortensen, Linné’s name should rightly belong. On the other hand, Leske’s figures, combined with Rumphius’s good description, leave no doubt that a Diadema is the basis of the name se¢osa, and since the type- locality is definitely stated to be Amboina, examination of specimens from that place is bound to show to what particular Diadema the name should be attached. Of course it is quite possible that two or more species may occur at Amboina, but there is no evidence that such is the case, and even if it should prove to be so, the common species is evidently the one which Rumphius describes. It seems, therefore, beyond doubt that Diadema saxatile Mortensen, 1904, is the true Diadema setosum; whether Lovén’s (1887) saxatile is the same appears to be indeterminable, while saxatilis Linné is almost certainly not a Diadema at all. The young Diadema from Japan, in the Owston collection, is a very remarkable looking specimen, and I shall not be surprised if it proves to belong to an unde- scribed species. It differs from all other young Diademas which I have ever seen, or of which I can find records, in coloration. Instead of the usual black (or brown) and white (or whitish) cross-banded primaries, this specimen has the large spines light green with three or four cross-bands of purple. Unfortunately no large tridentate pedicellariae are to be found, although the specimen is per- fectly preserved; presumably none have been developed. There are only eight or nine coronal plates in each column, and the number of primary spines in the ambulacra does not exceed ten in each vertical series. Consequently primary spines are not numerous, and secondaries and miliaries are also noticeably few. The longest spines do not exceed 20 mm. — In view of the fact that only a single specimen of this handsome young Kchinoid is available, it seems best to record it under the name of the Diadema which is most likely to occur in Sagami Bay, although none is as yet known from there. Hehinothrix calamaris. Echinus calamaris Pallas, 1774. Spic. Zool., 1, fase. 10, p. 31. Echinothriz calamaris A. Agassiz, 1872. Rev. Ech., pt. 1, p. 119. 2 specimens, 33-57 mm. in diameter. Amboina. Barbour collection. CLARK: JAPANESE AND EAST INDIAN ECHINODERMS. 303 Asthenosoma owstoni. Araeosoma owstoni Mortensen, 1904, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (7) 14, p. 82. Asthenosoma owstont A. Agassiz and Clark, 1907. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zodl., 51, Tei. 1 specimen, 160 mm. in diameter. Koajiro, Sagami Bay, Japan. Depth not given. —1 specimen, 130 mm. in diameter. Yenoshima, Sagami Bay, Japan. Depth not given. Owston collection Asthenosoma ijimai. Yoshiwara, 1897. Ann. Zool. Jap., 1, p. 8. 2 specimens, 95-115 mm. in diameter. Sagami Bay, Japan. Depth not given. Owston collection. Heterocentrotus trigonarius. Echinus trigonartus Lamarck, 1816. Anim. s. Vert., 3, p. 51. Heterocentrotus trigonarius Brandt, 1835. Prod. Anim., p. 66. 6 specimens, 52-76 mm. in long diameter. Djamna, New Guinea. — 1 speci- men, 60 mm. in long diameter. Sorong, New Guinea. Barbour collection. Hchinometra mathaei. Echinus mathaei de Blainville, 1825. Dict. Sci. Nat., 37, p. 94. Echinometra mathaei de Blainville, 1880. Dict. Sci. Nat., 60, p. 206. 14 specimens, 20-37 mm. in long diameter. Amboina. — 6 specimens, 28-38 mm. in long diameter. Sorong, New Guinea. Barbour collection. — 1 specimen, 38 mm. in Jong diameter. Guam, Ladrone Islands. Owston collection. Stomopneustes variolaris. Echinus variolaris Lamarck, 1816. Anim. s. Vert., 3, p. 47. Stomopneustes variolaris Agassiz, 1841. Mon. d’Ech.: Obs. Prog. Rec. Hist. Nat. Ech., p. 7. 2 specimens, 45-50 mm. in diameter, remarkable for their deep but distinct green color. Sorong, New Guinea. Barbour collection. Strongylocentrotus depressus. Toxocidaris depressa A. Agassiz, 1863. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil., p. 356. Strong ylocentrotus depressus A. Agassiz, 1872. Rev. Ech., pt. 1, p. 162. 12 specimens, Yenoshima, Sagami Bay, Japan. —4 specimens, Yemura, Uraga Gulf, Japan, half a fathom.—4 specimens, Sagami Bay, Japan. Owston collection. 304 BULLETIN: MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. This series of specimens, ranging in diameter from 14 to 67 mm., shows re- markable diversity in the color of the primary spines, which may be deep purple, purplish red, reddish, or white. All the primaries of any one individual are practically of the same color, consequently the specimens appear at first sight to belong to quite different species. 1 fail to find any other character, however, associated with this color difference. Strongylocentrotus pulcherrimus. Psammechinus pulcherrimus A. Agassiz, 1863. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil., p. 357. Strongylocentrotus pulcherrimus Mortensen, 1903. Ing. Ech., pt. 1, p. 121. 21 specimens, 16-33 mm. in diameter. Sagami Bay (34° 59’ N. x 139° 50’ E.), Japan. — 6 specimens, 25-30 mm. in diameter. Negishi, near Yokohama, Japan. Owston collection. Strongylocentrotus purpureus. Toxocidaris purpurea v. Martens, 1866. Arch. f., Naturg., 32 (1), p. 137. 3 specimens, 14-17 mm. in diameter. Yenoshima, Sagami Bay, Japan. — 1 specimen, 47 mm. in diameter. Sagami Bay, Japan. Owston collection. Temnopleurus hardwickii. Toreumatica hardwickii Gray, 1855. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 39. Temnopleurus hardwickii A. Agassiz, 1872. Rev. Ech., pt. 1, p. 166. 1 specimen, 42 mm. in diameter. Uraga Channel, Gulf of Tokyo, Japan. Owston collection. Temnopleurus reynaudi. Agassiz & Desor, 1846. Ann. Sci. Nat., 6, p. 860. 1 specimen, 17 mm. in diameter. Sagami Bay, Japan, 30-40 fathoms. Owston collection. Temnopleurus toreumaticus. Cidaris toreumatica Leske, 1778. Add. Klein, p. 91. Temnopleurus toreumaticus Agassiz, 1841. Mon. d’Ech., Obs. Prog. Rec. Hist. Nat. Ech., p. 7. 5 specimens, 46-52 mm. in diameter. Uraga Channel, Gulf of Tokyo, Japan. — 1 specimen, 33 mm. in diameter. Sagami Bay (34° 59’ N. x 189° 50’ E.), Japan. Owston collection. These specimens show great diversity in the height of the test, the vertical diameter varying from less than .50 to more than .65 of the horizontal diameter. CLARK: JAPANESE AND EAST INDIAN ECHINODERMS. 305 Salmacis sphaeroides. Echinus sphaeroides Linné, 1758. Sys. Nat., ed. 10, p. 664. Salmacis sphaeroides Lovén, 1887. Ech. Linn., p. 69. 2 specimens, 55 and 63 mm. in diameter. Amboina. Barbour collection. Mespilia globulus. Echinus globulus Linné, 1758. Sys. Nat., ed. 10, p. 664. Mespilia globulus Agassiz & Desor, 1846. Ann. Sci. Nat., 6, p. 358. 5 specimens, about 20 mm. in diameter. Yenoshima, Sagami Bay, Japan. — 1 specimen, 27 mm. in diameter. Aburatsubo, Sagami Bay, Japan. Owston collection. In the specimen from Aburatsubo the spines are very bright red, in striking contrast to the dark green, bare interambulacral spaces, but in the specimens from Yenoshima the colors are more yellowish and not nearly so bright. Salmacopsis olivacea. Doderlein, 1885. Arch. f. Naturg., 51 (1), p. 93. 3 specimens, about 18 mm. in‘diameter. Sagami Bay (33° 9’ N. x 138° 49’ the interambulacra, contrasting sharply with the white ambulacra. The others are all olive-brown with more or less evident traces of greenish but with little ' contrast between interambulacra and ambulacra; the genital and ocular plates are blackish. } E.), Japan, 30-40 fathoms. —2 specimens, about 20 mm. in diameter. Uraga Channel, Gulf of Tokyo, Japan, 40 fathoms. —1 specimen, 24 mm. in diameter. | Uraga Channel, Gulf of Tokyo, Japan, 20-30 fathoms. — 1 specimen, 14 mm. in \ diameter. Aburatsubo, Sagami Bay, Japan. Owston collection. The specimen from Aburatsubo is remarkable for the very bright green color of Prionechinus agassizii. : | Wood-Mason & Alcock, 1891. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (6) 8, p. 441. 2 specimens, 4.5 and 9 mm. in diameter. Nearly white but with a pink tinge. ; Sagami Bay (35° 382’ 14” N. x 139° 31’ E.), Japan, 400 fathoms. Owston collection. Toxopneustes pileolus. Echinus pileolus Lamarck, 1816. Anim. s. Vert., 3, p. 45. Toxopneustes pileolus Agassiz, 1841. Mon. d’Ech., Obs. Prog. Rec. Hist. Nat. Kch., p. 7. 4 specimens, 62-114 mm. in diameter. Sagami Bay (35° 2’ N. x 138° 52’ E.), Japan. Owston collection. VOL. L1.— No. 11 20 =- 306 BULLETIN : MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. Clypeaster japonicus. Doderlein, 1885. Arch. f. Naturg., 51 (1), p. 100. 2 specimens, 87 and 100 mm. in long diameter. Sagami Bay, Japan. —1 speci- men, 54 mm. in long diameter. Sagami Bay (35° 2’ x N. 138° 50’ E.), Japan, 55 fathoms. —2 specimens, 15 mm. im long diameter. Misaki, Sagami Bay, Japan. Owston collection. The young ones from Misaki are too small to show specific characters plainly, but the ventral surface is so concave that I think there is little doubt that they are japonicus. The specimen 54 mm. long is very different from the larger adults, but its peculiarities may be due to immaturity. The primary spines are relatively few dorsally, only about one-third to one-half as many per square centimeter as in typical japonicus (20-25 as against 50-75), and instead of being greenish-white with a broad reddish or brownish band around the middle, they are glassy white ; some, however, do show a faint brown band. Clypeaster scutiformis. Echinus scutiformis Gmelin, 1788. Linn. Sys. Nat., p. 8184. Clypeaster scutiformis Lamarck, 1816. Anim. s. Vert., 3, p. 14. 1 specimen, a broken, bare test, 23.5 mm. in long diameter. Buleleng, Bali, Dutch East Indies. Barbour collection. Laganum laganum. Echinodiscus laganum Leske, 1778. Add. Klein, p. 140. Lagana laganum de Blainville, 1830. Dict. Sci. Nat., 60, p. 196. 4 specimens, including 3 bare tests, 24-32 mm. long. Saonek, Waigiou, New Guinea. Barbour collection. According to our now generally accepted codes, the name donani cannot be re- tained for this species, as it is one of Klein’s (1734) names re-introduced by Agassiz in 1841, Laganum pellucidum. Peronella (Laganum) pellucida Déderlein, 1885. Arch. f. Naturg., 51 (1), p. 104. Laganum pellucidum A. Agassiz & Clark, 1907. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 51, p. 128. 2 specimens, about 22 mm. long. Misaki, Sagami Bay, Japan. Owston col- lection. Arachnoides placenta. Echinus placenta Linné, 1758. Sys. Nat., ed. 10, p. 666. Arachnoides placenta Agassiz, 1841. Mon. d’Ech. Scut., p. 94. 1 specimen, a broken, bare test. Ampenan, Lombok Island, Dutch East Indies. Barbour collection. CA VELOCE ZIV We & CLARK: JAPANESE AND EAST INDIAN ECHINODERMS. 307 Astriclypeus manni. Verrill, 1867. Trans. Conn. Acad., 1, p. 311. 3 specimens, 100-125 mm. in diameter. Sagami Bay, Japan. Owston collection. Spatangus pallidus sp. nov. Test broad and flattened; width (47 mm.) nearly equal to length (49 mm.), but height little more than half as much; greatest width just back of abactinal system; greatest height (30 mm.) a trifle further back; at labrum, height only 26mm. Cordate form of test not conspicuous as anterior ambulacral furrow is shallow, only about 2 mm. deep at ambitus. Anterior petals a trifle sunken, about 15 mm. long by 5 wide; there are about 15 pairs of pores in anterior series, and 18 in posterior. Posterior petals longer (17 mm.) and narrower (4 mm.), scarcely sunken; there are about 18 pairs of pores in anterior series, and 19 in posterior. Posterior end of test truncate, a trifle oblique, with slope downwards and forwards; periproct 8 mm. broad and 6 mm. high, covered by 60-70 plates, of which ten are much larger than others and form an outer marginal ring. Ventral surface of test flat on each side of sternum, but latter conspicuously keeled; keel about 11 mm. broad, 3 mm. high, and extending from labrum back- ward 27 mm. to a point about 15 mm. from lower margin of periproct, which we may call its posterior end ; keel is highest, 9 mm. in front of this posterior end ; seen from side, therefore, in natural position of test, keel slopes downward markedly from labrum for 18 mm., then slopes upward slightly for 9 mm., to its posterior end, whence test curves abruptly upward 10 mm., to a point on upper margin of subanal fasciole, about 5 mm. below periproct. Labrum slightly curved, but little projecting, 13 mm. from ambitus in furrow. Actinostome little sunken, about 8 mm. wide by 4 mm. long, covered by 30-40 plates, of which most anterior are largest. Bare ambulacral spaces on each side of sternum, about 6 mm. wide. Remainder of test quite closely covered with tubercles, except around actinostome; most of ventral surface is covered by primary tubercles which, however, pass into secondaries posteriorly, laterally, and on crest of keel. On dorsal surface, primaries few and inconspicuous ; there are about fifteen small ones in posterior interradius arranged in half a dozen groups of two or three each; there are about ten slightly larger ones in each lateral interradius; and in each anterior interradius there are from twenty to thirty along margin of furrow, grad- ually passing into secondaries near ambitus. Sutural lines on dorsal surface, especially posteriorly, are slightly sunken and very distinct. Subanal fasciole consists of a broad band (varying from 1.5 to 2 mm.), enclosing an oblong space with rounded corners, about 13 mm. wide and about 8 mm. high (outside limits of fasciole, therefore, 17 x 12 mm.). Uppermost point of fasciole is about 3 mm. below periproct, while its lowest (or most anterior) point includes posterior end of sternum. — Genital pores 4, close together, practically at centre of dorsal sur- face. Whole test (except around mouth and on bare ventral ambulacra) thickly 308 BULLETIN: MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. covered with very slender, hair-like spines; secondaries and miliaries 1-3 mm. long and primaries up to 9 or 10 mm. in length; primaries, however, not con- spicuously different or sharply distinguishable from secondaries. — Color of test pale purple, almost a grayish lavender, darkest in posterior dorsal interambula- crum and in band of subanal fasciole ; spines silvery white. 2 specimens, Sagami Bay (35° 11’ N. Xx 189° 45’ E.), Japan, 50 fathoms. — 1 specimen, Sagami Bay (35° 3’ N. x 188° 48’ E.), Japan. Owston collection. List of the species of Spatangus purpureus O. F. Miiller, 1776. Zool. Dan., p. 256. Norway to Azores, and in Mediterranean, 5-458 fathoms. raschi Lovén, 1869. Ofv. Vet. Akad. Férh. Stockholm, p. 738.. Norway to Azores, 100-805 fathoms. liitkeni A. Agassiz, 1872. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 3, p. 57. Japan, littoral (?)- 107 fathoms ; Moluccas (Sluiter). capensis Déderlein, 1905. Zool. Anz., 28, p. 624. South Africa, 40-280 fathoms. paucituberculatus A. Agassiz & Clark, 1907. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 50, p. 253. Hawaii, 127-286 fathoms. altus Mortensen, 1907. “Ingolf” Ech., pt. 2, p. 131. “‘ China Seas.” Key to the species of Spatangus. Primary tubercles of dorsal side numerous, 150 or more in lateral and posterior interambulacra together. Subanal fascioled area more than twice as wide as hi with a reéntering angle on upperside. . .° . : . + purpureus. Subanal fascioled area not ee iSite as ie as hight with no reéntering angle. Only 2 pairs of ambulacral pores included within subanal fasciole on each side; anterior petals tapering towards ends, more or less decidedly so proximally. Primary tubercles present in ambulacra between end of petals and ambitus; width of posterior petals less than one-fourth length . . . . . raschi. Primary tubercles wanting in ambulacra; width of posterior petals more than one-fourth length . . .. . * >) aeeRatS: 3 pairs of ambulacral pores included within aban fascicle on each side; anterior petals broad, not tapering towards ends, even proximally altus. Primary tubercles of dorsal side few, less than 50 in lateral and posterior interam- bulacra together. Lateral ambulacra with two, one, or no primary tubercles; test very broad and flat, vertical diameter about equal to one-halflength orless . paueituberculatus. Lateral ambulacra with from six to twelve primary tubercles ; vertical diameter usually more than half the length. Plastron with little or no keel; subanal fasciole 1-1.5 mm. broad; color deep purple, 62.50% .. Gy er Plastron with conspicuous ieee ane spaniels: 1. 5-2 mm. broad; color gravirh Javenger is: coos x) “lage bl eee ak ides at Cr CLARK: JAPANESE AND EAST INDIAN ECHINODERMS. 309 Maretia planulata. Spatangus planulatus Lamarck, 1816. Anim. s. Vert., 3, p. 31. Meretia planulata Gray, 1855. Cat. Rec. Ech. Brit. Mus., p. 48. 3 specimens, about 45 mm. in length ; Sagami Bay (35° 10’ N. x 139° 48’ E.), Japan. Owston collection. Lovenia gregalis? Alcock, 1898. Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, 62, p. 175. 1 specimen, 26 mm. long. Sagami Bay (85° 12’ N. x 139° 44’ H.), Japan, 60 fathoms. Owston collection. Although there can be little question that this young spatangoid is a Lovenia, there is abundant room for doubt as to its being gregalis, for the specific charac- ters are not yet evident. Brissus carinatus. Spatangus carinatus Lamarck, 1816. Anim. s. Vert., 3, p. 30. Brissus carinatus Gray, 1825. Ann. Phil., p. 9. 4 specimens, 56-93 mm. long. Sagami Bay, Japan. Owston collection. Metalia spatagus. Echinus spatagus Linné, 1758. Sys. Nat., ed. 10, p. 665 (= E. maculosus Gmel.). Metalia spatagus Lovén, 1887. Ech. des. Linn., p. 162. 1 specimen, 28 mm. long. Sagami Bay (35° N.-x 188° 41’ E.), Japan, 25 fathoms. Owston collection. Schizaster japonicus. A. Agassiz, 1879. Proc. Amer. Acad., 14, p, 212. 4 specimens, about 50 mm. long. Sagami Bay (35° 22’ N. x 139° 40’ E.), Japan. — 1 specimen, Sagami Bay (35° 12’ N. x 189° 44’ E.), Japan. — 1 specimen, Uraga Channel, Gulf of Tokyo, Japan, 20-80 fathoms. Owston collection. All but two of these specimens are badly crushed. Schizaster ventricosus. Gray, 1851. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (2) 7, p. 183. 4 specimens, about 30 mm. long. Sagami Bay, Japan. — 2 specimens, Tokyo Bay, Japan, 10 fathoms. Owston collection. All but one of these specimens are badly crushed. 310 BULLETIN: MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. HOLOTHURIOIDEA. Thyone anomala? Ostergren, 1898. Zool. Anz., 21 p. 110. 1 specimen, about 75 mm. long by 13 in diameter. Sagami Bay (35° 3’ N. x 138° 47’ E.), Japan, 110 fathoms. « Owston collection. The specimen is contracted, and having been preserved in formalin, the calca- reous particles in the skin are entirely wanting, except a few perforated and somewhat corroded plates in the tentacles. The general anatomy agrees well with azxomala, except that I found only a single stone-canal. Of course, with- out the calcareous particles of the skin, actual identification of a Thyone is impossible. Holothuria monacaria ? Lesson, 1880. Cent. Zool., p. 225. 1 specimen, about 140 mm. long. Okinose, Sagami Bay, Japan. Owston collection. This specimen is also strongly contracted, and the outer layer of calcareous particles appears to be nearly all dissolved; at least tables are very rare, while buttons with three pairs of holes are exceedingly common. The general appear- ance of the animal is very much like a Stichopus, for there is a series of large warts along each side and others are scattered over the back, while the ventral surface is thickly covered with pedicels. The deposits, however, seem to agree perfectly in form with those of mozacaria, and I therefore refer the specimen to that species, although its condition is such as to leave room for doubt. Molpadia rosacea, sp. nov. Body stout, 100 mm. long by about 50 mm. in diameter; oral disc 15 mm. in diameter; caudal appendage very small, only 5 mm. long, and apparently without any anal papillae. Skin thin and smooth. ‘Tentacles fifteen, of uniform size; each one is about 4 mm. long and 1 mm. in diameter; nearly a millimeter from the tip on each side is a very slender digit only a quarter of a millimeter long; no other digits are present. No evident genital papilla. Calcareous ring not very stout; radial projections posteriorly rather small and delicate. Polian vessel single. Stone-canal single, spirally wound in dorsal mesentery. Respiratory- trees well developed but slender; right one extending forward so far as to he against calcareous ring. Calcareous deposits in body wall very scarce, consisting of irregular perforated plates, which have the appearance of having been discs of small tables ; they are only 80—100p across and have from two to six holes; most of them are colored and apparently becoming transformed into phosphatic bodies ; these latter are exceedingly abundant but extraordinarily small, scarcely any ex- ceeding 40u in diameter; they are arranged in small groups which appear as CLARK: JAPANESE AND EAST INDIAN ECHINODERMS. es crowded colored patches on the skin half a millimeter or less in diameter. Al- though the color of these phosphatic bodies, when seen under the microscope, is yellowish brown with little trace of red, the color of the animal to the unaided eye is decidedly reddish. — Oral disc and caudal appendage very light gray; all other parts densely speckled, especially anteriorly, with minute patches of light dragon’s-blood red (Ridgway’s Nomenclature of Color); general effect, therefore, is light old-rose red. 1 specimen, Yenoshima, Sagami Bay, Japan. Depth unknown. Owston collection. It is with no little hesitation that I add another to the already long list of Molpadias described from a single specimen, but I cannot assign this Japanese novelty to any species hitherto described. It is most nearly related to M. interme- dia of the North Pacific, but is easily distinguished from that species by the absence of tables, the minute phosphatic bodies, and the color. The “Key to the Species of Molpadia,” recently published (Smiths. Cont. Knowl., 35, p. 158), will have to be modified as follows to include rosacea. A. Anchors wanting, etc. B. Phosphatic deposits present, etc. C. No true supporting rods, etc. D. Tables of body often very irregular, distorted or incomplete, sometimes wholly wanting ; disc seldom with more than eight holes (those in tail may have 20-30 holes). EK. Tables with more or less distinct disc, having 2-8 or more (usually 3-6), holes often with irregular outline and marginal projections ; sometimes with no spire, and thus reduced to small irregular plates with 2-8 perforations. F. Tables or plates of moderate size, 80-350 in diameter, usually with only one spire. G. Tables often wanting in skin of body, present in tail; disc quite ere ; uae of moderate nent etc. GG. Tables foe perforated disedike platen) reeset in skin of body disc rather symmetrical with 3-6 or more holes; spire (when present) high. H. Phosphatic deposits more than 60u in diameter; tables with spires; color not old-rose red. DISCS. Cbs: alah, cae teres hel cen Mes a Be OR « 2 «| Mtermedia. Dises; ete: At ‘ ' hk 7. Le ae 7. vi “7A y. : J mv. if vm a HOMME RES ER RU Ae TRAIAN , i j i ‘y ee on ae ¢ Peay is has Tah a rae Nv bl ti y Py ie it Le er, A; eh v 1" : i Te Bs td fag : ry ae on. al Ft iy { } | Wn Jian ditty *] Or If y ' ; fin’ ey Wien a le i Val ihe Gi View ees asf VR Mae ele = eww dee ESR SECA te Be Be QL Harvard University. Museum 1 of Comparative Zoology H3 Bulletin Ve50—51 Biological ' & Miedical Serials | PLEASE DO NOT REMOVE CARDS OR SLIPS FROM THIS POCKET UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO LIBRARY STORAGE 2 -o- vy Sem etn —) the eneggetingth: + ae oa oes ahaa ok pe: ate eee CREE AF Oe See Hee MEANS WH DHE OME mh ale Fae niet F enn pt erage dy, sa eee ee oe Re Ree the ey ~ _ aw ee tee -—oene . es nnn ene aban wats = ron rol n — . ; i re - Me —e « e- anes te.